Manual of the American Railway Engineering Association 1000116669
Short Description
Advancement of the science of Railway Engineering and Maintenance of way the definitions, specifications and Principles ...
Description
Copyright,
AMERICAN
RAILWAY
1916,
ENGINEERING
//^oC^/^
by
ASSOCIATION
c V'
CONTENTS.
Page
I
3-10
Contents
11
Foreword
1^
Rules
General Standing
"j
Publication
for
Special
and
12
Manual
13
Committees
Classification Classification
of
of
Track
"
Specicil Committee, 15
Railways
of
Roadway
Committee
"
I.
Definitions General
-
17
Contract
Requirements
20
Subgrade
21
^ j^
Width
of
Slopes
of
^
Specifications for the Formation "
Roadway
at
Cross-Section
Roadway
21 of
the
21
Roadway
General
21 ,
"^vi
.
"Clearing
22
"Grubbing
23
-
Grading
"
24
"Borrow
Pits
29
".
"
Alternate
"Price
^^
^
"
^ ^
"
29
of
Grading
28 30
Specially Applicable
General Steam
Clause
Excavation
Widening "
Overhaul
Measurement
Clauses
^
^
and
Tunnel
"
Optional
for
Revision
to
of
Existing
Line
or
Track
Additional
31
Conditions
33
Shovels
35
General
Requirements
General
Specifications for
35
,
Vs^
"
^
of
Methods "
Dump
"
Steam
Modern
Steam
Shovel
Shovel
35
Work
36
Cars
"Flat
V!5^s"
Handling
a
36
Cars
Plows
36
and
Spreaders
"Vertical
Limits
Allowance
for
37 -
Shrinkage
Grade
Reduction
Work
Track
Elevation
Work
in Embankments
37 38 38 39
Waterways
39
Slides
40
Washouts
42
Surface
and
Sub-Surface
42
Drainage
43
Tunnels
Tunnel Tunnel
Construction
43
Ventilation
47
Specificationsfor
Sodding
with
Bermuda
3
Grass
47
4
CONTENTS.
Ballast
Committee
"
II.
Page
Definitions Choice
49 Ballast
of
Proper
Depth
49 Ballast
of
Specifications for
SO
Stone
Ballast
of
Stone
for
Specificationsfor
Gravel
Physical Test Method
SO
Ballast
50
:
Ballast
of Testing Quality of
51
Gravel
for
Ballast
51
Cinders
52
Specifications for
Cleaning Ballast
Foul
Burnt
Ballast
Clay
52
Ballast
53
Sections
55 Ties
Committee
"
III.
Definitions
57
Specifications Conservation of
Use
Cross-Ties
for
Timber
of
Specifications for Renewals
Tie
61 Nails
Dating
in
Continuous
Stretches
Single
versus
Tie
Renewals..
of
Comparison
Specifications for
Cross-Ties
of
Committee
"
Steel Rails
Carbon
Different
Materials
63
IV.
1915
"
65 65
-Inspection
"Material "
"
"
62 62
Rail
"
61
Cross-Ties
of
Economic
60
Supply
Nails
Dating
Records
58
65
Chemical
65
Requirements
-Physical Requirements
66
Details
70
Rail
of
Manufacture
Th
Sections
Standard
84
Drilling for Rails
Specifications for Standard
Drop
Locations
Test
of
Test
Machine
Borings
Specifications for
Heat-Treated,
Record
Study
of
Steel
Joint
of
an
for
Individual
"
Use
of
Temperature
Design
of
Joint
Bars....
91
Record
Committee
Forms
Ill 113
V.
115 117
Standard
Track
117
Flangeway
Expansion Rail
Standard
Rail
Rail
Curves of
Steel
Oil-Quenched,
Definitions on
89
93 Instructions
Track
Width
Tensile
Bars
Forms
Specifications and
Gage
and
88
High-Carbon
Report
Analyses
Chemical
for
Pieces
Specifications for Rail
85
for
Joint Fastenings
Laying
Rails
117 118 118
CONTENTS.
Track
5
Continued.
"
Page 118
Tie-Plates Tie-Plates
Specificationsfor
Steel
Specifications for
Wrought-Iron
Specifications for
Malleable
Track
119 120
Tie-Plates
122
Tie-Plates
123
Bolts
123
Specifications for
Track
Bolts
Specifications for
Spiral Spring
Specifications for
Ordinary
Specifications for
Screw
Nutlocks
'.
127
Spikes
Track
129
Spikes
130
Anti-Creepers Desirable
125
Agencies
Maintenance
of
Obtain
to
a
Better
Class
Section
of
Foremen....
131 131
Line
Spirals
134
"Notation
134
Formulas
"
Spiral
Formulas
"
"
Field
Functions of
of
138
Relative
the
138
Ten-Chord
Spiral
139
Surface
Trains
153 Curves
Through
Speeds
and
Level
through
Turnouts
.-
Turnouts
for
Lengths
of
Switches
"Plans
for
167
Switchstands
Frogs
168 168
and
Switches
169
Blocking
1 72
Specifications for General
Frogs,
and
Crossings
172
Switches
Instructions
172
Inspection
"
173
"Material "
"
173
Workmanship
175
Frogs
176
-Switches
"
160 161
Gage
of
Requisites
Ten-
137
of
of
Maintenance
"
the
Use
Table
Frog
of
136
Staking Spirals by Maintenance
"
Functions
.
Deflections
Speeds
of
Spirals by Offsets
"Staking "
for
Determination
Exact
for
Chord
1 78
Turnouts
182
"Notation
182
"
Formulas Main
Line
182 Turnouts
186
Crossovers
186
Buildings Passenger
Engine
House
Locomotive Oil
Stations
Houses
with
One
"
Committee
General
Waiting
VI. 187
Room
188
Design
Coaling Stations
;
192 194
CONTENTS.
6
Buildings Section
Continued.
"
Page
House
Tool
195 195
Roofings "Felts
197
Built-Up
"
"Ready "Slate "
Roofs-
197
Roofing
199
Tile
and
Asbestos
"Wood
199
Shingles Shingles
200
Tile
200
"Cement
Principles Covering Design Rest
200
'
Inbound
of
Outbound
and
Freight Houses
Houses
208 for
Methods
of
Heating
Methods
of
Lighting
Sanitary
Provisions
Medium-Sized
Stations
Medium-Sized
and
Bridges
217
Stations
Medium-Sized
for
Wooden
217
Stations
Trestles
218
Committee
"
VII.
Definitions
219 Pile
and
Piles
Driving
220
Timber
Structural Standard
Defects
Standard
Names
Inspection Standard
of
221
of Structural for
Bridge
Timber
Structural and
Timber
Trestle
Specifications for
222 230 230
Timbers
Southern
Yellow
Pine
Bridge
and
Trestle
Timbers "
"
231
Standard
Heart
Standard
Grade,
Standard
Grade, Longleaf Longleaf
Trestle
"
"
Standard
Heart
Standard
Western
Hemlock
Bridge 233
235
Grade
233 234
Heart
Railroad
235
Grade
Details
Falsework
Specifications for Built Under
Driving
Working
Bridges
Trestles
and
for
Pile
and
Frame
Trestles
to
Contract
Square
Pile Record
in Wooden
236 236
Workmanship
Principles
"
Used
Grade
Unit-Stresses
per
and
232
Grade
Railroad
Pile
231 Pine
Piles
Specifications for Metal "
Fir
Pine Yellow
Timbers
Specifications for Timber "
Yellow
Shortleaf
and
Specifications for Douglas
and
201
be 238
for
241
Practice
of
Structural
Timber
Expressed
in
Pounds 244
Inch
245
Form ,
Use
of
Guard-Rails
for
Wooden
Masonry Classification
of
Masonry
Masonry
"
Committee
and
Trestles
246
VIII.
247 247
Definitions
Masonry,
Bridges
General
Definition
Specifications
252 252
7
CONTENTS.
Masonry
Specifications for
Natural
Specifications for
Stone
Specifications
Page
252
Cement
Portland
and
275
Masonry
Plain
for
Continued.
"
Reinforced
and
Steel
and
Concrete
forcement Rein281
Concrete
"
Steel
"
281
Materials
282
Reinforcement
285
"Workmanship Details
"
of
Designs
Reinforced
of
Monolithic
289
Structures
Concrete
292
Construction
Waterproofing of
Methods
of
292
Masonry Under
Water
Corrosion
of
Depositing Concrete
Disintegration Method
288
Construction
Concrete
of
and
Repairing Defective
of
Signs,
Fences
Crossings
and
Reinforcing Metal
Surfaces
Worn
or
293
294
Concrete
of
Committee
"
294
IX. 297
Definitions
Specificationsfor
Standard
Galvanized
Fencing
Wire
"General
Fencing
Gates
Right-of-Way
for
Concrete Snow
Fence
298
Fences
Right-of-Way
303 304
Information
310
Fences
310
Posts
Fences, Snow
Sheds
and
Recommended
Practice
of
Snow
moval Re311
Surface
Stock
Wooden
Crossing Signs
Trespass
Guards
313 316
Signs
316
Signals
and
Interlocking
Committee
"
X.
Definitions
319
Conventional
Signs
Train-Order
Signals
Manual
Controlled
and
Location
of
Indications Division
Symbols
or
Manual
Manual
Block
Expense
Requisites on
"
Condition
Switch
and
Switch of
322
Interlocking
Block
323
Signals
324
Signals
326
Restricting Rights Installation,Renewal
and
Maintenance
of
Plants
326
Aspects
327
Indicators, the Block
to
Inckiding Conveying Coriductors
and
Information
Enginemen
Indicators
"Requisites List of
for
or
of
Joint Interlocking Signal Indications
and
322
Conferring of
Signals
for
of
330 330
Installation
Findings, Conclusions,
in the
Manual
330
of
the
Standards
Railway
and
SpecificationsContained
Signal Association
331
8
CONTENTS.
Records
Accounts
and
Committee
"
XI.
Page
Definitions
339 Records
Filing Duplicate Case
Bridge
Localities
Separate
in
Protection
for
in
340
Fire
of
Forms
Department
340
Roll
Time Record
353
Cost
Estimate
of
for
Sidetrack
Work
Track,
379
Bridge, Building
Water
and
Service
Construction
Record
Track
384
Maps
389
Track
Monthly
Report
Material
390
Profile
Progress
390
Chart
Track
Authority
390
for
Application
Authority
Expenditure
Reasons
393
for
394
Expenditure for
Signs
Railway
on
Maintaining
Rules
of
Committee
"
XII. of
Employes
the
Maintenance 423
Department
Regarding
Instructions
Organization
Government
the
422
Storehouse
a
and
for
Way
the
Conduct
of
Maintenance
of
Safety Rules General
and
Profiles,Right-of-Way
397
Rules
of
Use
Maps for
General
391
Expenditure
Appropriation Conventional
390
Expenditure
for for
Track
Work..
Way
for
Government
the
the
of
Employes
of
Construction 440
Department Service
Water of
Water,
Methods
Committee
"
of
Treatment
XIII. and
Results
Obtained
Therefrom
Efficiency of Relative
443 Water
Economy
Reagents
Used
Foaming
and
Minimum
Softeners of
444
Different
Types
of
Water
449
Softeners
449
in Water-Softening
450
Priming
Quantity
Scaling
of
and
Corrosive
Matter
Which
General
Principles of Service
General
Water
Supply
452
Service
458
Records
Specifications for Yards
Will
451
JustifyTreatment Water
432 438
:
Rules
Quality
380
and
Steel
Water
Terminals
and
"
Oil
Committee
464
Tanks
XIV. 467
Definitions ,
General Car Team
Requirements
Capacity
of
Delivery
of
Freight Yards
Yards Tracks
and
Terminals
469 474
475
CONTENTS.
Yards
Terminals
and
Continued.
"
Page
Yards
475
Lighting
479
Hump Yard
9
Terminal
Passenger
Typical Situation
Plans
for
479
Stations
Steel
Steel
Engine Terminal
Division
for
and
Iron
Contracting
479
Stations
Freight Transfer
Structures
"
Committee
XV. 481
Bridges
Railway
Specificationsfor Steel Railway
General
480
482
Bridges
482
General
"
483
"Loads "
Unit
Stresses
"
Details
Proportion
and
484
Parts
of
487
Design
of
494
"Material "
"
"
"
Testing
and
Inspection
498
Mills
the
at
Workmanship
499
Shop
503
Painting and
Inspection
"Full-Sized
Testing
504
Shops
the
at
505
Tests
Classification
Inspection
Bridges
of
the
Specifications for
to
Safe
Records
and
Bridges
of
as
Erection
for
the
Mill
Instructions
for
the
Inspection
Instructions
for
Economics
Economics
of
508
of
of
of
Steel
Bridges.. 515 518
Erection
Bridge Location
Railway
513
Steel
Structural Fabrication
the
of
508
Bridges
"
Committee
XVI.
Location
Railway
of
Inspection
of
Inspection
Inspection
the
506
Railroad
of
Instructions
Carrying Capacity
521
Power
526 Resistance
Train
535
Curvature
538 Preservation
Wood
General
Timbers
of
Specifications for Standard
539
for
No.
Specifications for
No.
Specifications for The
Use
Antiseptic
for
of
Inspection
and
Precautions
to
in
Analysis
Specifications for be
541 Creosote
541
Oil
Grade
Creosote
3 Grade
Creosote
2
the. Fractionation
Coal-Tar
540
Treatment
Oil
Creosote
Specifications for
"Specifications "
XVII.
Requirements
Grouping
"
Committee
"
Oil
Creosote
of
541 542
Oil
542
Oil
546
Creosote of
Creosote-Coal-Tar Followed
547
Coal-Tar
in
546
Solution the
Use
of
the
Creosote-Coal-Tar
547
Solution Methods Water
of in
Accurately Determining
Creosote
the
Absorption
of
Creosote
548
Oil. .
548
10
CONTENTS.
Preservation
Wood
General
"
Tie
for
Specifications
Plain
"
551 551 552
Emulsion
Zinc
of
553
.-
554
Treated
in
Reporting
for
Treatment
Zinc-Creosote
Determination Forms
549
Creosoting
Two-Injection
"
549
Treatment
Zinc-Creosote
"
Treatment
Treatment
Zinc-Tannin
"
Page
Requirements
Zinc-Chloride
"
Continued.
"
Timbers
555 557
Inspection Electricity"
Committee
XVIII. 561
Definitions Lines
Clearance
Third
to
Specifications
Rail
Rail
Crossings
Structures
Way
Permanent
Third
for
and
Overhead
for
and
Equipment
for
cent Adja563
Structures
Electric
of
and
Light
Povi'er
Lines
569
.' .
Specifications
for
Galvanizing
Specifications
for
Crossings and
Signal Steam
Railroad
Same
Classes
of
or
Wires
Tracks
Rights-of-Way,
of
Similar
of
Lines
or
Telegraph, Character of
Wires
phone, Tele-
Over of
the
Lumber
of
Rules
Grading
Rules
Grading
Special
"
for
and
Fir
Douglas
Dressing
Committee.
Rules
591 for
Southern
Yellow
Pine
591
Specifications
for
Classification
and
Construction
Construction
""
Form
General Contract
of
General
Oak
Rules
Grading
Uniform
"
Timbers for
Contract
631
Cypress Forms
"
Lumber
Special
and
Shingles..
643
Committee. 653
Form
655
Proposal Conditions
656
"Bond
666
Key Subjects List
.
579
Cables
or
Circuits
.
Steel
581
and
Classification,
on
Other
Grading Classification
Iron
of
and
to
System
of
Numbering
Forms.
Committees
667
Forms
667, 668
Index. _______^
Alphabetical
Index
of
Subjects
669
FOREWORD
In
American
Railway
of
The
are
Definitions, the
appointed
consider
to
a
Railway
each
which
subject
and
been
of
and
careful
held
in
Practice
since
of
the
is
still
there
the
ment advance-
Maintenance
Standing
by
have
of
while
forward
and
Principles
Direction
that
step
Engineering
and
of
feels
decided
labors
painstaking
conventions
annual
it indicates
of
Board
the
Association
Specifications
of
result
volume,
Engineering
Science
the
this
of
improvement,
for
room
publication
the
Way.
of
herein
contained
Committees
Special
consideration
by
the
of
the
organization
the
Association.
It
each
the
is
intended
subject full
edition
of
published
was
issued
edition
of
published The
action
the
in
is
in
Manual
1912, 1913
action
of
of
previous
the
volume
given
shall
the
to
Committee
the
edition
first
were
the
reference
context
The
this
that
of
the
was
and
1915
and
issued
1906, in
of
the
containing
and
for
thereon.
1908;
Supplements
second
the
changes
September,
1911;
with
Proceedings
1905;
in
but
only,
discussions
issued
was
Supplements
September,
results
volume
reports
Manual
1907;
in
contain
and
a
tions addi-
revised
thereto
were
1914.
convention,
conventions,
and
is embodied
11
a
comprehensive in
the
present
revision
volume.
of
RULES
GENERAL
THE
FOR
PUBLICATION
OF
THE
"MANUAL."
Title. 1.
The
title of
volume
the
will
be
"Manual
of
American
the
Railway
Engineering Association." Discretionary 2.
Board
The
of Board
Powers
desirable
not
as
Adoption
shall not
shall
be binding
edit
Manual
matter
which
being
not
as
the
in
and
shall
have
it shall consider
shape,
proper
or
not
as
consideration.
and
Binding.
adopted by
Manual
in the
Not
of Reports
Matters
3.
study
proper
shall
publication any
from
publish, or
to
received
having
Direction
of
authority to withhold
of Direction.
and
Association
the
be
considered
on
the
direction
in the
published
subsequently of
practice,but
good
members.
Contents. 4.
The
Manual
and specifications
special study by
Standing
a
and
on
of
Railway
the
Board
in
All
the
shape
record
of the
for
be
referred
included
publication,
of the Association and
a
mittee com-
vention, con-
and
convention, have
reviewed
that
to
shall
in
the annual
to
Subjects
be
in
been
voted
which,
in
the
by the American
Association
Manual
the
the Manual
as
for
a
the
brief
before
being
final action
the
of
of
the
in
concise
only of
a
and
summary
principlesof practice adopted
reference
context
be
must
will consist
definitions, specifications and
by the Association, with
discussion
embodied
a
Manual.
conclusions
proper
Association.
subject of
the
annual
discussion,
and
the
made
and
the
to
Direction, should
may
been
thirty days prior
Committee
by
of
Association,
published
less than
consideration
due
have
as
relating to definitions,
Special Committee
or
by the
formally adopted
opinion
5.
not
submitted
which, after
conclusions
principlesof practice
report, published and
include
only
will
to
the
Committee
published Proceedings report
and
subsequent
Association.
the
Revision. 6.
Any by
vote
at any
are
proposed in
the
annual
made
to
7. a
published
matter
The
and
of
the
Committee
of
the
Board
Board Manual
of
Manual
in
the in
of
less than
following
amended
the
(c)
upon
or
such
drawn with-
changes
thirty days prior
manner:
of
charge
Direction;
be
may
convention, provided
publication not
for
time
the annual
subsequent
convention,
the
in
(a) Upon
subject; (b) request
to
mendation recom-
mendation recom-
upon
of five members,
Direction.
will
be
supplemental pamphlet
as
revised
either
promptly
12
as
by publishing possible after
a
new
each
edition annual
or
vention. con-
STANDING
COMMITTEES.
Page
Roadway
17
Ballast
49
III.
Ties
57
IV.
Rail
65
1. II.
V. VI. VII. VIII.
Track
115
Buildings
187
Wooden
Bridges
Trestles
and
219
247
Masonry
IX.
Signs,
X.
Signals
and
Interlocking
319
Records
and
Accounts
339
XL XII.
Rules
XIII.
V^ater
XIV.
Yards
XV. XVI. XVII. XVIII.
XIX.
Iron
Fences
Crossings
and
297
423
Organization
and
Service Terminals
and
Steel
and
Economics W^ooD
433
467
Structures Railway
of
481
Location
521 539
Preservation
561
Electricity
Conservation
Natural
of
SPECIAL
Resources
COMMITTEES.
Page Classification Grading Uniform Brine Stresses
Railways
of
of
591
General Drippings in
15
Lumber
Contract from
Railroad
653
Forms
Refrigerator Track
13
Cars
COMMITTEE.
SPECIAL
"CLASSIFICATION
Class main
"A"
track,
with
traffic
a
Freight or.
track
"A,"
and
traffic
that
Passenger,
maximum
speed
Class
"C"
requirements
iVol. p.
7,
of
1906,
passing
pp.
per
all
Classes
331,
year
per
of
a
the
year
trains
"A"
340;
or
of
of
a
track
with
10,000;
hour.
having
single
a
for
prescribed
main
Class
:
per
mile 40
one
150,000;
mile,
per
per
minimum
per
main
single
district,
railway
district
over
year
miles
than
more
:
of
following
the
districts
per
mile 50
than
exceeds
passenger
includes of
less
mileage
car
district
of
a
following
over
districts
is
or
mileage
the
trains
all
that
equals
car
per
passenger
includes
a
Freight
1907,
of
"B"
with
passing
having
railway
a
having
railway
a
exceeds
or
mileage
car
speed
Class
or
mileage
car
Passenger
maximum
equals
that
of
of
districts
those
or
districts
all
includes
RAILWAYS.
OF
year
railway
mile,
50,000;
district, 5,000;
of
miles
per
per
not
with
hour.
meeting
the
traffic
"B."
adopted
by
15.
15
letter-ballot,
June,
1906;
Vol.
8,
COMMITTEE
I.
ROADWAY.
'DEFINITIONS.
Group
A
General.
"
Classification."
material
the
Arranging
in
according
groups
its
to
character. Contract.
A
"
written
conditions,
terms,
(noun).
(a;) A
"
according (noun).
Estimate
piece
proposed Estimate
(verb).
Quantities. usual Slide.
of
act
making
nished, fur-
the
probable
of
cost
a
estimate.
an
material
of
amount
the
That
"
details
Stock-Pass.
the
handled,
be
to
the
in
expressed
A
culvert of
passage
Price.
erosion
under
describing
contract
unit
per a
carrying
of
Group
which
The
"
earth
bridge opening
or
price
for
contract
the
the
the
force
the
materials
gravity.
of
for
or
the
under
track, primarily
for
stock.
The
"
of
part
of
part
a
construction.
of
"
Washout.
of
movement
Specification.
Unit
material
or
rendered.
be
showing
statement
formed. per-
units. The
"
The
"
performed
is to
payment
be
must
contract.)
the
work
of
obligations
work.
of
The
"
A
of
parties specifying
more
or
certain
part
a
statement
(b)
"
are
which
to
two
which
etc., under
(Specifications Estimate
between
agreement
of
certain off
the
work
of
the
various is
to
quantities
be
permanent
specified in
a
performed. the
by
way
impact
and
waters.
B"
Right-of-way.
Right-of-Way.
The
"
land
or
rights
water
for
necessary
the
and
roadbed
its accessories. Roadbed.
The
"
ballast
Roadway.
That
"
the
as
Station
Vol.
16,
part
of
the
(During
track.
the
roadway
upon
which
the
track
and
right-of-way construction
of the
a
railway
roadway
prepared is often
to
ceive re-
referred
"grade.")
Grounds.
^Adopted, 1087;
of
rest.
the to
surface
finished
Property
"
Vol.
7,
1915,
pp.
1906, 566,
pp. 1071.
to
341,
be
used
442,
17
443;
for
Vol.
station
11,
purposes.
Part
2,
1910,
pp.
1063,
19
ROADWAY.
E
Group Bog.
Soft,
"
Culvert. brick
Drainage.
the
other
less
or
for
roadbed
the
timber,
of
opening
the
iron, of
passage
purposes.
conducting
for
interception and
The
"
more
is confined.
stream
a
covered
under
artificial waterway
An
"
Ditch.
for
or
flat
or
carried
masonry,
in which
cut
or
circular
arched,
or
water, Drain.
depression
An
"
of
composed
and
wet
matter.
The
"
usually
ground,
spongy
vegetable Channel.
Drainage.
"
of
removal
the
from
water
from,
water
roadway. under
or
upon
roadway. An
"
artificial
open
Ditch.
Intercepting
flowing
from
water
An
"
artificial waterway
open
the
over
providing drainage.
for
waterway
slopes
of
for
cut
a
preventing surface
against the
or
of
foot
an
embankment. Subdrain.
A
"
A
"
Waterway. flow
A
of
F
Haul.
Average
Total
Berme.
natural
ing surface, receiv-
ground
through
or
to
receive
or
for artificial,
the
joints.
structure.
a
conducting
the
Grading. The
"
Borrow
(noun).
Borrow
Pit.
"
Embankment
"
An
take
material
Material
removed
(or Fill). "
Excavation
the
A
The
(b)
pits; (c) Foundation
Pit.
"
An
The
from
The taken
(b)
and An
tion excava-
mately approxi-
pit.
borrow
a
pit.
obtaining material.
of
purpose
material
other
or
structed con-
surface. the
natural
cuttings, borrow
pits
cutting from
formed
excavation
slope
pits,
borrow
a
the
of
toe
earth, rock
ground
space
is to be hauled.
material
slope.
a
from
of
or
borrow
in
bank
material
top
or
for
(or Cutting).^(a)
surface;
the
made
natural
hauled.
be
benches.
introduced
excavation
above
of
left between
space
To
"
series
is to
distance
total
intercepting ditches
horizontal
(verb).
material
average
a
space
for
Borrow
The
"
into
Formed
made
distance
mean
Haul.
(a) The
"
excavation
either
channel,
"
Average
"
or
water.
Group
Benched.
shallow
narrow, "
the roadbed
along its length by absorption
the water Trench.
drain, below
covered
made
down
of
by removing for
laying
ground or
dation foun-
material. the
foundation
of
structure.
Haul. Free
"
The
Haul.
distance "
The
compensation.
material
distance
is moved
within
which
in the construction material
is moved
of
the roadway. without
extra
a
ROADWAY.
20
Overhaul.
The
"
by the
multiplied Overhaul
Distance. in
moved
yards
overhaul
in
the
beyond the
constructing
through
distance
distance
The
"
is hauled
cubic
of
number
units
the
for
roadw^ay,
lOD
of
free-haul
overhaul feet.
limit
which
tance dis-
that
extra
rial mate-
sation compen-
is allowed. Ramp.
An
"
Shrinkage. Stepped.
approach.
inclined The
"
into
Formed
"
(or Packed).
Tamped
Haul.
Total Waste.
Material
"
series
a
material. of
Packed
"
total
The
"
of
contraction
steps.
down
distance
blows.
material
is to
that
excavation
from
by light
used
not
in
be
the
hauled. formation
of
the
roadway. Waste
Spoil
or
G
Group Curb.
A
"
of
A
"
Shaft.
for
solid A
"
for
fiat
the
Well
the
Similarity
(2)
Measurement hundred
Rock"
A
other
classification to
threefold
of
under
portions
into
the
the walls
tunnel
a
facilitating the
for
which
it may or
water
be
work
carried
on.
water.
may
be
conducted
piece of work.
grubbing
should
be
made
in
units
square.
may
seem
specifiedin be
into
of specifications.
and
and
a
above
REQUIREMENTS.
Excavation," as
or
which
of
of
should
built
or
surface
ground
into
well
classification
material
Profiles
ventilation
clearing and
feet
(100)
be distinctly defined
(4)
waste.
under
placed
masonry,
settlement,
points from
or
form
of
or
ground
the
of
cistern
in the
"Common
and
from
CONTRACT
(1)
(3)
by
substance.
passageway
drain
to
mineral
^GENERAL
one
formed
roadway
purpose.
number
A
"
unequal
furnishing
excavated
by ditches
of
the
iron
wood,
prevent
sunk
of
(or Sump).
'
outside
of
same
of
purpose
An
"
the
well
or
by increasing Tunnel.
to
mass
pit
ring
shaft
a
intervals
at
Banks
"
Tunnels.
"
broad,
bottom
Rock.
Banks.
made
materials in
special
complete
Rock," such
cases
such
necessary,
the
"Solid
:
"Loose
additional
additional
classes
contract.
in
regard
to
distribution
of
material.
^Adopted, Vol.
6, 1905,
Vol. pp.
4, 1903, pp. 32, 35, 39, 44, 66, 74; Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 123, 136. 142, 144, 145, 164-173; Vol. 567, 16, 1915, pp.
688, 1075.
719;
21
ROADWAY.
(5)
The
preferably
width
be
between than
less
not
lines
center
13
feet;
tracks
main
of
may
be
than
six
(6)
closer
than
distance
this
curves
on
should
tangent
on
increased.
Rock
(6) inches
below
feet
(10)
(8)
should
waste
from
that
price for
the
of
'WIDTH
(1) a
minimum
virtually a
in
subgrade
low
of
Local taken
into
classes
of
should
be
cover
may
and
heavy traffic,should feet
width
in
of
order
embankment
to
the
made
should
be
at
is placed
the
same
what
upon
line, the
as
subgrade
uniformity
preserve
allowed
have
subgrade.
at
throughout
track be
room
the
SUBGRADE.
and
ROADWAY
and in
the
(20)
the
the
shovild
OF
account
each
track, in excavations, ;
under
sufficient
conditions
material
for
twenty
the
embankment
'SLOPES
of
AT
which
upon
excavations
which
distribution
constant
of
that
immediately
conditions
outside
theory
grading
with
width
it is considered
is based is
the
In
to
ROADWAY
railways,
permanent
(2)
ten
distance.
OF
A
Class
subgrade
above
permitted
be
profilesas
on
haul, irrespective
the
less
not
out
slope stakes.
the
Information
arranged
so
taken
be
subgrade.
No
(7)
should
excavations
of
width
of
embankments,
on
side ditches.
for
CROSS-SECTION.
character
determining
of
the
material
should
invariably
slopes of
permanent
the
be
roadway
cross-section.
'SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
THE
FORMATION
OF
THE
ROADWAY.
GENERAL. Alinement. 1. center
"
The
center
of
the
roadway
shall
in
alinement
to
the
stakes.
^Adopted,
Vol.
^Adopted,
Vol.
3, 1902, 3, 1902,
pp. pp.
34, 37, 43; 34,
45;
Vol.
Vol.
6, 1905,
6, 1905,
Vol. ^Adopted. 4, 1903, 20-29, 33-35, pp. Vol. 719; 6, 1905, 125-136, 143-164; pp. 1063; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 567, 1075,
688,
conform
78-109; Vol.
pp.
122,
pp.
Vol.
11,
Part
122, 123. 123.
5, 1904,
pp.
2, 1910,
675-684, pp.
1062,
ROADWAY.
22
Subgrade. 2.
the receive
the profiledenotes
grade-line on
The
embankments
of
tops
the
or
subgrade, and
bottoms
excavations
of
cates indi-
this term
ready
to
ballast.
the
Cross-Section. 3.
The
shown
shall
roadway the
upon
be
standard
formed
the section,slopes and
to
drawings,
or
as
be
may
directed
dimensions
from
time
to
time. of
Width 4.
Roadway. finished
When
the
finishing stakes
for
single track, viz. : On
and
and
properly settled
shall be
of
the
the
roadway
(
excavations necessary
width
of
ditches.
for
For
each
additional
wide,
exclusive
track
an
feet
shall
("""")
to
subgrade,
at
) feet
("""") feet,
width
conform
dimensions
following
embankments
shall
and
in
of
the
additional be
made.
Slopes. 5.
The
and
slopes of embankments
inclinations,
in the
expressed
as
shall be of the
excavations
ratio of
the
horizontal
ing follow-
distance
to
the
vertical rise: Earth
Embankments, Rock
From
"
Earth
Excavations, Loose Solid These shall
be
Rock Rock
"
as
One
"
to
One-quarter be
directed
one-half
and
to
one,
One-half
"
ratios may made
to
one
One
"
one-half
and one
to
one
;
one;
one.
circumstances,
to
particular
in each
to
;
to
;
according
varied
one
one-half
and
one
to
and
the
slopes
case.
CLEARING. Extent
of
6. that
Clearing. right-of-way
The
may
be
reserved,
materials
of
whatsoever
Disposal
of
Brush,
7. burned
All or
these otherwise
adjoining property.
station grounds,
and
shall
be
cleared
of
except
portions thereof
any
all trees, brush
and
perishable
nature.
etc.
materials, removed,
except as
may
hereinafter
as
be
mentioned,
directed, and
without
shall
be
injury
to
ROADWAY.
23
Stumps. 8.
Where
ground,
and
between
the
less
whose
trees
(2^)
diameter
stump-top
and
exceeds
shall be
them
fillingover
die
to
twelve
trees
(12)
inches,
shall
stumps less than
not
close
cut
(12)
eighteen (18) inches
twelve
where
embankments,
of
be
for
than
higher
not
shall
stumps
be
cut
and
two
for
except that
so
one-half
feet.
Clearing in 9.
Advance.
The
in
work
advance
Cutting
of
All
and
neatly piled which
hundred
into
places
Where
isolated
the
for
least
shall
be
removal
the
on
such
to
cut
shall be
payment
Trees, Buildings,
11.
reserved
ties, or
such
at
be
may
twenty-eight (128)
and
Isolated
made
which
service
at
kept
thousand
one
(1000)
Wood.
made
branches,
be
grading.
trees
and
shall
clearing
of
Piling
and
10.
for
done,
diameter
stump-top
of
be
the
in diameter,
slope stakes
depth
feet
than
higher
not
inches
is to
clearing
stripped
lengths
right-of-way
made
the
by
as
their
of be
may be
as
may
tie, or
by
the
tops
directed,
designated, cord
of
one
feet.
cubic
etc.
trees,
thereof
where
or
at
price
a
exist, payment
buildings be
to
agreed
shall
before
upon
be
removal.
Measurement. 12.
units
Measurement
of
of
hundred
one
clearing
(100)
and
feet
for
payment
square,
the
thereof,
fraction
or
shall be
same
by
actually
cleared.
GRUBBING. Extent.
Stumps
13.
as
ditches,
from
w^hich
from
ground
channels
new
all
entirely from
grubbed
be
including
occur,
well
shall
for
material
places is to
and
waterways
where
be
other
tions excava-
borrowed
as
places where
required. Grubbing
shall
of less
Grubbing 14. feet
in
in The
advance
also than
be two
required
between
one-half
and
the
(2^)
slope stakes
of
all
bankments em-
feet in height.
Advance, work of
of
grubbing
shall
be
kept
least
three
estimated
upon
at
hundred
(300)
grading.
Measurement. 15.
Measurement
actually done,
and
of the
space
grubbing to
be
shall covered
be
by all embankments
all excavation
of less than
ROADWAY.
24
units
of
(100)
hundred
one
height. Payment
in
(21^) feet
one-half
and
two
feet
for the fraction
or
square,
shall
same
thereof,
be
by
actually
grubbed.
GRADING.
16.
The
embankments
and of
roads
Work
and
Included 17.
All
as
Solid
the
of
tions excava-
sions roadbed, ditching, diver-
the
all similar
pits, and
railway,
all
its sidetracks
works
and
ing pertain-
station
grounds.
shall
excavated
and
Excavation," established
be
be
classified
award
the
the
of
"Loose
Rock,"
classifications
additional
such
before
"Solid
as
of
terial ma-
contract.
Rock.
18.
"Solid
Rock"
detached
rock
comprise
shall
original position which
be
may
measuring
yard
solid
in
beds
or
in
masses
or
its
boulders
and
by blasting;
removed
best
cubic
one
rock
or
over.
Rock.
Loose
19. of
formation
foundation
of
material
may
specificationsincludes
Classification.
"
"Common
Rock,"
the
streams,
construction
the
to
for
these
in
"Grading"
term
than
more
rock
Rock"
"Loose
which
be
although occasions
foot
properly shovel
steam
in order
Common
less than
and
blasting
or
cubic
one
be
may
of
masses
yard,
bar
by pick and
removed
facilitate
to
all detached
stone
or
and
all other
without
and
resorted
rock
to
ing; blast-
favorable
on
work.
the
Excavation.
20.
"Common
under
come
cubic
one
can
shall comprise
Excavation"
shall
the classification of "Solid
classifications
as
be
may
established
all materials
comprise Rock,"
before
"Loose award
the
that
Rock," of
such
or
the
do
not
other
contract.
Finishing Slopes. 21. loose
Slopes
in the
stones
Excavation 22.
inches Excess 23.
of
the
causes
Ijelow subgrade Excavation
surplus
true
and
straight, and
all
removed.
be
shall
excess
beyond
the
material
to
("""")
out
with
subgrade
material.
approved
Slips.
in
the
taken
be
refilled
and and
Excavation
beyond
cut
Subgrade.
excavation
slides extending to
slopes shall
Below
Rock
shall be
all excavations
of
authorized
slope lines, shall
control
shall
the
of be
the
cross-section, not
contractor
removed
by the
or
be his
paid
for
agents.
contractor
well
as
unless In
all
without
as
due cases
delay
25
ROADWAY.
slopes reformed.
the
and
The
conditions.
occupied
24.
of
Excess
Where
the
the
be
waste
25.
Where
below
the
be
or
sides,
both
or
waste
banks
by written
order.
make
to
shall be
surplus
in
deposited
profiles
the
on
one
required
that
as
used
to
may
be
unless
such
grade-line, and
made
the
sited shall, if possible, be depo-
material
circumstances
no
shall feet
("""")
be
may
such
borrow
27.
the the
of
bank
waste
slope
stakes
diminish
the
28.
in
29.
A
stone
the
or
any
Company without
be
taken
from
profilesor
of
the
center
pits,
borrow
order.
by written
the
on
only,
reserves
profile exhibited
and
shall
the
right
afifecting the
in to
no
increase
unit
contract
way
prices
work.
complete
to
the
material
the
places
in
the
for
special use
shall,when
excavations,
convenient
in
suitable
material
on
the
vicinity shall
of
the
required, be
right-of-way, substituted,
be
as
as
embankments.
Cuttings.
Rock berme
Intercepting
other
within
suitable
top of slope of
30.
sides
approximate
The
is found
Other
required,
deficiency shall
both
quantities shown
are
of
deposited
and
directed.
the
on
standard
Gravel.
which
reserved
material
parts
Gravel,
Company,
the
or
one
shall
either
quantities given
various
Reserving
Berme
of
and
final estimate.
the
on
of
cuttings
embankments,
material
indicated
classification
distribution
the
No
the
Quantities Shown.
The
govern
be
cuttings
the
from
the
form
to
directed.
excavation
of
quantity
by widening
Approximate
for
under
is insufficient
up
as
unless
for
the
edge Within
Where
cross-section
line,
is ordered
wasting
Pits.
26.
the
space
cutting.
Borrow
or
shall
either
its nearest
have
be
prior
of
original
the
in
be
Banks.
Waste
of
be
exceeds
uniformly, along
material
indicated
excavation
cross-section, the
standard
embankments no
shall
material
the
regardless
removal,
of
shall
material
classification.
the
quantity of
to
directed, and
of
time
the
Excavation.
embankments
widen
of
the
at
measurement
regardless
Disposal
the
its condition
with
accordance
of
classification
The
(
of
rock
cuttings and
toe
of
) feet shall be left between slope of the
overlying earth.
Ditches.
Intercepting ditches,
slopes of all cuttings where
when
the
ordered, shall be made
ground
falls toward
the
at
top
the of
top of the the
slopes.
27
ROADWAY.
maintained
they
must
be
until
the
work
Where
embankment
an
material
unsuitable firm
foundation.
Embankments
Across
a
on
37.
In
the
crossing bogs
ends.
other
each
If
or
the
least five (5) feet beyond
hundred
each
and
(100)
two
for
square,
or
or
in
The
logs
diameter
at
layers crossing
more
layer shall be placed close
the
The
brush. and
roadway, of
light fills,a
shall
bottom
project
at
embankment.
this substructure
shall be
by units
of
decimal
of
covered
by
thereof,
area
layer.
Filling
Trestles. In
38.
of
parts
the
Embankments 39. forward with
In
shall be
Embankments the
increased
of
case
train
uniformly
and
spread
in
and
around
fillingby
of
means
the
shall
material
be all
under
temporary
a
fill.
Trestles.
at
upon
trestles, the
the trestle bents
between
structure.
material
trestle, the
from
embankments
forming
thoroughly compacted
a
the
to
for
(6) inches
closely with
slope stakes
payment
feet
shall be
covered
placed transversely
Measurements
or
shall be
required.
be
six
logs of each
joints,and
broken
layer shall be
embankment
bottom
may
less than
there
necessary,
unsound
brushwood
not
right angles. The
at
together, with
one
be
to
of
swamps
logs and
of
this foundation
small
directed, boggy
the
that
so
the
Swamps.
special substructure
forming
shape
sloping ground,
on
stepped. Whenever
or
excavated
be
shall
placed
be
is to
deeply plowed
shall be
surface
and
Slopes.
on
36.
height, dimensions
proper
finally accepted.
is
Embankments
their
to
abutting structure
width
a
the
ends
distance
trestle
of of
bridges shall
(
of
brought ) feet,
(
least
at
be
feet
)
in order
to
form
full roadbed.
Finishing 40.
leaving
Subgrade.
The no
subgrade depression
Embankments 41.
Material
shall
Special these
Over
care
be
shall
be
compact
that
will
hold
Masonry,
for
must
structures.
be
Only
in
thin
exercised the
best
to
a
true
plane, thus
water.
etc.
embankments
deposited
finished
and
over
or
about
layers, and that material
no
each
excessive shall
masonry
or
other
tures struc-
layer carefully tamped. strain
be
be permitted for
placed
upon
the purpose
ROADWAY.
28
of
filling.The
such
packing the material
obtaining, distributing and all such
excavation
for
price
contract
shall
the cost
cover
behind,
and
over
of
around
structures.
PITS.
BORROW Provided.
Land
42.
Land
Railway
pits
borrow
for
banks
waste
or
shall be
provided by the
Company.
Drainage. 43. nearest
be
water
to
depth that will prevent
a
slopes of borrow
Side
in the cross-section
used
pits
the
of
less
not
outside
of the
of
45.
the
the
the
to
shall not
drainage.
except
set
for
apart
less
be
slope of
berme
left between
line.
the shall
Bermes
before
excavated
in order
to
admit
wasting of material
or
station
been
they have
grounds
or
for
other
staked of
ready
will not
special
be poses, pur-
directions.
GRADING.
OF
MEASUREMENT
AND
PRICE
be
Borrowing
written
by
A
pit.
right-of-way
of not
left between
borrow
shall
4oiiein regular shape
be
must
land
the
feet
) the
shall be
berme
ground.
not
measurement. on
A
same
Pits.
pits shall
Borrow
accurate
of
right-of-way shall be the
of
edge
pit and
borrow
original unbroken
the
permitted
drained
directed, material
width
in
(
Borrowing
and
and
adjoining roadway.
than
Cross-Sectioning
out.
and
embankment
slope of
consist
ditches
proper
the
on
...(....) feet
than
stakes
with
Bermes.
and
44.
connected
required. Unless
when
course,
borrowed
Slopes
as
pits shall be
Borrow
Basis. 46.
shall
Grading
be
estimated
paid
and
prices specified for the respective materials. only, except
in excavation
Included
Work 47. of
The
in
the
other
the
by same
price
in the
incident
yard
manner
the
prescribed
plowing work
shall
; the
whatsoever
the to
cubic
per
method
any
places designated; expenses
shall
Measurements
be
at
the
made
Price.
contract
the material
deposit of
in
by the cubic yard
mentioned.
hereinafter
as
for
or
of
include
the
excavation
loading, transportation and by
benching
grading.
these of
specificationsand the
slopes, and
all
29
ROADWAY.
Haul. 48.
price
contract
will
cubic
per
made
be
specified,it is distinctly understood
otherwise
Unless
yard
for
he substituted
in
Roadway
the
ance allow-
Clause.
is recommended
clause
to
48 of the Specificationsfor the Formation
No.
it is desired
case
Overhaul
optional overhaul
alternate
No
necessary.
overhaul.
Optional
for clause
found
haul
any
so-termed
any
Alternate
(The following
covers
the
that
overhaul.)
allow
to
of
Haul.
48-a. of
haul
No
does
The
and
one
"
the
shall equal
further
determined
the
neutral
limit
embankment
estimated
computation,
of
this limit
within
point
the
distance
such
that
viz.
of
the
on
profile
in
tion excava-
them
between
the
included
haul
paid for
and
length feet.
one
"
All
the
be
by fixing
shall balance.
limit shall be
method
and
shall
grade
that
such
when
on
tities quan-
on
material
the
basis
of
:
free-haul
shall
be
eliminated
from
consideration. distance
excavation of
between
and
and
the of
center
free-haul
Overhaul feet
be
of
hauling material
free-haul, which
embankment,
and
free-haul
material
The
limit
shall
side
for
of
specified free-haul
the
the
All
in
other
following
the
each
on
made
limit
free-haul
excavation
of
beyond
of
be
the
exceed
not
limits
points
two
shall
payment
shall
of
gravity
above
as
compensation
the
remaining
the
be of
one
therefor
overhaul cubic
shall
be
of
mass
less
resulting embankment,
units
rendered
be
to
the
in
of
gravity
described, shall
computed
be
of
center
the
distance.
yard
100
moved
computed
such
on
units. In
material
case
and
necessarily
team
multiplying the distance be
made
established
Embankment 49. it may
as
of
number
by
the
by
the
team,
from the
travels. cubic
haul The
yards
less the
pits along
borrow
shall be overhaul so
free-haul
determined shall
hauled
be
The
the
by
determined
by one-half
distance.
ment embank-
the
the
tance dis-
by
round shall
runways
Engineer.
Measurement. If it be impracticable
be
measured
embankment, in bulk,
obtained
constructed,
runways
the
is
so
that
possible.
and the
in
to
measure
embankment,
making
a
just and
borrowed
using
the
material
in excavation, of
cross-section
notes
allowance
for
reasonable
quantities shall equal the excavation
quantities
as
the
change nearly
ROADWAY.
30
Classification.
Borrow
50. rock
classification
No
in
the
being
contrary,
it
borrowed
material
and
intent
51.
shall be
Tunnels
shown
these
paid for
loose
for
given
are
solid
or
to
the
specificationsthat
as
all
excavation.
common
EXCAVATION.
Cross-Section,
and
Grade
of
shall be classified and
made
instructions
meaning
TUNNEL
Line,
shall be
specificwritten
unless
pits
borrow
allowance
or
the
upon
excavated
plans,
to
such
to
or
the
and
alinement, gradients
modifications
thereof
tions sec-
be
may
as
directed. Bottom
52.
(
The
from
material
rock
tunnels
subgrade
below
inches
)
Tunnels.
Rock
of
shall be
taken
refilled to
and
out
with
subgrade
approved
material.
Blasting.
the
53.
Blasting
roof
and
section
with
done
removed
all possible care,
pieces of rock
by the
contractor.
excess
of
so
not
as
standard
the
beyond
damage
to
cross-
Excavation.
54.
Excavation
paid
Price
be
All insecure
sides.
shall be
Excess
be
shall
in
55.
shall
not
Include. The
removal
of
include
price paid all materials
for
tunnel
the
between
shall
excavation
faces
outer
materials
or
and for
labor
the
for
prosecution
of
ventilated
and
free
temporary the
the
the
the
of
work,
from
as
water,
well oil
It shall
as
or
materials whatever and
supports
props,
of
cost
portals.
It shall also include
directed.
as
required
are
safe
keeping the tunnel or
banks,
waste
of
embrace
placing
and
the loosening, loading, transportation
in embankment
56.
cross-section
for.
to
Niches
authorized
the
folding scafof
all expense
gas.
Recesses,
Niches
or
employes shall
for the
recesses
be
provided
at
protection and
designated
convenience
of
way the rail-
intervals.
Shafts. 57.
The The
within
the
location,number excavation
and
price for
specified cross-section
dimensions them
between
shall the
of all shafts cover
shall be
all materials
surface
of
the
mined. deter-
contained
ground
and
ROADWAY.
connection
the
of and
all material as
from
labor
oil
water,
or
with
shafts for
required,
be
may
the
the
as
price shall also
This of
support
the
keeping
well
as
tunnel.
and
of
cost
gas,
the
curbing
the
31
all
of
the
ventilated
shafts
of
cost
sides
the
shafts free
and
and
pumping
cover
hoisting
machinery. Wells
Sumps,
or
58.
Wells
drainage shall cubic
yard
sumps
be
made
for
as
The
the
tunnel
directed
as
and
for
necessary
paid
for
its permanent
the
at
rate
same
per
excavation.
Roads.
shall, without
contractor
all roads
construct
within
tunnel
for
Right-of-Way 59.
or
for
necessary
his
loss
liabilityto
or
in the
use
execution
Company,
the
of
this contract.
Haul. 60.
The
price
contract
respectively,cover where
designated,
for any
Safety
OR
of and
61.
He caused
in
shall be acts
first be
after
contractor
Precautions 62. nor
between
Company safety. from
the
his
Company's as
shall The
right
of
cost
estimate.
such
thereof
to
Trains
be
work
so
with
the
train
material allowance
no
ING EXIST-
OF TRACK.
not
of
the work
method
of
which
to
the
work
at
the
no
pany. Com-
the
property is liable work
doing such
it shall
occurs
be
not
be
menced com-
train service, of the
the expense
notice. and be
Tracks.
permitted
precautions
when
properly
safety
as
charged
close
transport
to
affects the
be
service
Whenever
detention
permitted
shall
will
there
Company's
to
trains,the
complete
that
the
damage
tracks, except
authorized
take
of
written
him
Safety
his
any
If continuous
contractor
work
be
ADDITIONAL
approval, without
blasting shall
Heavy
the
the
for
giving
for
shall
shall
tion excava-
the
placing
REVISION
his employes.
safety
the
reserves
for
of
or
submitted
the Company
manner
any
those
or
prosecuted.
or
shaft
Service.
responsible
affect the movement
shall
and
in
TO
shall arrange
delay
or
by his
tunnel
There
upon.
FOR
Train
to
contractor
interference
for
necessary
agreed
WIDENING
Delay
The
found
APPLICABLE
SPECIALLY LINE
to
limits
yard
overhaul.
so-termed
CLAUSES
haul
any
within
cubic
per
of
it may to
the
to
the
material
along
or
advisable
contractor
and
or
ever When-
authorized.
the trains deem
tracks,
main
tracks, the to
insure
deducted
ROADWAY.
32
and
When
63.
The
with
that
necessary
from
Location
of
side
conform
done
by and
contractor
additional
altered
furnished
the
by
without
same
it
whenever
side, the
track is
shall
be
expedient
to
alinement
shall
Company,
and
the
on
change
any
shown
upon
be the
tion por-
the shall
contractor
charge.
extra
Slopes.
65.
the
Wherever
in
feet
the
to
Plowing
But
line.
diagrams
or
the
of
opposite
the
to
be
Tracks,
location
existing
the
to
any
it becomes
it shall
charged
in
or
Whenever
moved,
be
thereof
cost
tracks
Company's
estimate.
Additional
The
of
maps
his
Moved.
circumstances.
sidetracks
or
actual
the
move
any
line
the
and
deducted
64.
main
be
May
not
under
them
the
Company,
the
shall
contractor
interfere
way
Tracks
Company's
How
height
or
shall
embankment
thoroughly
embankment
existing raised
over
is
be
deeply
of the
widened,
or
order
in
plowed
(....) slope bind
to
the
of the
existing material
new
it.
to
Crossings. 66.
transported be
the
shall
Watchmen, 67.
the
to
the
places
it may
and
works.
The
his
estimate.
such
It
Safety
from
not
shall
The
his
the
be
ings cross-
ing maintain-
and
actual
shall
cost
estimate.
be
charged
relieve
by
the
his
furnished
be
for
necessary
caused
of
placing
Company.
the
to
safety
the
distinctly understood,
shall
damages
of
location
to
contractor
of
the
from
Company
that
deducted
the
the
at
trains
Company's and
contractor
however,
the
by
from
providing
liabiHty
and
of ment pay-
operations.
Signals.
68.
The
shall
observance
of
cost
to
necessary
work,
is
labor
deducted
watchmen
shall
cost
the
description
any
Flagmen.
and
night
the
of
tracks,
and
by
and
consider
watchmen for
furnished
contractor
and
or
material
The
Operators Day
track
existing
be
material
for
necessary
approved.
same
charged
is
the
across
must
be
it
Wherever
the
ensure
be
borne
shall
installment,
be
by
safety the
of
maintenance
trains, consequent
contractor,
strictly obeyed
and
by
and him.
of
operation upon
all instructions
the
all
signals
contractor's
regarding
their
33
ROADWAY.
CONDITIONS.
GENERAL
Fences.
Temporary
Previous
69.
directed, shall trespass
to
railway
the
upon
Crossings, Damage 70.
The
condition
or
in other
withheld the
such
losses
or
If
during
of
Alinement
as
ditches
part,
as
deemed
work.
But
specified in
of
such
the
contract;
and
Snow
72.
prevent
and
private roads
property
of
payment
the
be
traversed
for
damages
caused
by
of
men work-
blasting rock, building
open,
not
in good
keep
held
construction
estimate
the
intention
The
responsible
of
the
be
may
line
of
for
due
any
the
to
his employes.
or
and
incidental
change
or
after
the
shall
not
such
any
shall
nor
or
be
alteration
shall
damages,
may
work,
before
or
nor
cross-sections
of
claim
the
progress
in whole
altered
affect the
be
or
or
in
or
unit
prices
alterations
made
as
of the
commencement
changes
any
roadbed,
the
stitute con-
allowed
on
alterations.
Ice, and
beginning
Before shall
own
the
shall
either
changes
such
make
responsible
fences
or
gradients
necessary,
for
to
Gradients.
or
any
held
the contractor
other
and
claims account
of
alinement,
well
order
satisfactorilyadjusted.
are
incurred
Changes
be
necessary,
Company
negligence
if
contractor,
property.
expense,
neighboring
gates
the
or
The
own
shall or
damages
operation
71.
he
persons
ways.
is that
contract
and
leaving
employ
until
claims
to
nature
his
adjoining
to
the
in
fences
passing places for public and
railway;
in
damage
or
grading,
of
temporary
shall, at his
commodious
whatsoever
work
Property.
to
contractor
by the line of
fires
maintain
and
erect
the
during
or
all
remove
during and
snow
ice
from
between
of
work,
the
the
the
slope stakes
all
bench
tractor con-
at
his
expense.
Marks
Bench Ti. stakes.
and
The In
Stakes. shall
contractor case
of
neglect
to
carefully do
so,
he
preserve
will
be
charged
marks
with
the
a
safe
and
resulting
expense.
Roads. 74. passage
under
Wherever on
horseback
contract.
required, the and
foot
contractor
shall
along the whole
or
open any
up
road
for
portion of the work
35
ROADWAY.
specificationsand
The
82.
understood entire
the
Contract.
of
Part
Specifications
being embodied
as
with
"STEAM
of
cardinal steam
a
(1)
Care
that enters
of
FOR
Two
dipper: One
These
in
the
in their
are
of
acceptance
A
STEAM
MODERN
tion selecorder
:
all material
(70)
tons.
one-half
hundred
and
shovel
SHOVEL
CONSTRUCTION.
ROADWAY
and
rail of
height above
(2^)
yards.
(120) pounds.
twenty
which
track
at
at
which
dipper should
unload
feet;
(16)
Depth
rail of
below
shovel
track
dipper
should
dig
Four
:
feet. Number to
of
Three
bank:
Character
of
hoist
Character
of
swing:
Character
of
housing:
from
time
of
entering
arm
should
(3).
Cable.
tank
:
Capacity
of
coal
bunker:
Two
arm:
for
Permanent
of
jack
minute
per
Cable.
:
Capacity
of
dipper
of
movements
entering
Spread be
FOR
Seventy
:
pressure:
Clear Sixteen
shovel
of
attention
production.
WEIGHT
70 TONS
forming
machine.
the
SPECIFICATIONS
Steam
,.
of
part
Design
Capacity
bank
selection, inspection and
(3)
Weight
(4)
in
Design for strength.
OF
careful
given
construction.
roadway
(2)
GENERAL
be
for
for
the whole
the Contractor.
and
shovel
into every
tinctly dis-
are
REQUIREMENTS.
points should
the
to
SHOVELS.
GENERAL
Three
referred
the contract,
the Company
between
agreement
conditions
general
employes.
(2000) gallons.
thousand Four
all
(4)
tons.
Eighteen (18)
feet.
A
special short
provided. Form
of of
Length Form
steam
shovel
rails for
of rail joint
^Adopted,
Vol.
track
ordinary :
8, 1907,
:
"T"
work
rails :
Six
on
ties.
(6) feet.
Strap. pp.
298-302,
343-346;
Vol.
16,
1915,
pp.
573,
1081.
:
ROADWAY.
36
NECESSARY
PARTS
REPAIR
Cold
1 Hoisting
12
1 Thrusting
6
Cable
1
U
Cable, Cable, 1 Swinging Cable, Engine 1 Set Dipper Teeth, 1 Dipper Latch, on Duplicate of each Sheave
1 Blacksmith
and
1
Ratchet, Drills,
6
Round
1
with Hacksaw, Set Pipe Taps Set Bolt Taps
1
Files, assorted
2
Sledges,
2
Switch
sizes, twelve blades, and Dies,
and
assorted
Nuts, Pipes and Fittings, Waterglasses. and
CARRY.
TO
complete,
Saw.
6
Picks,
1
Coal
Scoop,
1
Flue
1
Fire
Cleaner, Hoe,
1
Clinker
1
Slash
1
Track
4
Rail
with
rope,
Hook, Bar, 2 Hand Lanterns, 2 Torches,
Chains,
Re-railing Frogs, 2 Bail-Bearing Jacks, 2 Spike Mauls, 2
2
Lot
Bolts
Triple Blocks 2 Lining Bars, 1 Pinch Bar, 6 Shovels,
Dies, 6 Cold Chisels, assorted sizes, 2 Machinists' Hammers, 1
assorted
1 Set
Twist
assorted
with
assorted
Lot
1 Siphon,
Bench Vise, assorted Wrenches, sizes, assorted 3 Monkey Wrenches, sizes, assorted 6 Stilson Wrenches, sizes,
Pipe
Lot
1 Axe, 1 Hand
1 Small
3
Shuts, Clamps, Bolt,
NECESSARY
Anvil
with
Forge tools,
complete
Machine.
TOOLS
REPAIR
CARRY.
TO
Gage, Clamps.
Assortment
of Packing, Oil, in cans.
Assorted
Clawbars,
'METHODS
OF
HANDLING
DUMP
Gage
of
Style
and
Flat
track
for
dump
capacity of
cars
or
:
12
to
by
FLAT
The for
cars
is to
following
shovel
steam
(1)
Car
(2)
Brake-wheels
be
should
plowed
'Adopted,
points
Vol.
be
be
enough
should
be
off, they should pp.
aprons
may
air
dump be
cars
are
able. prefer-
used.
observed
in
the
selection
of
flat
:
strong
S, 1907,
20-yard
CARS.
should
work
(4 feet 8j4 inches).
Standard
connected
cars
WORK.
CARS.
cars:
cars
SHOVEL
STEAM
in be
302-306,
for the
good placed
purpose.
condition, and at
346-349,
side of 350.
car.
in
case
material
ROADWAY.
Stake
(3) far
feet
Four
apart.
should
pockets
be in
apart
Z1
in
condition
good of
center
spaced
not
closer
and
car
and
is good
ends
at
too
practice. should
(4) Stakes
be
AND
PLOWS
miles, light
recommended.
is
pull, and
ton
cable
be
to
When
than
of
four
less
than
two
should tons
be
able
and
develop
to
cylinders,
steam
;
auxiliary engine
an
four
12
sixty
inches of
wraps
by 1^-
for
trailer
with
one-half
is recommended
plow
center
making
feet
(4^)
and
high
fills.
heavy
is recommended;
is
raise
when
it should
be
less
not
feet
thirty-six (36)
in
all.
over
of
Weight Size
haul
feet, permitting
recommended
are
plow
and
45^
with
cable
a
28
drum,
raising track, the
strong
length
about
weigh
fill for
made.
light; side plows A
ment derail-
or
recommended.
are
machine
The
diameter
inches;
inch
light trestles
and
cars
in
trestle
handling unloading plows,
For
12
accident
prevent
SPREADERS.
from
dumped
is
dirt
Where
(60)
to
plow.
of
drum
enough
strong
and 1200
Form
of
One
cable:
and
one-half
in
(l5^) inches
eter diam-
Two-arm.
spreader:
handling spreader
of
wings
Limiting angle above
Height
of
tons.
feet in length.
of
Spread
(7)
Seven
:
length
and
Method
plow
of
(20) feet.
Twenty
:
Forty-five (45) degrees.
wings:
rail
which
at
Air.
:
spreader
deposit
should
material
Two
:
feet.
(2)
below
Depth
rail at
which
VERTICAL
"
In
vertical
limits
are
For
raising
(2)
For
a
:
(3)
Not
For
trestle
In
making
central to
core
with
fills over
on
the
material
put
by
up
:
Two
(2)
feet.
location, the
new
respective dumped:
conditions
Four
and
teams
following
widened
(4)
:
feet.
shovel
with
(4) feet.
filling trestle
embankments
traffic,under
trains for
four
exceed
temporary for
with
track
work
LIMITS.
recommended
(1)
material
under
embankments
making
should
spreader
four with
:
(4)
Under feet
trains
in
ordinary conditions,
porary tem-
height.
in
ordinary conditions, where
present
location
sand, gravel
of or
track
cinders
ROADWAY.
38
be
can
raise
it is economical
used,
does
feet, it is economical side while
raise
main
throw
main
the
Where
to
of
track
is jacked
track
is to
to
both
For
black
dirt,trestle filling:
For
black
dirt, raising under
For
clay, trestle filling:
For
clay, raising
For
sand,
For
sand, raising under
trestle
filling:
the
(2) The and
should
be
should
to
and
and
Six
(15) Five
to
be
for
made
the
means
per
cent.
per
cent.
(5)
WORK.
organization the
of
work;
staff
a
of
neers Engi-
of
have
control
respective sections. which
lightest curvature
prospective business
One
preferable.
latter should
their
for
is
with
work,
the
necessary
and
cent.
per
cent.
per
Five
charge
cent.
per
(5)
(5)
Five
(6)
:
cent.
per
simplest
cover
gradient
present
Fifteen
(10)
follows
as
REDUCTION
responsible
lowest
the
the
tions physical condi-
railway will
warrant
established.
(3) The of
in
material
men,
allowance
be
traffic:
The
"
Supervisors
and of
be
economical
it is
EMBANKMENTS.
IN
traffic:
under
(1) Organization. should
one
on
trestle.
traffic:
Ten
'GRADE
man
feet
(6)
six
build
should
allowance
shrinkage
The
built
width.
and
height
track
(4)
four
vertically in place.
shrinkage
embankments,
than
more
temporary
a
SHRINKAGE
FOR
green
over
exceed
and
side
one
raised
be
is to
traffic
carry
track
^ALLOWANCE
For
track
and
traffic is heavy
Where
vertically in place if
track
main
(4) feet.
four
exceed
not
jack
to
location
should
be
completed
before
entering
on
the
work
construction.
(4)
Surface
and
waterway
and, lastly,the
roadway
(5) wherever
The
grades
of
should
drainage
drainage
railways
and
in
be
first consideration,
given
excavation.
highways
should
be
separated
practicable.
(6) Temporary permanent ^Adopted, ^Adopted,
bridges
should
be
eliminated
by
substitution
the
structures.
Vol. Vol.
307, 308, 349, 350. 8, 1907, pp. Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 608, 609, 642-648;
16, 1915,
pp.
572,
1081.
of
ROADWAY.
teams
work
should
be
(1) Organization. complete
of
of
charge in of
from
should
where
provided
be
of
earth
tion excava-
connected
far
with
If
should
company
the
with
grades
the
of
charge
covered
of
organization should
handle movement
earth
the
of
the in
in
charge
work work
the be
in
relieved
railway.
with
its
of
trains.
work
;
engines
the
by
proportions
the
Engineer
Dispatcher,
a
operation
the
to
in
of
Engineers
and
work;
with
the
the
practicable, all
as
track
territory
required.
interfere
may
the
relating
railway
and
in
be
charge The
:
lines
Yardmaster
the
over
person
(2) The
giving
should
in
him
to
and
Trainmaster,
be
duties
work
bridges;
Construction
report
work
contract
traffic
of
of
following officers
should
Assistant
An
other
(3) As
work
sometimes
every
which
The
work.
and
masonry
may
all
work
the
operation
permit,
with
WORK.
Superintendent
the
charge
switching.
hand,
A
the
of
branches
the
done
plan for conducting heavy
ELEVATION
"
of
charge
Roadmaster
and
traffic
and
well-defined
a
^'TRACK
charge
be
starting work.
before
having
should
warrant.
(9) There
various
work
preparatory
plant.
for
tracks
(8) Separate conditions
and
light working
other
or
haul
short
(7) Light,
39
forces
own
should
be
all
handled
by
machinery. (4)
The
first cost,
low
best
material
ease
of
(5) Bridgework,
(6) be
cared
the
Water, for
and
moved
is borne
expense
and
sewer
the
by the
of of
the
that
elevated
are
which
combines
or
railway
both
bridges,
and
be
replaced
wires
should
to
depressed.
conduits
owning
companies
railway
work,
temporary
pipes, electrical
gas
by
fillingis
stability.
progress
tracks
after
bridges
by permanent
and
handling during
in
use
ordinarily consist
should
highway,
for
and
them,
whether
or
not
company.
"WATERWAYS.
(1)
In
should
1915,
determining be
given
"Adopted,
Vol.
iiAdopted,
Vol.
pp.
572,
1081.
the
to
9, 1908, 10, Part
size of
local
pp.
a
given waterway,
conditions
591,
2, 1909,
affecting the
631-642; pp.
Vol.
920, 921,
16, 1915, 967-1022,
careful
tion considera-
safety, economical 572, 1081. pp. Vol. 1097-1099;
16,
ROADWAY.
40
construction
the
carrying wratershed
conditions,
area,
climatic
of
railway,
line
given
of
probable
and
the
in
character
and
vicinity
and
of
of
consequences
flood
are
channel
the
of
extent
conditions
openings
other
characteristics
stream,
same
these
among
behavior
and
flow, size
and
height
chief
maintenance;
and
traffic
of
the
on
the
interruptions
to
fixing
the
same.
(2) (a)
that
extent are
of
size
proper
the
known
to
local
and
bridge
conditions
(c) The
the
and
given
values
assist
to
in
only
is warranted
case
of
also
are
culvert
of
formula
a
the
substituted
terms
the
to
therein
conditions.
is at
use
a
the
formulas
(b) Waterway verifying
and
fit local
to
in
waterway
formula
the
using
of
practice
The
useful
where
areas,
as
only
guide
a
in
fixing
or
information
general
as
hand.
formulas
such
exercise
should
displace careful
not
intelligentjudgment
of
the
on
field observation of
part
the
Engineer. (d)
No
formula
single waterway
all conditions
of
be
can
recommended
fitting
as
practice.
'==SLIDES.
(1)
Each
(2)
The of
(3) are
and
not
in
slide
of
cause
the
should
is
cause
Piles
the
may
be
(6)
2, 1910,
or
of
the
Vol. pp.
The
sought.
the the
removal
restoration
of
prevention
and
is permissible
for
the
or
vention pre-
roadway. of
cure
slides
repairs
temporary
be
drained
away
or
intercepted
fore be-
off
and
the
and
not
restored lie
in
should
roadway pools.
The
be
surface
sodded.
curing
be
slide
vi^ill run
weighting
'^Adopted, Part
of
flattening of
sometimes
use
be
by itself.
problem
slide.
water
compacted
(7) The may
the
that
method
for
should
water
surface
The
as
a
as
cases.
it reaches
so
should
their
but
(4) Underground
graded
slide
important
as
recommended;
(5) The
considered
retaining walls
or
special
be
found
a
the
slope is the
most
economical
and
nent perma-
sliding embankment. of
the
toe
of
the
slope
to
restore
equilibrium
efficient.
10, Part 2, 1909, pp. 1064, 1087; Vol. 16, 1915,
921, 1023-1093, 572, 1081.
pp.
1099-1104;
Vol.
11,
41
ROADWAY.
-5; S
S
^
O
"^
l^
o
fe
ROADWAY.
43
"TUNNELS.
(1) The single
and
forms
inches)
all
rail in
be provided
for
conform
the
to
space
should
tangent
on
(the height of
following diagrams 6
tunnels
double-track
for
of the clear
dimensions
and
assumed
be
to
cases
as
:
"I
I
I
\
/ff-'a"-f-
"
to
^
"
f coArro^/v
ro
I
I
to
I
-" S/ff"
/'^"SSl/Jf"
I
X
-.
i I
-7-0"
Si/j6^ra'i^e ^
"
^
"
f
"^ 6 Ope/7i/!^s '"fcas/zro/f
Fig. 3.
(2)
and
the
(3) Drainage channel
for
each
should
local conditions
(5)
The
in
side of
of
arch
rich
the be
will
Portland
the
used
cement
by
driving the
usually requires ^"Adopted, Vol.
16,
1915,
"Adopted,
a
Vol. pp. Vol.
tunnel
should
sufficiently
occupy
concrete
a
each
tunnel
concrete
tunnel for
before should a
lining, except
it sets. be
width
laid with of
five
vitrified feet
on
track.
CONSTRUCTION.
as
ordinarily constructed,
heading
greater Part 1081.
11, 573,
should
permanent
mortar
"TUNNEL
built
for the
brick-lined
(1) Railway tunnels,
of
center
track
tracks.
line of
center
tunnel
injure the
every
curved
on
above.
given
double-track
a
tunnels
of
ofif the
placed
clearance
midviray between
(4) Concrete
brick
track
substantially the
give
where
of the section
dimensions
increased
be to
The
15, 1914,
entirely through,
length 2,
pp.
of
1910, 392.
time
pp.
1031.
for
are
first,but
completion
1065-1097;
more
Vol.
of
12,
economically such the
Part
method tunnel.
1911;
ROADWAY.
44
(2) be
material
For
requiring
the
support,
should
heading
top
usually
driven.
(3) air-shovel
permits
It
is
economical
for
the
the
safe
expedient
to
the
where
and
removal
of
the
of
operation
bench,
II
section
of
the where
the
this
kind
8
feet
the
heading
the
end.
the
second
Bench
or
an
the
tunnel
material
does
From
bench.
One
used.
Tunnel
Center
outside
will
4
holes
to
are
this
40
8 holes used
are
two
last.
The
rangement ar-
cording slightly ac-
kind
usually
is
equal
in
weight.
in advance
feet a
in both of
rows
shot
at
meet
breaks.
almost
20 to
from
face, or
of of
of
shot, then
vary
material
holes
middle
row
holes
holes
usually 22
to
nearly
first
the
are
lifts
two
to
is
the
near
as
material
is drilled bench.
so
the
way
hard
8-foot
holes
of
and these
6 to
about and
row
of
in
out
the
holes
the
Sub-bench of
drilled
are
in
holes
The
deep.
16
from
using
cut,
.These
to
taken
"V"
a
of
material
in
by
about
Metpiod
shovel
I
driven
4.
electric
SECTION.
Heading
Fig.
an
and
same;
SINGLE-TRACK
'l""
use
holes
first,round
with
row,
sub-bench may
and
be
side
last.
Construction
Seams,
in
Hard
Rock
with
Few
ROADWAY.
require
not
of
the
bench
(4) be in
in
excavated
supporting removed
and until
safely put
time
the the
at
of
advantages
are
driving the
Where
advance
there
support
the
heading
limit
bench.
Where
laid
of
and
the
and
removal
bench
kept the
arch
should 50
about
roof
ribs
feet
is not
self-
should
bench
the
to,
quick
line.
being
material
resorted
are
and
cost
subgrade
heading
the be
wall-plates
low
value, the heading
is of
is to
in the
at
time, the
same
timbering the
45
be
not
(or centering)
up.
SINGLE-TRACK
SECTION.
Cirr
H/iMr^eR
Heading by
driven
holes 6
fi"/ro/rta
in
material
10
to
seams
the
to
40
holes The Center
bench. feet in
a
holes
row
holes
of
shot
holes The in
shown
arranged
be
is usually
is not
to
the
used
bench. with
taken
first,round
and
in
20
4 to
lO-ioot
out
deep
from
From
6 to
taken
as
drilled
is best
is sometimes are
of
row
sub-bench
Sub-bench
may
20
to
degrees.
each
this kind
the
be
usually 14
row
30
should
of
in advance
bench
is
material.
the
lifts,but
in two
as
of
first and
material
in
angle
an
in
bottom
The
deep.
about
These
the
kind
this
cut," using from
is shot
row
Bench out
feet
at
succession. suit
of
"hammer
a
is inclined bottom
To^
one
side
6
face. lift. holes
last.
Fig.
S.
Method
of
Tunnel
Construction WITH
Seams.
in
Moderately
Hard
Rock
ROADWAY.
46
(5) Opposing of
tunnel,
a
the
so
alinement
direction
as
as
and the
should
grades to
put
preferably-not
summit
a
ascending
in
the
in
grades
single-track tunnel
the
and
6
construction, where
TOPHCf^DINa
the
SiDC
be
timber
used
from
"
6.
Method
be
may
shot
with
It
face
as
shown
Bench
in
two
lifts.
or
8
to
from
as
to
sides of
few
material holes
each
wall
timber may
The
pick, or
rings
be
used
amount
are
may
drilled
holes, either
this class of
Very
for
4
the entirely upon often be picked.
can
soft enough
4
from
about
drift.
depends
material.
full length
holes
in each
necessary
the
out
so
for
driven
four
or
5 feet deep
of
core
in
Drifts
driven
are
is
material
plate.
"
or
Fig.
same
value.
when
is taken
core
Three
shooting
The
"
then
3 to
softness
wall
for
6 feet high
and
in.
put
of
"
the
Platcs
tV/TtL
roR
soft that heading cannot
are
"
in
practice
limit is of
used
plate, and
"
practicable,
be
American
of
time
DRirTIMa
method
feet wide
"
should
is only
of
"
where
portals
SECTION.
BY
This
"
tunnel
representative
are
SINGLE-TRACK
"
tunnel, and
the
prevailing winds.
(6) Figs. 4, 5
"
between
meet
be from
drifts. is shot
in
one
necessary.
"
of
Tunnel
Construction
in
Soft
Rock
or
Hard
Clay.
47
ROADWAY.
"TUNNEL
a
(1)
The
for
tunnels air
of
diluting
(a) and
with
ahead
blow
the
blow
with
for
If the
of
6
of
however,
seeds
of
shall
the
and
place only
be
12
inches
in
applied
quality
to
of
enough
slope in
in
preference surface
"Adopted, i"Adopted,
of
the
gases
the
tonnage and
smoke
within
entirely
bustion com-
the
to
the
minimum
a
of
of
the
the
Vol. Vol.
tufts
sod sod
old
old
short sod.
slope, and 15, 1914, 16, 1915,
the
up
and
apart
or
at
to
inches
intervals
of
6
of
soil, the
enough
top season
pp.
339, 1034.
pp.
594,
1083.
of
creating the
sod
not
inches
to
is advanced
stems
sod
new
shall
foot
a
object
creeping a
4
than
more
not so
on
bond. zontal hori-
inches
apart,
being to
the
extend that
the
Bermuda
The
deep.
pieces
shallow
in
out
small
time, thus
if the
laid
in.
loam
good
a
a
have
as
the
insure
ing dress-
raked
manure
placing to
a
available,
well
such
roughly be
given
and
Before
three
furnish
The
of
use
shall
character
and
shovel.
is not
loam
surface
the
sodded
be
to
firmly with
good
weeds.
loosened
trenches
reasonably to
be
into
If on
all depressions
and
fertile it shall be
not
against or
surface
down
padded
GRASS.
BERMUDA
uniform
a
placed
be
grasses
slope
to
loam.
taken
the
separated
the
the
is moving
uncomfortable
WITH
slope is
rich
slope shall
of
shall be
according
train
combustion
and
be
to
tunnel
and
the
shall
objectionable
surface
square
the
dilute
to
SODDING
good
of
trenches
sod
of
manure
Care,
The
ventilation
procuring
direction
the
not
as
the
material
material
inches
of
smoke
against
extent
FOR
suitable
2.
surface
the
at
gases
following trains.
filled in with
dressing
of
direction
sufficient
slopes shall be graded
The
combustion
way
the
air
clear
to
^'SPECIFICATIONS
1.
the
remove
of
an
and
crews
limit
in
air
volume
such
to
gases
time
of
current
a
velocity and
operating
this
removing,
of
purpose
:
current
a
the
and
by blow^ing
be obtained
engine;
To
(b) train
methods
smoke
America,
in
for
tunnel
the
sufficient velocity to
of
traffic is to
the
of
removing,
practiced
two
To
end
one
and
As
opposite end. of
into
tion artificial ventila-
economical
and
carrying steam-power
of
partakes
practicable, effective
most
current
or
VENTILATION.
to
cover
slope above
it is liable
ROADWAY.
48
have
to
loose 3.
water. necessary.
strips 3 with
half
a
sod
On
slopes
down
shall
Sod
inches
thick, large
be
left
frost
of
6. time
a
7. cinders
slope.
be
paid
be
narrow
bank foot
every
be
rolled
sod
free
texture, condition
to
maintain
more
long
or
All
surface..
healthy
when
the
to
shall
in
feet
preferable
from
with
no
ity vital-
its
than
be
;
finished
inches their
Sod
shall
pieces. and
sod
any
sod
that
before
the
any
een eight-
containing
daily,
work
watered
shall
sodding
of
small
and
one-half
and
two account
on
the
on
or
than
better
thoroughly
for
in
this price
shall
is
to
heated
continued
measured to
to
be
include
sod,
of
in
the
nearly
material
sod.
The
to
manner
as
and
the
include
to
work
that
the
shall
be
appearance
natural
good
of
the
handling
and
also
that
possible
as
sod
entire
end
include
shall
of
furnishing
men
stake
and
place,
place.
Objectionable to
Where or
as
workmanlike
thorough
hold
taken
'
it is necessary
completion
growth
in
placed
sod
moisture
be
staked
uniform
good
less
not
received
Transportation
in
filled
out with-
laying
shall
being
as
soon
laid
not
after
be
uniform
three
cut
and
and
All
sodded,
where
after
to
shall
surface
same.
done
shall
smooth
in
transportation
accepted.
Sod
stakes
and
in.
sets
entire
soil
as
night
sod
stakes
sufficient
being
sod
shall
night
be
5.
of
possible
as
over
not
the
over
days
the
been
a
and
be
wide
feet
standing
fresh
as
will
pieces
and
be
preferably
two
to
moisture
has
20
and
soil, be
contain
must
depressed
transportation.
during 4.
and
1
long,
to
weeds
be
watered
over
for
to
long
slope
rich
or
2
foot
shovel
left
be
daily
feet
a
the
good
grasses
decay
to
with
from
objectionable of
inches
thoroughly
shall
than 3
placed
loam
be
watered
and
shall
sod
sod.
shall sod
steeper
After
taken
be
signs
8
of
the
no
be
wide
apart.
firmly padded must
shall
inches
stakes
small
and
All
4
to
and
laying
after
practicable
around
day
the
weather,
covering
a
the
during
laid
Sod
and
firmly
packed
earth
freezing
or
surface
the
below
just
weather
hot
prevent or
the
shzfding the creeping
springs broken
and
grasses
stone
grasses
have
stems
have shall
developed be
shall
weeds
laid
until
on
from
time
such
covered
the the
removed
be
that
entire
slope,
spring
a
to
time
from the
sod
has
slope. blind the
toe
drain
of
of
the
COMMITTEE
II.
BALLAST.
'DEFINITIONS.
Ballast.
holding Stone
material
Selected
"
track
the
Ballast.
line
in
Stone
"
placed and
purpose
of
fragments
of
the
surface.
by artificial
broken
for
roadbed
the
on
small
into
means
specified sizes. Chats.
Gravel.
Worn
"
Sand.
10
No. Chert.
hard,
Any
"
An
"
Cinders.
residue
upon
from
upon
50
coal
used
No.
a
will
10
will
screen.
through
pass
a
screen.
natural
in
occurring
the
ores
deposits, that
natural
which
No.
a
hornstone
or
in
rock
other
occur.
retained
be
comminuted
retained
flint
impure The
"
be
and
they
which
ring and
granular,
screen
in
and
silver
zinc, lead,
which
rock, occurring
of
2^-inch
a
in
rocks
fragments
through
pass
the
from
separated
are
mills
from
-Tailings
"
in
deposits.
locomotives
other
and
furnaces. Slag.
The
"
waste
the
for Burnt
product,
in
of
;
reduction
Clay.
A
"
clay
ore
a
vitrified
less
or
of
usually the product
gumbo
or
more
which
has
been
blast
a
furnace.
material
into
burned
furnaces
of
form,
for
ballast. Gumbo.
A
"
Granite.
Disintegrated on
removal
of
size
from
the
"
A
its bed
suitable
for
Ballast.
of
of
"
there for
expedient,
by blasting
The
distance
is great
from
ballast, the
and
should
be
^Adopted, pp.
Vol.
1006,
5, 1904,
OF
granite formation,
which
otherwise,
breaks
particles
into
the
bottom
the
of
tie
to
the
top
BALLAST.
variation
in
decision
must
according
Vol. ^Adopted, 5, 1904, pp. Vol. 83. 84, 88, 100; pp. 1005, 1159.
1915,
or
of
ballast.
1906,
16,
ing contain-
tenacious
subgrade.
While
pp.
deposit
natural
'CHOICE
materials
clay,
peculiarly
a
sand.
no
Depth
for
used
commonly
term
pp.
to
486, 495, 10, Part 494,
the be
qualities of as
to
circumstances.
Vol. 498-501; 1, 1909, pp.
495,
1159.
49
what
513,
514;
Vol.
the
different
is most
natural
available
or
questions
Financial
7, 736, 745; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. Vol. 678, 721-727; 16, 1915, 6, 1905,
pp.
736,
737;
Vol.
51
BALLAST.
(a) Weight
Per
of
cent,
maximum.
value,
(f) Cementing
physical
Much
also
be
(For
description
the
recommended
be
samples should of
obtained
American
the
Association,Vol.
desired
they
(2)
per
Class
A
cent,
dust
screened. five
Washed
910-914, and
report
pp.
(25) For
(3)
per
from
B
cent,
dust
(25) For
the
Railways
Washed
Class
natural
C
Railways
'METHOD
OF
per
:
which
fifty (50) material
economically
TESTING
of
Ballast
Way mittee Com-
the
tests
Agriculture.)
of
be
contains
contain
per
cent.
which
or
twenty-
sand.
cent.
not
two
washed
less than
not
per
than
more
than
more
sand, should
cent,
the
ings Proceed-
making
should
contain
gravel should
Any
in
contains
sand,
cent,
gravel,
than
be
may
per
how
as
BALLAST.
GRAVEL
thirty-five(35)
Bank
more
tabulated
see
the
of
used
gravel, which
sixty (60)
nor
roadbed
:
C.
Maintenance
Department
gravel should
screened
or
cent,
per
Bank
than
more
or
the
FOR
forty (40)
nor
Class
washed. five
cent,
per
machines
the
of
obtained
:
D.
to
as
Government,
2,
screened
or
the
to
and
Railways or
instructions
Engineering
^SPECIFICATIONS For
by
ballast,
for
stone
Railway Part
be
can
of
tests
full
and
shipped
and
blueprints
If
1912.
of are
11,
charge
and
made
already
tests
to
of
Washington,
Government,
physical
Association
the
by
free
and
Department. the
of
S.
U.
regard
this
from
obtained
uniformly
made
are
in
information
valuable
can
tests
Agriculture,
of
Department
minimum.
test, maximum.
(g) Compression
the
foot, minimum.
cubic
per
minimum.
wear,
(e) Toughness,
above
pounds
maximum.
(d) Hardness,
The
in
absorption
(b) Water
(c)
foot, maximum.
cubic
per
be
thres
screened
less than
or
twenty-
sand.
makes
better
track
than
used.
OF
QUALITY
FOR
GRAVEL
BALLAST.
(1) cubic
The
size
of
the
sample
to
be
tested
should
be
1
approximately
foot.
(2) Five selected
from
"Adopted, ^Adopted,
average
various
samples parts
Vol.
11, 1910,
pp.
Vol.
14. 1913,
pp.
of
of the
about
1
pit which
909, 931, 932; Vol. 149, 150, 1079-1082;
cubic
is to
foot
each
should
be
tested.
The
16, 1915, Vol.
16,
1008, 1915, pp.
pp.
be five
1159.
1008,
1159.
52
BALLAST.
"
.
samples
should
mixture
selected
(3)
to
the
sand
inch, made
of
separate the
sample
volume
the
the
of
the
No.
dust,
of
percentage
of
sum
use
and
50
No.
dust,
24
No.
of
a
wire, B. "
31
giving
by volume,
foot
1 cubic
about
sand
the
from
inch, made
the
to
from
the
Measure
(4)
gravel
the
meshes
(10)
and
of
the
No.
10
testing.
for
separate
ten
screen,
To
To
mixed
thoroughly
be
then
use
a
wire, B. "
S. gage.
fifty (50) meshes
screen
S. gage.
gravel, sand
the
percentage
of
the
ingredients,
and
each
dust
ingredient
follows
as
taken
from
the
compared
to
:
S Per
of
cent,
sand=
G+S+D Where
Si=Volume
of
sand.
G=
of
gravel.
of
dust.
Volume
D=Volume
(5)
When
securely
is
sample
marked
with
shipped
for
and
location
name
it
test
of
should
the
be
and
carefully
pit from
which
it
was
taken.
'CINDERS. Cinder
Ballast.
The
of
use
On
:
branch
point of
near
ballast
on
new
the
track
for
wetting
cinders
as
lines
ballast with
light traffic
production;
as
work
embankments
heaves
where
from
down
frost.
cinders
for
wet,
It is recommended
immediately
FOR
after
that
being
BURNT
at
ditions con-
tracks
yard
places;
spongy
settling, and
are
following
the
sidings and
on
;
in
sub-ballast
^SPECIFICATIONS
Kind
is recommended
sub-
as
places where
provision
be
made
drawn.
BALLAST.
CLAY
of Material. Good
1.
ballast
impurities.
other
brought
in
contact
clay
It
is
must
with
heavy not
plastic, free
and
crumble
when
sand, gypsum
from
exposed
to
air
or
or
when
heat.
Location. 2. not
91, 91,
The
subject
pit should to
overflow.
be
located A
water
level
on
supply
Vol. ^Adopted, 6, 1905, 737, 738, pp. 92, 100; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 1008, 1159. Vol. "Adopted 6, 1905, 737, 738, pp. 16, 1915, pp. 1009, 1160. 92, 100; Vol.
or
moderately
is desirable
sloping ground,
and
it should
be
745,
746;
Vol.
7,
1906,
pp.
84,
85,
90,
745,
746;
Vol.
7,
1906,
pp.
84,
85,
90,
53
BALLAST.
in mind
borne
the
period damage
burning
the
in the
carbonaceous
vegetation
surrounding
liberated
gases
and
during
make
tion habita-
disagreeable.
vicinityvery
near
and
sulphurous
the
that
Test. 3. of
location
The
and
clay, depth
should
site should
kilns
show
to
tested
thoroughly
consistency
uniform in test
be burned
be
determine
to
deposit, and
of
small
quality of ballast
the
quality
to
quantities be
secured.
Burning. 4. made
to
the
From
to
one
applied
the
to
Fires To
by
and
much
fully burnt
of
burning down,
ballast
proper
a
and
with
from
clay being
uniformly burning.
the
clay,the top
avoid
to
clinker
or
red
in
and
face
black
of
spots,
little air.
too
or
ballast.
days.
kept steadily and
proper
is alternated slack
ficient suf-
generally
acceptable
of
of
layer
new
six
frequently raked
be
clay contains
be
must
a
yards slack
of
is
coal
be
should
arrangements
slack
cubic
layer
or
of
ton
four
clay,
of five
thorough
too
When the
started
once
insure
caused
layer
fire every
fire should
the
of
one-half-inch
and
twelve-inch
to
One
supply.
perfect burning
one
slack, and
fresh, clean
be
constant
secure
for
ten
should
Fuel
iron ; when
clay becomes
under-burnt
the
clay will show
a
color, when color.
yellow
Size. 5. that
Burnt
the
clay
ballast
largest piece will
should
be
crushed
through
pass
a
broken,
or
4-inch
if necessary,
so
ring.
Density. 6.
The
moisture
finished
product
should
not
to
exceed
IS per
of
cent,
by weight.
^"CLEANING
Under be
absorb
usual
conditions
FOUL
no
BALLAST.
ballast, except
stone
hard
or
slag, should
cleaned. Ballast
should
be
cleaned
when
foul
drainage. Clean
with
Clean
shoulder
Clean
between
Vol.
to
prevent
proper
"
^"Adopted, 1164;
enough
16,
ballast
Vol.
1915,
forks
down ties to
11, pp.
to
or
screens.
subgrade.
bottom
Part
1009,
2, 1910, 1159.
of
ties.
pp.
915,
932,
933;
Vol.
15,
1914,
pp.
969,
54
BALLAST.
Clean
the
bottom
(12)
berme
the
Clean
1914,
to
(3)
three
eight
(8) Per
five
(25)
to
of
cost
of
ballast
(3)
in
ballast
stone
details
three
described
fully
one-half
Stone
inches
(6)
or
below
more
preferably
not
less
than
twelve
approximately
ties
should
and
be
not
under
sufficient
apply
rail
every
or
joints.
rail
new
length
ballast
to
duce pro-
section.
indicate
showing
six
of
tie.
cleaned
when
standard
Tests,
ballast,
ditches
Cross
feet.
ballast
the
of
between
ditches
(33)
Return
of
bottom
cross
thirty-three
bottom
to
below
inches
depth
ties.
of
Clean
to
tracks
between
space
be
Heavy
years.
five
cleaning
(5)
years.
cleaned
by
screens,
see
In
coal
traffic,
Light
Committee
traffic
of
use
ballast
stone
cleaned:
the
of
report
be
can
collapsible should
the
1914
with
lines,
for
screens
mately approxi-
(For
forks.
for
diagram
report.)
terminals,
and
Ballast
on
intervals
at
coke
at
lines, intervals
of
(1)
one
intervals
at
of
five
of
(5)
years.
cent,
per
of
cent.
new
stone
ballast
to
be
applied:
Fifteen
(15)
to
twenty-
to
55
BALLAST.
SECTIONS.
"BALLAST
The
following
The
sections
ties, and
under
and
Class
for
illustrate
sections
ballast
A
track
intended
are
for
recommended
are
practice.
good
only
use
depth stantial sub-
firmest, most
the
on
minimum
show
to
subgrades.
well-drained
A.
CLASS
S/ope^ ^
\ ~
~~
"
: .
t/xi/boC
fcjl
'
"
-^^^^-"
to
2 tot
^M/nnffe^-::-
.
V///7//My// Proy/de
cfra/ns
inhere
Stone
Crushed
NOTE
"
and
slag
The
slag
Granulated
is
should
and
'broken be
kiifi
r^
similar
dressed
to
stone
coarse
for
end
drain
of
Slag.
and
in
its
character shown
section
to for
stone.
crushed
Gravel,
Cinders
Chats.
i3'-0^
-10-0^
I
Sele.ct
neecfBi
Z
r^..
4-3-
"Slops
J^to the
foot
vMW/////////M///M^^ .
Proy/de
drains
where
^i5e/ect
needed
S/ope
coarse
Vol.
"Adopted, 16, 1915,
Vol. pp.
8, 1907, pp. 1170.
1011,
44-46,
and
62, 65,
for end
of
drain
y^'tothe foot. Slope
Gravel, Cinders
stone
3tol
Chats.
65,
67;
Vol.
9. 1908,
pp.
309.
311;
56
BALLAST.
CXASS
"
B.
'vS/cjoe yz'tothefixft.
"j
8'-0"
Crushed
Stone
Slag.
and
Slop
^"to
a
3
Slope
Cinders
and
Gravel, Cinders
and
CLASS
foot.
tot
4'0
Radius
Gravel,
the
Chats,
Chats.
c.
Slope, ^z to the foot. Stof
Slope
Cementing
Gravel
and
-
J.y_^
Chert.
Slope y^
Gravel
and
the
^ShpeStol
Radius
Cementing
to
^'0''^
Chert.
foot
COMMITTEE
III.
TIES.
^DEFINITIONS.
Ckoss-Tie.
The
"
rails,by Pole
Tie.
A
be
can
Split
Tie.
Sawed
A
"
Tie.
A Tie.
Tie.
Slabbed
Tie. Tie.
Tie.
Tie. does
A
Wane
Tie.
tie
measure
splitting
by
two
or
log.
a
sawed. such
of
of
cut
sides
tree
a
Tie.
size
that
four
on
lower
width
greater
ties
only
than
on
A
sides.
two
the
prescribed
of
amount
sap-
two
inch
on
which
only, sapwood
corners
either
corner,
the
original
on
lines
drawn
tie.
sapwood.
no
tie showing
part
of
surface
of
the
corners.
with
made
tie
or
one
having
as
the
disease.
fungous
a
from
locally -A
of
one
a
tree
cypress
affected
with
a
fungous
peck.
essential
parts
of
which
composed
are
of
two
materials.
more
Tie.
A
"
plain Tie."
tie
affected
tie
"
on
end
more
tie A
"
A
"
or
Tie.
Concrete
only.
than
more
than
squared
one
Tie.
shows
faces
least
at
on
the
across
A
"
"
the
on
more
Tie.
on
Composite
767; 1915,
outside
or
tie having
showing,
disease, known
Cull
slabbed
tie hewed
A
not
Heart
or
parallel faces.
two
that
tie
one
cross-section.
"
Strict
Pecky
than
more
section.
a
tie which
diagonally
Doty
not
on
size
such
and
from
tie sawed
A
"
A
"
wood
tree
sawed
or
first faces
tie made
"
A
"
in
Heart
both
that
section.
a
the
position.
in
size
the
supporting
face.
upper
Hewed
A
"
from
such
of
tree
a
from
having
from
Half-Round
Sap
tie
made
are
made
held
; hewed
track
railway
a
are
of
tree
a
from,
tie made
"
Quartered
be
can
of
rails
section
a
tie made
ties
the
from
from
A
"
more
Slab
tie made
made
Tie.
which
of
means
"
member
transverse
A
or
tie
the
parts
of
which
composed
are
of
crete, con-
reinforced.
tie which
Vol. lAdopted, Vol. 7, 1906, 1089. 522, pp.
essential
5, 1904, 33,
pp.
does
pp.
37,
not
conform
to
73, 74, 78, 106-120, 66; Vol. 11, Part
57
the
specifications.
131, 132; 2, 1910,
Vol. pp.
6, 190.5. pp. Vol. 863, 901;
766, 16,
TIES.
59
Maple. Gum.
Loblolly, shortleaf, other
pine and Red
Western
Carolina
North
pine, Norway,
yellow
pines.
sap
Fir.
Spruce. Hemlock. Tamarack. Material
and
3.
Manufacture.
Cross-ties
shall
straight,growing shall have either
of Bark
face
ends
of and
being
shall be
Company's
ground. or
any
hewed
smoothly
straight and less
not
and
specified dimensions
than
entirely removed
knots, or
timber
sawed
well
be
that
and
They
shall be
other
imperfections
of
out
in
given
the
free
from
table
they
wind.
They
impair
may
dimensions.
of
splits,shakes,
which
width
delivered
are
of
out
parallel faces, the minimum
ties before
from
sawed
or
the
or
cayed de-
loose
on
their
strength
durability.
Dimensions. 4.
Except
shall be
less
than
than
six
half
(H)
inch
inch
over
in
5. round
least to
width
of
tabular
six
in
Variation
ties may
the
than
over
A
thick.
sides,
width
variation
thickness, two
of in
half-round
or
face, and size
(2) inches
will
tie shall
no
be
permitted
in width
over
ties,
and
none
be
less
of
one-
(1)
one
length.
The
area
rounded
eight (8) inches
(6) inches
Allowable
ties with
pole
in of
Pole face
be less than cross-section dimensions.
Ties. of
pole
ties
with
that given in the shall be In
no
not case
less shall
(6) inches.
TABLE
OF
DIMENSIONS.
rounded table
than the
of the
sides
dimensions,
but
the
corresponding
area
width
half-
and
of
face
be
less
TIES.
60
Piling Untreated 6. shall the
which
Ties
piled
be
contract,
pile shall
Ties.
be
at
station
not
less
of
above
and
placed
form
1.
with
space
be
piled separately from of
7.
All
days
ten
Piling Treated
red to
8.
Ties
oak
and
piles
the
on
ground
Ties.
shall be
the top, which
diagram.
Each
pile shall
piled. Three
when
date
Each
permit inspection. Sawed
be
feet
ties shall
Ties.
after
notice
with
a
from
removed is
the
Company's
right-of-
given.
Ties. treated
beech
Ties
October
(1)
The
(2) Ties means
of
^Adopted, 901;
rail.
ties.
hewed
ties, shall
solution,
water
be
piled
shall to
be
cut,
far
as
as
in close
as
zinc-chloride,particularly
piles
on
well-drained
ground,
Vol.
16,
use
possible, in the
winter
period
that is,
;
March.
''CONSERVATION
by
to
ties
in
designated
nearest
two
railway
of Cutting, 9.
from
and
name
the
checking.
prevent
Time
owner's
the
2, except
in the
of
stations
Fifty
for
7 and
rejected ties shall be
within
way
Rejected
with
shown
as
shall be left between
Removal
ties, built
of
courses
of
from
Diagram
Piling
the
feet
(10)
50
or
right-of-way
the
points between
at
or
ten
watershed,
a
plainly marked
than
25
in alternate
to
yards
either
Fig.
along
delivered
are
of
should
OF
treated be
ties wherever
protected
from
SUPPLY.
TIMBER
practicable is recommended. failure
against
mechanical
wear
tie plates.
Vol.
1915,
10, 1909, pp. 522, 1091.
pp.
490,
493,
494,
521-528;
Vol.
11,
1910,
pp.
863,
TIES.
the
to
specifications should
Tie
(3)
exclusion
(4) There
of
should
territory with
small
from
ties.
the
to
which
trees
the
among
of
adoption
for
naturally
would
in
railways
standard
it impossible
making
to
ence particular refer-
with
rigidly enforced
co-operation
be
view
a
particular reference cut
small
be
61
given
any
tie specifications, with
contractors
form
furnish
to
future
for
sources
ties tie
supplies.
(5)
Measures
should
(6) Owners re-planting
should
(7) Proper
possible
(8) careful
and
(9)
Plantations
of
trees
of
inches
should
be
side
of
the
the
with
the
end
The
of
OF
of
the
either
extent
by
tax
make
it
tie production.
selected
after
only
climate.
maintenance
warrant
to
as
NAILS.
in the
the
line
the
having
be
of
attention.
driven on
would
future
should
DATING
rail
of
soils and
such
investigation
the
legislationwhich
grown
proper
be
in
purpose
available
insure
to
inside
track.
lands
side
of
the
stamped
year
dating nail should
side of
upper
driven
be
track.
The
tie
it
the
line
on
the
treated
every
on
day
same
the
tie
in.
is put
(2) or
laid
be
to
dating nail should
tie ten
for
be
^USE
(1) A
their
re-forest
aid
to
obtain
to
the
should
sufficient
appropriations
used
timber
study
expert
be
lands,
growing
species
The
to
fires.
forest
reducing
encouraged
should
forest
to
hold
to
be
means
pertaining
laws
for
adopted
reproduction.
natural
or
be
Section
Foremen
nails intended
(3)
In
with
stamped
should
to
addition
identify the
to
the year, be
should
stamped
use
the
at
ties
especially careful injured
not
are
of
the
dating
to
that
see
marks
destroyed.
or
nail, each
treating plant, before
both
on
be
tie
should
be
and, preferably,
treatment,
ends.
''SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
DATING
NAIL.
Material. 1.
The
nail
galvanized with inches the
shall a
the
figures
head to
-iV-inch,shall be stamped ^Adopted. "Adopted,
Vol. Vol.
of
coating
in length, with
year,
made
be
7, 1906, 7, 1906,
be
of zinc.
5^-inch
iron It in
steel
or
shall be
evenly
J^-inch
diameter.
Two
J^-inch in length and
and
in
uniformly 2^
diameter,
figures designating
depressed
into
the
head
therein. pp. pp.
37,
67;
Vol.
38, 67, 68;
11, Vol.
Part
11,
Part
2, 1910, pp. 2, 1910,
pp.
863, 901. 863, 901.
TIES.
62
Test. 2.
Any
shall
sample
The for
one
minute
wiped
and
and
is
in
removed,
then
immediately shall
process
which
the lot from
solution
standard
a
copper-colored
a
the
capable of withstanding
be
immersed
This
there
removed,
been
be
dry.
immersion
shall
specimen
deposit the
If
sample
taken
was
:
thoroughly,
after
sample,
the
on
test
sulphate
copper
ill water
washed
repeated.
be
of
following
fourth
the the
or
zinc
shall be
has
rejected.
Chemicals. 3.
The
34.5 parts
of This and
solution the
nor
standard
"TIE
of
sulphate
shall
crystalized copper
sulphate
in
have
shall
of
specificgravity
a
shall
temperature
at
time
no
RENEWALS
practice of
M.
recommended
reporting also be in such
used a
Form
on
a
water.
Fahrenheit, Fahrenheit
degrees
the
way
as
M.
W.
cross-tie
any
indicate
to
for
required
reporting
the
form
the
M.
W.
removals
when
303.
for
Foreman
Section
This
the ties
Removals,"
Cross-Tie
concerning of
by
is
Report,"
form
can
marked
are
laid.
year
301, "Statistics of
division, regardless
be used
to
Removal
Tie
Monthly
blank
proper
information for
CROSS-TIES.
"Foreman's
300
VERSUS
is recommended.
OF
general statistical information use
60
tion solu-
RENEWALS.
single tie renewals
W. as
the
than
a
of
parts
STRETCHES
TIE
'RECORDS
Form
less
CONTINUOUS
IN
SINGLE
The
100
of
1.185 at 70 degrees
of
be
consist
70 degrees Fahrenheit.
than
more
copper
solution
kinds
the
life and
the of
cost
is intended cross-tics
of
in
timber, except
for
a
in
general
way.
Form is
a
M.
one
302, "Comparison
detailed
more
preservative on
W.
processes.
between
It will
railway is longer
than
W.
303, "Life Record
Form
M.
W.
304, "Statistics
'Adopted, 'Adopted, 521.
Vol. Vol.
many
of Ties,"
Treated
of
preservation
13, 1912, pp. 3, 1902, pp.
different cases,
Kinds kinds
why
of
Wood,"
of
woods
and
the
life of ties
another.
on
M.
the
the
explain,in
Form
details concerning
492,
comparison
Different
Between
342,
of
gives
the
life record
Ties," is intended
to
of ties.
give full
cross-ties.
959.
102-105,
109-113;
Vol.
10,
Part
1, 1909,
pp.
490-
FORM
M.
W.
STATISTICS
FORM
M.
301.
OF
W.
FORM LIFE
FORM
RENEWALS.
302.
COMPARISON OF
CROSS-TIE
OF
DIFFERENT
KINDS
WOOD.
M.
W.
303.
OF
RECORD
M.
STATISTICS
W.
TIES.
304.
OF
TREATED
TIES.
Form
A.
B.
"
C. R.
R.
and and switch ties, tie-plates, cost of cross *To Include M. W. 302 and 25 to :!3 kept on Forms Data for columns
OP
STATISTICS
CO.
RENEWALS
CROSS-TIE
For
and
have not been commenced, tie renewals tracks In which Omit mileage of new in report. Bridge ties are to be considered as track ties and included
spike plugs, but not the labor of placingin track 303.
omit
number
of
ties used
for
new
tracks.
Year
Tons
Ending-
"
C. R. R.
COMPARISON
CO.
the information in columns 25 to 33 of Form M. W. 301 and compares This blank elaborates M. W. 304 for detail information See Form concerning "preserved" or "treated" ties.
course
the
value
OF
DIFFERENT
of the different woods
as
KINDS
OF
WOOD
ties, irrespectiveof cost.
For
Do not If the
include
ties in
new
headings given do
tracks not
cover
have in which renewals the kind of ties used,
Year
not
plete. It must be presentedfor each separately,but will only be printed when considered sufficientlycomThis blank cannot be tabulated for several Divisions or Railroads. Data." In "No for a single year, the blank should be returned to the Secretary marked be filled out When records have not bee q kept so that this can In body This blank furnishes the data for columns 25 to 33 of Form 1 of time itwill be a valuable blank to all,and will be easilykept when started. once be explained. In body of blank kinds of timber used for ties and approximate decreased life of ties as years advance should for increased or causes otherwise as far back as records will permit. of each kind should be stated. Records should start with year 1888 ties,if possible; .
Ending-
"
C. R. R. CO.
STATISTICS
The
Ufe
record
M.
W.
302
19-
..
yet commenced.
change them.
NOTE.
"
Class
L includes: White
Oak Chestnut. Tamarack. Cedar. Locust.
Family.
Cypress. Long Leaf Yellow
Class S includes: Pine.
Redwood.
Catalpa.
of treated
ties staonid
OF
be kept separately
on
a
blank
like
For
TIES
TREATED
Form
M.
W.
803.
AU Pine Beech. Elm. Gum.
except Long Leaf.
Year
Ending-
M. W.
Sprues.
304
-19
Inferior Oaka. Hemlock. Fir.
Red
Cherry. Form
B.
301
"19-
Form
of blank percentage
A.
w.
of 2,000 lbs. to be used.
Form
A. B.
M.
"
Class T includes
"
M.
W.
303.
All classes of Treated Ties.
TIES.
8x13
Size,
inches.
Form
A., B. FOREMAN'S Section
63
"
C. R.
MONTHLY
TIE
REMOVAL
Division
No
M.
W.
300.
Co.
R.
REPORT Month
of
.19. ,
After
approval
it is to
by
be
forwarded
to.
Foreman. Tliis
blank
removed
*NoTE.
When
"
monthly
ties have
no
ties
untreated
'ECONOMIC
in
sent
When
not.
or
be
must
been
make
removed,
are
COMPARISON
whether
by all Foremen, it must removed,
OF
a
be
so
ties
any stated
have been blank.
the
on
(" ) in "Treatment"
dash
OF
CROSS-TIES
column.
DIFFERENT
MATERIALS.
Except
in
from
the
isolated of
use
cases,
ultimate
in labor
economy
properly treated
ties, as
compared
material
and
with
sults re-
untreated
ties. The
by
the
of
economy
tie of
any
following formulas
Given
known
price and
life may
be
determined
:
:
C
=
First
C^=
Cost
Amount
of of
tie;
Compound
Interest
interest equalling first cost R n
=
Rate
of interest,
^
Life
of
Required
"
Total
tie, during life of tie.
capitalizationof tie: R)"
C^=
(I)
(l_f.R)n_i ^Adopted,
will produce
tie in years.
C(i + C +
of
which
Vol.
16,
1915,
pp.
524.
1091.
TIES.
64
Given
:
C
First
=
R
Rate
=
/
of
interest.
Interest
=
A
first
on
Amount
renewal
at
Total
Required
cost.
interest
compound
at
=
for
tie.
of
cost
end
annual
of
cost
will
provide
tie.
:
"
/
of
life
which
CR =
CR A:
-(I Total
+
annual
R)n_i cost
=
CR /
+
(i
R)n
+
A:
(l4_R)n_i Given
:
R
Rate
of
interest.
Cost
of
tie
C^=
Cost
of
costs
are
=
C =
Tie
(2)
are
equivalent
equal, C(l
tie
or
+
0=
of
of
n
n^
life.
years
life.
years
when
the
or
annual
costs
"
(i_)_R)ni_i
R)n
(3)
X
(l-fR)n_i
capitalization
(i4_R)ni
IV.
COMMITTEE
RAIL.
RAILS"
STEEL
CARBON
FOR
'SPECIFICATIONS
1915.
INSPECTION. Access
Works.
to
representing
Inspectors
1. works
with
accordance
of
terms
the
have
been
entry
being
is
contract
by
them made
the
the
to
cuted, exe-
facturer manu-
loaded
and
in
specifications.
the
Tests.
for All
2.
the
rails
free
have
facilities afforded
the
that
satisfy them
to
while
all times
at
all reasonable
shall have
and
Place
manufacturer
the
of
shall
purchaser
the
prior
tests to
unnecessarily
inspections shall
and
shipment, v^rith the
shall
and
be
made
at
place
the
conducted
so
the
of
operation
be
as
not
of
ture, manufacinterfere
to
mill.
MATERIAL. Material. 3. Hearth
The
shall
material
process
as
provided
be
by the
4.
by
the
Bessemer
or
Open-
contract.
REQUIREMENTS.
CHEMICAL
Chemical
made
steel
Composition. The
the
rails
the
following
are
composition
chemical
rolled, determined limits
as
of
each
prescribed
heat in
of
the
Section
steel
6,
from
shall
which
be within
:
1 Vol. 6, 1905, Adopted, 204, 208; Vol. 3, 1902, 5, 1904, 465, 469; Vol. pp. pp. Vol. 190; Vol. 1, 1909, pp. 549, 552, 559, 562, 7, 1906, 573, 576; 10, Part pp. 467; Vol. 374, 393; 11, Part 1, 1911, 12, Part p. 1, 1910, 237, 252, 255; Vol. pp. Vol. Vol. Vol. 14, 1913, 12, Part pp. 2, 1911, 12; 13, 1912, 853, 1017; p. pp. 181, 1103; Vol. Vol. 15, 1914, 158, 375, 1104; 16, 1915, 157, 159, 1117. pp. pp.
p.
65
RAIL.
66
When
for
limit
acceptable deoxidizing agents
other
will
silicon
used,
are
the
minimum
entire
order
omitted.
be
Carbon.
Average 5.
It is desired
rails shall
average
and
limits
lower
the
that
high
as
of
percentage the
as
in
carbon
an
between
percentage
mean
the
of
upper
specified.
Analyses. In
6.
order
accordance
with
(a)
ascertain
to
the
of
the
These
ingot (b)
with
not
in
analyses
shall
less than
one-eighth
chemical
On
(c)
7.
beneath
of
elements,
each
are
representing and
night
the
turn
from
tively. respec-
the
ladle
surface.
shall furnish
carbon,
the
inspectors silicon,
manganese,
heat.
inspector, the
for
rails
the
hours
drillings taken
on
inch
and
day
the makers
check
PHYSICAL
Physical
each
process,
the
of
ingot
test
for
the
before
:
the
to
silicon, phosphorus
manganese,
made
be
sulphur, for
request the
of
portion
analyses
and
phosphorus
carbon,
heat
twenty-four
every
steel,one
Open-Hearth
For
a
the
each
for
analyses
elements,
contained
sulphur
test
chemical
two
average
determinations
follows
as
furnish
shall
in
is
composition
manufacturer
the
process
inspector, daily, carbon shipped, and
chemical
the
requirements, analyses shall be furnished
the
Bessemer
For
whether
manufacturer
shall
famish
a
analyses.
REQUIREMENTS.
Qualities.
Tests
(a)
shall be
made
Ductility or
determine
to
toughness
:
opposed
as
brittleness.
to
Soundness.
(b)
,
of
Method 8.
Drop
The
Testing. physical qualities
Testing The
9.
of
radius
(b)
Engineering
The
be
by the Drop
determined
Test.
Machine.
drop testing machine
Railway (a)
shall
tup
shall
used
shall
be the standard
of
can the Ameri-
Association. 2000
weigh
have
lbs., and
striking face
a
with
a
five inches. The
anvil
block
shall
weigh
20,000
lbs., and
be
supported
on
springs. (c) The between The
centers
for
supports and
bearing surfaces
shall be of
the
the a
test
part
supports
pieces
of,
and
shall
shall
be
spaced
firmly secured have
a
radius
three
to, the of
feet anvil.
five inches.
67
RAIL.
Pieces
for
10. and
not
Drop
six
than
feet
inch
one
of
Temperature 11.
The
pieces of rail
on
These
long.
the
marked
inches
three
the
ductilityof
shall the
on
each
less than
not
pieces
test
ingot, and
for
apart
piece, for measuring
test
made
be
of the top rail of the
marks
gage
shall
tests
more
top end
Test.
Drop
side
be
cut
base
of
four
feet
from
the
head
or
with of
the center
the
metal.
Pieces.
Test
of
temperature
the
pieces shall
test
be
60
and
100
upwards
on
the
between
degrees Fahrenheit. of
Height 12.
Drop.
The and
supports,
piece shall
test
subjected
be
be
preferably impact of
to
base
placed
the
falling
tup
free
from
the
following heights : For
70-lb. rail
For
80, 85
For
100-lb.
Elongation
show
at
Under
least
Section
A
complete
Hearth
sufficient
elongation
feet
18
feet
elongation of
rail under
the
for
blows
more
or
5 per
inch, or
one
scale, marked
six-inch
the
one
cent,
as
shall
each
for in
described
of
number of
the
blows
of test
shall
piece of
one
out
of
that
the
permanent
every
at
three
be
given
pieces of
a
the
determine
fifth heat
least every test
to
heat
of of
semer Bes-
Open-
steel.
Permanent
made
impacts
cent,
inches
steel, and
test
17
10.
(b)
14.
these
6 per
consecutive
two
rail
feet
Ductility.
or
(a)
13
90-lb. rail
and
16
Set.
It is desired
shall of
not
this
exceed
that
information
in :
the
set
after
one
following table,
blow and
a
under
record
the
drop
shall
be
68
RAIL.
Test
Destruction.
to
15. blows
The
shall be nicked
is sound. to
pieces which
test
The
mean
laminations,
seams,
visible by
the
Bessemer
"interior
destruction
Process
16.
One
(a)
the
piece does
that
foreign
metal
interpreted made
matter
drills.
the
or
from
tested
the
all
of
Bessemer
of
first blow
the
at
rails of
the
broken
does
first blow,
or
piece when
test
heat
each
break
not
required elongation (Section 13),
accepted,provided
interior
the
Tests.
Drop
test
saws
subsequent
or
below, shall be
interposed
or
first
whether
defect," used
tests, the
the
under
determine
to
cavities
piece shall be
If
break
not
broken,
and
words
do
steel.
and
the
shows
the
heat
shall
not
show
be
interior
defect.
(b)
If
the
piece breaks
test
required elongation (Section 13), the
shows all of
required
the A
(c)
second
inspector from of
the
the
rails
of
broken
the
not
If
the
the
the
shows
A
(f) required shows
the
required
does If
the
at
shall end
of
If
the
test
Test
ingot
of
that
blow,
the
elongation (Section 13),
all of
the
accepted,
interior
rails
Drop
pieces shall
at
13),
elongation, the
be
Open-Hearth
and
defect,
provided
that
by
the
heat, preferably the
first blow
remainder
the
test
and
of
the
when
piece
defect.
piece breaks
of
interior
same
at
be
the
break
not
piece selected
test
a
rail of
piece does
when
show
not
the
rejected.
be of
does
shows
of
piece
test
piece does
test
broken
made
remainder
or
and
first blow,
the
the
break
Process
each
the
shall
third
any
all of
not
shall
test
be
then
13),
first
by the
heat, preferably
same
at
when
heat
the
break
if the
or
but
that
from
the
and
defect,
interior
piece selected
not
provided
accepted,
top
required
Open-Hearth
full
be
the
break
not
shows
test
a
rail of
second
show
not
rejected.
of
made
piece does
test
elongation,
all of the remainder
17.
of any
elongation (Section
the
be
piece breaks
show
not
then
defect.
test
heat
shall be
does
piece does
test
broken
when
heat
(Section 13),
ingot.
the
but
interior
rails
third
the
broken
shall
required
same
rails of
the
test
inspector from of
If
show
second
(e)
end
if the
or
elongation (Section
elongation
the
all of
heat
does
required
top
required
(d)
shows
the
that shall
test
ingot.
same
shows
elongation,
rails from
top
the
at
the
or
but from
first blow,
if the when that
test
broken heat
or
does
piece does shows
shall be
not
not
show break
interior
the and
defect,
rejected.
Tests.
selected heat.
from
the
second,
middle
and
last
RAIL.
show
heat
shall be
required elongation (Section 13),
the
broken
when
(c) Second by the
inspector of
preferably
that
shall then
from
the
the
if
or
three
the
rails
of
the
pieces when
test
of
top
rails
do
or
the
any
and
if both
three
of the
none
of
If two
of
the
If
show
not
three
from
show
pieces
test
that
shall
heat
when
broken
show
the
heat
interior
13),
show
if any
or
break
not
accepted, provided
interior
first blow,
the
at
heat,
same
pieces do
test
shall be
broken
the
elongation (Section 13),
required
pieces break
required elongation (Section
the
the
pieces selected
test
rails of
of these
pieces when
test
three
second
any
two
rails of
test
these
of
end
top
from
made
be
ingots.
same
remainder
the
(d)
of
the
defect, all of the second
defect. do
or
three
rails
show
not
pieces
test
of the heat
shall
rejected.
be
(e) the
by
Third
the
of
of
the three
If two
(f)
of
If
the
these
show
the
rails of
test
broken
pieces break
broken
heat
No.
1
Rails.
18.
No.
No.
of
2
rejected.
1 classification
rails shall be
elongation
the
show
of
from
(Section 13),
interior
the
remainder
free
break
not
accepted, provided
first blow,
if any
heat,
same
show
do not
or
three of
defect.
the
pieces
test
rails from
injurious defects
and
all kinds.
(a)
number render
shipment.
which
Rails in
mentioned
accepted
such
be
defect, all of
the
Rails.
19. causes
interior
shall
that
flaws
show
or
of
pieces do
shall
the
at
rails
shall be
heat
pieces selected
test
test
required
the
required elongation (Section 13),
when
these
of
two
three
third
any
pieces when
test
from
of
end
top
if both
and
made
be
ingots.
same
remainder
the
none
the
the
first blow,
all of that
from
inspector
the
shall then
tests
preferably of
be
the
the first blow,
at
defect, all of the
tests
first blow
the
all of
at
interior
show
all of
if
and
rejected.
be
at
pieces break
the test
of
of
none
the first blow,
at
defect.
interior
If two
break
not
elongation (Section 13),
accepted, provided that
show
(b)
pieces do
test
required
the
both
broken
of these
If two
(a)
69
No.
as
or
them
of
by
Section 2
rails,but
such
unfit
29
reason
of
hereof,
are
No.
character
for
2 as
surface not
imperfections,
classed
rails which
as
contain
will, in the judgment
recognized No.
2 uses,
will
not
No.
for
or
1 rails, will
imperfections of be
the
in
tor, inspec-
accepted
for
RAIL.
one-sixty-fourth
of
and
specifiedheight, but fit of
the
inch
less
one-thirty-second
or
one-sixteenth
variation
no
shall
71
inch
be
in
allowed
width
in
inch
flange, will
of
the
than
greater
dimensions
the
be
mitted; per-
aflfectingthe
joint bars.
Weight. 27.
The
nearly
as
variation
the
rails specified in the
possible, after
as
of one-half
applied
as
of
weight
to
with
from
the
of 1 per
entire
an
complying cent,
order, will
order
the
shall
be
maintained Section.
preceding
calculated
A
weight of section,
allowed.
be
Payment. Rails
28.
will
accepted
be
paid for according
actual
to
weights.
Straightening. 29.
(a)
than
A. R. A.
for
will be
at
of
type
as
No.
a
2 rail.
shall have
Rails
heard
flat surfaces
to
and
check
or
snap
sharp of
4
kinks
or
inches
in
A. S. C. E.
type
The
distance
between
be
while
rail
greater
feet,
33
sections,
of
be less than
the 42
ports sup-
inches.
wind.
of
out
ging gag-
Any
for
shall not
that
so
minimum.
a
ordinate
5 inches
or
to
showing
middle
a
carefully done,
reduced
presses
by
sections,
classed
once
supports
(b) at
indicated
be
rails in the straightening presses
of
The
will
presses
straightening
that
be
straightening shall
cold
the
to
camber
hot
the
under
coming
The
being straightened
shall
be
rejected.
once
Drilling. 30.
Circular
drawing
and
holes
joint bolts shall be drilled
for
dimensions
by the Railroad
furnished
to
conform
the
to
Company.
Finishing. 31.
surface,
(a)
All
and
without
at
square
ends,
the
being allowed; (b) have
not
rails shall be
and
twists,
any a
smooth
variation
burrs
waves
of
improperly drilled
been
removed, shall
kinks. than
more
or
straightened,
rejected,but
be
shall
They
be
sawed
one-thirty-second
inch
carefully removed.
shall be
Rails
or
not
heads, straight in line and
the
on
from
or
be
may
which
the burrs
accepted after being
properly finished. (c) When in
any
any
finished
drilled hole, the
rail
entire
shows
interior be
defects
end
either
at
or
rejected.
rail
shall
for
identification
Branding. 32.
(a)
Rails The and
shall be name
the
of
branded
the
weight
manufacturer, the
and
type
of
section
in the
month of
rail
following and
year
shall
be
manner
of
:
facture, manu-
rolled
in
RAIL.
72
raised
letters
marked
by
example
:
figures
and
signify
which
letters
side
the
on
the
of
American
Society
Sections
of
American
Railway
Association
Sections
of
American
Railway
Engineering
The
each
shall
rail
it
where
letter
be
"A"
be
the
the
is
known,
the
by
ones
of
rail
C.
R.
"B"
shall
E.
A.-B.
portion
stamped
bars.
"B,"
"C,"
20
the
The
top
"D,"
If
etc.,
the
E.
the
web
rails
secutively; con-
the
cent,
per
omitted,
be
of
on
35
to
"B".
becoming
letter
S.
A.-A.,
the
joint
from
for
R.
plainly
be
be
as
A.
indicating
shall
top
cent,
per
letter
discard
top
it
Association
succeeding
a
which
shall
type
R.
covered
the
of
and
be
The
Engineers
made
not
and
case
heat
was
omitted, 35
than
discard
top
the
rail
top
"C".
becoming
(c)
to
(d)
may
in
will
greater
will
"A"
but
the
rail
the
lettered
be
of
which
from
ingot of
number
Civil
web.
by
name
Sections
(b)
of
the
of
be
shall
be
branded
or
"0-H"
stamped
in
tion addi-
marks.
other
All
read
as
long
rails
of
markings
as
the
rails
shall
be
are
in
done
so
effectively
that
the
marks
service.
Classes.
Separate 23.
rails
Open-Hearth
All
classes
of
rails
shall
be
kept
from
separate
each
other.
Loading. 34.
not
to
Rails
injure
shall
them.
be
carefully
handled
and
loaded
in
such
manner
as
RAIL.
SECTIONS.
RAIL
and
The
railroad,as
the
question
continuous
of
"flat
As
1830.
and
the
by
in
In
and
States in
other
now
this
country.
interesting
be
Those
information
in the
the
Association,
and
(England).
The
work
from
July
to
December,
of
Henry
United
August, 1897. the
Weber
should
Prout
on
States, published
in
the
Reference
also
should
Conmiittee
Manufacturers'
the
the
made
land), (Eng-
Congress Committee
"Stability Engineering
overlooked;
development
in
valuable
Engineers
Railway
the
Engineering
be
find
Standards
be
not
this country
of
in
country,
discussions
Civil
on
published
and
discussions
this
of
International
"
United
the
the
subject will of
Camden
in
former
Engineering
von
1870,
G.
the
the
Baron
English
into
interesting paper the
of
of
of
Report
the
the
in
to
System.
to
papers
principal
Institution
the
of
technical
Stevens
shipped
the
use
refer
in
five hundred
Railroad
to
Stevens
were
on
for
is the
Colonel
by
year
sections
the
Proceedings
and
the
interested
Proceedings
translated
Track,"
in
L.
that
note
same
necessary
review
to
the
rail
thought
further
Bulletin
of
those
to
nor
to
Pennsylvania
the
series
new
it is not
countries,
it will
in
a
of
almost
Canada
Robert
Cardiff, Wales,
laid
and
part
a
Canada,
but
1831,
and
yard, designed
Works,
subject of
States
Colonel
by
the
the
1830,
year
time.
United
in the
the
about
to
been
that
designed
Iron
year
introducing
has
since
lbs. to
Dowlais
Railroad,
Amboy
baclv
history it is interesting
long, 36
the
section
use
pattern of
feet
Philadelphia
common
bottom"
rails, eighteen rolled
in
matter
a
rail
development
study and
so-called
it to-day, dates
proper
a
rail section
The
know
we
73
"
of
the
Magazine,
of
the
don) (Lon-
also
the
steel
rail
July
and
to
the
sections
adopted
by
at
the
meeting
of
16,
May
1911.
(1) The to
THE
AMERICAN
subject of
1910, during
country A
took
part
Committee
Manufacture, in
rail sections
which in was
and
Life
1874, a second
OF
SOCIETY
time the
of
some
the
engineers
prominent
most
1873
by this Society from of
the
discussions.
appointed of
considered
was
ENGINEERS.
CIVIL
January,
Rail."
This
in
1875,
report
1873, "On
Committee and
a
final
the
Form,
submitted
report
in
Weight,
its first
1876
port re-
(Trans-
74
RAIL.
V,
No.
page
At
the
be
relation
the
of
section
a
car
and
dangerous
IV,
the
to
the
on
head
of
relation
they should
other
hand,
of
of
members is
that
long
such
by this diversity of view this Society, as well
this Society may it
which
one
; therefore
each
to
be
to
have
instructed
other
of
sections
the
A
information
seek
to
the
given
made
was
(Transactions A.S.C.E., Vol.
and
convention
The
be
requested
however,
to
that
1890, the all the
members
of
of
this
to
the
In of
a
of
the
The
by seventy-nine Canada that
from the
the
as
"Rails
roads
of
by
heavier due
your
Committee of
announced,
the
the
be
the what
; to
such
be
that who
pointed ap-
on
as
points
what
at
; and
a
the
mittee Comknown
are
XXI,
Committee
be
personnel with
Vol. the
became
of
No.
continued
Owing, to
necessary
of
Society meeting
1889
page
rail sections.
found
was
in
report
Vol.
final report
1, and
final
a
of
Committee
1891, and
adopted
charge dis-
January,
which
included A
additions.
some
in 1893
XXVIII,
(Transactions 425).
No.
page
standards
of of
appointed
was
Committee
1905
leading railroads
the
American
for
the
the
former
majority
to
on
them
use
of
the
results
United
States
forty-eight standard.
as
work
the
upon
Society sections,
standard
were
review
to
in
reported
the
sections
allowance
but
does
not
not
due
feel
giving service
increased
driving
after
sections."
are
for
balanced
badly
and
consider
tained oband
which
indicated
roads
and
that
report
cluded con-
The
:
roadbed,
stock
the
No.
intended
follows
after making
public
country.
sections
Society
sixty-three
caused
use
forms
At
one.
page
and
the
it
new
in
that
requirement
Special Committee
Society.
and
portance im-
direct
Society Society
sections
1 ; and
No.
standard
the
preceding
made
was
railroads
the
a
the
reported
1902
would
the
to
wheels
all those
1888, and
page
desired
1889
was
XXIV,
Vol.
sections the
of
report
A.S.C.E., The
appoint
Committee
new
progress
in
consider
to
and
is of as
of rails and
from
in
XIX,
constitutional
a
line of
a
subject attention."
preliminary report
223).
bear
contact
appropriately
what
at
:
rail should
a
recently been have long as
points it is expedient that their extent normally in contact, and to what to bring them in contact it is not be so expedient that they should and
be
Vol.
in dispute,
of five members "Resolved, that a committee consider and to by the President report
extent
136; and
following resolution
flange has
and
hand, that
one
the
form
the
tread
question raised
many
interest, and hence committee through
proper
No.
page
injurious, and
the
"Whereas,
which
wheel
asserted, on the possible, and, as
contact
Vol.
87;
June, 1885, it adopted
its convention
it being
No.
page
327).
"Whereas, to
Ill,
A.S.C.E., Vol.
actions
wheels
expected
of
traffic tonnage for or and condition poor
consideration
justified in
now
of
all information
recommending
them the
even
trouble
rolling collected,
of
any
fication modi-
75
RAIL.
The
final
report
Vol.
LXX,
A.S.C.E,
should
From
of
before as
patterns a
the
stated
by him,
immense
suggestions
rails,and
to
are
the
showing "There
mills of
duphcates) not
does
nor
fill
me
it include
possible finishing groove with
all the
demand
a
weights
for
the
;
second,
and,
of
the
D.,
time
that
at
in
of
steel
terns pat-
interest
of
:
eleven
the
rail but
standard
being
as
of
review
to
shape
few
the
following
makers,
rail
to
expense
an
adoption
quote
existing
conditions
multiplication of
Bessemer
all the
(from
which, although still largely in use, patterns which would swell the number obsolete, and
as
ing Min-
steel rail works 188 patterns Of these I found 119 different shapes and 69 standard. as steel rails, of 27 different weights per yard. This list does
of
include
experts
of
C. E., LL.
practice regarding the
and
we
necessary,
that the
railway companies
method
a
and
annoyance
an
United
to
sent
were
Institute
Patterns," by A. L. HoUey,
regularly manufactured States, 119 patterns
are
the
ENGINEERS.
American
the
first,to show
was,
experiment
of
before
MINING
Philadelphia, in February, 1891, the object
at
loss to
suggest
which in
only
OF
"Rail
on
Institute
of
source
these
not
(Transactions
1910
noted.
be
the
was
in
456).
read
papers
made
was
INSTITUTE
Engineers one
Committee
No.
page
important
Several
which,
this
AMERICAN
(2)
read
of
which patterns these patterns
nor
and
subject is shown
The
to
rolls extra
so
orders.
in
to one
different
get those
only
How
hand
on
rolled
to
as
list embraces
current
kept
are
by
nearly 300;
to
patterns
rolls
closing the
contours.
same
are
which
it include
does
opening
by the
;
for
patterns
regarded
are
separate modern
thoroughly
119, thee are by the fact that of the whole are, of conspicuously less but five patterns bad shape; all the rest more or features and heavy head, light web a completely illustrate the standard flanges, and good angle to hold the fish-plates. ^Sixty-two per cent, of a have the "Chanute" the patterns designed until 1874. not was head, which five weights embraced under Sixty-four per cent, of the 119 patterns were standard thus from yard; three only of these type; there are vary per five different all of the modern and left 76 patterns, standard, to represent would the five patterns Of weights, for which perfectly answer. while the is only one the dozen of 60-lb. rails, there of pear-head type, a from other beveled be each cannot head distinguished by templets except "
laying for
together; weight,
them
the
60-lb.
Mattes, ton, read
following is Chief
roughly
dated
active movement
improved
the
steel from
the
In
at
the
years
the
among
patterns.
in
Nos. from
360
Iron
Scranton,
United
this movement
in
States
1875-76, railroads
"Rail
on
paper
a
in current patterns are too many." patterns and 529 [1881].)
30 29
the Lackawanna
Institute
rails
than
obviously
pages
quotation of
less
no
is
IX,
Engineer
before of
a
yet
which
Vol.
A.I.M.E., The
and
and
Sections"
February, 1887 upon
the
toward
the
each
road
a
same
:
adoption was
a
ufacture man-
may
witnessed
years
of law
heavier unto
F.
Scran-
"The
scale
large
W.
by
Steel Works,
and
use
ceedings (Pro-
be an
and
itself,
76
and
RAIL.
the
injected into absurd
HoUey's
paper
For
before
XV,
page
Sections"
by Mr.
"A
and
A.
F.
776
No. see
on
Vol.
and
[1889];
subject of
attention at manner
Hunt,
page
No.
No.
1(iZ
in
the
mills
in Mr.
(Proceedings
Rail
respectively
presented Doctor
and
421
[1889]
;
P.
XVII,
H.
ley. DudNo.
page
[1890].)
ASSOCIATION.
wheel
and
sections
Association
Railway
held
meeting
a
rail
standard
most
Sections," "Proposed
RAILWAY
American
The
of
"Rail
W.
page
AMERICAN
THE
(3) The
XVIII,
the
protest
1881."
in Series"
Sections
(Proceedings A.I.M.E., XVII, 778
in
upon
vigorous
a
freely
so
[1887].)
Robert
Captain
Delano,
burden
in February,
papers
Rail
of
System
forth
called
were
multiplied
were
length the
at
Institute
the
references
further
patterns
and
engineers
of
scores
until
manner,
read
Vol.
A.I.M.E.,
some
that
nigh unendurable,
well
became
calculations
the
mischievous
and
of
equations"
"personal
by
Chicago, October,
brought
was
to
its Executive
1905, in
the
mittee Com-
following
the
:
"A
has that the Association should been made appoint a Rail Wheel Sections. and tions Condisubject of Standard since have the sections considered formerly materially changed as standards Certain technical adopted. organizations may were suggest one them the other of these standard sections, but as the relations between or it has this of been that Association thought by are great importance, favorable securing the co-operation of the others, could arrive at the most
suggestion
Committee
the
on
results. "Your
Committee,
resolution
"Resolved, President
as
Committee
best
That
Committee
a
Comrruttee
a
include
to
co-operation
whose
consideration
the
therefore, suggests
of
the
ing follow-
:
of Standard
on
the the
members
of
President
may
appointed by the Sections; this technical such other organizations desirable deem in securing the
nine
persons
Rail
and
be
Wheel
results." This
resolution
co-operation A
and
adopted
was
assistance
preliminary report
1906, from
which
the
and
the
of was
a
committee
whicli
had
the
manufacturers.
submitted
following
appointed
is quoted
at
the
meeting
held
in
October,
:
"A
preliminary investigation of the subject developed the fact that certain wheel of the present standard under changes in the contour car were of such character consideration, and that these changes were to rea as quire consideration certain of their effect on standards. existing track "The
Car Association Builders' has changed the standard wheel time, increasing the weight and section to meet the demand of increasing wheel has remained loads, but the flange dimensions stant confor some for owing to its relation to certain fixed standards years, frog and guard rail clearance. from
time
"Your
proposed
Master to
Committee wheel
is not yet in its
section
the adoption ready to recommend standard, entirety as a permanent
of as
the it
RAIL.
feels
that
consideration
further
the
between radius
and
"The that
section.
Existing standards
committee
should
also
raised
been
by
some
instructions
have
to
fair
consideration
the
not
or
of
the
on
this point.
is from
following
the
of
specificationsfor
of
members,
and It
the
wheel
wide
ference dif-
Committee's
the
final
manufacture
the
be
to
material in
rail section
the
rail
committee
your
seems
vastly greater The
ascertain
to to
satisfaction,but
in the quality of the improvement than importance improvement
that
enough
respect
lationship re-
throat
on
consideration
include
far
with
of
progress.
whether
to
as
into
gone
found
giving
exist
to
had
question
been was
are
only report
can
"The
glad
be
can
has as
of
question matter
various The points of detail. tion quesof technical societies, and until an by a number the work of these various to review bodies, your
opinion seem is being considered
opportunity
be given to the rail, especially in the
and
exists
emergency
of
has
should
wheel
tread coning. subject of rail sections
such
no
11
in
would
be
general
ing feel-
rails
is of
steel
section." made
report
March,
in
1909: "Your
Committee
practice of referred
with
Association, of
rails
rolled
from
they
may
results
to
of
new
rails
Open-Hearth
the
recommended
specificationsbe of Way termining question of de-
and
Maintenance the
up
drop test, etc., by observing the actual sections, and that they also arrange
members
information
and
the
rolled
from
necessary
to
all information
tabulate
different
results
to
as
lect col-
to
parative com-
of the ingot, and parts That of the problem. record of the comparative
study
proper
a
further requested to keep careful and and service of rails of types "A "B," and to prepare section which will this Association of single type a embody be
to
as
the
adopted
be
the
follow
they
sections
mit sub-
in
to
ideas
to
different
wear
that
request as
under
the
all other
the
and
the
with
details
the
series of
the
specifications for Bessemer this report, be adopted as
and
that and the sections Association American and Engineering Railway
the the
to
that
respectfully recommends
of types "A" "B" and steel rails,submitted
into
best
the
that
type
be
designed for use as giving due weight to (Proceedings A.R.A., March, can
by problem."
single standard
a
Association,
this
their
factor
every
1909,
tering en-
No.
page
315.)
of
to
(4)
Railway
American
THE
Association
time
has
taken
RAILWAY
fact, the
active
first
was
made
by the Committee for
These The
future
sections
American
use, were
Railway
interest
outline
principal subjects "Standard
the
of
for
Rail
sections
prepared
in
Bessemer
of rail sections,
referred
was
Association.
ASSOCIATION.
its organization in
the
and at
the
herein
work
Weights March,
in
a
proper
had
as
of
Rail."
to
the
ent pres-
rail
tion; sec-
of
one
A
1915, meeting,
its
report mending recom-
submitted.
accordance
Association, and
in 1899
of
matter
committee
Sections on
recommendation
specifications for
ENGINEERING
time
the
from an
that
as
Engineering
AMERICAN
This
in
well
in the
concurred
subject of
general
steel rails, as
Open-Hearth the
the
and
its Committee,
and
Association
Railway
American
The
with
the
instructions
developing them, compromises
of
RAIL.
79 .
a
should
possible,
if
standard
single
engineer
would
designs hardly
would
those
whose
rail.
Experience
it
head,
XIII,
their
that
of
economical
further,
100-lb.
the
conditions
service,
of
service,
section
use
of
is
use
depth
heavier
of
weight
Association
the
120-lb.
or
in
of
a
of
110
the
section
because
to
views
deep-headed
a
the
section
the
require
where
from
another
reconcile
judgment,
conditions
the
where
such
a
the
course
of
repetition subject
read
before
(For
further
IX,
page
by
American
Vol.
II,
[1908];
431
et
as
seq.
[1913].)
page
Vol.
be
must
conditions
will
section
to
189
X,
Society
Holley
Messrs.
of
the
[1901]
of
;
1,
if
Vol.
page
at
Civil
of
Mattes
and
should
we
to
are
time
the
Engineers in
their
pers pa-
Engineers.
Mining
work
Part
taken
prevailing
American
the
Institute
information
page
43
by
up
described
the
above
lamentable
the
taken
was
admirably
so
recommended
as
Proceedings, Vol.
in
of
to
every
variation
any
substitution
difficult
however,
and,
cases
the
been
of
taste
that
apparent the
has
individual
making
of
used.
avoid
and
for
in
satisfy
Some
that
indicates,
desirable,
and
section,
be
is
It
impossibility
the
is
that
slight
so
conditions,
road
inadequate
found
not
be
The
meet
it
and
justified.
be
will
that
recognized,
be
standard.
the
section
must
these
made
be
this
Association,
Ill, 334
page
[1909],
see
200
nual An-
[1902] and
Vol.
;
"80
RAIL.
RAIL
SECTIONS.
R. A.-A."
90-LB.
Moment Area:
Head=3.20
sq.
in. 36.2^
Section
of
Inertia
Modulus,
Web
=2.12
"
"
Base
=3.50
"
"
39.8%
Eatio
M.I.
"
100.0%
Ratio
Sec. Mod.
Total
=8.82
'Adopted,
Vol.
2L0%
16.
1915,
pp.
;i97, 1117.
to
38.7
Head
12.56
Base
15.23 4.39
Area to
Area
1.42
RAIL.
R. E."
81
100-LB.
Moment Area:
Head=3.80
sq.
in. 38.2%
Web
=2.25
"
"
Base
=3.90
"
"
Total
=9.95
"
"
Section
of
Inertia
Modulus,
22.6% 39.2%
Ratio
M.I.
to
100.0%
Ratio
Sec.
Mod.
49.0
Head
15.1
Base
17.8 4.92
Area to
Area
1.52
RAIL.
82
R.
E."
110-LB.
Moment Area:
Head
=4.04
Web
=2.49
"
"
=4.29
"
"
Base Total
=10.82
sq.
in. 37.4%
"
Section
of
Inertia
Modulus,
23.Qfc 39.6%
Ratio
M.I.
100.0%
Ratio
Sec.: Mod.
to
57.0
Head
16.7
Base
2U.1
Area to
5.^7
Area
1.55
RAIL.
R. E."
83
120-LB.
Moment Area:
Head=4.40
sq.
in. 37.1%
Web
=2.69
"
"
22.7%
Base
=4.76
"
"
40.2%
Total
=11.85
100.05
Section
of
Inertia
67.6
Head
18.9
Base
23.1
Modulus,
Ratio
M.I.
to
Ratio
Sec.
Mod.
Area
5.71 to
Area
1.59
RAIL.
84
'
The
diagrams
rails should
drilling for
standard
be
in
shown
as
:
6-HOLE
RECOMMENDED
6
Vol.
15, 1914,
J"
6
d)
RECOMMENDED
Adopted,
DRILLING.
5i\
^^-^+
3
RAILS.
FOR
DRILLING
STANDARD
pp.
4-HOLE
157, 1110.
DRILLING.
-i.
6
the
following
RAIL.
*
A
drop
machine
The
adjusted
that
to
Car
Master
be
and
of
and
one
in place by hubs
held
the
pockets
on
vertical
movement
strips shall be 3. thick
The in
The
shall
substructure
foundation.
The
the
of
plate, and
consist or
of
the
one
Southern The
feet
5.
deep The
castings.
clear
twelve
in
inches
by
the
The
formed
to
pieces.
The
* Adopted, 1910, pp. 240,
rail
Vol.
252,
a
of wooden
supports
10, 562.
Part
the
anvil
the
nine
block shall
1, 1909,
be
pp.
to
at
laid
removable
369-373,
in
guided
its
wearing base.
column
inches
eight (8)
the
the
to
inches
close
and
well
be
shock
under
395, 396;
bolted
five
substantial
pedestals
375,
oak
subsoil.
the
of
a
shall
than
these
pieces
It
sound
less
not
on
beyond
side.
rail shall
test
absorb
by circular
(9) inches
(12 by 12)
between
shall be
firmly secured
on
supporting
having
They
plate, and
the grillage,suitably supported for
bar
springs shall
anvil.
be
surface
receive
These
shall
pedestals
a
diameter
grillage resting
columns
twelve
from
a
diameter.
project
preferably concrete,
masonry,
below
be
the
spring has
outside
an
steel
timber
a
This
known
by
strips. These
cast
or
It shall
grillage shall
of
course
employed
edges of the
yellow pine, preferably creosoted,
together.
(5)
base
anvil.
copsist of
masonry
ends
cast-iron
(2)
two
as
shall be
wearing
finished
the
to
anvil
The
finished
by the
bolts
the base
springs
20
inches. of the
of
anvil.
removable
four
by
pendent vertically inde-
on
is made
corner
can
attachments
the
move
inches,
(li^)
the top
the
of
covered
with
to
that
inches.
coil,
(8%)
each
suitably attached
area
substructure 4.
underside
6
fall
to
tup
supports
on
supported
(5t^) inches, and
on
ments following require-
(their Fig. 5614).
base-plate shall be of
the
free
be
center
one-quarter
raised
by
4 feet
feet to
It shall be
of five at
manufacturers'
20(X)-lb.
a
rail resting
a
three-sixteenths
in groups
arranged
allow
to
It shall
lbs.
seven-sixteenths
diameter
a
3
Association
eight
of
length
of
spring, without
"C"
the
solid casting, weighing,
a
columns.
Builders'
iive and
of
lead
standard
the
free
shall be
it,20,000
the
arranged
the center
on
the
:
varying from
spans
with
move
of as
feet
anvil
The
2.
25
least
freely at
be
shall
with
accord
general
give satisfactory results
will
be
in
MACHINE.
TEST
essentially to
conforming
specificationsand
plans and
1.
machine
test
DROP
FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
85
shall
broken
be test
steel, securely Vol.
11,
Part
1,
Standard Test
Drop
Machine.
-
\
-a-
II \
yy
1
J^-^^
'
f-'/-'
Tie -^-lif'D/o
Bo/fs
S'-S'lang
^uf^
frjef-
Two
on
":ach
Washers
K-/"r-+-=
"
[" W
"nd
Clevaf'on.
Ha/f
Section
/trough
Center.
Half
z-9-
"
-+
6-/Z'x
Side
Cle\fat/or
"
2-3
/ZTimbrr:
"
+ 2-9 9-ll'l.or"g
Ho/f
"
Sacfion
"
iH-'^n A
through
Center,
20
Sfon^orcf
'C
'Sp/
RAIL.
88
LOCATIONS
STANDARD
AND
ANALYSES
To
be
of
BORINGS
TENSILE
ANALYSES.
CHEMICAL
FOR
OF
maximum
FOR
TEST
FOR
CHEMICAL
PIECES.
TENSILE
TEST
PIECES.
diameter
NOTE IF
BORINGS ^ART OPPOSITE
OF
RAIL
IS
AND
TEST
HEAD
FLANGE
SHALL
WORN,
PIECE BE
FROM TAKEN
THE THE FROM
UPPER THE
CORNER.
if\l
"
Adopted.
Vol.
12,
1916,
Part
1,
p.
469;
Part
2, p.
^"
14.
t^
RAIL.
"
FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
Basis
of
1. works
STEEL
manufacturer
the
shall
and
the
BARS.
JOINT
of
All
prior
to
with
inspection shall shall be
loading, and the
the
have
free
is
contract
been
the
to
entry
being
cuted, exe-
them
by the
made
in accordance
facturer manu-
specifications.
and
tests
while
that the joint bars
the
have
shall
facilities afforded
all reasonable
have
terms
all times
at
satisfy them
to
tiie purchaser
representing
Inspectors
2.
HIGH-CARBON
Purchase.
of
with
89
of
operation
be
made
conducted
so
at
the
place of
as
not
to
ture manufac-
interfere
essarily unnec-
mill.
the
Material. 3.
Material
joint bars
for
shall
be
steel, made
the
by
open-hearth
process.
Chemical 4. bars
Properties. The
chemical
manufactured
are
shall be
Phosphorus, 5. of
The
ladle
may
each
make
conform
Physical 6.
manufacturer
a
to
melt
check the
Joint bars
(a)
carbon,
analysis from
and
Elongation,
(c)
Cold
cent,
per
bending"
the
to
of which All
(a)
test
in 2
without
^
be
by
(b)
The
bend a
Adopted,
Vol.
16,
test
material.
material
The
sulphur purchaser
analysis shall
; such
cut
for
following physical requirements inch, minimum,
inches, minimum,
from
the
on
an
the thickness finished
specimens, Testing
:
85,000.
16.
outside
around
degrees
specimen bar
shall
^
rolled.
1915,
and
report
of
the
the
arc
of the
bent
diameter test
piece.
bars.
as
adopted
Materials,
by
shall
the
be
can Ameri-
used
for
test.
rectangular
as
complete
a
4.
times
2-inch
Society tension
:
phosphorus
fracture
is three
pieces shall
Standard
inspector
square
per
portion through 90
7.
limits
joint
which
Tests.
strength, lbs.
(b)
from
0.04.
finished
Section
shall conform
Tensile
the
finished
the
of
following
manganese,
in the
steel
of
maximum
furnish
represented
Properties
melt
the
cent,
per
requirements
each
within
shall
analysis, showing of
content
of
composition
PP.
403, 1119.
inch
be
"^
inch
square
thick,with
two
in section,
or
parallel faces
RAIL.
90
General
Requirements.
8.
The
specified
in in
allowed
24
drawing
furnished
dimensions
joint
of
bars
the
by
on
either
be
sheared
shall
rolled
be
No
purchaser.
the
affecting camber
maximum
fit
shall
plant
variation
fishing
the
and
dimensions
to
will of
spaces
ih
exceed
not
be the
inch
in
inches.
9.
joint
The and
purchaser 10.
a
sections
the
The
rail.
different
bars
shall
not
All
(a)
length
prescribed
J^
than
more
and
the
shaped
(1470
Centigrade
degrees
by
inch.
slotted
punched,
be
800
than
less
not
by
shall
bars
the
to
therefrom
vary
joint
of
temperature
shall
at
degrees
Fahrenheit). All
(b)
in
required,
be
All
over
fins,
with
the
^
in
shall
bars
inch
in
operation,
one
the size
the
without
slotted
be
drawings,
the
of
the
each
the
bolt
and
for
slotting
ing bulg-
spikes
being
location
and
and
holes,
smooth be
.be
must
of
number
bar.
The
when in
done
of
holes
the
of
joint
bars.
of
the
flaws,
seams,
of
material,
checks
maintained.
fully
shall
ing swell-
without
true,
from
kind
symbol,
design,
number
and
free
identification
each lot
finished
be
angles
fishing
rolled
on
must
manufacturer's
The
year
bars
under
and
12.
on
joint
or
figures
and
section,
variation
a
punched
be
allowed.
11.
and
shall
accordance
operation;
will
or
the
distorting
or
one
holes
bolt
be melt
rolled
in
shall
raised
letters
plainly
be
month and
stenciled
Inspection. The
13.
and
tested tension in from the
joint inspected shall
test
finished the
bars, bar
inspector
as
for
from
bars
or
the
by sleeted
be
by
by
One lot
of
shall
melt
purchaser's the
joint 1000
be
piled
for
inspector
bar
for
bars
or
for bend less
joint melt
each tension
test
shall
bar
for
represented
test
presented.
until
separately
One
inspector.
specimen
agreement
rolled. each
each
may
be
be
selected
cut
by
RAIL..
^SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
HEAT-TREATED,
STEEL
of
Basis 1. the
Inspectors of
BARS.
JOINT
manufacturer have
shall
manufacturer
the
representing
the
executed, and
all
satisfy
to
that
with
All
inspection
and
tests
prior
shipment,
to
with
unnecessarily
the
the
operation
joint bars
of
the
be
made
terms
shall
and
be
of
the
the
them
the
by
made
and
specifications. the
at
conducted
so
is being
been
have
to
entry
contract
facilities afforded
the
shall
free
have
while
all times
reasonable
them
shall
purchaser
at
in accordance
2.
OIL-QUENCHED,
Purchase,
works
loaded
91
place not
as
ture manufac-
of
interfere
to
mill.
Material. 3.
for
Material
shall be
joint bars
steel, made
the
by
Open-Hearth
process.
Chemical
Properties.
4. bars
The
chemical
manufactured
are
shall be
Phosphorus, 5. of
The
ladle
manufacturer
each
make
may
conform
6.
the
requirements
Properties
Joint
bars
and
shall
in
Tensile
(b)
Yield
(c)
Elongation
inspector
joint
which :
a
complete
material.
material
report
and
phosphorus
finished
Section
purchaser
The
; such
sulphur
analysis shall
4.
Tests. conform
(a)
the
finished
the
from
0.04.
manganese,
in the
from
steel
of
following limits
the
furnish
represented
analysis
melt
cent., maximum,
per
carbon,
check to
Physical
melt
each
within
shall
analysis, showing of
content
of
composition
to
strength, lbs.
point, lbs.
per cent,
per
the per
following physical requirements: square
inch, minimum,
square
in
inch, minimum,
2
inches,
70,000.
less
not
100,000.
than
'-
.
Cold
without
bending
portion through of test
'
Adopted,
Vol.
which
is
one
fracture
pp.
404,
on
the
90 degrees around and
piece.
16, 1915,
str.
^ 12.
mmimum,
(d)
'
"
Ten. .
1119.
one-half
outside an
times
of
the
arc,
the
the
thickness
bent
diameter
of
RAIL.
92
7.
All
pieces shall be
test
J^ by
Standard
(a)
2-inch
Society tension
"(b)
bend
The
or
Joint bars of
temperature
General
about
810
heated
inch
be
used
in
square
thick
10.
the
until cold
rolled No
purchaser.
Joint and
for
with
section, parallel
two
oil bath
an
from
a
(1490 degress Fahrenheit),
enough
All
Fahrenheit)
the
shall
be
be
to
handled.
less
bolt holes
shall be
section, and
spikes in accordance
swelling checks
will
13. year
or
A
maximum
inches.
punched,
the
by
chaser pur-
y% inch.
than
slotted
and
shaped
(1470
Centigrade
degrees
The
at
a
degrees
slotted, when
be
-h. inch
of
size and
in
holes, and
design,
in
shall
raised
be
letters
and
from
free
required,
location
of
true
without
flaws,
seams,
fully maintained.
symbol, kind
the
and
smooth
be
be
must
identification of
rolled
melt
be finished
fishing angles
rolled,number
the
shall
bulging
without
operation
one
purchaser's drawing, the slotting being
must
bolt
manufacturer's
be
in
bars
variation
the
under The
fins.
of
24
in
The
length prescribed
more
punched
the
joint bars
of
types
treated, shall number
rail.
sions dimen-
allowed.
be
over
or
be
the
with
operation.
one
All
12.
by
800
than
the
to
shall
the
the
nished fur-
.
All
holes
of
in
allowed
be
-h. inch
exceed
sheared
specified in drawing
will
fishing spaces
therefrom
vary
not
distorting the
in
variation
joint bars
of
temperature
(b)
bars
dimensions
to
shall not
plane
shall not
(a)
11.
done
in
quenched
Centigrade
oil bath
shall be
in either
camber
and
Yt.inch
be
J^
bar
and
degrees
affecting the fit and
the
specimens shall
be
in the
Joint bars by
for
shall
Materials,
Requirements.
9.
or
can by the Ameri-
rolled.
as
shall
shall be kept
"
Testing
adopted
as
Treatment. 8.
and
for
rectangular
faces Heat
specimens,
bars.
test.
test a
finished
from
cut
letters
"HT"
figures
and
plainly stenciled
of material, month
on
each
to
signify heat-
each
on
lot of
bar.
The
joint bars.
Inspection. 14.
The
joint bars
piled separately until bar
for
tension
test
from
tested shall
be
each
and
melt
or
heat
inspected by the
selected
by
the
treatment
lot
inspector.
inspector
for
each
shall
One
be
joint melt
or
RAIL.
treatment
lot
test
shall be
selected
each
from
presented, or
by the heat
The
for
treatment
lot.
forms
I
1000
essential
considered
are
records
and
bars
bend
less
or
Report
Shipment
are
mended recom-
the Mill:
at
Inspection.
Mill
of
and
:
of Rail Inspection and
Reports
"
of
lot
each
for
joint bar
FORMS.
RECORD
keeping rail statistics
for
Group
following
One
bars.
inspector
^RAIL
(1)
finished
in
represented
heat
93
Form
M.
W.
401, 401-A,
Form
M.
W.
402, Certificate of Inspection.
Form
M.
W.
403, Report
Form
M.
W.
418, Tabulation
Shipment.
of
Results
of
Inspection of Rails
Mill
of
Rolled.
Group
in
II"
Reports
Division
from
Officers:
Form
M.
W.
404, Report of Rail
Form
M.
W.
405, Superintendent's Monthly
Main Form
Tracks.
in Main
Failures
Report of Rail
Failures
Tracks. M.
W.
406, Annual
Statement
Rails
Steel
of
Existing
in
Main
Tracks.
Group Form
Group
III
M.
W.
IV
Form
M.
Form
M.
Laboratory
"
Examination
407, Laboratory
Rail
of Special Rails: Report.
Compilation of Reswlts
"
W. W.
408, Summary
of
Steel Rail
of
409, Summary
for Study: Failures
Rail
Steel
for One
Year.
for
Period
Failures
a
of
Years. Form
M.
W.
Diflferent Section Form
Group
W.
M. V
"
410, Comparative or
Pattern, Rolled
412, Cover
for
Progressive Wear
of Failures
Number
by Different
Forms
M.
Steel
of Special Rails
under
M.
W.
413, Location
Diagram.
(Scale of
Form
M.
W.
414, Location
Diagram.
(Scale of
Form
M.
W.
415, Diagram
shovi^ingLines
Form
M, W.
Form
M.W.417,
Cover
" Vol. 10, 1909, pp. Adopted, Vol. 241-251, 576-579; 12, 1912,
of
for
of
Forms
M.
W.
339-363,
375, 393-395;
Part
p.
1,
467,
1
of
Companies.
Part
Observation: Inch
=
2 inches
=
one
one
mile.) mile.)
Wear.
Wear
Comparative
Steel Rails
408, 409, 410.
W.
Form
416, Record
of
of
Special Rail.
413, 414, 415,
Vol.
2,
11, Part p.
17.
416.
2, 1910,
pp.
RAIL.
95 Form
M.
W.
401-A.
I^IL.
96
Form Hectograph
W.
402.
Ink
AMERICAN
RAILWAY
ENGINEERING
of.^"
Process ....._..
HearTh,
Inspection
of
Rails
lbs. per
_..,_._.
orSpe.
Bessemer
Manufactured
ASSOCIATION No..
Certificate
open
M.
by
Steel
Section.
yard
Co. at
WorKs. ,..
for _
_
Mr
Chief
Engr. M.ofW.
_
The
following Steel Rails
Rails
and
certified
are
approved
All Rails of
Dates
hove
details
per
the
limits
given
inspected and
been
'
below.-
with
approved in accordance
No. of Heats
the
_
_
No.of
rolled RAILS
in effect.
specifications now
_
,..
_
RAILS
according
to contract.
specifications of the.
of the
Rolling...,
No.of Roils rolled
19
Dote
accepted
inspected and
been
within
to be
as
hove
REJECTED
Heats
reiected.. OF
ACCOUNT
ACCEPTED 7.Test(b.) Too Roils
fast piece for pieces)
breoking. Furling
in
"t...-*i|i"Y I.As
No. I.
(This Rolling) Ift
"
(d) Second"
breaking
2.
Z.
specifdefl.
For excedg.
ffJThird I. From
StocK(See
Cert
No.
'{\?"tf
c 16. Surface
6. Total
Aecepfed
and
Shipped. of
Number
No.
of
goch
imperfections Rejected
length
Trig
Z75F Hour
I.
I
Weights
Weights 6.R
2.
Weights
Calculated Total
Rails
33'
Length No.
17. Total
Pounds
Tons
Shipper'5
^Accepted under
Amount
Nal TonsNo.1
Total
Pounds
No.2
Tons
I
this Certificote
i lbs
Pounds
Weights
Tons
lbs. I Tons
Pounds
Balance
ivial
No.E Tons
Scale
Due
I
lbs
No.
Tons
[lo
'
2
lbs.
I. A.
See
See
Reports
Shipping
Chemical
ond
Nos
Physical
Reports
Nos.
Correct.,.
Instructions. of this Certificate is to be made One copy and forwarded to the Chief Engr M.ofW.,and copy
to the
Genera
I Superintendent,
Inspector
out one
Approved, cFiIefInapeefor Eng'r
or
Tests
Form
97
M.
W.
403.
II.
Group
M.
Form
A.
"
B.
C
R.
R.
404.
W.
Co. No.
Division Report
Section
Branch. RAIL
of
FAILURES Date
No.
of
Report
lbs yard, New per Re-rolled lbs. Rail Section ? Brand Rail? ("D" on on back) Kind of Steel ? ("E" on back) No. Heat Rail? on ("F"on back) Rail No. Letter? or on ("F" back).... Original Length of Rail ? Month and Year Rail was Laid Feet Location of Mile
Was
Weiglit
2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
Which
11
Rail? Which On Curve or Straight Line No. of Curve ?
11^
15
Was
Rail
or or
(See
"Broken"
"Defective"
38
39
and Rail
Was
little worn?
found
Time
removed
removed
?
of
gage
?
?
Track
"Break"
over
"Break"?.....
at
Damaged "Description
?
Kind of Ties ? Were Plates used? Tie Kind ? Condition of Line and Surface? of Ballast ? Kind Was Track properly ballasted? under Kind of material in roadbed
Curve? at "Break"?..
?
;
? of
Failures"
weather? state
(Wet,
Was Was
back)
dry, warm break, and
of
cause
on
well drained frozen ?
Track Roadbed
or cold, freezing flaws describe any
?
thawing)...... at point of
or
found
"Break" at was of holes, and whether joint, state kind, number bolted insulated or Were bolts at joint loose? If so, how any many? Was accident detention or caused to trains ? by "Break" If so, state circumstances If "Defective," describe kind and location of flaws or defects, and what caused them. (See "Description of Failures" back) on
on
last bal-
?
If
Draw side head
Ties?..
between
or
Was "Break" angular?..... or square Distance between at edges of Ties "Break?" Condition of Ties each side of "Break?"
?
Condition of If "Broken," 35
Date
Date
or
_
14
13
much
discovered
Was
Exact
Track?
Degree of Curve ? High or Low Rail, if on Superelevation of Curve
12
Rail whom
By
Post 10
Tracks
Main
in
break
it
was
full
if
possible,
Diagram
lines of "Break," or partial fracture, such as long pieces from and half-moon Hollows in base, showing dimensions. pieces from be shown "End Section." Defects also indicated on be on may Mark distance from end ing "Receiv*If "Break" is nearest to "Break." draw if nearest through words "Leaving End;" pen "Leaving End,"
of head should
Diagram. End," draw
through
pen
current
of
traffic
below, by drawing
words is in pen
"Receiving
End."
(*Refers
direction.)
one
through
Indicate "Gage Side"
words
track Side"
to
"Gage
opposite
on
which
upon on
the
"Diagram"
side.
1
f^M|
p^
[^
[WVj ["VV"|
'W
\^
tMl
[m!
"/jefSecf/o/7
V^"^''^^''^^X^ "^ ^-^
40
If
"Damaged," on
back).
.
describe
nature
and
cause
if known.
(See
W\
"Description
of
Failures'
.
Correct:
Approved: Foreman .
Instructions
and
Description
98
of
Failures
on
Back.
Supervisor.
of
Back
Form
M.
404.
W.
INSTRUCTIONS A.
The
this will send and in the case track.
Foreman
discovered, of
out
B.
The The
C.
the
will
Supervisor Division
D.
The
answer
E.
The
answer
send
a
3
is in
to
G.
S and letter for
S and Post
Mile
6
to
answers
for
characters
1.
a
No.
of
web
the
(C.N.)
Engineer. immediately
;
other
or
upon
rail.
(O.H.)
;
is day the break day it is taken
"Nickel"
(N.) of
method
;
facture manu-
This
separating it into will
cojiie
into
stamped
are
the
metal
side
on
of
web
be
used.
figures
"
6.
of
of
is
term two
or
be
to
4-
to
RAIL
Rails, the
be
used.
FAILURES
following
confined to A crack
parts.
more
this
under
Division
OF
describing Failures
break
Division
"Open-Hearth"
;
Nickel"
I |"gj^ end
from
Rail.
Broken
the
on
(B)
DESCRIPTION When
the
to
same
rail, the
alloy.
or
The
raised
the
defective
or
copies of this Report made Chief Engineer M. of W.
the
to
copy
Supervisor
direct
Report
have
"Bessemer" (F.T.) ; "Chrome
"Ferro-titanium
F.
this
will
the
to
damaged
a
is
4
to
of
forward
Engineer
receipt and
Report
should
terms
rail which
a
which
might
is broken result in
through, complete
a
head.
i.
^
Flow of
Metal. This of term a means the head towards its sides without down of the head that structure, distorted.
Crushed Head. This is term and is usually accompanied sketch.
used
by
/^
,-
to
of metal the "Rolling Out" indication of being any side of the head is, the under
there
indicate a down
crushing
a
of
"Flattening" of
the
head
on a
top breaking is not
the head, in shown
as
"
^ Ui |ii
^
4.
Split of term
line includes rails split through the center term near or this When rails with pieces split off the side of the head. is not it should be further defined it is or by stating whether hollow head. by a seam or
This Head. head, or
the
is
used
accompanied
"
1 Split
Web.
This
term
generally starting
Broken
Base. and
is
from
This term illustrated
a
the
longitudinal end
of
rail
split along the through the bolt
all breaks in base sketches front on page.
covers on
of
rail
axis of holes.
and
should
web,
the
be
scribed de-
IP Damaged.
wrecks,
Under
this
broken
v/heels
head or
will similar
be
included
causes.
99
all
rails
broken
or
injured
by
100
RAIL.
of
Back
M.
W.
the
end
Form
405.
INSTRUCTIONS
A.
Division
The
Chief
U.
from
of
M.
make
out
Section
the
Engineer
and
W.
of
1.
describing Failures Rail.
Broken
This
separating it into break
will
Flow of
come
is
term two
this
General
Rails, the
to
be
confined A
parts.
at
report send
of the
to
copy
one
Superintendent.
be
to
RAIL
of
more
or
under
Division
OF
this and
Reports,
the
to
one
DESCRIPTION
When
copies of
two
Foremen's
I |ast^ end
from
P"^t No.
Mile
will
Engineer
month
the
usea.
FAILURES
following
to
crack
a
should
terms
rail
which
which
might
is
used:
be
broken
result
through,
in
a
complete
head.
This Metal. term means a towards its sides without down of the head that structure, of
the head
of the metal "Rolling Out" there indication of being any side of the head is, the under
top
on a
breaking is not
distorted.
This Crushed Head. is term and is usually accompanied sketch.
used
by
to
indicate a down
crushing
a
of
"Flattening" of
the
head
the head, shown in
as
line Head. This includes rails split through the term center or near When this the head, or rails with pieces split off the side of the head. it is or defined is not is used it should be further term by stating whether hollow head. or by a seam accompanied
Split of
-
"
1 Split
Web.
This
term
generally starting from
Broken
Base. and
This term illustrated
is a the
longitudinal split along the of rail through the bolt
all breaks in base sketches front on page.
covers on
axis of holes.
end
of
rail
and
the
should
web,
be
scribed de-
Zf 7.
Damaged.
Under
wrecks, broken
this wheels
head or
will
similar
be
included
causes.
101
all
rails
broken
or
injured
by
RAIL.
103
Group
III. Form
AMERICAN
RA1L\\^Y
ENGINEERING
L/iBOR/^TORY
No.
ff/i/L
M.
W.
407.
ASSOCIATION REPORT .19..
The and
is report fiof/otving
tvii/ch t^hich
referred
ns//
on
/o
/r".
^/.
/v F/I/LED
.._on ,
Pl":e
Rail
of
Failure
Dsf-e
or
Fsr'lura
by.
made
M^nuFacfurers
'In^lf'Lecif/c.
Nsfne
CHEM/C^L
AN/iLYStS .AL.
DROP lb.
toco
Posif/on ^ejd
up
cr
.
Supports
3
'C.fo C.
Temperature of^fmosphere
ifrop
of
cfonn
TEST
Tup
Inferior Defeefs
Jj"Qgy^n
r"up
TENS/LE Location of Sample
Yield
Ten site
Point
lL"s.persg.incti
TESTS
Strengtti "iongafion sg. inch
lbs, per
Seduction
cent in 2 ins.
per
H/lffONESS
^rea.
per
ef cent-
TESTS ^rerage
Brinel/
Sclaroscopa
TR/INSYERSE Location
ereafCtng
Loaa
TEST from
Br"sk
C^r.
m
OF / inch
B^SE ur"donMid.Ond.
^'^^^'^''^
^
".orN.of Fracf-ure Hot
5. of Fracture
\
u Shotv
/ocalion
and
characf-er
u
u
u
of orig/na
u
/ fracture.
ffemarAs
Signature
and
fiemarka
RAIL.
104
of
Back
M.
Form
No.
W. f^"-
RAILWAY
AMERICAN GENERAL
INSTRUCTIONS
R/^ILS
Send
in
eecti be
to
cut
Paint
Test
about
pieces
identification
Before
nicked
by
section
Drop
t
/ess
t/vo
foot
s/'x
Preferably
the
sect/'onSj
tvhole
rail
if possible,
is
cfes/red
to
letters
on
ail
about
pieces,
fo/lorvs
as
Fracture
be
may
employed
TESTING
long.
and
number
Original Rail
at
feet
AND
INVESTIGATION.
intact.
six
ASSOCIATION
SAMPLING
Department^
fracture
or/ging/
into
FOR
LABORATORY
FOR
Rai/rosd
ha^e
to
ENGINEERING
points
at
stioivn
"X"
by
and
in
broken
usually
manner
gangs
Testing,
cut
original fracture
conta/ning
p/eces
fol/otvs
as
r;--irr--;| Dotted
/ST.
CUT
Cut
off
than
Sec^/ons
ON
exactly
Take
are
needed,
3rd.
orig/na/
to
be
''^2'drill from
tests
second
Mditionai
test
to
be
drop
take
To be
lagged
J
end.
tv/'/h ident/f/caf/on
-and
h/story, photographed
{and preserved.
Scleroscope one
of eittier
end
specimens
made one
tests
as
foot to
foi/oivs
increments, be
made
-
test
on
in
order
en
both, test
for
named
For
)
tvith
tensile
ident/f
test
at
spec/f/ed
starting
at
one
r/rst
Tests
Br/nnell
and
transverse
on
chemical
one
analysis.
\
stamped
be
\
If )
of
4^'^" /ong. to
"
piece,
driilingsX ]Compression
to
nearest
Section
One
test
at
i
I number
h/gh/y
/frnore
fracture,
(Either B.orC..
and
/he
fracture.
corresponding part
from
fracture)
sech'ons
Drop
cut.
/n
cut
3f"D. CUT
All
section
original
or/g/na/ take
back\
further
no
one
nearest
ivith
nearest
near
C.
/"long,
side
dr///ings
B.orC.
fuii
give
B./INO
2 HO. CUT
is
\ fracture,
to
Sections
on
fracture
r/hen
S.y^NOa
ON
original
required
po/ished
/o govern
if desired-
foot
tesh.
/cation
height tvith
in
numbers
head
tv/th base do/vn.
shop. do/vn,
407.
*^f
M.
FORM
SUMMARY
FAILURES
W.
408.
OF
FOR
STEEL
RAIL
ONE
YEAR.
AMERICAN Scl li *i "^
RAILWAY
ENGINEERING
Rail Failures for the Year
Ending October
ASSOCIATION
Form
M
W.
408
31, 19L -Railroad
IE
--S
SB):
r= si 3='! ^si:
iiiiii
^:^ fs :i f^
V|
gsssssg^^I
gSiSS^gS
-SS
EE"
"S
uS
"
I
"'3
S
-sg
s"
yy
u
t
"5
.1
"x
""
2
"
E ^ S ^^
E.E "'
"
*:.ES|
'4r4^t
^" i^t
--t*
r-
:t;'^
.1 .'s .Z
.2
"
."i .
Es
"" 2.
.-"l
RAIL.
105
Group
V. Form
107
M.
W.
413.
108
Form
109
M.
W.
415.
RAIL.
110
(Cover
Paa-e
for
Forms
M.W.
413,
414,
415.)
Form
A.
B.
"
C.
R.
M.W.
Co.
R.
.Division
RAIL
Showing
SECTIONS
Progressive
Wear
of
_Steel
Laid
Removed-
Oifice
of
CHIEF (or
ENGINEER other
officer)
M.
of
W.
Rails.
417
RAIL.
W.
M.
Size
of
GROUP
I
to
mills inform
with
M.
W.
the
Inspector.
This
result
W.
402
the
is witnessed
W.
in
each
403
This
M.
is
W.
418
This
the
form
is
of
This
M.
This
tabulations
405
records
railway
under
taken
of supervision ladle analysis
tlie
from
tlie
the
material
in
accordance
which
he
with
the
shipped of rail the Receiving
and length cheeked by bill.
Inspection
tlie
"
REPORTS
of
results
of Rails drop
test
Rolled: and
surface
all rails
the
division
the regular which have
reports
Failures
in Main
of Rail
OFFICERS.
DIVISION
FROM
been
which in
put
failures
rail the
latter
of rail blanks.
Superintendent's Monthly
"
that
strictly
company.
Mill
of
tabulating
all of basic report and the Supervisor by classification It contains a in the following employed
to
W.
the
the
is
Engineer.
M.
the
Report
404"
for
II
contains
group
Foreman
accordance
in
rolled.
concerning
W.
mill contents
written statement turned out
been of
of Results
intended
rails
GROUP
officers
necessary
Inspection:
tlie number for reporting When works. properly for of the basis payment
Tabulation
"
inspection
at
inspector
of Shipment:
used tlie
from furnishes
car
it
has order
Report
"
blank
Officer,
Mill
of
Inspector's
rolled the and
specifications
M.
MILL.
THE
AT
Certificateof Inspection:
"
This has
SHIPMENT
AND
shipped.
and
Report
"
418.
form.
the is filled from out the It gives cjiemical of the test. drop
blank
the
M.
A
401-401
FORMS
OF
USE
raih-oad company's of the the use information the all rolled. It gives manufactured his order has been
for is that
the purchaser specifications
the
and
is rail
forms the
W.
M.
INSPECTION
RAIL
OF
TO
401
each
on
REPORTS
"
of set where
This the
shown
sheet
FOR
INSTRUCTIONS
AND
SPECIFICATIONS
come
service
from in
track.
Tracks: is sent and the Track by transmitted to the Division failures which is used in the
Report
of Rail
Failures
in
Main
Tracks: On total
blank the Division informs the of the Engineer Superintendent of rail failures for the month tabulated from the Track man's ForeOther officers who interested such the Chief are report. as Engineer, of Maintenance of Way General nished furor Engineer Superintendent, are where In with of the cases copies. Track Foreman's a Report copy
this number
Chief
the
to is sent the monthly
Chief
report
Engineer serves
as
Chief
or a
of
Engineer
check
the
on
receipt
Maintenance of
all
of individual
Way, rail
reports.
M.
W. This
Engineer
406 is or
"
Annual an
Chief
Statement
of
Steel
annual
sent by report of Maintenance Engineer the different showing
Rails the
Existing in Main
Division
of Way
for
Tracks:
to Engineer the permanent
the
Chief
record at tracks
of the kinds of in the main steel company, the of the This end statement in with be used or conjunction year. may the The chart rail rail in convenient form not be chart, replace may may which for record be referred for a permanent to, after may many years, information the kind of rail in use stated at a concerning period.
9 Vol. Adopted, 10, 1909, pp. Vol. 241-251. 12, Part 576-579; 14, 1913, pp. 188-192, 1104, 1105.
339-363, 1, 1912,
375, pp.
393-395; 467, 468;
Vol. Part
11, Part 2, pp.
2, 1910, pp. 17, 18; Vol.
RAIL.
112
III
GROUP
M.
W.
for
making
This
is.
group
of
pieces
by
analyses
chemical the
W.
408
or
of
The
column
M.
in
On
this
M.
W.
blank
It
test
tics statis-
have
a
order
give
to
if
periods "failures
to
the
recording
for
the
per
whether
to
as
analyses
This
fpeciflcation.
idea
an
reduced
rail
to
other
comparison.
of intended
in
relative for
used
being
is
given
as
be
unit
carbon"
rail
information
the also
can
Year:
One
for
failures
of
to
in
of
the
has
V
Rail
Steel
results
Failures
M.
from
continuous
a
W.
for
408
will
of
record
to
given,
with
41S
This
is
the
of
Period
a
be
is
column
the
rail
of
Years:
recorded
rail
is
the
at its
during
high
of
end
entire
life.
Location
blank
is
in
rail,
the
of
case
determine
the
systematic
plan
furnished
is
group
tlie
book.
one
OBSERVATION.
UNDER
and a
in
neatness.
RAIL
have
to
together
bound and
SPECIAL
special
necessary
as
be
convenience
OF
This
cover,
for
that
previous
value
of
of
the for
procedure and
purpose,
is
group.
Diagram: on
scale
a
the
showing
under
track it
records.
a
"
for
WEAR
keep
and
should
group
PROGRESSIVE
"
being
W.
this
in
provided
been
order
diagrams
inch
one
in
location
equals
different
mile,
one
of
places
is
and
the
for
intended kind
same
of
rail
of
two
trial.
W.
M.
414
This
is
equals of
portion
of
415 The
blank
rail
the
of
center
wear
importance
The cover
or
413, 413.
blank
given
It
414
at
the
top.
on
the
blank.
made
in
percentage
at
is
on
on
a
on
of
scale
of
each
total
particular
a
scale
larger
a
provided
specified
a
given All
is
location
for
of
area
to
as
so
blank
the
head.
Wear:
of
section W.
is
it
the
is
Lines
rail
show
place
abraded
M.
on
that
except to
A
area
of
is
W.
Showing
position the
W. intended
M.
in
measuement its
is
measurement.
Diagram
"
and
W.
and
given of
M.
to
mile
points
summary
W.
similar
one
the
the
locate
Diagram:
Location
"
blank
inches
this
of
lot
information
provided
M.
the
other
or
quantitative
compiling
for
compiling
number
order
making
examination
and
rail
STUDY.
FOR
Failures
year.
"specified
blank
cover
In
the
used
is
412:
results
M.
in
Summary
GROUP
M.
It
reporting
for
special
of
RESULTS
ways
Rail
for one
total
for
thus
The This
and
carbon.
4og"
year,
of
the
this
W.
the
different
intended
track"
in
form.
single
analyses test
OF
of Steel
is
particular
low
the
period
a
miles
inserted
COMPILATION
"
Summary
"
desirable,
the
IV
exhibits
for
found
physical
and
this
by mill
the
failures.
blank
This failures
of
REPORT.
laboratory.
group rail
for
100
RAIL
represented against
analyses
GROUP This
present,
at
check
result
M.
LABORATORY
"
407:
the
by
statistical
point number
is
shown in
information
this
on
the
circle of
interest
417: information has
been
in
this
provided
group for
should convenience
be and
bound neatness.
together
in
one
book;
in
FORM
M.
W. 418.
TABULATION OF
INSPECTION
OF
RESULTS
RAILS
OF
ROLLED.
MILL
113
RAIL.
""
(1) consist
report
Copy
of
the
RAIL.
INDIVIDUAL
AN
study
Foreman's
of the Track
by
Results
of
an
individual
should
rail
report
Form
on
M.
W.
404, after
on
Form
Engineer.
an
of
chemical
Photographs
the interior
(d)
analysis
and
physical
test
M.
A
of
the
defect
or
and
fracture
micro-photographs
structure.
complete
written
analysis or
deduction
from
the
study
of
the
information.
above
I*
395,
complete
OF
407.
(c) of
A
checked
(b) W.
STUDY
of:
(a) being
OF
REPORT
Adopted,
396.
Vol.
10, Part
1, 1909,
pp.
340, 341,
348, 349, 353,
375,
393,
394,
V.
COMMITTEE
TRACK.
*
Alinement.
and
curves
Curve,
Simple.
Curve,
Degree
by
An
"
of.
means
with
a
common
Curve,
direction A
"
Connecting
A
"
to
intersecting Crossover. form
as
simple
to
different
degrees
directions,
opposite
either
give
to
uniformly a
which
curve,
gradual
in
or
tion transi-
it connects,
or
continuous
a
with
or
the
track
between
another
between
the and
track
one
frogs another
parallel track.
remote
track
between
passage
the
passage
track with
turnouts
intersecting grade-lines.
connect
turnouts
oblique
or
by
alinement
point.
varies
so
a
used
Two
continuous
a
curve
curves.
curve
form
Two
"
and
in
junction
manner
tangent
Track."
arranged
simple
a
of
of
curves
curves
degree
whose
curve
simple
two
simple
their
at
determined
a
Vertical.
of
center
junction points.
their
at
contiguous
Two
"
between between
circle.
direction
in
simple
contiguous
more
direction
definitely
some
a
the
at
change
continuous
or
Easement.
Curve,
A
common
a
of
circumference
the
angle subtended
The
"
two
Reverse.
Curve,
to
chord.
of
having
of
arc
"
Compound.
Curve,
reference
with
railway
a
tangents.
100-foot
a
of
location
horizontal
The
"
DEFINITIONS.
between
the
two
nearby
two
crossovers
frogs, arranged
to
generally parallel
and
tracks.
Crossover,
Double. which
Elevation
the
"
inner
Splice bars,
"
Auxiliary.
Fastenings,
between
Curves).
above
Fastenings.-
combination
intersect
(of
raised
A
"
"
of the
The
parallel
vertical
distance
rail, sometimes
called
bolts
and
Nutlocks,
in
tions, direc-
opposite
tracks. that
the
outer
rail
is
Superelevation.
spikes. tie-plates, rail braces
ing anti-creep-
and
devices.
Frog.
"
A
trains
device on
1 Adopted, 759-761; Vol. 955; Vol. 16,
one
where
used rail
Vol.
10, Part 1915, pp.
5,
to
the
cross
1904, pp. 1909, 728, 1144. 1,
two
pp.
rails
intersect
to
permit
engines
and
other.
Vol. 527, 535, 541-560; Vol. 400, 461-463; 11,
115
6, Part
1905,
pp.
2, 1910,
748, pp.
749, 942,
'
TRACK.
116
Frog
Number. the
One-half
"
number
A
(a Tool).
Gage
(of Track).
"
"
of
Gage,
Standard.
The
distance
Level.
The
short
Lining
of
distances
over
the
the
is determined.
the
heads
of
in
track
rails
the
measured
the top of the
below
or
rail.
8J4 inches.
feet
Shifting
"
track
which
in regard
tangents,
on
distances
Track.
4
angle, unit.
one
track
point "^-inch
a
is
spread
of
gage
between
of
of
condition
short
the
the
frog
the
elevation
of
rails
the
is equal.
transversely "
at
gage
condition
The
"
The
"
length in which
by which
the
one-half
of
cotangent
tool
right angles thereto
at
Line.
units
of
Gage
the
uniformity
or
on
curves.
the
track
in direction
uniformity
to
variation
in
conform
laterallyto
in
direction
estabhshed
the
to
over
alinement. Out
(referring
Face
of
and
Scissors Slip
continuously
work
from
Spiral
rail
(when
which
the
each
and
the
used
with
change
whose
length- measured Surface.
Switch.
A
"
and
Track.
"
approximate
Any
A
"
the
of
easement
spiral measured
in ten
a
and
turnout.
in
curve
its length.
equal chords
is directly proportional
to
as
lead
the
throughout
curve
track
for
serve
form
and
curved
is uniform
spiral by such
consisting of designed
parts,
to
the
chords. vertical
movable
two
turn
to
another
to
straight portion of
Ties, rails and
"
curve
it is running
which
Tangent.
of
of
distinguished
or
evenness
ness smooth-
distances.
device
operating
on
degree
the
pletely com-
turnouts
common
a
crossing
the
Track).
along
short
over
has
to
condition
^The
"
of
of
as
pairs of
two
or
turnouts
degree
track
proceeds
Double."
respect
of
that
only.
one
frogs
end
An
"
of
pair of
of
change
Spiral, Ten-Chord. and
points
combination
where
crossing stock
A
"
Work
"
given' piece of
a
"Crossover,
See
"
Work).
over
disconnected
at
Crossover.
Switch.
Track
to
fastenings;
an
connections
rails, necessary engine
or
train
from
track
a
track.
a
railway
alinement.
all parts
with
in their
relative
proper
positions. Turnout.
.1
"
A
track
device
consisting of
and
operating
parts
and
may
be
from
one
switch ties
are
passed and not
ends used.
with
a
switch
supporting ties by track the
to
switch
another.
ties, or
and
frog with
which A with
engines
turnout
the
connecting and
trains
begins with frog
where
the
long
117
TRACK.
Wye.
principaltrack and
A
"
"Y," with
the top
closed, by
of
means
engines
which
and
letter
trains
may
turned.
be
^
eight degrees
Curves be
like the
connecting tracks arranged
two
widened
eight degrees,
to
a
for
maximum
each
of
4
Gage, including widening
gage.
should
under
and
inch
one-eighth
CURVES.
ON
GAGE
due
to
standard
degrees
two
feet
be
fraction
or
inches
9%.
thereof
tracks
for
should
wear,
Gage should
gage.
never
over
of
standard
exceed
4
feet
9J^ inches. frogs
Where be
standard
for
occur
the increased
The main
clear
4
OF
width
guard
all tracks
of
adjacent
rails should
1^
be
the
widened
inches
To
rails
their
allow
for
rails should
gage.
frog
to
should
compensate
FOR
expansion
frogs
and the
at
LAYING
be
should the
follows
as
all
between
line,
gage
"
temperature
be
for
inches, measured
EXPANSION
laying
33-foot
be
at
FLANGEWAY.
flangeway
standard
of 4 feet 8^
thermometer.
frog should
STANDARD
TEMPERATURE
When
the gage
curves
gage.
WIDTH
rails and
for
inside of
the flangeway of the
or
="
the
on
openings
RAILS.
taken
by applying
between
the
ends
a
of
:
TEMPERATURE. .
_
(Fahrenheit.)
allowance.
-20"
to
0"
^5
nch
0"
to
25"
3^
nch
25"
to
50"
f^
nch
50"
to
75"
Ys
nch
75"
to
is
nch
Over
100"
100
degrees
rails
should
2
Adopted,
Vol.
2
Adopted,
Vol.
10,
*
Adopted,
Vol.
2, 1901, pp.
11, Part 1909,
2, 1910, pp.
be
pp.
398,
laid close
942, 954, 955; 466, 467.
190, 212.
without
Vol.
bumping.
16, 1915,
pp.
733, 1145.
TRACK.
slottingwill permit
the
each
and
other
when
such
is of
of
varying widths without
punching
plate
the
for
punched
be
joints. Spike holes may
119
where
interfering with additional
that the
design
such
holes
the
rail base
holes
impair the strength of the plate.
will not
SPECIFICATIONS
8
FOR
STEEL
TIE-PLATES.
Material. shall be
Plates
and
Tests.
tie-plates shall
conform
Physical Properties The
of Bessemer
made
Ultimate
strength,
Elastic
Elongation, Reduction Plates
of
20
cold
per
90
for
of
cent,
ultimate
strength.
cent.
per
without
degrees
inch.
square
per
:
in 2 inches.
cent,
40
less than
not
area,
bend
shall
50 per
less than
not
following requirements
5S,CX)0lbs.
less than
not
less than
limit, not
the
to
steel.
open-hearth
or
showing
any
sign of
fracture. A
sufficient number
material
the
and
Subject
plates shall
the
The dimensions
following
conform
length
made
be
satisfy the inspector that
to
respect.
every
Finish.
the
to
will
tests
specificationsin
the
meets
Workmanship
of
and
the
to
form
drawings submitted
shall
width
the
allowances,
not
dimensions
of
the manufacturer.
to
than
more
vary
and
]4. inch
from
the
shown.
The
thickness
shall
not
vary
^
than
more
inch
from
the
dimensions
shown. All variations The be
made
be
left
shoulder
the
the
on
outside
the
to
of
inside end end
of
the plate. the
plate
must
uniform. holes
cracked
must
Plates the
must
out
be
shall
be
be
of
cut, without
burrs,
shape in punching
properly
prescribed
Plates
clean
be
must
bent
or
Plates
with
from
distance
Spike be
in length shall
stamped
and on
the
and
the
plates
must
not
the
rail
seat,
holes.
thoroughly annealed. the
top
side, outside
of
mark. free
from
burrs
imperfections.
and
Inspection. When from
a
s
required, the
manufacturer
preliminary rolling before
Adopted,
Vol.
14,
1913,
pp.
shall
furnish
samples
with
the fillingof
proceeding
98, 99, 1060,
1061.
of
tie-plates the
order
120
TRACK.
in advance
give sufificientnotice
and for
of
the
date
will
they
when
ready
be
inspection. The
times, while
the work
to
all parts
of
the material The
afford
the
The
tests
the
of
of
cost
inspection shall
will be
each
meet
If
of
one
tested; if it
and
accepted, but
If, after material
all
at
manufacture
the
specifications.
interfere
to
sarily unneces-
works.
made
of
test
of
tie-platesare be
may
by the
selected
for
lot
tlie specifications the
pieces fails
a
third
piece shall
test
be
the lot of the specifications
requirements
the
selected
samples
pieces shall be
Two
the
they
satisfy himself
these
not
shall
manufacturer
with as
requirements
any
the
facilities to
if it fails the lot will be
shipment,
and
conducted
so
the
meets
manufacture,
or
be
fiftybundles.
lot of
if both
and
entry
being performed,
concern
in accordance
the finished product shall be
accepted.
selected
mill
all reasonable
operation of the
the
test
free
is
purchaser
which
the
at
being furnished
plates are
of
have
ordered.
inspector from
be
works
inspector free
Tests
the
of
manufacturer's
made
and
shall
purchaser
contract
be
with
will
the
on
inspection shall the
that
each
the
inspector representing
rejected. found
be
defective, due
of
uniform
to
to
rejected.
Shipping. Tie-plates weighing
not
shall
exceed
to
wired
be
100
lbs.,and
SPECIFICATIONS
9
together
bundles
in
tagged.
properly
WROUGHT-IRON
FOR
TIE-PLATES.
Material.
-.
Plates
shall be
Physical The
ultimate
the
plates shall The
Adopted,
for 90
and
45,000 lbs.
less than
degrees
fiber
the
across
per
inch.
square
showing
without
be
made
specificationsin
every
tests
will
to
following allowances,
conform
that
respect.
to
and
the
width
form
the
drawings subrnitted shall
not
vary
more
shown.
Vol.
satisfy the inspector
Finish.
the
to
of
the
meets
length
dimensions "
cold
not
fracture.
Workmanship Subject
Tests.
strength shall be
sufificientnumber
material
of wrought-iron.
and
shall bend
sign of A
made
Properties
Plates any
number,
14, 1913, pp.
99, 100, 1060-1063.
to
and the than
dimensions
of the
manufacturer.
^
inch
from
the
TRACK.
thickness
The
shall
not
121
tlian
more
vary
inch
-h
from
the
(hniension
shown. Variations The be
in length shall be
distance
made
from
shoulder
the
the inside end
on
the
to
outside
the
of
end
plate.
of
the
plate
must
plates
must
uniform.
Spike holes
Plates
be
must
out
of
stamped
on
bent
or
clean
be
must
cracked
be
not
left
burrs, and
cut, without in
shape the
the
punching
side, outside
top
the
holes.
of the
rail seat, with
prescribed mark.
the
shall be
Plates
free
burrs
from
and
imperfections.
Inspection. When from
preliminary rolling before
a
and
give sufficient
for
inspection. The
the
of
the
The
made
inspector free
of
cost
of
Tests
inspection
the
the
inspector from
for
each
lot
will
shall
be
test
be
If, after or
finished
if both
be
meet
If
have
free
ready
entry
is
purchaser
be
the
all
at
being
concern
formed, per-
facture manu-
shipment, manufacture,
but
they
shall
satisfy himself
these not
as
to
specifications. interfere
necessarily un-
test
the
meets
be
pieces shall be of
lot will
found
are
a
requirements the
to
be
by
selected
specifications the
the
fails
pieces
if it fails
selected
samples
of
Two
requirements
may
with
made
fiftybundles.
tie-plates
any
be
shall
the
manufacturer
works.
the
the
the
facilities to
conducted
so
of
tested; if it
accepted,
and
in accordance
of
one
mill
all reasonable
product
lot of
each
and
lot will
shall
operation
accepted.
selected
the
material
and
they will be
when
which
works
the
at
furnished
being
the
the
order
the
ordered. be
with
of
tie-plates
the fillingof
purchaser shall
contract
shall
and
tests
date
the
the manufacturer's
material
plates are
of
of
samples
with
proceeding
the
the
on
of
inspection
the
that
work
all parts
to
The
the
shall furnish
advance
in
notice
inspector representing
times, while
afford
manufacturer
required, the
third of be
test
the
piece
tions specifica-
rejected.
defective
due
to
rejected.
Shipping. Tie-plates weighing
not
shall
to
be
exceed
wired 100
together
lbs., and
in
bundles
of
properly tagged.
uniform
number,
TRACK.
122
SPECIFICATIONS
3 0
FOR
MALLEABLE
TIE-PLATES.
Material. shall
Plates
Properties
Physical Plates broken
made
be
be
must
ofif must
metal
the
material
the
and
Workmanship Subject
dimensions
to
show
and
made
be
band
narrow
a
test
bend
must
lug
when
and
show
of
white
iiberless.
thorough
show
specifications in
annealing.
satisfy the inspector
to
that
respect.
every
shall
not
vary
more
form
the
allowances,
drawings
the
width
and
length
The
purposes.
cast-iron, but must
will
tests
following
plate shall conform The
iron.
Finish.
the
to
test
portion being dark
of
the
meets
fracture
to sufficiently
sufficient number
A
malleable
for
lug
a
easily,as
center
bend
must
with
The
surface,
furnace
Tests.
break
not
toughness.
Plates
and
cast
signs of on
from
submitted
to
dimensions
the
manufacturer. is
inch
from
the
than
more
vary
and
of
from
the
the
shown. thickness
The
-shall not
^2
than
inch
dimension
shown. Plates
must
Plates
must
blowholes,
be
and
properly
be
well
fins, and
cleaned
annealed.
thoroughly and
free
from
warping,
shrinkage
cracks,
imperfections.
other
Inspection. When from
required,
lot before
preliminary
a
give sufficient
manufacturer
the
notice
proceeding
advance
of
inspector representing
the
in
shall
the
furnish
samples
the
fillingof the
with date
of
tie-plates order
they will be
when
and
ready
for
inspection. The
times, while
the
to
all- parts
of
the
that
The
the
being
are
and
be of
of
contract
works
the
Vol.
made
at
the
which
free
entry
is being
purchaser
shall
operation
14. 1913,
pp.
the
mill
all reasonable
cost
furnished
inspection
with
"Adopted,
shall
inspector free
plates
tests
the
have
the
concern
at
all
performed,
manufacture
ordered.
inspection
the
on
manufacturer's
the
material
The afford
of
work
shall
purchaser
in accordance
be of
conducted
so
the
100,
works.
101,
1063.
and
the
manufacturer
facilities to with as
these not
to
shall
satisfy himself specifications. interfere
necessarily un-
123
TRACK.
If,
after
shipment,
or
manufacture,
material
found
tie-platesare
any
they
defective, due
of
uniform
to
rejected.
be
may
be
to
Shipping. Tie-plates shall be weighing
not
wired 100
exceed
to
lbs., and
rule,
a
INTO
used
be
rail
the
as
and
splice
will permit.
bars
Bolts the
of
TAKEN
BE
DESIGN.
THE
should
bolts
large track
as
tagged.
TO
IN
CONSIDERATION
As
number,
BOLTS.
PRINCIPLES
GENERAL
AND
bundles
properly
"TRACK
FACTS
in
together
size
same
threads
rolled
with
with
show
is
elastic limit, however,
The
threads.
cut
those
strength than
ultimate
greater
a
not
materially different. A load
workman a
where a
threads
bolt
on
diameter
%-inch the
how
pulling
with
bolt in
are
low
a
33-inch
a
the
to
with
wrench
condition.
average
per
readily
be
inch
square
it is easy
Therefore,
will
limit
elastic
45,000 lbs.
of
extent
lbs. will
100
pull of
a
stretched
to
in
see
being
tightened. A
with
bolt
^-inch
pull to stretch it as a
to
1-inch bolt with stretch
it as
12
a
limit of 45,000 lbs. will
bolt with
1-inch
elastic limit
an
bolt
1-inch
with
an
elastic
of
twice
over
same
Again, the pull
35,000 lbs.
BOLTS.
TRACK
FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
limit
require the
35,000 lbs.
of
elastic limit of 75,000 lbs. requires
an
a
elastic
an
Material. be
shall
Steel If necessary
to
made
Physical Properties Bolts For
carbon
steel
Elastic
limit,
to
of
the
other bolts
approved be
may
process.
heat-treated.
the
following
requirements
:
:
not
Elongation, Reduction
or
Tests.
and
conform
shall
open-hearth
properties desired
the
secure
the
by
area,
"Adopted.
Vol.
14, 1913,
"Adopted,
Vol.
14,
1913,
less than
35,000 lbs.
not
less than
25 per
not
less than
50
pp.
101, 102,
pp.
102,
1063.
103, 1064.
per
cent, cent.
per
square
in 2 inches.
inch.
TRACK.
124
untreated
For
Elastic
nickel
other
or
limit,
For
of
heat-treated
area,
nickel
less
than
45,000
not
less
than
20
not
less
than
40
not
Elongation,
not
Reduction
of
limit
Elastic
other
or
limit,
Elastic
not
area,
shall in
:
not
Elongation, Reduction
alloy steel
no
case
lbs. per
:
75,000 lbs.
less
than
less
than
less
than
40
be
less
than
inches.
cent.
per
alloy steel
in 2
cent,
per
inch
square
15 per
per
in 2
cent,
inch.
square
inches.
cent.
per
50
ultimate
the
of
cent,
per
strength. The on
finished bolt
a
which 180
and
degrees
This
bolt,on
bend
steel, in
any
It is not
necessary
A
and
Workmanship
drawing The the
The
bolt
the
the
bend
made
specifications in
every
shall
tests
size
same
double
bend
and
cold
the
bent
finished
a
bolt.
portion.
satisfy the inspector
to
of
grade
finished
threaded
in the
test,
through
of
same
the
as
bolt.
bend
portion of
treatment
same
cold
outside
unthreaded
of
finished
a
the
by
fracture
following allowances,
submitted
the
to
length shall
that
respect.
manufacturer
not
be
the
bolt
shall
bolts
conform
to
the
:
than
more
track
inch
is
less
^
or
inch
than
more
shown.
diameter
dimension
the
to
from
determined
Finish.
the
to
dimension The
the
piece
test
a
of
turned
on
be
may
shall
the
on
area
in the bolts
be
number
meets
Subject
on
that the
sufficient
material
or
subjected
case,
used
made
be
of
determined
be
itself without
may
bolt
shall
bolts material
the
flatten
blank
a
the
reduction
piece J/2x2 inches
test
a
on
requires that
portion.
the
or
ductilityof
The
and
limit, elongation
elastic
of
shall
not
t'l inch
than
more
vary
from
the
shown. size of the
head
shall
not
vary
than
more
inch
in
from
the
sions dimen-
shown. The from
the The
the
The not
dimensions
dimensions shoulder
dimensions The
They
outside
than
shall
nut
not
vary
s'a inch
than
more
shown. of
and
the
nuts
shall have. the
less
the
bolt
shall
not
than
more
vary
inch
ej
from
shown.
heads
threads
of
may
two,
U.
be nor
shall
be
S. standard
either more
cut
or
than
free
from
upset rolled
checks
thread and
or
unless
shall
be
five, finger threads.
burrs
of
otherwise full and
any
kind.
specified. clean, with
125
TRACK.
Care
be
must
taken
avoid
to
damage
the
to
metal
overheating
by
manufacture.
in
Inspection.
a
with
proceeding
preliminary rolling before
in advance
give sufficient notice
shall furnish
manufacturer
required, the
When
of
the
filling of
the when
date
of
samples
bolts
the
from and
order
they will be
for
ready
inspection.
the work
times, while to
all parts
of
the
of
the bolts
The
tests
inspector from
of
one
and
Marking When
the
least two
they
in
marked
as
bolts
good, to
and
the
facilities to
accordance
with
conducted
so
satisfy himself
these
specifications. interfere
to
not
as
shall
manufacturer
necessarily un-
shall
the
be
packages.
the
lot will
be
may
found
are
shall
be
by the
selected
of the specifications the third
a
of
requirements
if it fails the
selected
samples
pieces
pieces fails
test
bolts
of
Two
requirements
meets
any
made
lot will
piece shall
test
be
specificationsthe
the
rejected.
be
to
for
defective
be
due
to
material
rejected.
Shipping.
threads,
packed
100 the
meet
shipment,
manufacture,
13
lot of
accepted, but
If, after
in
product
tested; if it
and
lot will be
or
If
mill
operation of the works.
if both
accepted.
selected
the
each
and
performed,
manufacture
the
concern
all reasonable
cost
furnished
of the finished
test
is being
purchaser
which
the
at
inspection shall be
with
be
of
being
are
and
Tests
the
works
made
be
inspector free
the
of
contract
all
at
entry
ordered.
inspectipn shall
that
each
the
on
free
shall have
purchaser
manufacturer's
the
material
The
afford
the
inspector representing
The
shipped they
are
shall
be
properly
serviceable
oiled
packages.
material, size of bolts
SPECIFICATIONS
shall
FOR
and
have
to
prevent
All
of
for
at
shall
be
applied
nuts
rusting
packages
name
SPIRAL
the
must
and
plainly
be
manufacturer.
SPRING
NUTLOCKS.
Material. Steel from or
other
which
approved
the nutlocks
process,
and
are
shall
made
be of
must
conform
to
the
analysis: Phosphorus, Sulphur, "Adopted,
Vol.
14, 1913,
pp.
not
over
.05 per
cent.
not
over
.05 per
cent.
103,
104,
105,
1064,
1065.
open-hearth following
steel,
chemical
127
TRACK.
inspection shall be made
The
nutlocks
the
that
inspector free
the
afford
The
with
unnecessarily Tests
inspector from for
each
lot will be
each
be
and
the lot will
accepted, but
and
When
of
the
pieces fails
to
interfere
nutlocks
found
are
selected
by
the
specificationsthe
third
a
of
requirements
the
will
specifications
the
rejected.
be
defective
be
to
piece shall
test
due
to
rejected.
be
may
tions. specifica-
pieces shall be selected of
lot
they
not
as
samples
Two
if it fails the
All
they shall
shipped
are
packages
SPECIFICATIONS
be
the
of
name
FOR
as
good, serviceable
in
packed
plainly marked
be
must
therein, and
contained
number
any
these
Shipping.
nutlocks
packages.
14
shipment,
made
be
test
; if it meets
with
satisfy himself
works.
requirements
the
of
one
facilities to
treatment.
the
meet
manufacture,
or
Marking
tested
be
If, after material
If
accepted.
selected
heat
separate
shall
manufacturer
conducted
so
the
the
accordance
in
shall
product
if both
and
test
of
operation
the finished
of the
furnished
inspection shall be
and
and
all reasonable
cost
being
are
tests
of
mill
the
at
material, size and
to
manufacturer.
the
ORDINARY
TRACK
SPIKES.
Material. Steel If
shall
be
to
necessary
made
by the the
secure
open-hearth
properties
other
or
desired, the
approved
spikes
process.
be
may
heat-
treated. and
Physical Properties Spikes
shall
Ultimate Elastic
Tests.
conform
to
strength,
not
less
than
55,000 lbs.
not
less
than
50
per
cent,
of
not
less
than
20
per
cent,
in 2
not
less
than
40
per
cent.
back
on
limit,
Elongation, Reduction The
finished
hammered
signs of
the
shall
head
show
following
bent no
signs of
requirements
:
inch.
square
per
ultimate
strength.
inches.
itself through
180
degrees
and
fracture.
of
the
spike is bent
of
the
spike is twisted
backward
cold
it shall
show
no
fracture.
When
signs of A
area,
spike, when
down,
When
no
of
the
the
"Adopted,
cold
V/i
turns
it shall
show
fracture.
sufficient
the material
body
number
meets
Vol.
the
14,
of
tests
will
be
specifications in
1913,
pp.
105,
106,
made every
1064,
to
satisfy the inspector
respect.
1065.
that
TRACK.
128
and
Workmanship Subject
following allowances, the
the
to
shall
spike
Finish.
conform
Thickness
the
to
shall
not
submitted
drawings
and
inch
of
dimensions
the
manufacturer.
the
to
^
than
more
vary
form
from
dimensions
the
shown. under
Length the
the
dimension
shown.
Thickness
of
the
head
be not
shall not
shall not
angle of the hook
shown
less,nor
-h
than
more
vary
inch
%
over
than
more,
from
inch
the
Spikes
than
more
vary
from
degree
one
that
drawing.
the
on
be
must
neatly formed, and
well-shaped heads
have
shall
shown.
dimensions The
head
from
free
burrs
and
edges, and
rough
sharp points.
Inspection. When from
preliminary rolling before
a
and
give sufificientnotice
for
inspection. The
the
all parts
of
the
the
the
The
tests
and
each
lot will
the
each
and
lot will
When
packages.
spikes
and
of
cost
be
If
at
name
will
free
spikes
be
entry
order
ready
at
all
being performed,
is
manufacture
the
concern
they
may
but
the
be
test
the
meets
Two
specifications.
these
interfere
to
are
pieces shall of
pieces fails
the a
sarily unneces-
found
lot will to
be
be
by the selected
be
specifications the
third of
requirements
if it fails the
be
satisfy himself
of samples selected
made
requirements
the
spikes
not
to
works.
packages.
100
with as
shall
manufacturer
the
facilities
conducted
so
of
of
and
in accordance
shall
one
any
mill
the
product
meet
accepted,
piece
test
the
shall
specifications
rejected.
defective
due
to
material
rejected.
Shipping.
spikes All
they
purchaser
all reasonable
the
tested; if it
shipment,
and
of
if both
manufacture,
Marking
lot
accepted.
selected
made
furnished
being
finished
and
test
be
be
operation
the
If, after or
are
from
inspector
the
shall have
which
works
fillingof
when
date
of the
the
with
purchaser
contract
inspection shall be
of
the
of
ordered.
spikes
Tests
the
the
manufacturer's
inspector free
with
be
the
on
inspection shall
thai
for
the
material
The afford
of
work
of
samples
furnish
shall
proceeding
advance
in
inspector representing
times, while to
manufacturer
required, the
are
shipped
packages of
must
they be
manufacturer.
shall
be
packed
plainly marked
as
in
good, serviceable
to
material,
size
of
129
TRACK.
FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
15
SPIKES.
SCREW
Material.
spikes shall be made
Screw
properties
chemical
The
following
Physical
limits
Phosphorus,
not
over
.05 per
cent.
Sulphur,
not
over
.05 per
cent.
and
Properties
Ultimate
spike
shall
limit,
Elongation, of
Reduction
The 180
The
and
A
the
Workmanship
rough
the
shall
of
cent,
of
not
less
than
22
per
cent,
in 2
not
less
than
40
per
cent.
the
spikes
finished
They
which
show
cold
per
cold
when
bent
shall
will
form the
to
be
edges.
axis
per
inch.
square
ultimate
strength.
inches.
through
angle of
an
signs of fracture.
no
through
be made
specificationsin
and
submitted
Spikes
50
bent
60,000 lbs.
of
angle
an
90
degrees
to
inspector that
satisfy the
respect.
every
Finish.
and
dimensions
drawings
less than
of tests
the
meets
than
:
fracture.
sufficient number
The
not
when
spike
following requirements
the
to
less
down
signs of
no
material
no
in
conform
not
hammered
finished
shall show
area,
used
material
degrees
the
to
Tests.
strength,
Elastic
spike shall conform
finished
the
of
steel.
open-hearth
:
finished
The
of
must
the
of
conform
spike shall
screw
the
to
manufacturer. smooth
shall
be
and of
in
size, with
exact
be situated
in
workmanlike
a
the
direct
having
manner,
heads,
symmetrical the
line of
shank
axis
of
spikes
produced. Inspection, When from and for
a
required,
manufacturer
rolling before
preliminary
give sufficient
the
notice
in
shall
proceeding
advance
of the
furnish with
date
the
samples
fillingof
the
they will
when
be
order
ready
inspection. The
inspector representing
times, while to
all parts
of
the The
afford
the work of
material
on
the
purchaser of
contract
the manufacturer's
works
shall
have
the purchaser which
concern
free
entry
is being the
at
all
performed,
manufacture
ordered.
inspection
shall
be
made
the inspector free of cost
"Adopted,
the
Vol.
14. 1913, pp.
at
the
mill
all reasonable 106, 107,
1065,
and
the
manufacturer
facilities to 1066.
shall
satisfy himself
130
TRACK.
that
the spikes
The
tests
and
with of
each
lot will be
and
lot will
If
manufacture,
or
and
Marking
and
shall
the
selected
of
third of
be
be
to
the
selected
specificationsthe
the a
by
be
pieces shall
will
lot
found
are
piece shall
test
specifications
the
rejected. due
defective
rial mate-
to
rejected.
be
may
sarily unneces-
Shipping.
spikes
When
they
interfere
to
requirements
the
meets
spikes
any
Two
pieces fails
the test
if it fails
but
specifications.
these
of samples
requirements
the
of
one
not
as
made
be
packages.
meet
accepted,
shipment,
shall
100
tested; if it
be
If, after
be
if both
accepted.
selected
the
and
with
works.
the
lot of
each
conducted
so
the finished product
test
be
of
operation
from
inspector for
inspection shall be
the
Tests
in accordance
furnished
being
are
plainly marked
properly
oiled
packages.
material, size of spike and
to
as
be
good, serviceable
in
packed
be
shall
shipped they
are
to
All
packages
must
manufacturer.
of
name
ing rust-
prevent
"ANTI-CREEPERS.
GENERAL
TO
REQUIREMENTS AND
They
of
The
be
must
THE
IN
DESIGN
substantial
be
can
under
fit two
to
as
readily removed full-ballasted
enough
stand
to
different
more
or
and
re-applied.
track.
driving
to
place without
breaking.
least
When
them
They
of
possible number
applied they
tie with
they
apply
to
easy
designed
so
that
so
be
must
They chance
rail and
of
MET
MANUFACTURE.
Anti-creepers shall be weights
BE
in
shall
kind
any
be
be
must
of
in
ballast
with
made
movable
parts
is desirable.
position rigidly enough without
sufficient
to
carry
the
slipping. take-up
to
permit
of
proper
tightening. When
in place they when
the
Controlling
rail or
Anti-creepers destruction
by
slacks
delicate made
'"
in
Adopted,
loosen
sufficientlyto
render
them
erative inop-
back.
parts
should
be
made
of
non-rustable
material.
of steel shall be of sufficient size to minimize
made
of
properly annealed,
distortion
not
their
rust.
Anti-creepers iron
must
application Vol.
14,
malleable
iron
must
and
of
sufficient weight
or
in
service.
1913,
pp.
107,
1066.
be
from to
furnace
prevent
malleable
breakage
and
131
TRACK.
TO
AGENCIES
"DESIRABLE
SECTION
secure
better
a
The
(1)
of
class
period during
which
the
and
which
those
following shall
be
foreman.
given
section
of
apprenticeship
for
that
of
position
these
same
as
to
compensation
and
should
be
men
a
a
defined
laborer,
men qualitiesfor fore-
the necessary
show
in
agencies
:
shall be the
who
desirable
as
principle of pay
men
application of
The
periodical meetings,
title of
the
promoted
The
(3) is in
use
printed
Later
of
several
on
the
best
and
larger
foremen
to
sent
are
is
to
assistant
of
that
written
by
the
instruct
system
foremen of
such
system,
articles
officers
supervising
results
ing concern-
men.
this
In
assistant
on
contemplates
educational
an
railways.
and
conducted
the
among
possible of
practices
examination
an
discussion
the
shall
officers
supervising
application where
with
dealing
which
at
which
education
of
method
a
shall encourage
practice and
are
the
rate
OF
foreman.
(2)
as
foremen
increase
an
this
From
recommended
section
application of
CLASS
BETTER
FOREMEN,
principles are
following
The
A
OBTAIN
free
of
and cost.
promotion
which
depends.
"MAINTENANCE
(a)
LINE.
Tangents. Tangents
or
OF
should
by throwing
and
to
curves
partially throwing
should
(b)
be
set
Use
Curves; Easement
of
2
inches
The
with
or
of
to
as
secure
Easement
for easement
or
and
curves
least
Centers
alinement, With
easement
562;
rather of
curves
Vol.
"Adopted,
Vol.
461-463.
6
should
curves
"Adopted, Vol.
than
with
all
requiring
curves
highest permissible curves
should
be
6, 1905, 464; Vol.
degrees and
14, 1913,
not
pp.
less
over,
108-109,
130,
240
elevation
of
the
by
the
worst
ultimate features
speed.
which
than
an
speed.
governed
by existing schedule
be
work.
line.
accurate
speed possibilities, considering probable revision of
curves;
by partiallythrowing
require the
may
between
Curves.
be used
the
summits
between
tangents;
tangents
should
more
choice
meet
transit
of
curves
adjusted
be
are
speed-limiting curves,
feet long.
1058,
1059.
Vol. 3, 1902, pp. 55, 56, 67-78; 5, 1904, pp. Vol. 753, 754, 759-761; 10, Part 1, 1909, pp. 12, Part 402, 447; Vol. 1, 1911, pp. 16, 1915,
527, 528, 535, pp.
400,
429,
pp.
731, 1145.
561, 430,
132
TRACK.
With should
speed-limiting
calculated
hour
per
lengths in feet
have
With should
have for
in
speed
lengths
miles
Longer be
may
recommended
affect
in all
used of
main
such
of
The
curve.
on
cent,
determined but
never
For
the
minimum
affect
the
affect
minor is
cost
lengths
adversely
any
should
cost.
over
minimum
lengths would
greater
ultimate
the
and
seriously
not
elevation
sometimes,
effect
per
curves
the
thus
lengths
the
50
will
miles
inches.
unnecessary
of
easement
two-thirds
convenient
be
about
increase
speed,
minimum
is wholly
of
degree
where
in
consideration
in
speed
the
thirty times
elevation
will
length
than than
the
and
length
in
the
cases
elevations
length
elevation
of
should
easement
nor
should
the
be
degrees
of
with
elevation
no
uniformly
out
run
tangents
on
over
the
and
full
curves.
should
curves
change
and
attained
be
curves
circular
on
Easement and
than
limit
to
less
nor
curves
inches.
less
the
times
easement
curves.
Curve full
in
likely not
times
8
degrees,
5^
than
of
speed,
careful
when
adversely
of
curves
increase
an
feet
hour
increase without
curves
not
6
than
less
not
are
advantage
to
less
elevation
ultimate
per
used
made
in
easement
considerable be
the
of
an
which
curves
inches
in
for
of
curves
elevation
be
used
between
should
be
effected
just
different
of
curves
between
as
degrees, and
curves
tangents. form
Any (1) be
In
changed
shall
be
to
(2)
cubic
same
(c)
that
so
distance
the
be
can
Which
is of or
in
run
angle
angle
the
the
10-chord
in
the
which
the
curve
length
of
readily
can
easement
rail
outer
deflection
by
offset
or
is
small.
one-tenth exceeds
is
used
be
may
general
of
type
either
Holbrook, Crandall, Talbot,
spiral
Permanent
'Permanent of
cases
degree of
in
increase
curve
is raised
from
chords
with
of
length.
approximately central
of
rate
elevation.
Which
spiral length central
is satisfactory:
curve
particular as
full
parabola, The
the
suit
to
desired
(3)
easement
which
the
nothing
any
of
recommended. in
To the
staking
length
out
of
Searles
and
10-chord
Chords
the
secure
the
of
the
10-chord
most
accurate
spiral should
spiral, the spiral.
part
any
of
spiral when results be
used
the the
chords
when
the
15 degrees.
Monuments. monuments
should
of
of
spiral, points
change
be
placed
curvature,
at
points of
summits,
and
tangent, at
such
points other
TRACK.
points along
curves
tangents
or
reproduced
with
100
alinement
be
to
tically iden-
300
LENGTH
OF
Feet".
in 400
EASEMENT
500
CURVE.
Curves.
For
all
spiral
which
curves
should
inches." not
the
Spiral
200
MINIMUM
of
enable
of
Lenghh
O
Limiting
will
as
transit.
a
Minimum
133
Longer
spirals affect
adversely
liable
are
that
equal
be
may
the
to
limit
indicated
degree
the
the
on
provided
used of
curve
of
spiral
or
of
speed line
trains,
marlied
the
increased
seriously
the
length
"Elevation
affect
the
8
=
does
length
of
cost
construction.
Minor
Curves.
For
minor
Indicated
by
length
Spirals .speed
is
less
the
curves
the may need than
length
diagram; be not two
an
desirable be
used inches.
of
increase
where when
cost elevation
should about
is
not
never
50
per
seriously
required
for
be
less
than
that
cent,
over
the
cated indi-
affected. highest
permissible
135
TRACK.
in
T. C.
The
point of
C. T.
The
point of change
C. C.
The
point of change
change
from
circular
from
of
in degree
point of
the
curve,
alinement
circular
The
point of
change
from
tangent
S. C.
The
point of
change
from
spiral
C. S.
The
point of change
5. T.
The
point of change
S. S.
The The
become a
The
point
angle between
The
point
any
The
angle
at
and B
The
the
to
the chord
angle
tangent c
The
from
chord
C
The
chord
d
The
degree
D
/
The The
The
/ L 0
The The
R s
central any
circular
degree
ordinate
The
of
S.
to
of
radius
circular
5"
The
length
u
The
distance
of
tangent
on
the
chord
and of
the
tangent
from
the
from
the
that
at
point
T.
S.
and
the
from
any
the
from
; the
total
central
angle
circle
circular
stations from
S. to
T. S. to
distance
at
spiral.
the
on
T.
the
offset
spiral in stations
through
necessary)
S.
station
per
the
tangent
if
spirals.
the
spiral in
spiral.
spiral (produced
T.
T. C; to
spiral.
final tangents
curve
central
the
the
the
on
the
on
the
of
through
offset
the
the
T. 5.
curve.
chord
osculating
length of the
the
5". C.
the
spiral in feet
the
the
of
point
any
point
any
parallel tangent
radius
S. and
T.
chord
the
length of the spiral in feet
The
from
S.
between
curve
length of the
The
T.
the initial and
The
The
the
T. S. to at
angle between
a
r
T.
curve
in
the
spiral,between
the
on
the tangent
increase
chord
the
5". C.
the
between
angle
of k
of
degree of
and I
the
from
T. S. and
at
tangent
C.
the
at
C. S.
and
stationing is changed.
of
at the
5". C.
spiral.
from
S.
the
at
5". T., and
5". C.
point
any
direction
the
the
curve.
spiral.
to
curve
T., T. S. and
tangent
on
between
angle
T. S. b
the
circular
to
spiral to another.
one
C.
the
when
transposed
pound com-
spiral to tangent.
from
C. and
the point of
;
spiral.
to
circular
from
change
T.
symbols
to
A
of
from
curve
curve.
reverse
T. S.
curve.
tangent.
to
curve
circular
to
tangent
any
the
between
given point. 5". C. the
tangent
and
curve.
any
given
point
of
the
spiral.
curve.
from from
the
the
T. S. to
the
T. S. to
T. S. to
given point
of
the
the
any
the
given point. S.
intersection
spiral.
C. with
a
TRACK.
136
U
The
distance tangent
V
distance
The
to
V
The
the
from
the
T. S. to
through the 5". C;
the
longer spiral tangent.
on
the
on
the
distance
tangent
with
intersection the
on
tangent
with
intersection
through
tangent
the
the
the
intersection
from
given point
any
the
through
tangent
through
the
5". C. from
tangent
through
the
T.
a
point
that S.
T.
the
with
S. C. to
S.; the
the
shorter
spiral tangent. x
abscissa
The
or
tangent
distance
or
tangent
distance
of
given point, referred
any
to
the
T. S. X y
The The
abscissa ordinate
or
tangent
offset
of the S. C, of any
point
referred
the
T. S.
spiral.
the
on
to
,
V
The
ordinate
or
tangent
offset of
the
Z
The
abscissa
or
tangent
distance
of
5". C. the
offset
T.
C,
to
any
referred
to
the
T. S. 5
The
A
The
Ts
central central
The
The
the
of
the
distance
of
I. (point of distance
external
FORMULAS
spiral from
of
angle
tangent P.
Es
angle
THE
FOR
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
ANGLE
CENTRAL
spiraled
intersection of
the
T.
S.
given point.
spiral.
whole the
the
of
offset
EXACT
curve;
S.
to
curve.
DETERMINATION
NOT
T.
from
tangents).
TEN-CHORD DOES
distance
SPIRAL EXCEED
THE
OF WHEN
45
THE
DEGREES.
(1)
(2)
A
=
yzL "0.00297
AS
(3)
seconds
(4)
B=A"A
C=zL X
=
{cosO.3
A
-\-.004
exsec
(5)
3/4A)
(6)
CcosA
(7)
Y=CsinA sinB U
=
,.;
C
sin A
(8)
137
TRACK.
sin A V^C
(9) sin
A
50 R
(10)
=
sin Z
X
=
Rsin
"
o=Y
D
Yi
A
Rvers
"
(11) A
Tz=(R-{-o)
(12) Z
(y2l) +
fan
(13)
s
E
=(R-\-o)
(Vzl) -{- 0
exsec
(14)
s
FORMULAS
formulas
The tables.
For
presented in
use
of
functions derived
of
for
A a
y3A
=
10 kS^
A
similar
transit
to
the
transit X Y
point,
does
L
(^
=^{20 =
L
iY3+
F
=
L
(^
=A
(0.5
cos
Veo
A
degrees.
used
when
A
+
for
the
applied though
they
IS
sin
^^-y^c
^
A
exsec
^
A
-\- sin
t;^r.yi^
angle
are
^
vers
angle from
set
at
from the
an
the T.
S.
A
(17)
)
(18)
-f Vio
vers
J4
A
)
)
A)
is
tions deflec-
degrees.
A)
Y3 ^)
turning
transit
central
included
the
V22
the
included
less
exceed
+3
A
(1 D
sight,
Ya
.12885
"
be
for
accurate
15
exceed
spiral if the
vers
-f 'V39
sufficiently
are
not
"/""
^y^
L=
error,
the
/,^".
may
of
Y2
sin
(sin Y2
Z=:L
serious
be
require
^^^
not
the
on
U
o
does
)
point
"
all
can
not
ciently suffi-
^1^^
(16)
and
the
=:i
formulas
do
are
spiral.
approximation point
to
they
formulas
\ minutes]
A
intermediate
point
that
of
preparation
minutes
(or
S
the
empirical
following
The
for
adapted
"
(15)
Formulas
best
are
spiral without
the
J
10 ks^
when
of
USE.
FIELD
advantage
chord.
completed
=
A
the
long
parts
the
=
have
the
any
above
field, the
the
and
accurate
computation
FOR
(19) (20)
Y2
cos
".073
D
(21) jD.ym
+.000018/^0)7^ '
A
(22) ^^^^
TRACK.
138
STAKING
The
spiral and
tangent
the
directly as should
be
half
middle on
tangent
distance
methods
theoretical
but
curve,
If closer
be
will the
from
While
by
offsets of
use
when If
the
minutes in
times
O.S
the
2
=
additional
main =
results
any
entire
spiral
y.
spiral,either
the
obtained
are
the
by
method
convenient
most
chords,
Z?
the
==
4,
deflections
are
the
j^
O.S
:=
of
length and
the
as
in the
a^
d
=
of
squares
first deflection.
deflections
coefficients, as
first deflection
the
times
and
these
to
with
and
x
staking
curve
500
remaining
apply of
in
used
equal
ten
L
variance
used.
not
the
to
spiral.
the
on
coordinate
the
4, 9, 16, etc., times
or
table
transit
the
point P"
distance
P'
P".
the
rule
the
case
P"
P'
This
15 degrees,
point used
latter
distance
from
The
exceeds
A
a
of
the
is desired, the
accurate
into
offset
the
apply
well
as
to
the
deflections
as
formulas
of
use
(16).
When
to
the
is
the
equidistant points
at
is frequently the
when
limitations
from and
g.,
minutes.
same
derived
In
e.
numbers,
The
(15)
degree
the
stations ;
chord
divided
spiral be
equals
chord
P'
most
through-line stationing
for
spiral along
DEFLECTIONS.
be
may
equal chords, which
ten
the
one-
practical consequence.
no
of
use
the
spiral equal
between
curve
BY
chord
deflections, the
or
by
SPIRALS
length of
any
of
are
theoretical
the
C.
spirals somewhat
the tangent
STAKING
offsets
vary
This
C.
S.
the
equidistant points
variations
to
T.
the
offsets, making
of
length
offset
and
curve
and
normal
from
the offsets
point of the
total
the
to
produce
adherence
staked
the
using oblique
circular
or
half
S.
T.
the
middle
offset
being
by making
curve,
from
the
for
else by measuring
Both
circular
distance
offset
point of spiral and
the
may
normal
bisecting the
tangent,
by offsets, one-half
from
the
OFFSETS.
either by using right angle and
or
or
o;
of
cube
done
right angle
half
other
the
staked
be
may
BY
SPIRALS
is the
plus
being simply the
or
deflection minus
or
to
between
deflection
applies equaljy
5". T.,
formula
a
to
T.
the
the
initial
spirals
run
spiral connecting
requisite portion
S. and
angle from for
the
(3) should
of
the
a
degree
used
be the
through
curve
spiral deflection
in two
from
any
circular
an
5". T.
tangent of
else
or
a
point
P'
for
the
angle
for
the
at
point
the
curves,
ordinary spiral.
on
The
spiral, latter
rule
is
139
TRACK.
exceeds
following
deflection for
central
the
The
should
and
approximate
various
A
of
ai
table
following
varying by tenths
to
the
of
L
of
curve.
end
of
and
To
D
obtain
value
value
L
for
desired
and
in
Interpolate the
etc., proceed
and
the
the
the
functions
exactly
first chord
of
TEN-CHORD
to
P"
chord
points
for
the
coordinates
in
a
find
from
formula
For
which
k
tabulated
it by L.
Z
the
D
and
will
(1),
value
of
and
Z
point
on
o
of
apply
and
X
Y
coefficients offset
point
choosing
give
a
derive
the
it gives
A
of
V ; also
feet, knowing of
the
and
values
for
coordinates
and
o
value
L
values
C, the
of
angle A
same
U
POINTS
SPIRAL.
deflection
the
long chord
quantity
CHORD
TO
spiral tangents
multiply
column
when
THE
degrees, and
determining A
P'
15 degrees.
the
other
to
ANGLES
OF
choosing
or
Opposite
quantity
indicated
For
L,
of
which
by
from
than
more
deflection
give the
DEFLECTION
the
desired
by
coefficient
gives values
obtaining
any
equation (2).
FOR
spiral and
the
P'
to
angle
central
transit.
the
of
the
T. S.
the
to
obtaining
for
for
proper
as
gives
when
the
FUNCTIONS
OF
coefficients of L
the
table
OF
TABLE
of
from
positions
COEFFICIENTS
The
angle
multiplied
be
is to
used
be
not
a
proper
A
from
coefficient for the
coefficients
heading.
necessary.
of in the
any same
intermediate manner
as
for
the
the
spiral
completed
as
x,
spiral.
y.
TRACK.
140
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAL.
141
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN
-CHORD
SPIRAL."
Cont'd.
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
143
TEN-OHORD
SPIRAL,."
Cont'd.
TRACK.
14.4
TABLE
OP
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAL."
Cont'd.
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
145
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAL."
Cont'd.
TRACK.
146
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN-
CHORD
SPIRAL"
Cont'd.
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
147
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAL."
Cont'd.
TRACK.
148
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN-CHORD
SPIRALr"
Cont'd.
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
149
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAL."
Cont'd.
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
151
TEN-CHORD
S'PIHAL."
Cont'd.
152
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAL"
Cont'd.
TRACK.
TABLE
FUNCTIONS
OF
OF
o
.676
566
.342
378
.043
"="
253
153
THE
mil
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAL."
nD
"
nxL
.009
78
.495
610
Cont'd.
nD
"
.036
50
30.0"
.676
634
.342
441
.043
395
.009
84
.495
580
.036
61
30.1"
.676
702
.342
503
.043
536
.009
91
.495
551
.036
72
30.2"
.676
770
.342
566
.043
678
.009
97
.495
522
.036
83
30.3"
.676
839
.342
629
.043
819
.010
04
.495
492
.036
94
30.4"
.676
908
.342
692
.043
961
.010
10
.495
463
.037
05
30.5"
.676
977
.342
755
.044
102
.010
17
.495
433
.037
16
30.6"
.677
046
.342
819
.044
244
.010
2y
.495
403
.037
27
30.7"
.677
116
.342
882
.044
385
.010
30
.495
374
.037
38
30.8"
.677
186
.342
947
.044
527
.010
36
.495
344
.037
49
30.9"
.677
256
.343
Oil
.044
668
.010
43
.495
314
.037
60
31.0"
.677
326
.343
075
.044
810
.010
49
.495
284
.037
71
31.1'
.677
397
.343
140
.044
951
.010
56
.495
253
.037
82
31.2
.677
468
.343
205
.045
092
.010
62
.495
223
.037
92
31.3"
677
539
.343
270
.045
234
.010
69
.495
193
.038
03
31.4"
.677
610
.343
336
.045
375
.010
76
.495
162
.038
14
31.5"
.677
682
.343
401
.045
516
.010
82
.495
132
.038
25
31.6"
.677
754
.343
467
.045
658
.010
89
.495
101
.038
36
31.7"
.677
826
.343
534
.045
799
.010
96
.495
070
.038
47
31.8"
.677
898
.343
600
.045
940
.011
03
.495
039
.038
58
31.9"
.677
971
.343
667
.046
081
.01,1 09
.495
008
.038
68
32.0"
.678
044
.343
733
.046
222
.011
16
.494
977
.038
79
32.1"
.678
117
.343
801
046
363
.011
23
.494
946
.038
90
32.2"
.678
190
.343
868
046
504
.011
30
.494
915
.039
01
32.3" 32.4"
.678
264
.343
936
.046
646
.011
36
.494
884
.039
12
.678
338
.344
003
.046
787
.011
43
.494
852
.039
22
32.5"
.678
412
.344
071
.046
928
.011
50
.494
821
.039
33
32.6"
678
487
.344
140
.047
069
.011
57
.494
7S9
.039
44
32.7"
"78
561
.344
208
.047
210
.011
64
494
Y57
.039
54
32.8"
.
.678
636
.344
277
.047
350
.011
71
.494
725
.039
65
32.9"
.678
712
.344
346
.047
491
.011
78
.494
694
.039
76
33.0"
678
787
.344-415
.047
632
.011
85
.494
662
.039
87
33.1"
678
863
.344
485
.047
773
.011
92
.494
629
.039
97
33.2"
678
939
."344
555
.047
914
.011
99
:494
597
.040
OS
33.3"
.679
015
.344
625
.048
055
.012
06
.494
565
.040
092
.344
695
.048
195
.012
13
.494
533
.040
19 29
33.4"
679 .679
168
.344
765
.048
336
.012
20
.494
500
.040
40
33.6"
33.5"
.679
245
.344
836
048
477
.012
27
.494
468
.040
50
33.7"
.679
323
.344
907
.048
618
.012
34
.494
435
.040
61
33.8"
.679
400
.344
978
.048
758
.012
41
.494
402
.040
72
33.9"
.679
478
.345
049
.048
899
.012
48
.494
369
.040
82
34.0"
.679
556
.345
121
.049
039
.012
55
.494
336
.040
93
34.1"
.679
634
.345
.049
180
.012
62
.494
303
.041
03
34.2"
.679
713
.345
-193 265
.049
321
.012
69
.494
270
.041
14
34.3"
.679
792
.345
338
.049
461
.012
77
.494
237
.041
24
34.4"
.679
871
.345
410
.049
602
.012
84
.494
204
.041
35
34.5"
.679
950
.345
483
.049
742
.012
91
.494
170
.041
45
34.6"
.680
030
.345
556
.049
882
.012
98
.494
137
.041
56
34.7"
.680
110
.345
630
.050
023
.013
06
.494
103
.041
66
34.8"
.680
190
.345
703
.050
163
.013
13
.494
070
.041
77
34.9"
.680
270
.345
777
.050
304-
.013
20
.494
036
.041
87
35.0"
=
154
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN-
CHORD
SPIRALr"
Cont'd.
155
TRACK.
TABLE
OP
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAL,."
Cont'd.
156
TRACK.
TABLE
OF
FUNCTIONS
OF
THE
TEN-CHORD
SPIRAI^-Cont'd.
157
TRACK.
TABLE
OP
FUNCTIONS
OP
THE
TEN-
CHORD
SPIRAL."
Cont'd.
159
TRACK.
Where
easement
maintained
be
of
curve
or
throughout
compound
a
out
run
approximately in
speed
elevation
attained
being
respectively
feet
sharper
at
rate
a
1^
times
not
be
exceeded.
to
the
equal
to
the
of
should
8
inches
regulated
be
should conform
to
maximum
used. inner
The
(b)
elevation
should
the
throughout
curve
in
distance
a
elevation
an
trains
of
in
elevation
hour.
per
Ordinarily
Speed
inch
and
curve
lighter
full
the
possible, the
and
tangent
one
miles
if
curve,
the
on
simple
a
used
not
are
curves
rail
be
maintained
curves
to
connect
determined
by
grade.
at
Curves:
Vertical The
should
of
use
vertical
in
changes
is
gradient
recommended. The
On
minor
roads
A
0.05
per
0.2
be roads
in
station
station
per
of
rates
sags
on
the
gradients
change
of
0.1
should
not
be
summits
and
iron
or,
0.1
be
to
nected. con-
station
per
on
exceeded. station
per
On in
sags
used.
be
(c)
Class
and
summits
may
should
length
Proper (1)
Methods
Earth
Tools:
of
Tamping:
Clay Ballast:
or
Shovel
with
equipped
cuff
broad-faced
handle;
ing tamp-
bais. Method: of end
tie
Tamp handle
with
of
the
tie
rail; tamp dirt
or
packed
of
of
clay
between
with
feet
earth
the
ties; be
of
track. Cinder
Shovel,
Method:
Same Burnt
Tools:
pick
special attention
ties
bar
with
should
it will
above
ties
the
the should
higher than, the top
or
(Railroad bar
for
Product) or
rail
pass
of in
shed
bottom
of
not
touch
of, the
the
under
the
shovel;
layers
and
the
firmly
the
water;
the
ends
the
rail
ties in the
end
before
over
the
quickly
to
tamp
tamping
to
placed
the
possible,
train
blade
the be
that
so
banked
tamping as
let
If
of
of and
middle
:
tamping
pick.
gravel.
Clay Ballast:.
Shovel or
as,
first and
the
be
inside
bar.
loosely
Ballast
Tools:
(3)
rail
inches
tamping
ties
not
high
as
(2)
of
18
or
filling between
the
should
shovel
otherwise,
or
should
from
rail; give
center
the
the
of
tie
outside
inside
tamping
each
only
should
in
be
soft
used.
material.
When
burnt
very
hard, tamping
TRACK.
160
Method: of
end
(4)
Broken
Tools:
the
before
of
inside
end
rail
end
to
tie, tamping
inside
tamping
ties; dress
of
ballast
of rail; tamp
same
for
as
earth
(5)
bar
tamping
of
should
of
dress
for
train
to
the rail; tamp
under of
pass
over
well
under
in accordance
tie; finish
solid
train not
to
pass
tie should
the
or
instead
point 15 inches
a
the
end
of
before
After
bar.
loosely tamped
the
of
rail
inside
of
the
rail;
care
.
should
Tie
rail to
of
tie outside
the
tamping
old bed.
tamping
inside
solidly
be tamped
train
passed, the
has
with
the
blade
case
of picking up
shovel;
the
of
ballast.
stone
as
be
pick
tamping
practice.
the
or
light traffic,
For
is recommended
bar
tamping
over
disturb
to
bar.
traffic, the
heavy
The
from
tamping
or
For
ordinary
end, using pick
same
tie; if possible,
Ballast:
tie; if possible, tamp
be taken
center
of
end
allow
center
pick
be used.
pick
allow
the
rail to
well
tamp
Chert
or
sufficient.
Tamp
the
first and
from
is
should
Method: end
not
Shovel, tamping
tamping
of the
do
of
first and
rail
of rail; tamp
Chats, Gravel
tamping
inside
of
forks.
stone
section.
Tools: shovel
Slag:
pick,
inches
of same;
standard
with
IS
tie outside
tamping
ties from
Furnace
or
tamping
Tamp
end
tamp
General:
(6) When
surfacing
not
other
low
difference
excessive elevation
continue
to
surfaced
in
of
out
SPEEDS
OF
Diagrams shown
"Adopted,
in
rails
the
is not
elevation
out
places, the
Where
are
of
before
pass
between
Stone
Shovel,
Method:
"
well
loosely; tamp
inside
cinders.
or
a
inches
tie first,letting train
center
or
15
Tamp
until
of face,
general
level
out
are
in
as
of
is uniform
between
the
time
as
the
the
where
not
rails
of 5^ inch
track
would
turbed. dis-
be
in
difference
long stretches
over
two
should
track
of level, but
and
such
the
joints
low
may
of track, be
mitted per-
ordinarily
face.
TRAINS
of
THROUGH
speeds
following Vol.
15,
1914,
of
trains
CURVES
through
pages.
pp.
594,
1063.
curves
AND
and
TURNOUTS.
level
turnouts
be
TRACK.
"
RELATIVE
The to
THROUGH
SPEEDS
following
table
shows
relative
give the equivalent riding conditions than
less
="
theoretically required:
Adopted,
Vol.
15, 1914,
161
pp.
594.
1068.
LEVEL
speeds to
track
TURNOUTS.
through elevated
level
turnouts,
three
inches
162
TRACK.
TRACK.
163
TRACK.
164
or
5PEEDS
UNBALANCED ALL TTIOSC
OFTHREE
SPEEDS INCHES
HEIGHTS OF
ELEVATION OF
TRAINS LESS
CENTER ON
THAN
CURVES
ON
TF2AINS
CURVES THE
=
OF
3"
GRAVITV
HAVING THEORETICAL
AN
ELE^^TION ELEVATION
TRACK.
SPEEDS
"TURNOUTS
LEVEL. HEIGHT
"ZO
"TRAINS
or
THROUGH
10
165
30
or
AO
CENTER
50
OF
60
GRAVITV
TO
=
60
"4"
90
100
110
167
TRACK.
^
(a)
of
Tie
(1)
.plates will
maintenance
(2) braces
For
from
in
their
all
where
cases
and
in
economy
use.
recommended
are
rails
guard
in
rails
stock
traffic, shoulder
heavy
medium
For
(4)
preference
switches
at
rail
to
braces
where
should
tie plates
be
used
on
all
rails
tie plates
should
curves
on
tie plates
should
used
be
on
all
degrees.
three
light traffic,where
For
both
traffic,shoulder
over
curves
on
(5) of
and
curves.
on
ties
of track
spreading
prevent
used.
be
(3)
to
recommended
are
tie plates
for
except
used
curves:
on
result
Shoulder
should
ties
rails
GAGE.
OF
methods
and
Appliances canting
MAINTENANCE
double
be
used, the
not
are
when
spiked
outside
necessary.
General:
(b)
(1)
The
(2)
Within
and it is
not
seriously
constant
to
amounted
to
standard
slight variation
a
provided
distances. track
regage
one-half
than
more
the
be
objectionable, long
over
necessary
should
limits,
proper
is not
standard
used
(tool)
gage
of
inch,
conditions
ordinary in
providing
the
is uniform
variation
increase
if the
from
gage
the
Under
mended. recom-
gage
has
gage
not
is
increase
such
uniform.
(3) need
Wide
not
be
it should
due
gage,
until
corrected
be
to
rail, within
worn
the
excess
the
over
by closing
corrected
in
gage
safe
limits
of
is equal to
wear,
Yi inch low
interchanging the
by
or
the
;
and
high rails. (4) be
held
against
(5) that the
the
of the
-""
Vol. Vol.
the
face
of
The
tie, and
never
outside
spiked
be
with
shall
have
spikes
inside
to
of
spikes
standard
while
gage,
spike
vertically and
square,
in
come
be
to
the
bar
a
started
be
spike
the
the
is to
gage
Spikes should
spike should (6)
.757,
track
Where
straightened
both near
rails the
with
contact
while
should
other.
rail should
the
is being
driven.
and
driven
the
The
of rail;
base
being be
so
near
driven.
edge
one
inside
Vol. Vol. Adopted, 534, 535, 563-569; 5, 1904, 6, 1905, pp. pp. Vol. 759-761; 7, 1906, pp. 654, 664; Vol. 10, Part 1, 1909, pp. 398, Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910, pp. 934, 935, 944-946; 12, Part 1, 1911, pp. 16, 1915, pp. 732, 1145.
and
749, 400, 402,
out-
750, 467;
465;
TRACK.
168
spikes should
side
from
spike 2J^ inches
=*
the
apart
practice should
ordinary
of the
edge
outer
face
the
as
and be
drive
to
the
spike holes
old
The
tie.
character
plugged.
be
should
the
far
as
The
permit.
tie will
of the
spaced
be
REQUISITES
(1)
There
should
(2)
Stands
(3)
The
be
should
operating
SWITCHSTANDS.
FOR
in
lost motion
no
parts.
adjustable throw
have
an
lever
of ground
stands
the
on
should
foot.
parallelwith
work
track.
(4) for
is set
and
Throwing
of
movement
be
locked
be
arranged that
so
train, it will
a
rod
throwing
the
should
apparatus
be
thrown
to
of
independent
position
extreme
an
latch
the
the switch
when
stand
the
on
lever.
be the
(5)
The
stand
(6)
The
connection
should
the stand
when
stand
(7)
The
stand
(8)
The
target the
unless
(9)
The
all
over
No.
No.
10 up
and
11-foot
be
effect the of
and
to
up
and
laid
yards,
gradual
manufacture
16
out,
=!*
Adopted,
Vol.
'"
Adopted,
Vol.
so
to
frogs main far
as
decrease
5, 1904,
of
pp.
from
for
easily inspected.
main
track
ments move-
" .
recommended
are
10; 22-foot
points for frogs
where
they
frogs of
and
other of
amount
525, 526, 571; 374, 375,
979.
Vol.
frogs
frogs
over
No.
over
junctions;
frogs,
so
the
carried.
6, 1905,
pp.
757,
758,
quirements re-
work
new
nurnbers, lessen
stock
14
required.
are
meeting all general
as
switches
for
for
points
practicable,for these three
the
pp.
13, 1912,
points
under
track
be
can
No.
drawing
recommended
are
rod
throwing
position.
signal
14; 33-foot
and
6
should
stand
SWITCHES.
switch
No.
the
against the stock rail.
OF
elimination
and
clear
including No.
including
and
11 for
should
snug
LENGTHS
points for No.
8,
Nos.
show
work, 16^-foot
new
to
up
working
and the
separate
to
arranged that it
so
not
are
rod
throwing
in
up
shall conform
targets
6
be
should
*'
For
the
impossible
is set
should
points
snowproof.
between
it will be
arranged that
so
be
760.
as
to cost
169
TRACK.
FOR
PLANS
'RUN
WEB
FILLER
tvvi
wJ
W%ri
A-/\
NO.
'8
FROG
RIGID
WEB
,'"RUN
STEEL
-ROLLED
SECT/ON
A-A
NO.
="
OF
END
FILLER
STEEL
^ROLLED
SECTION
TO
RAIL
POIUT
or
SWITCHES.
'''Wi
-Wvix
SECTION
AND
FROGS
Adopted,
77
Vol.
OF
TO
END
OF
F
I
L L E f
FILLER!
B-B
SECT/ON
C-C
FROG
RIGID
13, 1912,
RAIL
POINT
pp.
374, 379,
380,
383, 384, 385, 968.
TRACK.
17(1
3 CO
I -". iNiodJo
e3M
Nny\
TRACK.
171
i
I
172
TRACK.
='
The
of
heel
the
section
off
^
of
inch
BLOCKING.
should
frog
a
FROG
made
be
rail,securely bolted, and
below
of
top
rail to
act
with with
as
the
riser
a
filler block,
steel
a
end
outer
the
for
filler
of
planed
of
edge
outer
fit
to
worn
treads. The
wings
blocked
with
throats
metal
of all frogs, switches
wood
or
block, shaped
flange clearance,
vertical
1^-inch
=^
and
SPECIFICATIONS
and
FOR
rails,should
fit rail sections, and
to
bolted
be
guard
and
AND
CROSSINGS
FROGS,
give
to
secured.
otherwise
or
be
SWITCHES.
INSTRUCTIONS.
GENERAL
The
1.
will
Company
drawings.
The
alinement,
general
furnish will
drawings
the
to
show
dimensions
sections, splice drilling, angles,
rail
and
specifications and
manufacturer
details
such
as
the
Company
may
for
approval
detail
desire. 2.
When
drawings
requested,
in
used
with
sectional
shall
submit
dimensions
of
all parts
specifications. Conventional
these
All
drawings.
plainly in figures.
shown
and
construction
showing
in accordance be
manufacturers
dimensions
title shall be
The
and
placed
shall
shading
distances
in the
nished fur-
be
to
shall
be
right-hand
lower
corner.
The
3. border
from
inches back
appear
on
details
not
4.
which
a
is not
"Adopted,
when
of
Scale 3
than
drawings
by the
or
729,
sheet.
shown vice
Vol.
on
versa,
11,
The
=
1
inches
of
sheets
may
be
length
of
and
1^
shall
1 foot;
=
foot. and
a
the
drawings
or
anything
of
part but not
1910,
pp.
the the
which
specifications. Anything is mentioned
expressly 939,
drawings
manufacturers'
942,
set
in the
forth
946;
Vol.
in
fications, speci-
either
16,
1915,
733,
1145.
1145. 2'
Adopted,
Vol.
13, 1912, pp.
XYz
and
used
inches
a
shall be
subject only
one
be
shall
with
wide,
right-hand edge,
Drawings
Company
2,
22
longer sheets
general drawings
shall be
Part
and
standard
length.
the
Company
sheets
on
necessary,
inches of
be
top, bottom
edge.
standard
the
to
less
The
approved
that
except
folded
the
from
left-hand
the
shall
drawings
line Yz inch
inches 30
detail
375-386,
980;
Vol.
16, 1915,
pp.
but
pp.
TRACK.
which shown
mentioned
and
drawings of
in
should
or
affecting the the
notify
and
do
the
by
so
is
same
for
in
be
the
understanding
fications speci-
or
manufacturer
the
with
proceed
not
the
from
drawings
the
of
duty
omitted clear
a
either
if specifically
as
be
anything
appear
shall
he
the
necessary
it shall
work,
Company
to
Should
error
any
furnished
be
both.
specifications that
or
work,
the
shall
reasonably implied,
is
173
the
work
to
until
structed in-
Company.
INSPECTION.
5.
Material
by examine the with
shall
He
during 6.
the
The
the
manufacturer
7. shall
shall
All
be
furnished
Company
such
the
to
the
him
tools of
expense
found
mills
and
will
spection inwill
who
finished
inspect
product,
to
be
at
any
delivery
after
material his
at
if
own
factory. unsatis-
and
all
or
not
prevent the
during
furnished
by
the
expense.
for
necessary
the
shall
inspector
an
the
inspection
shop
manufacturer.
manufacturer
furnishes
certificate of
inspection made
the a
by
defective
and
He
shop.
inspect the
shops
defective
replaced by
be
at
with
acceptable
and
the
material
any
the
Company,
to
work.
the
found
if
also
the
workmanship to
access
facilities,labor
When
8.
of
work,
and
of
progress
rejection
of
progress
free
have
of
subject
times
all
at
in
will
and
materials
acceptance
subsequent
it is worked
progress
reject
be
representative
before
the
to
power
times
authorized
material
during
shall
workmanship
duly
a
the
work
and
shall
rails, he
the
by
supply
competent
some
the
person
Company.
MATERIAL. Rail. 9.
No.
1
shall
be
rail, of
section
the
ordered,
as
called
for
by the
tions, specifica-
used.
Fillers. 10. and a
Fillers rails
easer
running
Raiser 11.
between
the
shall
rolled
surface,
be
may
be
main
and
steel.
wing Throat
rails and filler
cast-iron.
Blocks. Raiser
blocks
shall
be
hard
cast
steel.
between
blocks,
not
the
main
presenting
175
TRACK.
Springs. 17. and
solid
After
the
flat plate, and
the
cent,
of
and
sions dimen-
the
meet
ing follow-
(d)
of
means
the
Upon If
The
the
on
machine
testing
forced
and
of
the
the
placed
be
plate and
the
depth
standard The
spring.
the
shall
spring
free
on
other this
gage;
length
end
on
end
of
ment measure-
conform
must
^-inch.
than
length.
between
springs shall
thirty seconds. free
distance
free length
Double
greater
each
by
plans within
(c)
placed
be
foregoing,
the
measured
spring
the
shall
They
plans.
steel
times.
four
being to
spring shall
Each
(b)
the
the
on
quality spring
best
the
:
(a)
a
of
be
shown
capacity
tests
down
shall
Springs
rated
capacity
release
neither
either
does
one
and
inner
assembled
be
the
of
of
a
spring
spring
must
load
25
least
at
shall
applied
be
from
vary
it shall
vary,
so
coils
outer
and
per
for
its original
rejected.
be
coiled
springs shall be
in
opposite
directions. Covers.
Spring 18.
Spring
shall
covers
be
of
made
malleable
iron.
Braces. "
,,, " malleable
19.
Braces
shall
be
made
of steel.
forged Hold-downs.
and
Stops
20.
Stops and
Anti-Creeping 21.
iron.
hold-downs
shall
be
made
of
mild
steel.
Device.
Anti-creeping
device
shall
be
mild
steel.
made
of
mild
steel.
.
Switch
Lugs.
22.
Switch
Switch
lugs shall
be
rods
be
Rods. Switch
23.
shall
mild
steel.
WORKMANSHIP.
24.
Workmanship in
will
not
Planing Ends where
of
of
arcs
be
shall
circles
and
in
any
permitted
shall
be
rails
otherwise
such
shall
be
be
that cut
first-class.
of
abutting at
specified.
injury
without
part
the
shall
be
to
shall the
frogs
surfaces
right angles
Burrs
Bends
to
will the
removed.
or
be
made
material. in
the
rately accu-
Welding
switch
rails.
fit accurately together. axis
of
the
rail
except
TRACK.
176
25.
No
26.
The
and
paint,
tar
conform
shall
of
the
to
be
used
before
finished
work
shall
shall
covering
surface
and
alinement
true, and
other
or
all
tion. inspec-
be
even
specified.
angles
FROGS. Fillers. 27. for
distance
a
shall
fit the
Where
the
brand
shall
J^-inch
of
above
maintain
shall
and
fit the
fillers shall
Rolled
below
and
required
the
sufficientlywell
rail
brand be
fishing angles
rail
the
of
base
maintain
be
grooved
head,
base
of
rail
ively, respect-
filler blocks
required
the the
shall
head,
Throat
with
interferes
vi^eb
the and
flangeway.
to
Fillers
ofif.
chipped
the
and
fit of
spacing. filler the
the cut
or
out
fit
to
rivet heads.
over
Raiser
Heel
Blocks.
Heel
28.
under
provided
shall
blocks
raiser rolled
fit the
and
of
web
rail
as
fillers.
Guards.
Foot
Solid
29.
the of
required
the web
Strap
width
the
rail by bolts
the
of
spacing. of
^-inch
shall
Guards
Foot
fit the
rail
guards
shall
shown
have
plan
on
rivets
or
sufficientlywell
less
not
minimum
a
shall
and
be
^-inch
than
tain main-
to
ness thick-
fastened
to
in diameter.
Bolts. Bolts
30.
Threads
nuts.
a
nutlock
the
of A
nut.
of
and
be
used
thick.
out
up
wherever
from
head
under
the
j4-inch thick,
than
lock
must
be
head so
and
with
be
heads
long enough the
head
of
the
nuts
of
the
rivets
may
the
nuts
for
outside
washers
must
full,
a
design
and
bearing
less than
suitable
a
be
nut
not
such
allow
to
rail, with
that
and
lock
placed
Beveled
material be
may
full
give
and
wrench-
a
head
required, be
the of
have
approved to
heads
square
must
an
enough
give
shall
of
nuts
it is tightened.
to
under
used
Bolts
locks.
after
nut
cut
size, with
shall, when
pin
necessary
Separate Washers
the
to
to
large
pattern
J^'ii^ch cotter
true
provided
be
must
approved
close
bearing.
head
bolt
and
accurately
be
must
tight fit. Each
round
be
must
A-inch act
to
as
to
square
be
washer
brought not
with
readily tightened
as
less an
ordinary wrench. Rivets. 31.
plan,
and
The
diameters the
diameters
of
the
rivet
shall
holes
be
of shall
full not
size be
shown more
on
than
11
16
22
33
FT.
SWITCH.
FT.
6
FT.
SWITCH.
FT.
IN.
SWITCH.
SWITCH.
NO.
IWEN
I
AS
SPACED ROD
NO.S
ROD
IS-.U3EO
SHOf/VlBy WILL
BE
AS
ROD
LOCH
BROKEN
LINES.
TIES
MAY
WHEN
BE
NO. I ROD
,
LOCATION
NO. a
IS USED BY
ASSHOiVN
SPACED
OF
ROD
WILL
BE
FOOT AS
GUARDS
FOOT
ROD
LOCK
AS
BROKEN
TIES
MAY
,
LOCATION
LINES
BE OF
.
CHANGED.
CHANGED.
RECOMMENDZD
IN
SUPPLEMENT
TO
MANUAL
SUAROS
A3
RECOMMENDED
IN
SUPPLEMENT
TO
MANUAL
1912.
1912
ER'
SWITCH
/6' 6" SWITCH
WHEN
NO. a
J
2S'
I
es'
I ROD
NO.
ROD
\
AS
USED
IS
WILL
BE
I
22'
LOCK
BROKEN
BY
ASJHOnN
SPACED
S3'
ROD LINES
TIES
MAY
BE
,
LOCATION
OF
.
CHANGED.
22'
I
FOOT
IFOR
SUPPORTED
FOOT
JOINTS
GUARDS
USE
AS
4SPACES
OF
2 ai'.
RECOMMENDED
11'5WITCH
OF
IN
22'. SUPPLEMENT
TO
MANUAL
IBI2.
35' SWITCH
GUARDS
AS
RECOMMENDED
IN
SUPPLEMENT
TO
MANUAL
1912.
TYPICAL
PLANS
NOS. OF
TURNOUTS.
8,
AND 11
16
r/r. d-^'r^JC/r sua^.^^iasm.ss/'csjss/'aAf
timber \a/iLc^/~
stspcs
jjss's^^-aTje^r/r7y"
wa \i"./(fj^
Stop"locks, fiete/B/ccka r^com/nended
in
S^Ffiot 6uords U /nanya/ 6up/"f"m"nf^
t9/".
fro^ Art^/s 7'-O9-i0" -t*^'-It" pot ni-o/tijl^"/* '
TYP/CAL
s/a
or
TIMBER
;y
^rs_
^^m
'^jt
PLAN
NO.
or
Q
TUPNOUT
Switch
"ff-"'rjejiarT/s.
"y
20
^ .^jo^ces
20
J^ees "*"^^^
"
.j!^j"i^sMl^
i omiiMMJiiiknnjiMjimMi /S
J-^^cfs"S"J'i""
::a_i;rj.ytEtx.naj3.':rnxE]^B
1
W
DJi^Mftf^fflMiilfc M^
jJljILfljllJl iTfflllLEEIIIliikL ^^^^i^f^^^f^^'r^rf^^^rrr^r^ '
i 11
[TPtn: UUUUL
y w|tji3'I|I yyiJTrtrajjpVjmnri^ "g"d
LIU U UUUUUUUlJUUUULJilJUUU U Ulil IiJLU Stop 3fechs, Heat as
TYP/CAL ^fC^f^^rta/" Agj
/va^
^/// ^t) c^,//T^e^.
PLAN
OF
NO.
/6
TURNOUT
r^eommended
B/acka ft f^f-Susrt/" in
Aupp/amenf
f"f^
TYPICAL
LAYOUT
FOR
NOS.
8,
CROSSOVERS.
11
AND 16
32-TIES-gr-S"
A3
spaces-; l5P/scE:s-gcy|4
TYP/CAL
.
49
ajiDj]jiimajijiimaiLiL,QJ,Q.nrLan
20
TIES
g-Q-
nnnnnhnnnn
nnnnn
Trarn 33' SWITCH, nnnf
uuuuuuu
24
I Ii l .1,1
h~
.19 SP/\CE8-20' OF
Pf-R-
uuuuu/uuuuuutrauuuuu^
la SPACFR-IT FILLER
i
TM "RA0=I933
TIFS
n n,n pjiiiiiiiJiiiiiiiniLDJiLmx
rfIfitclA,L".,,^.^^ TLCLlTQilMilJl
CV=2'52'59'
APPROVED
RECOMMENDED
IN SUPPLEMENT
SWITCH
8. CHOSSOVEH
NO
OF
LAYOUT
DE3IGN'
TYP/CAL
LAYOUT
OF
NO
/6 CROSSOVER
STOP
BLOCKS,
a.S
RECOMMENDED
HEEL IN SUPPLEMENT
SWITCH
TO
TROG
ANGLE
POINT
ANGLE
MANUAL -
-
1912.
3*-3'4-47" 0'- 52'- 05"
TQ
FROB
ANGLE
POINT
AN6LC'
r -
S*- 12'- tl l"- la'-O
TRACK.
iV-inch rivets
shall
when
driven.
into
than
greater
of
be
diameters
the
of
sufifiicient length be
shall
They
177
the
provide
to
driven
rivets.
corresponding
The
full, neatly made all
tight, bringing
heads
adjacent
parts
contact.
32.
when
Rivets,
countersunk
not
flattened, shall
or
have
ard stand_
heads
button
shall the
full
be
till the
neatly
and
heads
rivet
uniform
of
size
made
and
the
size
same
concentric
they shall
countersunk
are
for
rivets.
with
the
flush
be
heads
The
holes.
with
the
When
plate and
holes.
Bars.
Reinforcing 33.
Reinforcing their
throughout
shall
bars
flt the
Ashing
true
surface.
web
angles
and
the
axis,
rail
of
length.
Plates. 34.
shall
Plates
flat and
be
to
Springs. 35. the
have
Springs shall
spring is placed
the
end
on
ends
on
with
square
flat surface
a
it will
stand
that
so
when
perpendicular
thereto. Covers.
Spring 36.
Spring
of
working
proper
for
end
each
shall
covers
the
of
dimensions
such
shall
springs and
the
of
be
with
provided
be
permit
to
as
spring
a
a
ing bear-
spring.
Braces. 37.
Braces and
Stops 38.
shall fit the
shall
Stops
at
and
of
web
rail
accurately.
Hold-downs.
IJ^-inch opening allow
head
at
be
plates
on
to
as
hold
^-inch point. Hold-downs
the
least 2-inch
placed
so
horizontal
play
and
not
the
shall
more
than
rail
spring
fit stops
at
to
as
so
J/^-inchvertical
play. Device.
Anti-Creeping 39.
frog
The
angle
or
Holes
anti-creeping
for
40.
Main
shall be
except
of bottom where
diameter
than
the
and
holes
the
fit accurately to
the
parts
of
the
Bolts.
Holes
on
shall
bars.
bevel
done,
device
drilled
plates and and
necessary,
bolt
reamed
from
to so
be
used.
they
are
the
solid.
washers.
No
Drilling
holes
shall be
Then
the
straight
shall
shall
true,
be
be
mitted per-
accurately
i""-inch less in
made
parts and
will
punching
be
with
assembled no
offsets
TRACK.
179
Table
1. "
Switch
47. stock
33
feet
22
feet
16
feet
11
feet
Bottom
rail
48.
of
where
The
A
6
12
feet
9
feet
7
feet
5 feet
switch
bases
point
inches
B
of
rail
shall
be
planed
lit
to
neatly
base
of
ll-inch
in
on
overlap. switch
Ground
to
rail
shall
sharp
edge
O
9
be
shown
as
by Fig. 2.
Q|f
,..,
KCenter
o
line of
HNo.lrod
l||from
Section
point
ELEVATION
SIDE
TOP Fig.
49.
Holes
diameter be
and
ii-inch
for 5
switch
inches
2.
Details
rod
lugs
center
diameter.
and
Points.
of
and
center.
to
Number
VIEW
stop
blocks
Holes
for
location
shall
reinforcing
provided
as
be
under
bars
shall
ing Reinforc-
Bars.
Lugs. 50.
Lugs
51.
Distance
web Switch
of
the rod
shall
rail bolt
be
as
between shall hole
be shall
deep
as
centers
5 be
inches.
the
section
of holes Diameter
I32 inches
in
for
of
rail will
bolts of
diameter.
permit.
running through
holes
shall
be
the
if -inch.
TRACK.
180
Rods.
Switch 52.
Switch
horizontal
The
bars
Bars
shall
fit against
and
head
shall not
of
54.
rail
inner
bar, where
be
head
Bars
in
a
There
holes.
and
and
point
intervals
angle
an
not
of
top
45
of
rail with
to
bolted. hole
last
will
the
the
of
rail.
bar
of
stock
switch
rail,
ing reinforc-
The
it projects
where
degrees
head
outer
head
head
stock
permit.
between
between
be
holes
shall
spaced
12
^i^^iJ' except
%-inch
2
be
at
lugs
Ij^ inches
from shall
there
that the
shall be
inches
that
so
which
through
of first hole
in bar
than
greater
the
Center
shall /,q/*'
Intermediate
the
point of switch
space
projects under
bar
holes, and
be of
center
clearance
of
rail.
fifth
shall
J^-inch
side
each
to
connections
heel
fill the
below
fastened
be
be
riveted
it projects beyond
to
the
shall
fastened, they
at
bolt
shall
and
the
inches
1%
of
are
bar.
held
be
diameter.
flush with
made
the
as
rail
where
beveled
first,second
of
in
beyond
shall be
shall be
shall
stock
the
from
of
web
thick
long
as
There
rail.
shall the
beyond
shall
and
inches
end
at
^-inch
bar
be
less than
be
bar
shall
of
of
Top
Is^
be
metal
point ends
rail.
flange
inches
by 2j/2
shall
of
inches
rail and
switch
rail.
holes
reinforcing
and
%
be
Bars.
A
53.
lj4
least
at
Reinforcing
each
Bolt
plane.
shall be
shall
rods
heel
end
ings fasten-
be
inches.
Stop Blocks. 55.
Stop
diameter.
blocks
Stop
intervals
shall
the
of
shall be
blocks
between
be
end
spaced
planing
of
nearly
as
heel
and
with
design
approved
practicable
as
in
il-inch
holes
at
equal
switch.
of
Blocks.
Heel
Heel
56.
blocks
shall
be
of
with
design
approved
standard
rail
drilling. and
Bolts
57. shall be and
the
machine
Nuts.
Bolts
^-inch
diameter.
in
switchstand turned.
"}4-inchbolts
lugs, stop blocks
fastening
All
shall have
Bolts
the
shall
1
bolt
bolts
be
hexagonal
foot-guards
connecting
connecting shall
and
be
provided and
nuts
rails
switch
rods
diameter
and
lugs with inch
in
nutlocks
with
1-inch
switch
to
bolts
shall
and
cotters.
have*
square
nuts.
I
Rivets. 58. and
the
greater
The
diameters
diameters
than
the
of
of the
diameters
the
rivets
rivet of
the
shall be
holes
shall
of
full
be
not
corresponding
size shown than
more
rivets.
The
plan,
on
iV-inch
rivets
shall
TRACK.
be
shall
They 59.
of
and
neatly
full
60.
the
When
not
countersunk
and
the
size
when
into
parts
with
shall
the
driven.
contact.
have
rivets.
The
standard
heads
shall
holes.
countersunk
are
heads
flattened,
same
concentric
heads
rivet
adjacent
or
the
made
neatly
all
for
size
made
fill
and
plate
bringing
uniform
the
full,
tight,
when
heads
provide
to
driven
be
Rivets,
button
be
length
sufficient
of
181
shall
they
flush
be
with
holes.
Plates.
61.
by
There
7-inch,
outside
or
inside
where
to
be
as
shall
position
stock
for
be
for
rail
^-inch
specified,
be
may
of
plates
two
the
required
there
in
tie
each
receive
are
spikes,
ties, holes
on
to
inside
two
ordinary
head
be
down
planed and
for
two
shall
outside
three
spiking
and
lag
on
suitable
length Three
braces.
screws
switch
and
five
holes
spikes,
screw
or
all
7^-inch
ties, inside,
the
except
of
one
the
switch.
the
Braces,
62.
Braces
bars
spikes
be
may
shall
be
be
of
obtained.
such
a
that
design
Three
holes
23/^-inch 7/^-inch
for
clearance
lag
for
screws
or
tector de-
screw
provided.
Guards.
Foot
63.
and
shall
shall
Strap be
shall
foot-guards fastened
to
the
web
have
of
the
a
rail
minimum
by
of
thickness
%-inch
bolts
or
^-inch
rivets.
TRACK.
182
''
TURNOUTS.
NOTATION. G= N
=
F
^=
Gage Frog
Frog angle.
W =
S
AC
=
H
Angle
=:
M
=
Heel
distance.
COEj
=3
the t
Thickness
:=
of
Thickness
P
Theoretical
=
=
=
Heel
of
Z
=
Foot
of
a
Angle AB
=
of CAZ
R
=
D
^
CC
ZjTi
r=
from Y
=
^
along
measured
lead
curve
to
of
heel
at
upon
heel
of
rail,
curved
switch
to
from
offset
point of
main
from
track
frog.
of
track
main
from
actual
frog.
line.
straight rail,
of
Closure
of
line
line
center
center
on
Closure
Perpendicular Distance
rail
switch
of
center
theoretical
along
measured
arc
or
of
length frog. the point on or
rail of
outer
of
straight
lead rail
curve.
in
lead
of
toe any
curved
lead
rail
to
the
rail.
main-track X
side
gage
rail.
switch
point of
=
side
gage
upon
angle.
distance
of
CEjETi
=:
on
curve,
Switch
distance
Degree
frog
point of
point of to actual point of switch Radius of center line of lead curve.
:=
CS
from
main-track
of
=:
Lead
=;
Lead
=
point
any
rail.
lead
actual L'
to
curve.
point, point.
perpendicular side
Center
=
L
rail of
outer
switch
of
lead
switch
switch
gage =
frog.
of
C
O
heel
from
point of frog. frog. theoretical from of perpendicular Foot rail. of opposite main-track rail. Actual point of switch
=
Ti, Ta^Toe
A
angle
the
of
frog
of
t' =
B
Subtended
side
gage
heel
to
of
toe
rail.
switch
of
^Length
CZ
^
point of frog
theoretical
from
frog to of frog.
point of
theoretical
from
Length
P'l\,:=
PTi =: Length
^
K
track.
of
number.
of
foot
from
such
offset
point of
to
switch
rail.
FORAIULAS. -"
"
a
sm
=
/'H-t'A
I
^
...
UJ
I
+ (G_t') liBiilliL)^
L=(S-W)
^^
G-H-WsinF R
=
2
"
sin/(F-a)
*
R^^^-^^;^'"^-F cos
pp.
(4)
cot/. (F-fa)
(F+a)
sm/
a
"
(7)
10, Part Vol.
9
2
cos
2" Vol. Adopted, 940, 941, 952-954;
sin /(F+a)
1, 1909, 16, 1915, pp.
pp.
402-407,
730,
1145.
451-461;
Vol.
11,
Part
2, 1910,
TRACK.
D
2-sm'(^^)
=
CC
=
0.017453
CS
=
L"
G
=
H+
X
=
S"
(r
L
=
(10) \
I
"
G\
/ I R
"
j
-
cosa"
(R
"sina+
+
+
j
"
)
"
'
"sin(/x
+
(11)
a)
(m +
cos
(12)
a)
(13)
(9),
(F-a)
is
expressed
and
(12)
it
is
(11)
for
obtained
(F-a)
+
+
(9)
Nt
+
In In
R
)"(F-a)
"
S)-
+
/
(
(8)
(r +
"
(W
Y
L'
183
and
M
A
at =
least
three
3/4 (F-a).
T
in
degrees
and
that
the
recommended values
of
/x,
decimals value
namely,
/^^
of
^
of X
a
degree. Y
and
(F-a)
^
=
be
]^
184
TRACK.
TRACK.
185
COMMITTEE
VI.
BUILDINGS.
STATIONS
'PASSENGER
GENERAL
ONE
WITH
WAITING
ROOM.
The reference as
good
of
use
to
general
one
waiting
separate
practice
with
It
the
permits
private
entrance
to
(3) It readily
admits
baggage
(5) general (6) to
It
room
and
to
the
permits
office
of
station
passenger
is
people)
(without
recommended
:
waiting
be
to
room
of
properly proportioned.
retiring
a
for
room
women,
lavatory.
of
ease
reasons
development the
a
colored
for
rooms
general
for
room
following
proper
(4) It permits the
the
for
(1) It permits (2)
waiting
the
other from
access
the
waiting
ticket
office
being properly proportioned.
rooms
the
agent's
office
to
proper
size
and
the
trains, to
room.
to
be
of
location
for
purposes.
It admits
of
the
station
being
in
contracted
size
without
detriment
facilities.
(7) It offers
Fig.
1.
Division
economy
of
1
Adopted, Vol. 16,
Vol.
1915,
6, 1905, 739,
pp.
Area
Floor
WITH
1049;
in heating.
One
pp.
Recommended
General
682-684,
for
Waiting
690;
1149.
187
Vol.
Stations
Passenger
Room.
11,
Part
2, 1910,
pp.
1022,
1023,
BUILDINGS.
188
DESIGN.
HOUSE
^ENGINE
(Applicable
Houses.)
New
to
Form. circular
The
(a)
points where
(b) At housed track
at
not
turntable,
a
switches
with
or
"Y"
a
locomotives,
turn
to
necessary
provide
to
are
at
a
end
one
desirable.
be
(c) At
where
shops
is used,
table
transfer
a
be
table may
by the transfer
served
house
it is not
locomotives
four
or
economical
more
through tracks
rectangular house, either with only, may
it is
where
or
three
than
more
where
time, and
one
than
is preferable.
form
rectangular engine
a
desirable;
Turntable.
(a) The
A
(b)
deck
(c) At by
be
may
Where
means.
tractor
is the
The and
efficient
most
first cost
wires
inspection
and
head
from
not
to
ties, and
be
large enough
to
keep
to
head.
turntable, keeping possible,
When
the
to
Part
1024-1026.
same
as
cost,
tric elec-
an
turntable, the
a
air motor
an
cost
tenance. main-
and
service
equal
of
has
device
be
from
lines
as
minimize
non-current
and
should far
be
; the
is
sleet
from
from of
the danger system
to
brought
distant
properly
fastened
Any
collector.
to
support
securely braced)
play to
wires
frame
at
wall
should
should
of
be
plies multi-
table
pole, close
nearest
destruction
collector
steel
and
the
bility accessi-
and
gases
be
taken
be
or
of
advantage
must
care
breaking
supporting Wires
the
should
same
must
them
by either the overhead
table
weather
underground
that all exposed,
to
curb
house round-
by fire.
properly installed, its advantages
carrying parts
are
permanently grounded.
Vol. Vol. 630, 638; Vol. 690-696; 7, 1906, pp. 6, 1905, pp. 684-686, Vol. 2, 1910, 1022. 2, 1909, 1123, 1124, 1132-1136; 11, Part pp. pp. Vol. 1049-1054; 740, 1149. 16, 1915, pp.
'Adopted, 10.
framework
collector
the
to
supporting
table and
are
turned, hand
are
reasonable
a
operating
the
repair. Special
of
as
for
means
Overhead
rigidly (framework
of
at
it is superior in continuity of
brought
are
collector
at
obtained
is approximatey
method.
underground
supported
light engines
ated oper-
size.
Power
for
be
can
power
is cheaper, and
power
and
few
economically
most
are
desirable.
electric
protect
when
engine
the
balance
to
through table.
a
important terminals, turntables
Where
power
is preferable to
turntable
mechanical
operation
of
long enough
is empty.
tender
the
be
should
turntable
BUILDINGS.
the
including
circular-track
head)
collector
rail
189
(the
; non-interference
only
from
of
part
weather
system
repair
to
pit
if turntable
is
is properly
drained.
The much
disadvantages
from where well
settlement
of
to
power
air
Ordinarily At
reliable.
furnishes
by
operating It
before deck
(d) The on
each
side and
Turntable
be
cannot
advantage
of
especially in
roundhouse,
power
plant the locomotive
this
than
case
to
be
not
turned
auxiliary supply should
an
tank
is
electricityand
secured
turntable
the
to
be for
engine Is placed. should
wide
be
enough
hand
rails.
be well
drained
with
provide
to
a
walk
Pit. turntable
(b)
The
circle wall
and
should rails
be
wood
ties
of
concrete
preferably paved.
and
brick, with
or
proper
ports sup-
the coping.
on
circle rail should
of
use
pit should
for
fastenings
(c) The
bear
preferably
and
tie
the
parts
directly on
plates supported
by
base.
concrete
Is desirable
masonry
conditions.
some
(d) Easy painting
the
protected
The
under
tected pro-
ground
on
pit
the
more
air
turntable
(a)
The
has
much
in
small
after
on
be
no
air;
providing or
fill or
a
is
used.
frequently
costs
points having
maintained
It
fire to
of
in
properly
turntable
success.
case
are
power
compressed
the
in
be
must
and
circle.
tractors
the
they
Where
place.
with
used
table
run
nearly complete
a
Compressed
so
be
cannot
easily repaired,
so
successfully laid
be
cannot
shifting takes
or
it
drained,
protecting one
and
water,
is not
wire
originally install, as
difificultto
more
the
:
are
and
pit, unless
to
access
inspection
should
ample provision
of
be
in
provided
is made
for
turntable
a
in the
oiling of bearings,
the
design
the
turntable
of
the
turntable
Itself.
Openings.
Door
The
(13) feet
clear
opening
In width
of
sixteen
and
doors
entrance
(16)
feet
should
not
be
less than
thirteen
in height.
Doors. Doors
maintained,
should and
be
fit snugly, be
easily operated,
should
admit
of
the
use
of
small
easily repaired
and
doors.
Tracks.
(a) Lead engine house
tracks where
(b) Tracks stop
blocks.
to
the
turntable
should
line
up
with
tracks
of
the
possible.
should
be
on
a
level
grade
and
should
be
provided
with
BUILDINGS.
190
(c) Special the turntable
In
circular
a
toward
to
track
from
the
at
derailed
circle
the
of
movement
prevent
damage
rails
wall
and
on
rails, to give good
wrheels.
house
the
locomotive
the
stand
should
with
normally
the
turntable.
of House.
Length The
of
length
fifteen
feet
(15)
provide
stall
bring
side
rods
the
the
other
or
which
track
of
over-all
tender,
in
distance
line
center
than
behind
certain
a
along
greater
walkway
a
pilot and it to
the
lessen
to
the
of Locomotive.
Position
tender
desirable
are
and
bearing
of
fastenings
of
length trucking
a
least
at
locomotive,
the
in
space
into convenient
parts
be
to
or
to
of
front
locomotive
the
stop
to
should
the
move
positions.
Materials.
(a)
The
material
corrosive, unless
(b)
The
additional
the division
(c)
walls
built
When
the
should
beams
be
of
should
track
Engine
from and
fireproof roof,
a
10
approximately
stalls
fire ing divid-
by the
of
use
should
its cost for
used
the
concrete
columns
and
walls
only
roof-
is liable
into
of
that of
portion
run
for
used
below
that to
be
the
brick
plain concrete,
or
wall
the
where
diretly
in
line
of
it.
drainage
be
toward
Proper
60
less than
not
the
turntable. should
provision
be
feet
in
length,
The
walls
made
for
and
the
with
convex
floors
may
be
support
of
the
should
be
receive
the
adjustment
of
timbers.
Jacks. The
not
to
material.
same
pits should
concrete.
Smoke
traffic
non-
Pits.
floor, with
jacking
of
of
use
reinforced
concrete
engine
Engine
of
is of
the
be
not
where
units
reduce
special conditions
the
of
be
corrosion.
prevent
to
should
house
the
fireproof material.
roof
of
of
security against interruption
into
(d) Reinforced
and
taken
consideration house
engine
construction
be
care
proper
serious
warrants
in
used
less
smolce
than from
the
driving
The
bottom
it should
gradual
jacks
smoke
to
fixed.
be
forty-two (42) inches stack
the wheels of
be
should
the
to
flue.
The
the
should
with
wide, and
bottom
a
area
rods
side be
as
low
drip trough. of
the
opening
long enough
limiting positions,
its
bring
jack
furnished the
at
The
due
in
proper
as
the The
to
the
to
position for engines
will
slope upward
cross-section
of
the
repairs.
allow, and should
flue
be
should
BUILDINGS.
be
than
less
not
will
in
jack
the
feet, and
square
should
(This design of jack applies
material.
non-combustible
regulations
(7)
seven
191
In
permit.
cities,where
some
force, special design of jacks
be
made
all houses
to
abatement
smoke
of
where
laws
are
necessary.)
are
Floors.
floor should
The
be
of
It should
construction.
permanent
be
crowned
pits.
between
Pits.
Drop
pits should
Drop
handling truck, driving
for
provided
be
and
trailer
wheels.
Heating. should
(a) Heat The
(b)
(c) fans
general
50 and
between
The
off while
men
be
delivered heated live
required, by Window
advantages
to
as
be
kept
be
building
and
under
dampers
pit. The
possible by exhaust
as
heat
supply
recirculation
no
engine portion
the
that
air
driven
floor
the so
fresh
air
hot
by
of
by
where can
be
should
be
allowed.
It
locomotive.
the
supplemented,
steam,
as
steam.
make
the
window
provided
general,
frames
all doors
over
girders
where
be
window
and
made
be
than
not
heads
large
as
locomotives
with
the than
more
their
as
ticable prac-
requisite four
feet
pilasters and
to
properly
sides the
secure
practicable should
as
Window
enter.
of of difficulty
large
as
left between
space
transoms
or
account
distribution
by arranging
plugged
greater
lights in
be
doors
maintenance.
Lighting.
General
light for
on
much
so
consistent
area
sill should
sufficient
only
are
should
light
or
lower
the
and
walls
outer
Windows
frames.
objectionable
Electric
the
skylights
undesirable.
largest glass
floor, and
window
of
them
in
the
In
strength.
pits.
the
disadvantages
with
are
far
should
in the
is
heating
fitted with
pits under
the
as
(b) Windows
of
should
house
engine
Lights.
(a) The
from
of
exterior to
for
be
should
working
are
the
be
pits.
the
ducts, which
outlets
from
It should
of
method
permanent The
should
the
at
temperature
recommended
through
taken
concentrated
60 degrees.
practicable. cut
be
a
number
workmen outlets
at
for
of of the
illumination
lights sides
incandescent
should avoid
to
of
the
lamps
be
provided
shadows
locomotives. in
each
and
between to
There
alternate
space
give should
pits good be
between
BUILDINGS.
192
Piping. The
(a) and
should
lines
be
should
system
blowofif
should
lines
boiler.
a
be
led
Connections
need
be
only
for
the
be
refilling
is installed^ the it is
the
near
washout
not
blowoff
used,
the
of
the
alternate
end
front
refillingwater
and
of
front
end
space
between
the
near
in
provided
and
steam
house.
air, the
should
washout
where
located
be
air,
for
piping
a
system
reservoir;
should
connections
cold-water
this
outside
pipe, the
blowofif
The
with
equipped
Where central
to
outlet
steam
be
desired, piping
installed. led
be
(b) The
the
where
supply, and
water
should
house
engine
and
firebox.
the
stalls.
Tools. There for
should
location
the
ordinarily of
hand
for
provided
and
tools
tools, preferably electricallydriven.
machine
few
a
facilities
be
Hoists.
suitable
and
repair parts,
blocks
differential
with
Hoists
used
generally
are
be
provision should
for
handling heavy for
provided
supporting
them.
"LOCOMOTIVE
To
(1)
properly
stations, the
cost
interest
depreciation
and
and
and
operation in
required
considered in
as
Road
in all
the
The
way.
"Fuel
the
cost
s
Vol.
effective
investment classification
of
Station
of of
Adopted, 11. Part
the
Vol.
of
cost
"Operating
"Fuel
Expenses"
essentially repairs
"Fuel
which
cars
8, 1907, pp. 1027, pp.
for
include These
onto
Yard in
prescribed
trestle
or
of
right-ofaccount,
an
coaling stations;
to
fuel
of
accounts
and all the
163-166, 743, 1149.
pp.
"Fuel
do
an
estimated
for
coaling tracks,
268, 286; Vol. 9, 1908, 16, 1915, pp. 1054; Vol.
the
ment "Invest-
and
prescribes
Locomotives"
the .cost
in
ing Stations," cover-
tracks
required
be
to
included
are
classification
account,
an
tional addi-
The
country
charges
is
as
Commission
Commerce The
storage
the
of
for
maintenance
itself.
station
parts
for
actual
of these
1, 1914.
the
plant itself.
2, 1910.
Most
such
coaling
charges
include
Depreciation," permitting charges
accounts
switching
certain
shows
except
coaling
Interstate
July
Equipment"
Locomotives,"
operation
in
of
cost
the
proposition.
depreciation, and Train
the
separate
and
"Fuel
for
by the
should
investment, charges
required
Stations," covering
account,
the
on
locomotive
of
economy
handling coal
storage
1914,"
of
of
charge
a
prescribed
accounts
"Issue
a
ton
relative
daily operation of
the
seasonal
the
compare
per
STATIONS.
COALING
not nor
173,
costs
for
of
include the
cost
183-200;
BUILDINGS.
of
using
for
cars
figuring the
cost
storage
(2) Provision damage
The
(3)
be
and
delivery
general,
also
for
(4) Storage be
to
for
made
be
the
in
made
possible,
and
cars.
fireproof construction
and some
of
avoidance
flat-bottomed
from
shovel
to
In
recommended.
included
be
possible condition.
should
purposes
emergency
should
protection,
best
cars
possible
be
fire
in the
self-clearing
of
use
ordinarily it should
in
its
which
of
coal.
handling
should
coal
the
to
all
purposes,
of
ton
per
193
duplicate
cases
are,
is
machinery
desirable.
(5)
It
of
types
is not
of
type
a
in
available
and
(a) Where terminal
the
and A
(b)
locomotive
under
economically For
(c) of
station
entirely delivered
to
five on
which
more
than
top
where it is
ground
of it is
the
placed
required space
recommended.
trestle
to
for
on
per
deliver a
be
of
jib
is
to
type
from
one-ton
desirable
other
where
work
at
minals ter-
can
be
crane.
previously
selected Where
the
where
trestle
the or
the
coal
that
stored
being
in
with is
bins
is not
than
two
available,
tracks, a
or
mechanical
proximately ap-
placed from Where
by gravity, is recommended. more
be
ground
gravity type, cars
pendent de-
coal
necessary
coal in
type
is
desirable
required
it is
the
described,
most
as
incline approach, where
coal
and
crane
at
that
by handling
or
buckets
tracks, and
locomotives
trestle
a
those
than
by locomotives, the
shifting
locomotive.
the
conditions.
cent,
with
particularly
coaling station
(S)
cars
locomotive
two
and
small, particularly
is
from
suitable
should
local
is available, a
space
the
larger
upon
not
to
with
by
terminals
coaling
directly
conditions,
performed
arrangements,
night, it is recommended
over
provided
crane
certain
handled
lie
buckets
these
from
coal
of
platform
of
price
maintenance.
either
coaled
ments investments arrange-
to
attendance
and
power
given
of
ton
per
track
track
possible
selection
which
to
fixed
be
tion installa-
the cost
extent
should
labor,
locomotives
elevated
an
buckets,
be
of
cost
quantity
where
points
to
the
the
locomotives
cars
consideration
least
of
different
Each
Before
the
to
which
use.
the
adoption
the
of
for
upon
given
desired, fire protection,
coal
of
and
character
between
problem.
based
be
must
and
and
cost
be
can
structures
warranted,
materials,
individual
an
coaling station
permanent
are
service
as
limits
recommended
are
coal, consideration
handling
amount
considered
be
absolute
give
to
coaling arrangements
must
of
possible
where
type
the
is
-BUILDINGS.
the
of
top
ventilation
for
(5) Openings
195
should
above
provided
be
the
level
of
heating
by
the tanks. w^hen
(6) Lighting,
required, should
be
by electricity and
steam.
(7)
fire protection purposes
For
oil storage
controlled
space,
by
valve
a
the
be
to
the
track; house
to
run
house.
HOUSE.
A.
Class
14
House,
20
by
sliding door
have
storing
Class
of
feet, with
8
feet
clear
in
parallel
dimension
long at
end
extreme
to
side
track
on
permit
to
handcar.
B.
House, to
line should
outside
TOOL
^SECTION
the
live-steam
a
have
12 by
18
feet, with 8 feet
sliding door
parallel
long dimension
in clear
at
of
end
extreme
the track; house
to
track
side
permit
to
storing of handcar.
the
Class
C.
House, with
10
double
14
by
feet, with
the
swinging doors, swinging
Building
be
to
in which
wooden
on
brick
case
or
dimension
short out
on
unless
posts,
piers
concrete
the
end
the
location
nearest
track,
the
track.
be
nent, perma-
can
substituted.
be
may
the
parallel to
'ROOFINGS.
In
selecting roofing
(1)
Chance
(2) Probable by
wear
leaks
of
from
should
there due
to
character
life, including
other
be
chance
considered of of
:
construction.
damage
by
the
elements
and
causes.
(3) Fire-resistingvalue. (4) Cost
of
(5) First
cost.
The
important
Bituminous or
maintenance.
materials
may
substances,
be
applied
classified with
as
felts
follows
made
:
of
rags,
asbestos
jute.
Clay
and
products
cement
and
slate.
Metals. 5
746,
Adopted,
"Adopted, Vol.
Vol.
11,
Part
2,
1910,
pp.
1044-1046,
1054;
Vol.
16,
1915,
pp.
1149.
15, 1914,
Vol. 12, Part 1, 1911, pp. 14, 588, 623; Vol. 705-709, 1099; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 746, 1149.
pp.
1913,
pp.
839,
1084;
BUILDINGS.
196
They together, and
as
types
pitch-and-gravel
for
that
"
roof
or
flat
a
roof,
tin
ordinary
an
as
roof, cemented
roof, laid shingle fashion.
steep
a
general
two
coal-tar
a
for
that
in
laid
are
Materials.
Bituminous The
materials
bituminous
common
(the heavier
distillates
Coal-tar
pitch
Various
asphalts
Various
petroleum products.
Various
animal
(bitumens
and
:
are
bituminous
of
in
naturally
found
coal). solid state).
the
residue.
vegetable
Values. Their
; that
in water Coal-Tar
all
that
they
and
elastic,adhesive
are
pitch is easily afifected by
by water,
It
should
of
a
ordinarily
practicallyinsoluble
are
stable.
comparatively
which
suitable
gas-tar
is enriched
inferior should
only be of
saturant
it
as
the
to
pitch, by
coal-tar
to
used
be
heat
if
cold, is
and
properly protected from
comes
climate
and
upon
stable.
is very
still,"straight run,"
the
to
acted
not
application.
proper
Pitch.
Gas-Tar
Water
and
is easily worked,
consistency
Water
a
they
fact
Pitch.
Coal-tar at
lies in the
peculiar value
from
gas
for
felts than
as
a
the
petroleum
roofing in the
accepted
in
by-product
a
manufacture
of
and
low-priced
materials
It is
from
made
It has
products.
gas,
coal-tar.
oils, resembles
purposes,
water
value
more
it as
coating.
Asphalts. The
asphalts
unsuitable
are
ordinarily fluxed
are
with
for
products
in
use
their
natural
They
state.
petroleum.
of
Petroleums. The
petroleums
roughly
in
in
quality, according
oils,with for
found
their
this to
country
location
vary
from
asphaltic base, furnish
considerably, East
West.
to
materials
and
grade
The
fornia Cali-
especially valuable
roofing.
Blown
Oils. The
blowing
products
produces
properties, are valuable
of
air
"blown not
through
heated
a
oils," which,
while
easily susceptible
to
still of
certain
petroleum
somewhat
lacking
atmospheric
changes
in
sive adhe-
and
are
especially for roofing coatings.
Combinations. A crude
single asphalt and
fluxed
with
unsatisfactory material.
a
single To
secure
oil
is for the
best
most
purposes
results
for
a
any
BUILDINGS.
desired
several
purpose,
This
compounded. certain
for
are
which The
and
heat
to
and
cold
is coal-tar
in
handling,
to
lose
much
better
pitch, and
life
drying
by
than
They
does
lesser
made
properly
ready roofing, for
readily affected
so
them
of
amounts
are
expensive, require least
at
some
of
out
not
are
more
are
protected,
and, when
their
products
petroleum
results.
good
get
Those
be
suited.
not
asphalt as
experience.
and
ordinarily
must
invaluable, particularly for
conditions are
asphaltic substances
skill
requires
products
tar
oil and
197
to
are
oil fluxes.
the
some
by
sary neces-
more
skill
extent
liable do
Unprotected, they
coal-tar.
FELTS.
The
affect
with
need
which
generally agreed
is not
the
bituminous
roofings
roof, using layers of
with
but
rather
suited
and
They
their
use
more
are
valuable
qualities.
It
protected.
not
for
is used
in
tensile strength, the
to.
BUILT-UP The
compared
not
are
mainly
rags,
bitumens,
asphalt.
hot
increase
felts to
rag
the
peculiar
some
jute decays easily when
ready roofings with of
have
by
of
felts,as
They
injured
not
are
is made
for
bitumen.
of
layers
siderably qualities con-
felts whose
Asbestos
carrying medium
a
felts, but
rag
from
Burlap made few
the
to
with
ordinary felt
misnomer.
a
as
pitch, but
coal-tar
expensive than
a
less
protection
a
as
felt" is
felt, act
rag
used
are
roofing. The
the
"Wool
cotton.
the
substances
bituminous
ROOFS.
ready
come
saturated
to
lay,
felt, mopped
or
be
can
with
built
pitch and
up
on
properly
protected. The
made
heavy
as
gives and
built-up
a
roofing
Most
Where
used
is
especially valuable if
desired, and
as
which
for
flat surfaces.
properly laid
by long experience
has
been
and
of
shown
It
be
be
materials
good to
can
economical
efficient.
When
of
roof
the as
Coal-Tar For
the
roof
construction a
Tile
Economical, is to
the
protective coating
the
recomme;i(Jed
flat roof in
to
Brick
subjected
be
warrants
in Preference
or
to
Protection. to
expense,
wear,
and
flat tiles
the roofing instead
where or
the
character
brick
of gravel
should
be
slag.
or
Asphalt.
built
preference
under to
average
conditions,
asphalt products.
It
coal-tar
is
more
pitch
is
easily
198
BUILDINGS.
handled,
is still cheaper,
its
from
expected
however,
when
use
laid
where
Roofs
When
on
the
of
roof
pitch
be
cannot
which be
done
to
the
be
taken
roofs
with
has
is
using
three
over
more
get
large
Good
good
difficult
for
add
to
necessary
the
to
results,
asphalt
pounds, com-
the
skilled
selection
and
is
more
coal
tar
stiffening material, the
of
in
coal-tar
both
straight-run some
life
foot, the
the
there
and
desirable
The
affect
inches
mopping,
even
supervision in
The
value.
be
usually
can
contractor.
insulating
it
necessary,
Difficult.
men.
somewhat
under
except also
must
care
harder
to
results
average
becomes
roof
used, it being
is supposed
not
the
for
the
is
workmen.
Slopes
built-up
a
certain
built-up roofs
Steeper
accident
of
from
material
more
more
by
heavy
by skilled
asphalt, it being
chance
laid
while
slope
of
application
opinion
our
expected
be
can
Built-up
in
material,
of
amount
and
and
while
skill, and,
less
requiring
pitch.
such
the
of
must
especial
and
work,
application
This
stone
or
slag coating. Ready
Roofing.
Built-up
manufacturers.
by various
Advantages The
Coal-Tar
of
character allow
that
A
than
anything
Life
of
should
coating their
have
sheet
are
best
value
posed pro-
for
coal-tar
a
where
a
makes
from
the
roofing
economical
an
one-half
be
building
to
and
inch
that
where
designed
so
and
structure
one
such
are
is desired,
roof
permanent
allows,
flat roof
pitch of
pitch built-up
the
to
has
foot
it the
as
to
small
is better
steeper.
Roof.
With
proper
be
can
Flashings
amount
They
the
Pitch.
structure
A
use.
fire hazard.
No
the
of
its
years
of
advantage
is recommended
materials
Avoiding
"
not to
be cover
a
application,
than the
life of
fifteen
from
to
twenty
flat roof.
be
made
for
specification including less
a
Cheapness.
should
contracts
and
with
expected
positive
should
for
roofing
slopes.
steep
and
ready
a
those
cost
of
of
the
laying
a
built-up
flashings, materials and
roof
and
without the
a
contract
specified, plus
a
complete prices
reasonable
profit.
Inspection.
Thorough
inspection of
workmanship
and
material
is recommended.
'
BUILDINGS.
READY
Better
for
The
ready
roofing
small
pitch.
of
Most
kinds,
slopes they
foot
to
get
their
up
other
where
the
The
economical
heavier
chance
Ready
for
the
be
the
reinforced
exposed
is
the
built-up types.
economical
not
are
three
flat
For
inches
the
to
for
be
cannot
their
relative
of
roof
value
is
for
locations available.
not
the
and
of
value
for
used, and
built-up
a
porary tem-
maintenance
also
are
small,
on
considering
cost,
for
use
wider
their
Life.
least
at
general, the
and
their the
of reliability
to
as
laid
results be
to
the
of
than
good
a
not
with
improvement
break
Slate
the
of
roof be
cannot
It has
easily. in the
rolled
of
and
tests
In the
tile
recommended
or
suitable
of on
roofs
roofing
ready the
at
fraying
and
corners
goods,
shingles, properly
They
bvit cost
the
supposed
are
They
more.
on
would
investigation.
AND
if
of
TILE.
quality
good
walked
on
without
results.
architectural
product
Slope
Foot
per
and
service
manufacturer,
up
quality gives good
good
does
Inches
because
fire-resistingvalue.
fashion, is growing.
shingle
worthy
easily and
Tile
greater
of
use
curling
prevent
and
makes
It breaks
desirable
more
factors.
slopes
steeper
better
in
are,
Shingles.
edges
give
be
for
Buildings.
justified. They
not
life
governing
so
Slate
can
than
recoating.
from
recommended
SLATE
Six
the
they
Inexpensive
are
greater
longer the
Roofing
On
seem
and
necessary
varieties
selections
should
cost
labor
slope
than
occasional
slopes of
on
roofings
Varieties, Longer
The
making
but
roofs
steeper
field.
Heavier
their
cheaper
built-up coal-tar
a
the
justifiable.
more
roofings,
the
much
buildings, where
skilled
steeper
for
lay absolutely tight, and
prepared
or
value
life, require
fair
Temporary
slopes, where
steep
to
is
use
expensive
more
It averages
to
for
and
better
structure,
Recommended
Ready
has
a
hard
are
permanent
a
ROOFING.
Steeper Slopes.
those
for
199
in the
and
and
properly
danger
It is not
so
value, and variety of
to
the
tight its
watched.
slate.
slate, but
as
is
use
growing
colors.
Over.
quality, properly protected with
a
pitch
of
six inches
and to
the
fastened, foot
or
BUILDINGS.
200
where
over,
in producing much
is
expense
chance
the
not
the
desired
architectural
of
driving
snow,
where
feature, and
governing
that
effect, except
eight inches
the
to
where
there
should
foot
aid
they
be
is the
flattest slope allowed. ASBESTOS
Shingles of asbestos elasticityand
some
of
shapes and
and
Portland
laid
be
can
WOOD Wood
shingles
of
are
slate.
in various
value.
They
have
They in
come
a
variety
patterns.
SHINGLES.
desirable
not
are
cement
laid tighter than
be
can
colors
and
SHINGLES.
for
railroad
a
structure
account
on
of fire hazard. CEMENT Small
Large
in
use
be
can
It is not
of
introduced
into
advisable
and
value, being brittle.
recommend
expense
for
them
occasional
an
the
avoiding
slight
the
lins, pur-
able consider-
have
to
seem
them,
to
offices,where
or
mucli
sheathing directly on
houses
freight
deemed
buildings
heated
and
shops
on
Glass
merit.
skylights.
considered
not
are
tile,reinforced, laid without
cement
are
or
tile
cement
TILE.
leak
of
plastered would
be
disastrous. METALLIC Metallic
Continual
well
as
a
base
for general
recommended
not
are
Maintenance.
They be
steel
buildings.
permanent
on
use
roofings with
ROOFINGS.
continual
require the
worth
maintenance. Tests
expense.
Galvanizing lead-covered
of
of
steel
seems
sheets
steel
to
indicate
good results. Unhealed
Buildings.
Large
sheets
of
economically where Metallic
metallic
specially pure
very
Pure
shingles of iron
light in weight,
Iron In
building
is not
be
to
can
sometimes
be
used
heated.
Shingles.
Small or
the
steel
galvanized
corrugated
are
but
either
recommended
not serve
a
purpose
tin, galvanized steel plate
copper,
for in the
general
They
use.
dry climate
of
the
are
west. South-
Base.
using metals
quality. The
pure
every
irons
effort should have
value.
be Their
made
to
virtues
secure
have,
those
of
good
perhaps, been
BUILDINGS.
overstated, but considerable
they
expensive, and
not
are
by their
economy
201
use
as
experience
substitute
a
indicate
to
seems
wrought-iron
for
and
steel. GENERAL.
Workmanship.
Thorough
the laying of
In
around
work
and
To
get
attention
openings
there
buying
roof
a
A
its fire-resisting qualities,to
building
better
a
be
must
stable
a
fire risk than
well
as
with
covered
its
as
types, particularly,
some
considerable
a
Careful
regular repairs.
of
and
with
corrugated
steel
upon
guarantees
in
In
ing depend-
extent
quality,are
heavy coal-tar pitch
a
covered
one
flashings
structure.
with
and
systematic inspection
be
must
the quantity of material
on
is
there
be given to the design of gutters, and
must
of
vital importance.
is of
satisfactory roof
a
in preparation
roofings thoroughness
all
great
ance. import-
gravel
roofing
sheets
or
with
light ready roofing.
a
Unreliable.
Guarantees
practice of depending
The
be
cannot
trusted
in
Saving The
First
to
are
results.
proper
indirect
and
for by any
COVERING
DESIGN FREIGHT
The a
of
economical that
impossible
freight
serious
a
deal
great
the at
cost
per
of
ton
terminals
at
cost
of
(approximately),but mile
for
freight house.
the
The
concern.
known
freight
trucking
Freight
and
house
is
handling
a
it is almost
handling of design should
consideration.
Building. In
and
is giving
figure
to
unclassified
Frame
BOUND OUT-
HOUSES.
less-than-carload
of
handling
freight a mile by trains is
receive
AND
Handling.
problem
ton
INBOUND
lived short-
in first cost.
possible saving
OF
and
by leaky
occasioned
expense
rarely compensated
PRINCIPLES
Economical
selectingroofings
Cost.
annoyance
roofs
secure
merely
where outlying districts,
the
floors
on
building
laws
will
joists,studding
'Adopted,
Vol.
fire hazard
permit, frame
covered
15, 1914, pp.
is not
with
710, 1099;
wood Vol.
great, business
freight houses sheathing 16, 1915, pp.
or
not
having metal
751. 1150.
large wood
siding,
203
BUILDINGS.
Inbound
Separate When
the
are
wide,
inbound
the
provided
inbound
where
a
Houses. is sufficient
freight handled outbound
and
outbound
the
and
operation
of
amount
for
houses
Outbound
and
should
house 40
60
to
is in
house
freight
feet
be
of
excess
not
feet
in
these
than
more
being considered
it
60
When
desirable.
are
narrow,
wide,
justify it, separate
to
30
feet
expensive
width.
Platforms. A the
inside
aisleway wide trucks
used
are
Distance The
is
platforms
level
platform handled
in
be
of
45, p. 728.)
should
be
track
the
that
cars
Roof
The than
the
M.
of
the
nearest
be
not
less
be and
pass,
12
cars
of
the
on
keeping least
at
an
feet
8
where
electric
wide.
feet
track
than
the
to
5 feet
9
spacing tracks
of
face
of
the
inches, where 7 feet
least
at
terminals.
important
at
not
than
more
4
feet
refrigerator
occasional
With
below cars
cars
or
be
not
to
the
doors
are
refrigerator
floor
the
set.
are
cars
C.
3
feet
top
are
of
8
handled
be
to
are
inches, this
Association.
B.
roads
Many
building each
rail, should
(See
conforming
to
Proceedings
for
that
cars
regularly,
are
lower
road, in deciding take
into
the
the
height
consideration
mendation recom-
1911, Vol.
than
the
height
the
the
mum maxi-
of
form plat-
sizes
of
its line.
on
Platform. should
platform
the
to
least
at
edge, where
cars
than
predominate
Over
necessity
avoids
Cars.
more
the
be
spotting
It should
trucks
the house
Rail.
figures given above, and; above
side.
alternative
of
before
be
should
The
refrigerator
not
hand
should
quantity.
Refrigerator
should
for
Top
the
at
track
center
house
rail
any
opened
Where
the
to
of
top
the
usually expensive
Platform
The
eliminates
in
of
of Track.
tangents.
on
Distance
For
freight
or
are
Line
doors
the
platform
from
distance
platform
from
the
room
side
track
of
location
also
on
the
along
the
and
house
Center
to
tracks
the
give sufficient
to
wide
feet
house,
the
to
next
10
considering
necessity of
track
can
8 to
platform
width
of
be
protected
the
platform
laws
permit,
and
by at
an
overhanging
least
10
feet
roof,
above
greater
not
the
platform
level. Roof
Over Where
This
should
Cars. State be
at
least
17
feet
protection
above
the
top
over
the
cars
of ra,il, and
is often should
used.
preferably
BUILDINGS.
204
to
within
the
top
extend on
of
Above
Eaves
On
18 inches
of the
the
have
to
edge
of
local
conditions
all freight trucked
the
into
door, the height of the
the
car
All doors
door.
There
side
least
4
to
from
sleet,as
this type
with
with
Above the to
At
use.
Slope of To toward proper.
inch For
edge of
4
feet
side
team
is
being received
better
leave
to
full length
the
there
some
is considerable for
At
loaded.
or
in
elimination
that
snow
part
points,
some
the
of
of
outside
of
the
to
keep
impossible This
trucking
more
to
building. With the
delay
causes
the
house
aisleways from with
get through
the
inside
space
a
being
truck
and
confusion.
house
should
that
Grade. side
feet above
floor
the
the
of
the
inbound
grade, depending
street
house
outbound
the
at
give
to
desirable
be
may
available, the
large packages.
street
be
results.
it almost
Street
the
on
to
needed
least being
at
platforms
freight it is difficult
making
up,
feet
the
protection
other
or
entirely closed, except
it is necessary
house, longitudinally congested
be
is not
room
roof
climates, where
can
freight
the
platform possibly gives
On
On
high.
Platforms.
outside
houses
track
ample
is loaded
feet
than
little greater
be
rain.
without
these
12
Outside
Without
where
house
crowded
8
need
the
through
pass
unloaded, the overhang
being
more,
localities, especiallyin northern
1
level
the
convenient.
be
while
driving
a
Freight houses
With
least
at
must
cars
door
overhanging
an
preferably
and
Freight House
where
and
house
be
times
goods
protect
feet
protection
in
feet above
permit.
will
freight-house
at
also be
should
team
3
trucks, it
on
Teams.
Over
Floor
least 14
at
eaves
the
should
height might
greater
the
being piled high
lightweight merchandise
of
car
and
ing walk-
allow
of Doors.
As
Roof
will
This
car.
cars.
driveway, where
Height
a
of the
Driveway.
account
is desirable
middle
of the
the
height
should
the
on
of
type
exceed
not
from
be
3
trucks
feet.
Floor.
assist trucking the the
street
An
approximately
outside
toward
the
the outbound the
floor
platform tracks
on
for
house
of
the
1 inch
inbound in 8
the track
should
feet, this being for
side should
be
sloped
the
house
slope approximately
draining.
the floor should
platform alongside
house
of the
car
not
slope from more
than
the
street
1 inch
to
in 8
the
feet.
BUILDINGS.
205
Doors.
kinds
Several
folding It as
be
be
is advantageous With
possible. opened
opened
up.
the
platform
is
the
at
than
more
the
on
half
track
doors
of
house
can
space
can
the
side.
should
point opposite
any
is
provided,
length
average
panel
good
a
be
that
so
door.
car
a
used,
of
door
a
in
and
cars
each
cient. panel is suffiin
economy
framing,
length.
their
have
to
50
approaching considerable
becomes
in
feet
and
entirely free
floor
the
width
the
enough
great
made
saving offset
to
from
the
but
posts,
using
by
in
posts due
advantages
to
omission.
Light.
Natural
Natural
light should
Skylights
doors. is also
in
glass
Artificial
preferably
in the
roof
canopies,
in the
wires
according
run
inside
Plugs
Push
socket
to
One the
circuit
inside
type
of
lights should
the
side
maintain
to
walls
above
and
ineffective,
the
horizontal.
and
night
at
specifications of
line
one
and
during
possible electricityshould
lines
more
should
track, with
the
for
the
evenings during the The
the
plane approaching
operation
wherever to
or
house,
arrangement
hang
in
of
lights
be
National
should
outside
over
the
the
be
late
used, Board
the
run
full
platforms.
Cars.
for
Another
parallel
any
for
winter, and
Underwriters.
length
provided
Light.
afternoon with
on
be
expensive
are
or
Artificial light is needed
All
last, all of the
Posts.
houses
to
side
team
by posts.
continuous
platform
outside
an
It is advantageous
of
not
the
on
Length.
feet
No
as
(either
Platform.
No
obtained
be
Considering
the
occupied
opening
the
except
objectionable
Where
outside
can
Where
22
doors
space
is not
This
Doors
opening
of
door
much
as
lift
parallel sliding.
parallel sliding doors
the
With
and
have
the
for
"
shutters to
counterbalance
satisfactory
are
all types
except
With
Panel
doors
not), rolling
or
Continuous
an
of
car
be outlet
push to
winter
boxes
plug
provide
for
the
not
44
over
in
use
light
face
for
of
the
feet
attaching loading
on
wall
centers,
with
extension
an
on
platform
dark
cord
days
and
season.
lights will depend be
along
run
stationary and
somewhat
operated
on
the
height of the
in circuits
from
ceiling.
conveniently
BUILDINGS.
206
located
maximum
allow
Fire
Where
water
fire
standpipes them
accessible
fewer
is
should
heat
no
this
hose.
the
be
The
be
so
line
water
for
the
on
to
cover
the
valve
line
repair
be
connected run
to
as
a
2-inch
outlet
rack, equipped
now
recommend
the
8
same
with
pit,
a
a
so
drained
as
into
standpipe
above
floor,
the
2-inch
50 feet of hose
wherever
should
made
be taken
being
care
As
supply
stem
2^-inch
provision
that
city equipment.
the
as
section
water
be
with
city hose;
other
station.
in
feet
more
at
each
a
1^-inch
but
for
by
A
sewer.
hose
men,
the
It should
approximately
to
outlet
are
the
of
located
be
be
to
entire
controlled
should
to
inexperienced a
the
renewal.
or
end
By
apart.
if located
the
ing fight-
for
feet
thought
are
controlling
and
valve
up
attached
by
they
necessary
for
ISO
than
more
from
frost
provided
be
by freight than
44
The
be
should
feet
Underwriters
handled
threads
Light. In
rack
should
blocked
floor.
in turn
should
walls
house, the
the
above
this
to
it is to
Red
the
end
about
are
there not
be
to
below
wrought-iron
the
carefully planned,
be
lights.
racks
and
them
readily accessible
linen
a
houses
Chernical
electricityis
where
small this
light
available
light to designate
red
kept
be
to
there
location
the
burning
at
all times.
should
be
provided
hose
should
be
of
fire-fightingapparatus,
the
each
over
Extinguishers.
Chemical and
in
located
the pit, and
and
liable
connections
wheel
be
hose
fire
the
by putting
be
hand
and
less
and
hose
there
on
of
use
is available
pressure
on
points, but
of
in
economy
should
Protection.
putting
to
circuits
The
panel-boards.
'
extinguishers As
standpipes. should
containing
be
they for
made
solution
a
Watchman's
of
put
are
out
replacing
of
them
service or
chloride
calcium
in
addition
by freezing, them
keeping used
are
the
to
hose
some
vision pro-
Tanks
warm.
successfully.
Clock.
Where
watchman
a
clock
in the
throughout
the
is needed,
freight
office
freight houses,
watchman's and
should
clock
stations be
system,
located
at
with
a
various
tering regisplaces
installed.
Scales. In the
outbound
freight
In
inbound
be
placed
can
sufficient
houses be
houses, where at
least
From
weighed.
one
in
little of each
should
scales
50 the
section.
to
80
feet
freight The
be
is
provided
apart
is good
weighed,
scales
so
should
that
practice.
scales have
all
should a
mini-
BUILDINGS.
capacity of
mum
of
in
allow
to
at
certain
O., S.
them
scale
expedites the handling
roads
6
feet
inches, with they
and
up
left
are
heated, depending
checkers'
stalls
portable, so of
special congestion
a
section.
each
Sometimes
their of
in
one
by 4
closed
are
case
is not
inches
beneath.
make
in
moved
this
6
feet
least
at
ordinarily considered
freight
necessary.
Room.
D,
inbound
In
be
points, but
and
4
sometimes
Some
to
located
be
drawers
and
front, and
conditions.
local
as
back
the
along
shelf
should
approximately
be
entirely open
houses
should
room
a
freight," this
damaged
enclosed
be
to
provided
be
that
so
house
to
it
"over, short
be kept locked.
can
Room.
Repair In
layouts, particularly
large
business, as
checkers
for
should
These
and
dial
successful
Stalls.
Stalls
on
A
tons.
freight.
Checkers'
a
four
207
a
should
room
crates, boxes,
be
barrels,
there
where for
provided
is
transfer
considerable
repairing broken
packages,
such
etc.
Offices. In If
this
be
can
large
In for
houses
large
the
and
should
in
the
The
possible, be
as
cashier Where
the for
provided
The
short
and
be
may
it should
the
and
freight,"
for
locker
Transfer
Platform.
transfer
outbound
platform
is
the
clerks'
and
this
chief
or
agents' offices, the
cooperage
the
clerk.
first floor.
the
draymen,
In
as
room
for
room
larger terminals
freight, and
when
it is
Toilets.
heating plant, with
rooms
inbound
all should,
agent
the
tionery sta-
section.
toilets for
for
kmch
and
on
perishable
in
the
place and
located
and
files and
This
be
section.
one
for
care
house
good
in
for
the
inbound
the
over
of
and
private office
the
space
handlers
freight
Handlers'
Freight
a
have
foreman.
space.
story a
the
for
and
clerks.
for
desks
to
located
be
should
and
both
to
be
ordinarily
damaged
also
draymen
a
the
should
wanted
is sometimes
layout
from
clerks
the
also
facilities
packages, etc., all
broken
basement
Where
view
etc., for
Plant
Heating
in
his clerk
rooms,
"over,
provision
locker
floor
save
second
a
should
story
and
by
possible it is preferable
toilet
repairing
and
and
provided
second
for
office
general
provided
be
it will
structure
be
toilets
cases, far
the
houses
agent
house,
elevated
an
office should
separate
a
for
houses
included. usuallj?^
the the
for
room
freight handlers
coal, and
freight handlers.
are
One
arranged of
the
in best
the
same
designs
BUILDINGS.
208
for
covering these platforms
the
should the
the
of
center
the
and
posts
loading
For
feet
for
The
and
feet
should
the
used for
room
built, usually
be
houses, with
wide, especially if a
provide
to
is
agricultural implements
platforms should
platform with
design
in
located
posts
platform
trucks
between
Material.
unloading
and
outbound
extension
16
wide,
Bulky
bulky packages, platforms inbound
this
the
cars.
Extensions
Ramped
12
butterflyslied,with
a
Where
platform.
be less than
not
is
be
least
at
A
covered.
8
feet
of
wide,
the
large, the
to
platforms.
and
possible
if
butting
track
stub-end
other
extensions
as
ends
the
on
ramps
and
against
a
is valuable.
ramp
Cranes. Where
gantry
no
should
pillarcrane
be
in the
provided
is
crane
provided
the
on
freight yard,
of
end
or
platform.
extension
the
stiff leg
a
Downspouts. It
is not
good
placing them
practice
outside
to
should
they
the
inside
downspouts
put
in
and
house,
properly protected.
be
Fenders. On to
the
the
protect
of
an
to
keep
side
team
8-inch
walls
by
from
freight houses
set
on
approximately
2
and
A
should
good
type
brackets, with inches
collect
not
fender
a
wheels.
wagon
timber
will filter through
dirt
all the
10-inch
timber
the
of
is
provided made
one
the
up
separator
or
spacer
from
away
wall,
that
so
fender.
the
on
a
be
Storage. large cities it is frequently advisable
In
eight the of
to
of
balance
the
should
stories
ten
the
material be
high, using
made
for
structure
stored for
will
cold
the
and
storage, be
not
ground
warm
^REST
floor
for
be
leased
to
affected
build
to
by
heat
where
storage
the
inbound
freight
handling to
shippers.
cold, but
or
houses
conditions
and
Most
provision
warrant.
HOUSES.
Purpose. Rest held
at
houses terminals
with
the
the towns.
8
Adopted,
construction them
kept Vol.
16,
furnish
from
away
With are
built to
are
of
the out
home.
of
1915,
men
hotel The
need
large terminals can
766,
of these
1151.
are
in
for
houses
from
away
be given clean
temptation, pp.
accommodations
and
better
the
trainmen
is increasing centers
of
modations, satisfactoryaccom-
condition
for
their
BUILDINGS.
and
work,
close
are
dependent
largely
very
and
Railroad
Y.
to
have
to
C.
M.
Railroad
The
results.
men,
usually from
the
upon
a
the
is
house the
having
man
its associations
and
house
of
success
With
manager.
the
site requi-
be
can
made
influence.
A, C. A., which and
managers
Its methods, works
will
operates
through
which
put A
successfully.
what
The
wanted.
valuable
a
Y. M.
help find good
good
when
enthusiasm
ability and attractive
hand
at
209
its experience of
part
the
built
house
results
give good
of the
many
if
houses, is able assist in getting
to
management their
for
is not
use
directly by
run
the
upon
ferent dif-
railroad.
the
Site. Too
often
being overlooked
fact
the small
of the
part
from
steam
and
cost
of
freedom
shop
a
such
a
using it
very
noise, of
disposal, the
plant for heating,
men
be
and
smoke
from
site,
desirable
a
site may
a
sewage
heating
of the
getting
to
of
extra
supply and
convenience
the
given
not
Questions
supplies, water
using exhaust outlook
is
the
that
total.
accessibilityfor of
attention
proper
chance tive attrac-
an
all-important.
are
Sewage. Where is
is not
sewer
a
accessible,a septic tank
for treatment
of
sewage
desirable. of Design.
Requirements The traffic
design in
of
which
the
the
points the taking
of
care
be
must
be
to
men
telegraph operators,
and
house
rest
must
with
vary
accommodated
regular boarders, and
the
one
public
such
character
lay-over of
of
the
some
switchmen
shopmen,
as
of
At
engaged.
are
length
average
the
the
men road-
considered.
Entrance. There be
a
should
but
be
large enough
room
building, and
contain
to
to
serve
as
office for
an
The
entrance.
for
center
a
the
entrance
the
lobby
should of
activities
the
manager.
Attractiveness.
Especial
effort
should
be made
have
to
it attractive
and
give
a
pleasing
first impression. and
Register There
should
provided
space
Office The can
Sales
be
With
Counter. be
for
the
counter
sale
of
where
a
necessary
register
be
kept, and
where
necessary
clerical
the
attendant
can
also
articles.
View.
office should done.
a
It
have
should
room
be
for located
desk,
a
so
that
can
have
work the
211
BUILDINGS.
Counter
Under
Open A
of
space
bottom
the
of
in the
had
better
of
and
cleaning.
it and the
the
the
attendant
the
at
be
to
ready
For
access
the
desk
at
the
office.
for
cutting
down
of
can
At
the force
the
night.
at
man
ants attend-
service.
quicker that
waiters
the
with
room,
located
so
counter
the
allows
This
wall.
should
counter
of
the sides
around
the
(with
U-shaped
counter
houses, particularly,this will allow
one
floor
the
left between
be
thorough
the
have
to
than
between house
for
smaller to
should
inches
admit
to
center), rather
ordinary
be
counter
usually
is
working the
6
least
at
Counter.
U-Shaped It
Floor.
at
Stools, the
At
metal
lunch-counter that
large flaring base
should
They
spaced
be
fastened
securely
be
can
wood
27
inches
and
tops
floor
the
to
than
less
not
revolving
with
stools
are
a
mended. recom-
centers.
on
Chairs.
chairs, with
Metal
wood
seats,
recommended
are
tables.
at
Kitchen.
Planning and
Light
the
of
kitchen
is
a
important
very
matter.
Ventilation.
It should
be
light and
have
ventilation.
good
Fan. In the
large kitchen
a
of
rest
the house
exhaust
an
will
and
fan
is desirable.
cooking
keep
This
odors
of
out
will
pull from
building.
the
Hoods.
Range
There and
odors,
in
should, the
event, be
any
should
chimney
hoods
have
the
over
this
flue for
a
to
range
carry
off
purpose.
Plan. The
kitchen
interference
Separate The
between
ice box
to
food the
Kitchen
often
should
ranges
and
be
the
cooks
and
be
a
minimum
of
dishwashers.
Help. kept separate
ordinarily move
and
will
there
and
serving
from
the
kitchen
directly from
the
help by the
storeroom
and
tables.
steam
Room.
Ample
shelf
for cleanliness and
can
that
planned
so
waiters
from
waiters
The
be
the
Waiters
tables.
Shelf
should
cupboards
room
it as
seems
for
dishes
desirable
and to
stores
keep
possible, it is economical
the
must
be
kitchen to
have
planned
While
from
shelves
supplies and
utensils
as
free
for.
BUILDINGS.
212
accessible; but
help, giving
Entrance
If it
as
is
supervise
to
the
place for loafing. Storeroom.
to
is provided, it should
storeroom
a
it harder
makes
storeroom
convenient
a
Outside
No
separate
a
practically impossible
to
often
is
have
not
outside
an
this
it locked, and
keep
entrance, encourages
thieving. Box.
Ice
Too should
be is
there
sufficient
in
skimping
no
for
allowed
not
The
loss.
the
ice
refrigeration,
providing ample
considerable
for
chance
a
room
location
as
without
it
ice
is
the
of
There
box.
box
important. Outside
Ice
It
Door.
should
have
sliould
be
Steam
Tables.
tables
They
results
Adequate
ice.
the
drainage
provided.
Steam houses.
for
opening
outside
an
than
should
fuel,
save
a
where
provided
be
for
and
cleanly
are
articles
many
the
small
give
better
can
then
in
practicable,even
range.
Pastry Room, With be
without
done
In
Cool
in the
room
interference
small
a
is not
and
pastry
separate
a
with
such
house
the
larger
regular
work
work
with
and
would
arrangement
an
the
houses
liness. clean-
more
require
help,
more
ordinarily desired.
Room. In
basement
the
vegetables Coal
be
can
cool
a
bought
is desirable
room
at
large quantities of
that
so
time.
one
Storage. In
the
of locate
basement
coal the
enough
take
outside
the
near
be
provided ample
for
the
heating plant,
of
carload
a
should
and
ranges
plant
to
provided
for
there
the
main
A
small
metal
the
age stor-
impossible
where
building. Frequently
is desirable.
kitchen
for
room
bin
a
coal
bin
can
be
to
large
should
be
range.
Heat. It is good a
shop
practice
piped
for
locate
With
plant.
power
to
at
least
the
house
half
that
heat
heating system
vacuum
a
so
a
mile
under
steam
favorable
from
had
can
be
nomically eco-
conditions.
Sleeping Rooms. Sleeping odors
from
rooms
the
should
dining
room
be
cut
and
off
from
the
kitchen, and
rest
noise
of and
the
house
smoke
so
from
that, the
BUILDINGS.
lounging stairways of
use
office
ordinarily
are
kept
are
Doors
out.
This
necessary.
the head
at
also
allows
a
foot
or
of
the
economical
more
heat.
Rooms.
Small
Small of
and
rooms
213
sleeping 8
rooms
space
rooms
by 10 feet
feet
beds.
two
preferable
are
and
Chairs
dormitories, and
to
recommended.
are
hooks
coat
The
should
for
economy
will
size
modate accom-
provided.
be
Ventilation. for
Ventilation the
over
at
the
doors
substitute
a
bottom
Ventilation excessive
be
provided
by
opening of approximately
doors
foot
of
be
can
the
transoms
inches
two
used.
puts
in
of
of
Some the
charge
avoid
to
weather.
foot
a
control the
everybody
rooms
are
able
houses
with
open
floor
to
of
but
the
on
adjust
heat
a
intruders
keep
men
With
full
ventilation
and
partitions have to
Noisy
floor.
same
house
a
fumigated
be
rooms.
a
ing heat-
and
gives
cannot
rooms
and
floor
the
ventilation
adjacent
of
else
from
manager,
the half-open
ceiling and
desirable
Ceiling.
ceiling. This
disturb
may
partition and
to
between
screen
out.
Windows.
Every Table
sleeping
and
If
should
room
regular boarders a
Double-Deck
table
with
provided
outside
an
window.
are
be
to
provided for,
the
should
room
be
nished fur-
locker.
and
Beds.
Double-deck
they for
be
Locker.
with
space,
hot
disturbing occupants
suit themselves.
Outside
in
Below
floor is very
top
stopped about
rooms
partitions, occupants
the
the
rooms
keep clean, and
to
room
and
sometimes
without
swept
sleeping
Floor
are
is hard
one
the
sleeping
the
which
in
from
two
or
the ceiling of
Above
Partitions
beds
should
rooms
an
the
of
over
heat
Partitions
in
sleeping
Ventilation.
Roof
or
as
;
and
top
the
beds
are
not
about
75
are
being used, and
desirable
as
per
cent,
of
as
the
while
single beds. number
to
they Under
be
are
in
economical
conditions
average
provided
for
daily
are
necessary.
Recreation The
Rooms. of
amount
by the character important
that
had
the
from
no
for
room
of
skimping
house.
the be
amusement, service done
for in
reading, etc., is which
to
be
provision is made.
this respect
if full value
mined deterIt is
is to
be
BUILDINGS.
214
It
with
together
of
the
the
reading will
noise
in
the
room
than
tables
be
can
who
want
for
alleys
the
narily ordi-
not
be desirable.
may
be
ment amuse-
under
kept
in
games
to
nected con-
and
quiet is
them
other
and
rooms
open
reading
men
provision
desirable, bowling
are
addition
located
to
where
the
objectionable.
least
be
The
number
big house
a
better
are
lobby.
bowling alleys, pool
for
Provision
the
easily, and
although
great,
openings
from
manager
opinion that
generally accepted
wide
separate
rooms
eye
the
be
to
seems
Porch.
big porch adds
A
it should
proposition
make
likely to
be
not
the
to
comfort
located
the
on
unbecoming
remarks
of 3-inch
pipe, about
of
the
house;
side,
street
as
as
a
some
general men
are
passersby.
to
Rest.
Foot A
and
much
foot rest about
foot
and
rest
Toilet
feet
two
The
wear
on
inches
from
out
the
porch
floor, supported by brackets, makes the
a
rail
good
paint.
floors
room
should
be
of
composition
tile.
or
of Fixtures.
Much
Separation
and of
especial
the
care
by leakage
should
be
baths
and
from
taken
shower
to
baths
on
the
this.
prevent
the
reasons
washrooms
should
be
separate
fixtures.
other
Omission
done
Fixtures.
sanitary
For
been
has
damage
floors
from
the
ten
Floors.
toilet
Breakage
upper
from
saves
Room
gas
of Urinals.
Urinals should
the
are
be
omitted
hardest
and
fixtures
water-closets
keep
to
with
clean, and,
a
rule, they
seats
provided.
as
counterbalanced
Slop Sinks. At
a
convenient
location
on
each
floor
sleeping
slop sink
a
should
be
provided. Toilet
on
There
Each
Floor.
Sleeping
preferably
should
be
toilet
and
rooms
baths
on
each
sleeping
floor. General On
Toilet. the first floor
including desirable
for
is preferable
wash those to
have
or
in the
bowls. who them
do
In not
basement
there
connection wish
convenient
should
with
assignment to
the
also
these to
lockers.
ties, be toilet facili-
facilities baths a
sleeping
room.
are
It
BUILDINGS.
Tubs.
Few
and
tubs
few
Very
should
Fig.
Individual
to
the
be
used,
it is almost
impossible are
to
keep
some
men
them who
shower.
Arrangement
3.
as
properly cleaned, but there
floor underneath
the
prefer the tub
for
Shower
Baths
in
Rest
Houses.
Showers.
Individual in
215
showers
where
provided should
be
be
the
arranged
as
illustrated
Fig. 3.
Linen
and Dark
Closets.
Linen
closets
ample
room
spaces
should for
not
also
storage
available
provided
in connection for
sleeping
on
with
rooms
sleeping
room
floors,
the office is also desirable. can
be
thus
utilized.
BUILDINGS.
216
Lecture
Room.
A
which
room
for
used
be
can
is sometimes
some
effort for
entertainment
of
for
railroad
officers in
the
classes, the
rooms
been
it is
the
be
given
rooms
possible
at
their
warrant
to
amusement
and
such
that, where
temporarily
could
rooms
work.
that
and
cost
tion instruc-
such
houses
some
make
to
also at times
are
place for
desirable
a
various
of
handling investigations
experience
by
of
one
Such
men.
often
enough
often
of
part
a
necessary,
the
being
found
used
not
were
house
rest
it has
However,
assemblies
and
quite desirable,especially where
kinds
valuable
lectures
be
off.
shut
Hospital.
Emergency
should
Consideration
the
to
provision of
a
small
emergency
hospital. Quarters In are
for Manager
in
necessary
Separate Toilet Where be
the
there
is
possibility of
a
Provision
for
Expansion.
in
from
separated
it is
planning the house
size
or
badly
are
the
always
of
large majority
very
and
manager
being employed,
women
designed that sleeping quarters
so
them
increased
the
his
family
the
house
for Women.
for
A
for
quarters
building.
furnished
In
Family.
localities suitable
many
should
and
the
of
rest
well
be-
can
buildi-ng.
the
make
to
provision
for
already built have
houses
in need
toilet facilities
and
sion. expan-
had
be
to
of it.
Lighting. Electricity should providing less
Fire
when
be
used
it is necessary.
It is cleaner
and
extinguishers, fire
recommended.
houses
to
Sanitary If
a
provided, extended
a
the danger
and
In
frame
fire gongs
escapes,
be used.
view
if
even
plant
separate
for
fire is much
from
Safety Appliances.
for fire prevention should
a
lighting
it is used.
Protection Fire
for
A
the
all the
and
fireproof building is should
kitchen
best to
always
be
appliances be
strongly
built
with
fire protection. Floors.
wooden but and
with other
easily provided.
structure a
brick
is or
some
necessary, concrete
improvements,
such
sanitary floors
building their as
a
use
sanitary base,
be
can
can
be
more
can
be
more
217
BUILDINGS.
Fireproof Cost. A
Made
Sanitation
cent,
per
than
more
Easy.
reasonable
No the
approximately SO
cost
building.
wooden
a
will
fireproof structure
The
sanitary.
house
materials
colors
and
plastered walls
the
walls, for
the
game
of
will
four
keep
to
and
easily
very
well.
wear
lobbies
rooms,
height
a
shabby
which
selected
it easier
making
ordinarily get
be
in
used
in
spared
be
houses
should
are
have
to
should
expense
Where
sirable halls, it is de-
and
feet, painted with
dark
paint. Environs. should
Provision shrubs
"
METHOD
HEATING
OF
Stations
with
one
The
much
Where
heated,
air
furnace
water
heater.
water
than
system water
a
hot
constitutes An
system
with
but
a
hot
available " "
at
Adopted,
Adopted,
OF
should reasonable
Vol. Vol.
be
office,can
an
of
should
stoves
heated
especially where
stoves,
throughout
steam
the be
greater
a
it
entire
guarded
is
a
station
water
safest,
is
system. a
The
in
pipes and
774, 1151. 777. 1151.
is
such The or
hot
by hot
with
a
of
radiators
steam a
hot
freezing temperature.
all stations
cost.
steam
easily maintained
STATIONS.
satisfactory and
most
the
quickly heated
be
basement,
be used.
may
either
MEDIUM-SIZED
installed
16, 1915, pp. 16, 1915, pp.
than
more
more
the
to
are
satisfactory. For
and
fire risk
office
an
in
air furnace
hot
or
LIGHTING
be
by
separated
economical
kept above
be
Electricity is the lighting, and
STATIONS.
temperature use
temperature
even
must
^"METHODS
of
use
rooms
most
water,
by steam,
than
quoits.
heating plant, preferably
being the
as
heating plant
hot
waiting
more
single central
a
recommended a
or
the
and
rooms,
even
from
and
walks,
"
possible.
as
two
an
fire
of
danger
as
waiting
maintain
surroundings
MEDIUM-SIZED
FOR
two
or
to
necessary
against
pleasing exterior
economically by the
satisfactorilyand
day.
for
made
perhaps also provision for croquet
and
is not
be
where
desirable reliable
method current
of is
COMMITTEE
VII.
BRIDGES
WOODEN
TRESTLES.
AND
DEFINITIONS.
Wooden
Trestle.
for
support
a
Frame
Trestle.
Pile
applied in
structure
the
to
horizontal
which
the
beams,
or
whole
forming
members.
upright
the
members
upright
members
supports
or
A
"
in
structure
which
the
upright
members
supports
or
piles.
are
The
"
of
group
and
One
"
of
pile
as
bent
framed
as
bent
where
of
framed
where
vertical
the
forming
members
trestle, designated
Post.
members
of
timbers.
Trestle.
Bent.
A
composed
structure
horizontal
loads
"
framed
are
wooden
simple
supporting ,
A
"
battered
or
vertical
single
a
the
members
principal
of
support
a
piles,
are
timbers. members
the
of
bent
of
a
framed
trestle. Pile.
Batter.
Cap.
"
A
"
A
in
A
"
the
lower
Mud-Sill
Sill.
A
diagonally
"
upright
top
Pile
Driving.)
members
of
and
of
piles
or
bent.
a
connecting
posts,
bent.
a
of
member A
framed
a
bedded
timber
Strut
nearly
so,
Longitudinal
X in
Brace.
A
"
horizontal sill to
bent. in
the
ground
to
support
a
bent
Brace. or
which
the
posts
spiked
or
the are
to
plane
of
bent
tween be-
the
framed. the
bent
extending
and
face. Girt.
or
in
member
bolted
its
from
vertical
a
A
member
across
Longitudinal
Sash
in
the
upon
"
and
cap
Brace."
bent
vertical
Piles
bent.
the
or
of
Sub-Sill.
Intermediate
Sway
member
horizontal
or
framed
the
from
form
of
subject
under
deviation
horizontal
them Sill.
definition
(See
"
to
A
"
"
A
stiffening
running
horizontally,
bent.
member
extending
diagonally
from
bent
to
plane.
battered
horizontal
member
member
secured
to
the
posts
piles of
or
a
bent. Stringer.
"
A
longitudinal the
1
11,
from
bent
to
bent
and
porting sup-
track.
Vol. Adopted, 6, 1905, 35, pp. 1, 1910, 178, 228; Vol. pp.
Part
extending
member
36,
16,
42, 55-67; 1915, pp.
219
Vol.
894,
7,
1906,
1179.
pp.
683,
684;
Vol.
WOODEN
220
Stringer.
Jack Bridge
Tie.
A
"
A
"
AND
Guard
Inner
stringer placed outside timber
transverse
resting
Rail.
Timber.
Guard
A
"
Block.
Packing
of
A
"
Spool
Packing
their
main
A
"
iron
small
members, Bulkhead.
retain
A
short
to
connect
member
The
proper
used
to
of
in
connection
to
to
as
a
spike.
placed between
desired
a
and
water
Tip
of
Bearing "
Pile.
Pile.
"
Pile.
Adopted,
two
members
the
side
of
end
bent
elevation.
joint, secured
a
of
two
to
two
end.
to
placed against the side
of
an
AND
PILE
to
driven
DRIVING.
jetted into
or
underlying strata,
the
and
ground
deriving
and
friction
by the
of
the
a
pile
(a)
are:
surrounding
soft material,
to
or
To
ground;
carry
(c)
To
resist the lateral
a
of
the
"
pressure
"
"
upper
The
lower
end
of
a
pile.
The
larger
end
of
a
pile.
The "
pile.
The
smaller
One
Vol.
10,
used
1909,
end
end to
p.
of
of
a
a
pile.
carry
a
565;
Vol.
superimposed 16,
1915.
pp.
load.
894,
superimposed
form
ground.
Pile.
through,
not
them.
metal
end
timber
functions
exclude
of
in
member
specified length, with
of
iron
connect or
them
the
compact
Butt
with
its surface.
on
Pile.
rail,
the parts
secure
composite
a
pin, extending into, but
PILES
load; (") To
of
track
relative positions.
parts
square
or
piece lapping
of
from
usual
of
wheels.
car
the
of
casting used
small
point, driven
usually
its support
ground
rail,secured
embankment.
the
==
A
metal
a
outside
placed
several
round
structure
^A wall
"
of
bring them
to
"
the
wooden
or
A
"
piece of wood
structure
Fish-Plate.
Foot
supporting
positions.
or
of the
members Shim.^A
usually
usually wood,
in their
secure
head
An
"
to
piece
without
Head
stringers.
stringers and
rail,to guide derailed
timber
member,
Separator.
relative
proper
Bolt.
Dowel.
small
or
packing bolts
or
longitudinal
composite member
a
"
the
on
line of
the
the spacing of the ties.
maintain
to
a
of
longitudinal member,
A
"
top of the ties inside of the track
on
Drift
TRESTLES.
rails.
the
Pile.
BRIDGES
1179.
a
wall of
to
cent adja-
BRIDGES
WOODEN
Screw
Pile.
provide Pile.
Disc
having
One
"
broad-bladed
a
larger bearing
a
bearing Batter
One
"
having
221
attached
screw
its
to
foot
to
area.
attached
disc
a
TRESTLES.
AND
its foot
to
provide
to
larger
a
area.
Pile.
driven
One
"
at
inclination
an
which
are
not
provide
a
tight
resist forces
to
vertical. Sheet
Piles.
wall, to resist
Driver.
Pile
Hammer.
lateral A
"
A
"
Hammer.
Steam
Leads.
is raised
by
hoist
used
hammer
in its movement.
A
"
block
"
"
to
used
of
to
its penetration.
secure
and
rope
a
then
the
protect
to
Timber.
hoop used
A
metal
protection for the point
A
"
A
"
bind
to
the latter when
to
the
interposed
member
single stick
Cross-Section. Of
"
A
"
allowed
and
pile
action
to
of
support
hold
a
the pile.
on
which
piles, and
a
the
guide
the
it in
the
^The
line
of
pile during driving.
a
of
foot
or
the
between
hammer
and
pile to
mit trans-
of the leads.
foot
the
pile.
a
TIMBER.
of
wood
of
of
head
below
regular cross-section.
stick
a
cross-section.
consist
or
of
section
uniform
sawing "
rests
which
pile driver
of
head
the
by
which
frame
a
and
"STRUCTURAL
at
right angles
Defects
connecting the
of
of
centers
caused
are
trapezoidal instead
to
the axis.
by
wavy
or
jagged
rectangular cross-sections.
successive
cross-sections
of
stick.
Straight.
Full
of
a
hammer
the
metal
blows
Out
pile
a
means
in
A
Follower.
a
to
during driving.
leads
Axis.
to
is automatically operated
piston supported
sheaves
True.
driven
or
;
ground.
blows
upright parallel members
The
"
Shoe.
deliver
which
One
"
cylinder and
steam
Ring.
materials
soft
driving piles.
to
which
One
"
to
drop.
to
Cap.
used
weight
Hammer.
Drop
for
and
adjacent
order
in
contact
water
of
pressure
machine
close
of
leakage
prevent
the
in
driven
Piles
"
"
Having
Wind.
of
Length. the
"
"
a
straight line of the
Having Long
an
axis.
longitudinal surfaces
enough
to
"square"
up
to
order.
Adopted,
Vol.
11,
Part
1, 1910,
pp.
176,
178, 228.
plane. the
length specified
in
222
WOODEN
Corner.
The
"
line
BRIDGES
AND
intersection
of
TRESTLES.
the
of
of
planes
adjacent
two
tudinal longi-
surfaces. Girth. Side.
The
"
"
Edge.
cross-section.
a
Either
of
the
two
wider
Either
of
the
two
narrower
"
Face.
of
perimeter
surface
The
"
of
stick
a
longitudinal
surfaces
of
longitudinal surfaces which
is exposed
of
view
to
stick.
a
a
in
stick.
finished
the
structure.
Sapwood.
A
"
the
within.
wood
Heartwood. than
sapwood.
species, while Springwood. of
the
vessels
or
Solid.
of
A
"
Knot.
deficient
hard
Cross-Grain.
"
due from of
and
The
"
Shake.
the
the
ring
annual
some
color.
in the
earher
often
part
containing
later
formed
usually
being
summer,
in
in
dense
the
ture struc-
pores.
A
to
the
cell
walls, due
to
the
gnarly
formed
to
or
shakes, bad
checks,
insect holes.
or
in
from
the
of
wood
mass
the
fissure,
or
worm
curvature
parallel with
crack
heart, wind
of
taper
the
log.
wane.
wood
separate
of
loose
from
slivers, and
corner
mass
injuriously out Wind
; free
Free
"
distinct
grain
in
spring, and
the
in
sapwood
decay.
breaks, loose
The
"
the
to
ring formed
partial disintegration of
or
cavities
Cornered.
Square
in
than
in color
log, usually darker
a
contrast
annual
of
part
conspicuous
from
splits or Wane.
lighter color
fungi.
Without
"
of
slightly different
necessarily
outer
without
Free
"
of
strong
part of the
necessarily in
not
growth Sound.
it is but
not
Complete
"
others
and
thickness.
uneven
part
in
The
"
and Decay.
central
bark
pores.
Summerwood. season,
and
inner
season,
of
be
the
to
It appears in
The
"
next
It may
older
The
"
wood
of
cylinder
or
a
trunk
at
of
the
grain
branch,
a
with
the
trunk.
surrounding
knot,
a
grain
or
axis. a
series
of
caused
them,
during
growth.
*
STANDARD
The as
may
standard be
termed The
manufacture
"
Vol.
Adopted, 11. Part
OF
DEFECTS
are
defects
included
natural
defects,
latter of
have
minor
in as
usually
STRUCTURAL
the
TIMBER.
following
omitted,
defects
because
the
significance in the grading
Vol. 8, 1907, pp. 401-408, 1, 1910, pp. 178, 228.
450-452;
Vol.
of
pp.
of
ufacture. man-
defects
structural
9, 1908,
such
mostly
are
from
distinguished
been
list
316,
of
timber
375, 376;
:
BRIDGES
WOODEN
Knot.
Sound
or
Knot.
One
held
firmly
not
its face
either
be
it will
that
TRESTLES.
across
It may
position
by growth "
is solid
it.
surrounding
wood
Loose
which
One
"
AND
red
remain
223
and
is
black, and
or
in its place in
place by growth
in
hard
as
is the
the
as
iixed
so
piece.
position. (See
or
Fig. 1.) Knot.
Pith
"
knot
in
the
center.
One
which
diameter* Encased
Knot.
"
Where
pitch. side, nor
the
Pin
Knot. Knot.
One
"
not
knot
Sound
"
Standard
Knot.
is less the
not
more
wholly
or
than
34
inch
in
%
than
in
inch
circumference
part
by
bark
or
width
in
of
the
each
on
it shall
knot,
(See Fig. 3.)
hard
the
as
J^ inch
Sound
"
is surrounded
knot. as
hole
(See Fig. 2.)
one-half
sound
a
pith
a
encasement
exceeding
be considered Rotten
with
Sound
less
or
knot
not
diameter.
in
(See Fig. 4.)
(See Fig. 5.)
"
1J4 inches
over
it.
surrounding
wood
less
or
in
diameter.
(See Fig. 6.) Knot.
Large
Sound
"
knot,
in
inches
1^
than
more
(See
diameter.
Fig. 7.) Knot.
Round
Knot.
Spike
One
"
diameter Pitch
in taken
Pitch
"
pockets
and
Standard
Pitch
inches
Pocket
form.
direction.
of
pitch
these
The
knots.
average
or
(See Fig. 8.) the
between
bark.
or
mean
These
of
grain shall be
the
fied classi-
large pitch pockets.
One
not
(b).
One
"
in
openings
are
less
or
(a).
Pocket
the size
as
more
circular
or
lengthwise
a
small, standard
Pitch
Large
be
containing
as
Small
is oval
sawn
shall
Pockets.
wood,
which
One
"
"
^s inch
over
not
wide.
^
over
(See Fig. 9.)
inch
wide
over
3
inches
in
nor
length.
in
Pitch
One
(c).
Pocket
"
^
over
inch
wide,
or
over
3
length. Pitch
Streak.
piece. the
"
*
An
Shake.
as
annual
A
the
mean
at
with
point in the
streak, or
grained
coarse
saturated
one
pitch,
where
fiber, usually
it shall
not
be
which
refer or
which
usually
cause
a
separation
of
rings. between
shake
which
Measurements
considered
is not
pitch
well-defined
a
is, the
in timbers
opening "
of
(See Fig. 10.)
checks
between "
develop
grains, that
defect.
a
Splits or
Shake.
Through
sufficient to
"spring wood,"
the wood Ring
not
fiber between
considered
accumulation
well-defined
When
termed
Shakes.
A
"
average
to
annual extends
the
rings. between
diameter
diameter
in
two
of
knots
all
cases.
faces
or
of
lioles
a
timber. shall
be
BRIDGES
WOODEN
224
Dote
Rot,
either
the
by
Red
and
as
AND
Any
Heart.
form
TRESTLES.
of
a
dark
presence
discoloration
red
of
white
rotten
or
which
decay
"
not
found
in
red
spots,
shall
may
the
sound
be
considered
defect.
Wane.
(See "
definition
under
the
subject
of
Structural
be
Timber.)
evident, wood,
or
as
a
BRIDGES
WOODEN
225
TRESTLES.
AND
'//
Fig. 1.
r-^
"" " .
_
*-
-
"
-.
,j^
.,-
"^.jT ,
.
Loose
jx.:..
""""*, ..j^irlj'.;..-.
Knot.
,^^r "
t.
.
,,
. ,
^
Fig. 2.
Pith
Knot.
"*
-
.
^
BRIDGES
WOODEN
AND
TRESTLES.
^S^^JTK^^?
Fig. S.
Fig.
6.
Pin
Standard
Knot.
Knot.
227
228
WOODEN
BRIDGES
Fig.
Fig.
7.
8.
AND
Large
Spike
TRESTLES.
Knot.
Knot,
WOODEN
BRIDGES
AND
Small
Pitch
Fig. 9.
Fig.
10.
Pitch
TRESTLES.
Pocket.
Streak.
229
230
BRIDGES
WOODEN
Southern
Yellow
Fir.
Douglas
fir, red or
The
"
of
east
of
east
Spruce
White
Pine
the
Pine
Pine
timber
which
the
Idaho,
as
yellow
Sound
Puget
or
that
is, hemlock
Pacific
the
is, the
fir
from
Coast. timber
spruce
has
of
from
coming
Coast. known
been
white
as
Minnesota.
white
Western
pine from
tana, Mon-
Washington. white
as
known
"California
or
hitherto
Colorado,
Mexico,
Pacific
the
and
sold
sometimes
Pine,"
from
Eastern
timber
New
timber
"Ponderosa
known
Pine."
hemlock;
variety
and
the
covers
is the
"Red
as
Wisconsin
Michigan,
California, This
timber
covers
Northern Western
timber
fir.
from
spruce
covers
Maine,
White
are
Minnesota.
covers
pine, from
timber
Minnesota.
; that
spruce
the
fir, Oregon
Eastern
hemlock
covers
of
pine, (c) loblollypine.
also
including
and
Eastern
covers
Western
is known
classes
three
covers
Coast
or
TIMBERS.
heading
Fir"
West
what
Hemlock
points
and
Southern
all States
Spruce
this
fir, Washington
covers
covers
Western
STRUCTURAL
"Douglas
term
fir, Western
Pine
Hemlock
Under
"
pine, Northwest
Norway
Idaho
Pine.
TRESTLES.
longleaf pine, (b) shortleaf
(a)
used,
FOR
NAMES
^STANDARD
AND
as
pine Oregon
White
Washington.
and
"Western
Yellow
Pine,"
or
zona, Ari-
from
coming
Pine,"
"Western
or
White
Pine." Western
Larch
Rocky
Mountain
Tamarack
the
from Redwood Oak.
"
Under
Oak, to
to
California
the
three
include
White
Oak,
Oak,
Scarlet
Red
Chestnut
Oak
at
the
^5
to
is preferable
to
Burr
1909,
Vol.
10,
p.
1909,
Vol.
10,
pp.
Oak
the
rack," Tama-
Chestnut
AND
inspection
541.
Oak; and
(a) (b)
Red
all bastard
White
Oak, oaks
Oak.
TIMBERS.
TRESTLE
of
name.
used:
are
Oak
only
by that
Post
and
Black
609.
537,
timber
of
Oak,
mills.
Adopted,
from
"Eastern
or
known
usually
classes
the
"Adopted,
"Tamarack,"
as
BRIDGE
make
Tamarack
or
including Minnesota.
include
OF
Larch
regions.
wood
heading
"INSPECTION
It
and
of
east
of
Coast
known
this
include
(c)
timber
States
includes
Pacific
and
covers
species
the
covers
bridge
and
trestle
timber
;
BRIDGES
WOODEN
FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
'STANDARD
(to
be
PINE
BRIDGE
applied
to
TRESTLES.
AND
AND
SOUTHERN
TRESTLE
sticks
single
and
231
YELLOW
TIMBERS.
not
members.)
composite
to
Requirements.
General 1.
Except
noted, all timber
as
full length, square such
defects
cornered
in groups,
knots, knots
and
injurious ring
as
shall be
decay,
sound, sawed close
straight;
shakes
and
other
or
and
grained
that will
size,
free
grain, unsound
cross
defects
standard
to
from
loose
or
materially impair
its strength. Standard 2. be
Size.
inch
J4
over
by 12-inch
3.
sawed
shall
standard
to
the
from
scant
timber
Standard
instance,
not
a
12
11^4 by 11^4 inches.
than
less
not
they shall
that
means
size specified. For
actual
measure
size"
Dressing. "Standard
allowed after
timbers
"Rough
for
dressing"
dressing
being dressed
each
surface.
four
on
means
that
not
For
instance, a
sides,shall
12
inch
shall be
by 12-inch
less than
not
measure
^
than
more
timber,
llj^ by 11^
inches.
STANDARD
HEART
LONGLEAF
GRADE,
YELLOW
PINE.
Stringers. 4.
Stringers in the
anywhere
of
amount
depth
average
1%
than inches
inch
of
shall
show
length
of
sap
of in
less than
not
the
on
either
shall
not
exceed
diameter
heart
cent,
piece; provided, however,
is shown sap
85 per
will
be
not
the edge of the piece, but
face
narrow
one-half
permitted
knots
shall
in
of
the
Knots
case
girth mum' maxi-
stringer,the
section
any
no
the
that if the
inch. at
on
exceed
greater 4
within 4
inches
in their largest diameter. and
Caps 5.
Sills.
Caps and
of the four
piece, and
sides, measured shall be
'Adopted, Part
1, pp.
sills shall
176,
Vol.
free
show across
from
less than
not
knots
1, 1909, 10, Part 180. 181, 228-230,
the over
pp.
85 per
537,
inches
539-541,
heart
on
in the length of
sides anywhere
2%
cent,
in
each the
diameter.
598-603;
Vol.
11. 1910,
BRIDGES
WOODEN
232
TRESTLES.
AND
Posts. 6.
Posts
show
shall
sides, measured
four and
shall be
7.
and
Struts
piece, and
shall
Girts
and
the
all heart;
be
each
on
of
the
length of the piece,
in the
in diameter.
Girts.
heart, measured
cent,
per
heart
cent,
per
25^ inches
over
Longitudinal Struts
side shall show
One
knots
75
sides anywhere
the
across
free from
Longitudinal
less than
not
from
side
in
anywhere
large knots
any
sound. 85
less than
not
the
other
or
and
cornered
square
side shall show
other
the
across
free
shall be
defects
the
of
length
will
that
materially injure their strength. X
Longitudinal 8.
each
and
cornered of
defects
the that
and
Ties
X
Longitudinal
square
9.
Sash
Braces,
sound
Braces
shall show
;
Braces,
Sway
shall be
free
from
will
materially injure their strength.
Guard
the surface
large knots
and
where
Rails
shall
shall show
edges
any
heart
cent,
per
large knots
any
be on
other
or
Rails.
and
two
80
less than
not
shall
Braces
Sway
and
sides, and
Ties
across
and
two
Guard
side and
Sash
Braces,
in the
anywhere other
or
surfaced
not
the remaining
STANDARD
75 per
length of
the
rough
YELLOW
heart;
other
the
heart, measured
cent,
piece; shall be free
from
materially injure their strength;
will
shall show
face
AND
LONGLEAF
GRADE,
all
side
one
less than
that
defects
show
all heart.
SHORTLEAF
PINE.
Stringers. 10. wane
Stringers shall be
square
^
inch
one
on
corner
exceed
in
of
stick in
the
their
Ring shakes and
Caps
11. 1
of
the
Ring
which not
occur,
extend
two
on
one-fourth
diameter
they
wane
over
and
exception of
the
of
shall in
width
the no
case
the
one-eighth of
shall
Knots
corners.
of
4
of
not
surface
the
exceed
length
1 inch
inches.
the
piece.
Sills.
wane
shall not
largest
shall
Caps
inch
or
cornered, with
on
one
exceed
stick sliakes
Sills
and
in
corner,
in their which
shall
not
shall
be
square
or
Yz inch
longest
they extend
occur, over
wane
J4
diameter and
with
cornered,
in
no
one-eighth
of case
of
on
two
the
width shall
the
exception of
the
Knots
corners.
of exceed
length
surface
the
of
4
the
inches.
piece.
BRIDGES
WOODEN
AND
TRESTLES.
233
Posts. 12. wane
Posts
on
shall
one
the
stick in
shakes
Ring
Yz inch
shall
they
These should In
be
to
FOR the
state with
the
not
surface
of
the length of the piece.
4
exceed
case
of
the which
of
shall
the
of
inch
no
limit
bulk
1
in
HEART
inspection,
of
Knots width
the
STANDARD
maximum
good
timber
secure
shall
exception
corners.
of
one-eighth
over
NOTE
specifications In practice,
and
the
two
on
one-fourth
occur,
extend
not
EXPLANATORY
accepted.
wane
longest diameter, which
with
cornered,
square
or
corner,
exceed, in their of
be
inches.
GRADE.
which
sapwood
effect of these is practically
will
be
tions specificaall
heart.
not from is not bridge protected decay, sapwood only timber, for of fungi, useless in itself, but the it is furnishing a by lodgment spores in the of and the continuance of the heart. rot promoting cause starting after has to set Sapwood, especially susceptible decay extremely in, is also with exercised heartwood is precautions ordinarily fire, while practically from this of danger. immune source
permanent
On
the
valuable
as
other heart.
To
obtain
the
to
should
be
is
price
or
the
at
what
over
cent,
as
wanted, is
of
more
where
mills,
the mill to owner. hardship stationed the mills. should have at timber inspectors it seems that some of smaller and municipalities, buyers maintain organization Companies an Inspection might would to themselves, at the profitable mills, which prove be
can
mill
without
rejected
and
owners
of
benefit
incalculable
SPECIFICATIONS
WESTERN
FOR
those
to
HEMLOCK
DOUGLAS
BRIDGE
who
(to
be
applied
single
to
sticks
STANDARD
Standard 1. and
use
Standard
General 2.
members.)
composite
GRADE.
Heart
hemlock.
Grade
shall include
White
Douglas
yellow
fir will
and
be
not
Douglas
red
fir
accepted.
Requirements, All
rough
timber
shall
timber
or
unsound
knots,
impair
its strength
Adopted,
Vol.
%
knots
be
inch in
for the
inspection before '
TRESTLE
,
to
HEART
live, sound, straight
cornered, full length, not
square
not
AND
Grade.
Heart
Western
.
and
FIR
AND
TIMBERS.
to
what
timber.
'STANDARD
for
made
is
sapwood
purposes understand advance in bulk 50 per
mill owners for small a contains in
inspection
results
proper
Extensive To the needs cover established of the of timber inspectors the
if the
obtained which of
much
timber of buyers
satisfactory
be
can
commercial
ordinary
Therefore,
heart timber good usually furnished, sapwood.
unsatisfactory
for
hand,
for
than
more
dressed
groups, purpose
^
inch
timber; other
or
for
which
and scant
free
defects
J, 1910,
pp.
from that
grained,
in any
large, loose will
182, 183, 230-234.
cut
dimension or
materially
it is intended, and
loading.
11, Part
close
subject
BRIDGES
WOODEN
9.
All
timbers
10
shall
timbers
its equivalent
two
on
Must
work.
temporary
be
or
more
from
shall
not
they
Stringers, Caps, Sills and
splits extending
or
knots
the piece, or
cedar,
4
and
Piles
shall be
solid,free
of
3.
at
from
from
the
body
of
4.
the
of
face sur-
tion inspec-
to
as
diameter.
the edge
on
of
from
free
wind,
length of
the
Knots
greater
of
stringer.
any
than
PILES.
and
burr, and
red
longleaf pine,
oak;
post
cedar, chestnut, Western
; shall
trees
close
be
grained
injurious ring shakes, large and
defects, which
Eastern
In
butt
tip.
of
the
red
does
above
cut
Short butt
otherwise
be
peeled
of
soon
white
or
unsound their
materially impair
may
cedar
small
a
and
amount
not
materially injure the strength
the
ground
of
bends to
the
will
the
of
and
have
a
A
allowed.
be
not
center
swell
uniform
line
drawn
tip shall lie within
the
allowed, after
piles
cutting.
be
must
All
cut
knots
when
shall be
sap
is down. close
trimmed
the pile.
minimum
diameter
for
lengths
not
exceeding 50 feet, and "Adopted.
of
out
pile.
Unless
The
be to
center
the body 5.
utilityfor
allowed.
butt
Piles must to
its
GRADE.
sound
butt, which
the
must
the
be
TIMBER
white
other
or
rot
Piles
white,
from
cut
durability.
be
in
inches
HEART
Eastern
or
taper
tionate propor-
subject
be
corner
have
width
one-eighth
than
FOR
defects, such
from
pile,will
the
one
cypress.
knots, decay
heart
may
the
must
shall
permitted
be
includes
grade
redwood
strength
on
will impair
one-fourth
Posts more
over
will not
fir,tamarack,
loose
wane
sizes
which
Timber
occur.
SPECIFICATIONS
This
2.
Other
exceed
RAILROAD
Douglas
2-inch
a
defects
and
than
more
in diameter
"
1.
have
that
except
Posts.
Stringers, Caps, Sills
3 inches
cornered,
square
loading.
before
shakes
cut
corners.
free
of the piece in which
10.
and
size may
be
Knots
sound
in
inches
10
by
defects.
or
235
TRESTLES.
Requirements.
General
or
AND
not
Vol.
exceeding
30
at
tips of round
feet; 8 inches
7 inches
10, 1903, pp.
the
537,
for
for
lengths
over
541, 542, 603-611.
piles shall
lengths
over
50 feet.
The
be
9 inches
30
feet minimum
but
diameter
at
6.
diameter
inches
9
be
30
over
feet. the
feet
7.
but
shall
10^/^ inches
piles shall show of
diameter
This
the
The
Unless
11.
No
12.
Piles the
except
12 inches
and
feet; 8
30 7
pile shall
square
a
inches
side at one-quarter
of
or
red
for
lengths
lengths
50
over
from
length
the
Railroad
the
of
to
piles shall show
least
at
GRADE.
all other
black
tip and
oaks
tupelo
that
will
driving. lateral
and
taper
elm,
maple,
gum,
stand
road Rail-
in
included
not
and
butt
ture curva-
grade. need
the
be
not
diameter
requirements
specifiedwill
heart
side
each
on
butt.
specifiedpiles
meet
proportion
all round
Heart
specifiedas
are
which
size of
heart
cent,
per
timber
sound
for
otherwise
limits
and
sweet,
any
for
as
80
least
the
at
sycamore,
pine
same
10.
tip of
FALSEWORK
requirements
the
are
be
for
stick, and
includes
grade,
hickory, Norway 9.
shall
inches
at
heart
of
grade
Heart
the
feet, and
any
RAILROAD
8.
of
side
any
50
of
butt
12 inches.
be
Square
the
exceeding
not
width
cross-section
any
of
exceeding
not
minimum
The
butt
width
lengths
for
TRESTLES.
20 inches.
the butt
at
minimum
The
AND
of the length from
one-quarter
maximum
the
at
BRIDGES
WOODEN
236
peeled.
Railroad
of
classed
be
of heart.
proportion
or
Heart
grade work False-
Railroad
as
grade.
"SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
WOODEN
METAL
DETAILS
AND
BRIDGES
IN
USED
TRESTLES.
Wrought-Iron. 1. in
It shall be
character.
surface
defects.
full-sized of
at
shall be
Wrought-iron
When
pieces of
thoroughly welded
the
fracture
fiber, through diameter
When
of nicked
135
in
tested
square
inch, an
degrees, without is not
and
bent,
form
over
the
twice fracture
Specimens
sign
of
the
shall
show
of
Vol.
7, 1906,
pp.
692-694,
719-724;
Vol.
the
least
fibrous. "Adopted,
18
bend
of at
free
11, 1910.
1
Fig.
of
per
from or
in
strength in. 8
cent.
cold, with
fracture, around
thickness
shall
be
ultimate
an
elongation
uniform
and
rolling and
specimens of the
wholly fibrous.
which
in
length, it shall show
same
least 50,000 lbs. per
inches, with
double-rolled, tough, fibrous
a
the
pin
the
piece tested. 90
per
cent,
WOODEN
BRIDGES
AND
TRESTLES.
237
Steel. 2.
Steel
uniform
shall
be
made
the
by
quality. It shall contain
made
acid
by the
and
phosphorus; phosphorus.
if made
by the in
tested
About
not
it shall
process
When
3"
open-hearth
^;
than
more
contain
basic
Parallel Not
the
of
0.06
form
Fig. 1,
of
If
cent.
per
0.04 per
than
more
of
be
sulphur.
cent,
than
more
not
process,
specimens
0.05 per
not
shall
and
process
cent,
full-
or
Section
less than
"
"
"
"l
g"
'i
"
I
2"
Abput t
J"^+l^l^^Etc-.
Fig.
sized
pieces
of
the
same
strength of 60,000 lbs. 4000
than
more
which,
gage,
ultimate.
be
it shall
square
inch.
that
minimum
a
^^^"
^"^
desired
a
retest
made
5000
lbs. of
of
elongation
^"^^
^^"^
^^^hout
tensile varies
strength
shall be
w^ithin
be
ultimate
ultimate
the
percentage
^teS^strength
ultimate
the
on
the
same
desired
in 8 inches
of
180
fracture
de-
'
flat. The
grees
shall
have If
desired, a
acceptable,
It shall have
1.
length, per
lbs. from
to
18''
^About
1^
for tensile tests
fracture
shall be
silky.
Cast-iron. 3.
tough to
iron, with
gray
American in
Society and
diameter
load inch
sulphur
not
before
0.10 per flaws
from
be
made
15 inches
long.
The
inches, with
12
which
is
load
test
middle.
at
a
Bar"
shall be
deflection
of
the
on
a
ing breakleast
at
If
inches
made
minimum
The
of
1%
bar
round
a
true
shrinkage.
"Arbitration
transverse
lbs., with
2900
excessive
and
of
made
shall be
They
cent.
the
on
Testing Materials,
applied shall be
so
is specified,castings shall be over
free
and
for
length of
supported
iron
they shall
demanded,
are
chilled
of wind
out
pattern,
tests
where
Except
1/10
rupture.
Bolts. Bolts
4. standard
shall be
size,the length
The
nuts
shall
the
thread
of
Drift
of
be
made
wrought-iron of
square,
Threads
bolt.
thread
to
or
be
standard
shall be
cut
steel,made
with
diameter
2^^ times
the
size, with
thread
according
to
square
heads, of
bolt.
fittingclosely
U.
standards.
S.
Bolts. 5.
square
Drift
bolts
shall
head, pointed
or
be
of
without
wrought-iron point,
as
may
or
be
steel, with called
for
or
without
on
plans.
BRIDGES
WOODKN
?.^P-
TRESTLES.
AND
Spikes. 6.
shall
Spikes
called
on
the
not
be
for shall
used
Packing
Spools
7.
in
Cast
spikes, when 6
than
more
shall
steel spikes
used
as
spiking planking,
for
if greater
inches;
be
round,
or
square
lengths
used.
shall
separators
or
plans.
of
packing
cast-iron,
of
diameter
The
on
be
of
hole
made
shall
size
to
])e V^
inch
l)olts.
Washers. 8.
Cast
than
icss
shall
less
shall
it is
diameter
of
be
not
used,
and
its
hole
shall
be
bolt.
of
3^
^
inch
the
bolt.
shall
be
times
the
thick.
of
wrought-iron
diameter The
of
hole
or
bolt
shall
be
diameter
steel, the for
which
inch ]/"",
it is used,
larger than
Castings.
Special
Special
10.
flaws
from
for
which
The
the
of
diameter
The for
bolt.
of
diameter
the
bolt
of
diameter
than
than
less
diameter
free
cast-iron.
diameter
washers
Wrought
not
the
the
to
of
be
Washers.
l)e not
and
the
larger than
Wrought 9.
times
equal
inch
shall
washers
3y2
thickness Js
for
diameter
than
larger
steel,
or
Separators.
spools
called
shape
;ind
wire
lengths
or
or
Packing
wrought-iron
Steel
plans.
required, wrought
are
of
be
by the
made
be
excessive
and
true
shrinkage
to
; size
pattern,
and
shape
wind,
without be
to
as
called
plans.
'SPECIFICATIONS FRAME
shall
castings
FOR
TRESTLES
WORKMANSHIP
TO
FOR
BUILT
BE
PILE
AND
CONTRACT.
UNDER
Site. 1. line
the
County General 2.
The
trestle
built
under
specifications is located
these
of
Railway
of
State
on
at
of
Description. The
framing
work and
about
'1
be
to
to
be
done
erection feet
Adopted,
Vol.
S, 1907,
of
under
specifications track
a
long
pp.
these
and
397-400,
an
average
442-450.
of
covers
the
ing, drivtrestle
wooden feet
high.
BRIDGES
WOODEN
General
239
TRESTLES.
AND
Clauses.
3.
The
sliall furnish
contractor
supplies, temporary trestle
complete strict
the
to
and
staging
ready
for
the
with
the
plans
accordance
satisfaction
and
all
rails, in
and
the
shall
workmanlike
a
intent
true
of
acceptance
He
required.
outfit
track
ery, labor, tools, machin-
necessary
Engineer
best
quality
the in
manner,
of
the
build
tions, specifica-
these of
Railway
the
Company. 4.
The
Details, fastenings and
work.
construction
no
Framing
be
allowed
The
cause
and
the
inferior
9.
in
if
10.
that
the
plans, the
arises
the
question
any
contractor
the
to
completion
its construction,
Piles
Company.
shall
are
banded iron
or
to
be be
referred
be
of
work,
the
top
on
shall
be
saw
;
iron
steel
shoes.
or
Such
call
plans
down
to
power
altered,
or
the
by of
his
tractor con-
men
Engineer
the
on
intended
are
for
of
the
ruling.
a
Engineer,
the
for cide, coin-
to
interpretation
by
scale
to
irregularities be
Engineeer
the
to
preference or
proper
and
all refuse tmder
removed
to
for
shoes
suit
near
the
furnish
be
and
and the
rubbish
trestle, liy
contractor.
place
the
by the
driving, will
material
and
by
required
steel
shown
is
work.
selected
When
driven.
in
arise
required the
carefully
with
to
as
guard
accumulated
Specifications.
suitable
and
expense.
shall the
Detail
be
the
full
destroyed
govern
specifications and
of
shall
with
carelessness
own
should
contractor
shall, when
they
of
shimming
or
have
taken
or
shall
plans
discrepancies
reason
where
of
Engineer.
shall
material
his
at
contractor
any
the
have
12.
hole
fastening
the
and
workmanship
The
may
the
off
cvit
no
agents
Any
shall
On
class
Engineer.
the
be
which
for
condemned,
be
inferior
satisfactor}^watchman 11.
of
blocking
No
specified by
as
it specifications,
or
each
liest method
the
depth
shall
authorized
to
on
These
and
Timbers
contractor.
of
If
instructions.
a
his
or
shown
Figures
discovered
The
fitted.
bearing,
fastened
the
account
measurements.
plans
be
replaced by the
be
of
work
of
expense on
joints.
of
specified by
as
accurately
points
Engineer
any
be
be
in
work.
all bolts.
for shall
be
shall
first-class
on
augur
shall
plans, shall
8.
must
the
the
of
connections
bored
be
be
used.
Joints
the
use
in making
be
to
7. on
of
6.
axe
at
shall
diameter
will
general
in
Holes
5. the
shall
workmanship
and
Engineer, the
furnished
ground pile butts
tips shod
by
the
with
Railway
13.
five blows
hammer to
shall be driven
Piles
until
or
BRIDGES
WOODEN
240
and
cause
an
where
of
fall
15.
shall
trimmed 16.
pulled
injured
Piles out
leave
cut
or
; a
required
in soft
inclination
the
to
bottom,
horizontal
in
driving,
off,and
replaced
sawed
by
off
projection
driven
or
the
by
to
plane and
one
of
outside
place, shall
of
out
shown
framing.
before
shall be
bent
any
effect), are
blow, except
slight bending a
Engineer
given.
driven
be
piles in
to
not
as
so
all
of
Butts
mechanical per
the
to
lbs.,falling 15 feet (or
3000
Y^ inch
be
but
require
bearing, satisfactory
same
of
will
piles shall
Batter
plans, and
the
penetration
average
TRESTLES.
weighing
producing
special instructions 14.
firm
to
hammer
a
AND
the
cap.
either
be
piles.
new
Caps. 17.
shall be
Caps
and
sized
bearing
even
piles
on
piles
the
over
The
posts.
or
posts
or
to
side with
ness thick-
uniform
a
most
shall
sap
be
downward.
placed Posts. 18.
shall
Posts
be
batter), and
or
sawed
to
to
bearing
even
and
cap
on
their
for
length
proper
position (vertical
sill.
Sills, 19.
Sills shall
20.
Sway
piles
the
the
at
bearing
of
to
posts
plane.
one
Braces.
Sway
to
sized
be
braces
and
piles,and
When
posts.
or
shall
bracing
the
piles of
fastened
to
a
bent
securely fastened
and
fillingpieces shall
obtain
to
the
of
account
on
faced
and
framed
be
variation
between size
in
of
against all piles.
bearing
a
used
Braces.
Longitudinal
21.
properly
necessary,
securely fastened
Longitudinal
be
piles
or
X
shall
braces
be
properly
framed
and
securely
posts.
Girts. Girts
22.
shall
sub-sills,posts
be
properly
piles, as
or
the
framed
plans
and
may
securely
fastened
to
caps,
require.
Stringers. Stringers
23.
edges with Jack 24. on
most
shall
sap
be
shall
sized be
to
a
placed
uniform
height
The
at
supports.
be
neatly framed
downward.
Stringers. Jack
caps,
and
stringers, if required their tops
shall be
on
in the
the same
plans,
shall
plane
as
the
track
stringers.
BRIDGES
WOODEN
AND
TRESTLES.
241
Ties.
25. shall
Ties
to
cut
to
side
rough
thickness
upward.
line,
and
length
even
uniform
a
shall
They
called
as
bearings, and
over
for
be
spaced
the
on
larly regu-
plans.
Rails.
Guard 26.
to
framed
be
placed*withthe
be and
laid
shall
to
Timber line ties
the
rails shall be
guard
and
to
uniform
a
framed
surface.
top
called
as
for
shall
They
the
on
firmly
be
plans,
fastened
required.
as
Bulkheads.
27.
clear There the
shall
Bulkheads of
shall end
bent
bulkhead
caps,
a
space
the
and
shall
be
unless
otherwise
Time
of 28.
stringers and
the
be
sufficient dimensions
of
be
of
less than
not
face
off to
sawed
conform
the
projecting
slope of
ment embank-
trestle.
the
the
between
The
to
of
bents
inches
bulkhead.
the
of
2
end
the
ties,at
the
keep
to
back
of
of
the
ends
embankment,
the
specified.
Completion. work
The
shall
in
completed
be
its
all
parts
on
before
or
19....
Payments. 29.
Railway
will
Payments
test
A
use
thorough
Soil of
(3)
the In
(4)
In
the
aid
location
of
(5) but
of
exploration important
most
consisting wholly
OF
the
soil
prerequisite
PRACTICE.
by borings, the
to
preliminary
or
and
design
tion construc-
harder if
In
handled
Adopted,
clay of the
soils
containing
sufficient it may
the
chiefly of
or
sand
is most
favorable
to
jet.
water
advantageous,
with
the
pile foundations.
(2) the
of
regulations
usual
the
PRINCIPLES
DRIVING"
piles, is the of
under
made
Company.
"PILE
(1)
be
volume
jet before
pile, and
general,
the
and
economical
be
to
bore
jet should
several
be
holes
securing
jet
may
in
the
be
the
soil
accurate
driven.
being
not
the
provided.
be
pile,thus while
of
use
pressure
driving the
its lubrication water
the
gravel
attached
to
the
pile,
separately. Vol.
12,
1911,
Part
1,
pp.
270, ,307: Vol.
16,
1915,
pp.
894,
1181.
BRIDGES
WOODEN
unless
they
unless
and
manner;
Before
(18) bearing
its
they
allowed
friction
it
of
grovtp
a
24
piles
wholly,
driving
by
material
skin
where
friction,
the
driving.
mainly
depends
combined
the
soft
upon
after
piles
similar
a
motion.
in
pile
hours
of
diminish
to
lateral
a
or
for
rest
resistance
possible
is
of
capacity,
to
the
Where
(19)
of
penetration
in
action
their
against
principally,
243
TRESTLES.
insure
to
stayed
the
depends
be
number
are
testing
power
should
pile
in
sufficient
are
AND
strength,
additional
bearing
or
within
piles
skin
upon
the
same
area.
Where
(20) be
to
made
the
to
as
Piles
(23)
Shoes
in
6-inch
form
to
the
holding
this
hard
a
is
stratum
of
should
investigation
stratum, sufficient
should
in
The
of
use
hammer
more
it
or
integral
an
in
be
be
riprap
depth
and
strength
position
pointed
cap
uniformly during
is
when
for
shale.
of
in
pointed,
some
cases,
end.
provided
part
a
the
at
not
advantageously
be
may
square
should
especially
(24) of
piles
or
(22)
hard,
in
load.
4-inch
a
foot
that
Timber
(21)
will
determine
to
carry
piles
piles
These
the
driven
into
when
material.
is
driving
the
should
shoes
soft
be
so
very
constructed
pile.
advantageous
over
driving.
the
in
head
distributing of
the
pile,
the
as
impact well
as
244
WOODEN
'WORKING
IN
AND
FOR
UNIT-STRESSES EXPRESSED
Note."
BRIDGES
POUNDS
TRESTLES.
STRUCTURAL PER
INCH.
for railroad intended are working: unit-stresses given in this table bridges be increased trestles the unit-stresses highway bridges and twentymay in which the and five (25) percent. timber is protected For similar structures, buildings from and the the weather free from unit-stresses be increased practically impact, may To the of beam under deflection cent. fifty (50) per long-continued compute a loading of the when the instead of that load is first applied, corresponding only fifty (50) per cent modulus of elasticity given in the table is to be employed. and
The
SQUARE
TIMBER
trestles.
"Adopted,
For
Vol.
10, 1909, pp.
537, 564, 609-611.
RECORD
PILE
Size
8x13
FORM.
Form
B.
^
Numbered
"Adopted,
of
Kind
from
Vol.
12,
R.
..^
LOCATION and
C. R.
"
of Bridge
Pile Record
Bents
245
TRESTLES.
inches.
A.
Weight
AND
BRIDGES
WOODEN
-
Part
or
W.
701.
Co.
^.
^_....,
-
-
-
19.
Date
Hammer. North
M.
.
.-
East
1, 1911,
End
pp.
Piles
278, 307.
numbered
from
Left
to
Right
.
246
WOODEN
"USE
BRIDGES
AND
GUARD-RAILS
OF
FOR
TRESTLES.
WOODEN
BRIDGES
AND
TRESTLES.
It
(1) all
recommended
is
open-floor bridges, and the
space
ties
will
truck
tiinber.
than
extend
to
distance
is required
be
to
or
tie, and
every
form
some
less
not
otherwise
constructed
their
places.
reference
the
to
guard-rail without
track
rail, guard-
rail that
striking the
higher
be
not
inner
the
or
on
properly
to
as
and
timber
timbers
guard
use
over
the
guard inch
one
rail.
by
local
the
of
against
inner
of
inner
bridges for
guard-rails
joint; that
every
section ; and
protected
installation
the
such
conditions, but that this distance, in
feet; that at
in
ends
the
beyond
50
spliced
practice
good
as
them
than
metal
of
in
inner
in
to
so
guard
guard-rail should
guard-rails as
the
spaced
so
It is recommended
(3)
case,
that
running
the
be
securely
the
strike
inner
The
lower
them
be
used, shall
when
should
same
It is recommended
(2)
rear
hold
and
practice
good
as
that
the
direct
ends
guard-rails
beveled,
be with
impact
fully spiked
be
inner
the
any
bent
moving
be
down,
parts
of
equipment. (4) on
all
is recommended
open-floor
similar
and
is 20
"Adopted, 1036-1044.
and
on
structures
miles
Vol.
per
14,
good
as
the
outside
longer than
structures
bridges trains
It
in hour
1913,
20
feet
practice
tracks in
branch-line or
pp.
of
to
inner
guard-rails
all solid-floor
main-line tracks
use
on
bridges
tracks, and which
the
on
and
similar
speed
of
more.
652,
653,
1136-1143;
Vol.
15,
1914,
pp.
403
VIII.
COMMITTEE
MASONRY.
CLASSIFICATION
OF
MASONRY.
Dressing:.
Manner of
Description.
Material.
Kind.
Work.
Face Joints
Coursed
Dimension
taining Re-
and
I Rubble
Wall.
1
Rock-faced
Smooth
Fine
pointed .Rough p'ted
(.coursed Bridge
/Smooth
Smooth
Broken-
-^
or
Surface.
Smooth
fCoursed Ashlar
Stone
Beds.
or
Uncoursed
Rock-faced
p'ted J Rough 1 Scabbled
Rock-faced
r Smooth
Smooth
Reinforced Plain
.Concrete
Rubble Ashlar
Coursed
Rubble
Uncoursed
I Fine
Rock-faced
pointed
r Stone f Rough
1
p'ted
Rock-faced
Scabbled
f Reinforced I Plain
Concrete
English Bond
[Brick
1
No.
Flemish Bond
f Rubble Stone ["
IDry
I Concrete
"{Plain
f Rough I Scabbled
Uncoursed
p'ted Rock-faced
Culvert .
(Reinforced (.Rubble Dry.
Stone
Rubble
'
Masonry,
Bridge
designed earth, Masonry,
or
J
the
carry
"
the
That
intrados
Culvert.
Adopted,
Retaining
and
the
sustain
DEFINITIONS.
Wall.
end
of
a
of
Masonry
"
bridge
span
stone
or
to
retain
in
the
arch
or
the
concrete,
abutting
both.
Arch.
between
Masonry,
to
Uncoursed
"
7.
and
Masonry
fill above
Vol.
portion of
1906,
and
pp.
the
the
masonry
of
stone
permit of the
596-601.
or
extrados.
structure to
ring only,
619;
247
Vol.
free
12.
concrete,
or
passage
Part
of
1, 1911.
designed
to
w^ater.
pp.
478,
579.
MASONRY.
248
Masonry, of
Dry.
in
Masonry
"
which
stones
built
are
without
up
the
use
mortar. CONCRETE.
Concrete.
A
"
compact assembled
material
broken
of
mass
with
together
gravel
stone, cement
other
or
allowed
and
mortar
suitable to
harden. Reinforced
Concfete.
in such
a
in which
Concrete
"
that both
manner
steel
concrete
and
which
rubble
other
or
metal
metal
is embedded
in unison
act
to
resist
stresses.
Rubble
Concrete.
in
Concrete
"
stone
embedded.
are
brick.
Brick.
No.
"
1.
Hard
"
brick, absorption
burned
exceeding
not
15 per
cent,
Natural
and
by weight. cement.
Cement.
A
"
material
Puzzolan, when
with
Cement.
mixture
Cement.
product at
Puzzolan
shall
the
calcination
shall
term
the
as
Made
in
be
North
Uncoursed. English
"
headers
is composed "
and
placed that
course
below.
with
without That
"
Bond.
Flemish
continuous
Laid
"
Laid
Bond.
course
so
with
Coursed.
of
calcareous
and
has
cent,
per
mate inti-
an
been
finely pulverized
the
argillaceous limestone
an
carbonic
off the "
An
acid gas.
intimate basic
granulated
mixture
blast
furnace
lime.
and
courses
Broken
3
to
America.
slacked
Laid
than
of
drive
to
slag
"
mass
finely pulverized
the
to
applied
by finelypulverizing together
Coursed.
solid
a
argillaceous
greater
obtained and
into
incipient fusion
to
calcination
only sufficient
Cement,
applied
be
addition
no
from
resulting
temperature
a
hardening
calcination.
to
This
"
classes,Portland,
of
property
term
which
to
subsequent
Natural
three
properly proportioned
of
materials, and
the
water.
resulting from
product
made
the
This
"
of
one
possessing
mixed
Portland
of
That
joints.
parallel,but
regard
to
disposition of
disposition of
outer
alternate eiid
lies
continuous,
not
joints.
bed
courses.
bricks
entirely of headers
stretchers the
bed
bond.
in or
bricks in on
each the
which
each
stretchers.
of in
in
structure
a
a
the
course,
middle
in
structure
of
a
which
header
stretcher
the
being in
the.
MASONRY.
249
Dressing. Dressing. Smooth.
inch
Pointed. exceed
Rough
exceed
not
ScABBLED.
inch
one-half
Having
"
Rock-Faced.
concrete.
or
which
the
do
not
variations
of
exceed
one-
surface, the
from
inch
which
do
not
which
do
pitch line.
from
variations
of
pitch line.
the
of
variations
irregular surface, the
which
do
not
pitch line.
the
indications
irregular projecting face, without
Presenting
"
the
from
inch
three-quarters
exceed
stones
of
variations
irregular
Having
"
of
irregular surface,
one-quarter
Pointed.
surface
pitch line.
the
from
Having
"
the
surface, the
Having
"
sixteenth Fine
finish given to
The
"
of
tool mark.
Descriptive Words. Abutment.
A
"
the
sustaining arch Arris.
is The
"
A
"
That
Backing." of
the
usually
It is Batter.
Bed.
The
"
The
"
top
Joint.
Bench
In
"
brick Build.
A
"
"
called Clamp. the
"
"
The
An
of
an
plain
or
the
dimensions.
built
face
the
rear
it.
with
face.
back
or
in
bonded
and
the
than
of
a
Bed;
Course
(See
A
perpendicular
one
from
which
the
masonry,
building blocks
other
wall
from
Natural
Bed;
arch
an
springs.
mechanical
by overlapping
the line of pressure.
to
disposition to
break
of
stone,
joints.
joint.
temporary
used
support
in
arch
construction.
designed
(Also
centers.) instrument
surface
turn
of
face
the
work
stone.
a
joint, or
brick
of
the
portion engaging in
whether
structure
or
to
of
grade
abutment
or
vertical
Centering.
and
span
abutment
rectangular
of
stone
attached
of
horizontal
stone or
The
surfaces,
two
wall
inclination
or
earth.
or
Bed.)
Wall.
Bond.
of
masonry
be
bottom
or
A
"
a
cheaper
a
bridge
a
plane.
Foundation Bed
of
by
block
of
must
slope
vertical
a
It
of
wall.
formed
cut
or
portion
face.
end
other.
each
squared
the
abutting
bench
a
edge
meeting
curved, Ashlar.
called
external
the
of
pressure
commonly
carrying
wall
supporting
is
to
lifting stone
so
stone
is increased
as
is of
the stone
hinged
adjust itself
for
to
the
the
shank
surface
of
wood of
the
the
the body
to
in
lifted.
its
grip
is applied.
load
attached
clamp
that
a
such
on
That
steel shoe, which a
manner
as
to
MASONRY.
The
Joint. "
narrow
adjacent
between
space
blocks, usually filled with Lagging.
ribs
the Laitance.
A
sediment
A
"
the
by
stone
other
or
ing build-
the
weight of
arch
an
to
its construction. of
the
to
in
lifting stone.
or
lewis
(The
triangular-shaped hole
a
water,
surface.
in
used
of
means
deposited
concrete
is worked
steel instrument
four-piece
engages
distribute
cement
water
bricks
stones,
mortar.
and
carry
from
when
concrete,
Lewis.
to
centering during
or
"
of
used
Strips
"
251
into
which
it is keyed.) Lock.
special device
Any
"
in
bond Mortar.
the
A
"
to
bind
or
to
mixture
Parapet.
A
"
The
Paving. Pier.
An
"
Pitch
intermediate
(Verb).
Pitched.
To
"
rock
is cut
true
edges.
Pointing.
Retaining
Wall.
Stones.
^A
"
Riprap.
Rough
"
to
prevent
Rubble.
it is of Rubbed.
A
"
Slope
Wall.
Soffit.
Spall
The
"
The A
"
or
and
used
water
in
brick
elevated
an
masonry
for
structure
in the
or
spans.
by
line
a
so
face
make
to
as
of
of
pressure
the
approximately
structure.
masonry
a
which
beyond
earth
filling
or
an
arch.
placed compactly
sizes
or
irregularly
water, ,
stone
massive
a
side of
chip
a
or
it
with
plastic
the
to
the quarry.
from
comes
it is termed
by rubbing
protect
to
as
size
change from
A
of
various
rough
or
wall
"
floor.
a
other
or
sustaining the
voussoirs
by
under
(Noun).
a
stone.
for
of
stone
"
arches
defects
fine finish made
(Noun).
Set
secure
it.
scour
large
a
stone
forming
clearly defined
or
wall
stone
Field
"
lime
or
edge of
brick
or
for
a
arris
end
The
"
to
parallel to its stratification.
stone
by the pitching chisel
away
deposited behind Ring
cement
concrete,
the
on
stone
square
Filling joints
"
used
same.
a
support
the
Having
"
construction
ornament.
or
Regularly placed
"
of
barrier
or
of
of the
surfaces
wall
protection
materials
the
surface
the "
fine aggregate,
of
together
Bed.
of
work.
cover
Natural
method
or
block
grit or solid
a
slope of
rubble.
sandstone. or
hard
state.
embankment
an
When
or
cut.
projection. small
piece of
stone
broken
from
a
large
block. Spandrel
line course.
Wall. and
"
The
extrados
wall of
the
at
the
end
of
arch
and
below
an
arch
above
the
coping
the or
springing the
string
252
MASONRY.
Stretcher.
A
"
which
stone
its greatest
has
length parallel to the face of
the wall. Tremie.
A
"
used
for
VoussoiRS. of
depositing
Wall.
"
tube, with
of
in
sloped
top
pocket
or
water.
forming
stones
They
arch.
an
always
are
form.
wedge An
form
concrete
individual
The
"
truncated
Wing
other
cylindricalor
extension
of
abutment
an
wall
to
definition
to
retain
the
adjacent
any
kind,
earth. ^MASONRY.
GENERAL
following is
The
given with
masonry,
"masonry" the kind
of
in
in
with
without
may
be
practice the word
particularlydescribe
more
:
the
all
construction
pieces
separate
material
cementing
MASONRY
of
or
either placed
are
join them;
to
stone
encased
or
SPECIFICATIONS.
railway companies
that
for all kinds
in themselves
attached
form
and
to
in
masonry,
tions specifica-
use
such
of specifications and
AND
NATURAL
FOR
'SPECIFICATIONS
part
of
and
prepare
form
that
contracts
for
desirable.
when
railway construction
other
which
of
firmly cementing material.
It is recommended
they
to
includes
sense,
materials, in
*
complete
term
proper
cover
in usual
that
consideration
its widest
or
of
matrix
a
some
under
substitute
together,
recommendation
the
masonry
Masonry, kindred
comprehensive
a
qualified by
be
DEFINITION.
PORTLAND
CEMENT. for Cement Specifications adopted by a tlie American from Society representatives for American Materials, Society Testing of United States Engineer Department Army, Cement and American Manufacturers, Railway
Joint Committee, of Civil Engineers,
(Standard
GENERAL have
the
pertinent
features
of
to
be
observed
in the
2 " ^
1905,
These
Vol. Adopted, 3, Vol. Adopted, 3, Vol. Adopted, 4, 704-718, 723, pp.
can Ameri-
Architects, of
Association
Portland
Association.)
Engineering
been
various
the
with
a
view
requirements
and
prepared
interpretation of the results 1902, 1902, 1903,
of
OBSERVATIONS.
remarks
1.
Institute
ing embrac-
pp. pp. pp.
to
pointing
the
out
precautions
of the tests.
310, 347. 310, 348. 389-436, Vol.
724, 726-728;
443;
Vol.
11, 1910,
5, 1904, pp. 956, 957,
pp.
605-610; 958.
Vol.
6,
MASONRY.
2.
It
is
based
specifications be the
the
acceptance made
tests
on
for
means
proper
that
suggested
the
making
253
"
by
rejection
or
experienced
an
under
these
having
person
tests.
Specific Gravity. _
as
of tests
results
The
ing.
is useful
Specific gravity
3.
indication
an
of
in
specific gravity
the quality of
of
the results of other
they
tests
detecting aduUeration
; but
cement
a
afford
may
necessarily conclusive
not
are
underburn-
or
with
in combination
virhen
indications.
valuable
Fineness. 4.
The
Time
kept thoroughly dry.
should
be
should
be
of Setting. 5.
as
sieves
Great
uniform
care
conditions in
"temperature humid
the
which
in
sudden
the
the
tests
wide
or
made,
are
pieces under
test
change
a
of
range
dry
very
the
affect
irregularities vitally
other
or
maintain
to
A
possible.
as
room
atmosphere,
exercised
or
of
rate
setting. Tensile
Strength.
6.
Each
strength
suit his
to
of
Constancy 7.
as
for
requirements should,
They
however,
tensile within
be
The
Volume.
tests
for
precautionary
a
into
enter extreme
the
In
twenty-four conditions 9.
and
divided
are
The
latter
infallible.
not
into
classes,
two
should So
it that
interpreting of
and
due
hours.
Failure
to
cause
twenty-eight days, meet
the to
greatest
molding
or
The
regarded
be
conditions
many
it should
the
for
considered
be
of
and
a
retest at
The
made
be
used
with
exercised
to
avoid
this time
in the
necessarily
present indicates
under
cement
the should
the
should state
end be
of
however, of
that
considered
knowledge
unsovmdnes^,
entirely satisfactory simply beause
nor
it passes
avoided.
be tests
need
not
held
for
be
period.
Failure
sufficient it cannot can
the
first
uniform
most
accelerated may,
the
during
out
temperature of the
at
be
drying
preserved
requirements
rejection.
requirements
failure
rapid
rapid changes the
should
care
too
pats should
meet
rejection,although such
pats the
possible, and
sufficient
that
only,
test
volume
accelerated.
second
making
making
initial strains
for
of
constancy
care.
8.
be
minimum
conditions.
own
first normal, the
the
to
the
limits stated.
the
be
fix
should
consumer
be
the tests.
cause
said
cement
254
MASONRY.
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
on
1.
All
2.
Cement
In
order
shall
cement
floor
be
The
either
the
at
5.
place of
manufacture
Cement
A
7. barrel
shall
or
Natural
cement
8.
Cement
9.
shall
contain
of
shall
Tests
by the Committee
Uniform
on
to
10.
20, 1904, with
each
lbs.
period
a
of
tests.
with
of
the
cement
brand
net
before
with
the
Cement
of
amendments
barrel
be
may
held
rejection.
methods
the
of
weight.
requirements
tests
Each
net.
each
bags, and
seven-day
all subsequent
easy
thereon.
the Society January
to
and
necessary
bags of the above
of
permit
shipment.
packages
four
Tests
Civil Engineers, presented
January
marked
accordance
in
the
having
to
as
contractor
suitable
twenty-eight-day
made
be
the
contain
the
meet
testing, the
building
manner
of
94
three
the
a
contain
shall
failing to results
the
shall
cement
such
in
and
ground.
the inspection and
plainly
cement
Portland
of
awaiting
of
bag
in
delivered
be
manufacturer
of
name
for
allowed
the
provided by
be
inspecting
identification
inspection and
days
for
weather-tight
from
stored
be
facilityshall
least twelve 6.
shall
proper
Every
suitable
a
raised
or
time
ample
in
stored
cement
for
access
of
inspected.
allow
to
properly blocked 4.
and
CONDITIONS.
inspected
be
may
CEMENT.
the work. 3.
at
shall be
cement
FOR
proposed
American
Society
21, 1903, and
amended
(See
thereto.
dum adden-
specifications.)
these
Acceptance
or
rejection
shall
be
based
on
the
ments following require-
:
NATURAL
CEMENT.
Definition. 11. from
This
shall be
term
calcination
the
only sufficient
drive
to
applied of
an
off the
to
the
ing finelypulverized product result-
argillaceous limestone
carbonic
at
a
temperature
acid gas.
Specific Gravity. 12.
The
Cent., shall
specificgravity not
be
less
than
of the
2.8.
cement,
thoroughly
dried
at
100
degrees
MASONRY.
255
Fineness. It shall
13.
No.
the
on
of
Time
It shall
in not
Tensile
cent,
on
develop initial
set
per
of 200
No,
the
not
than
10
per
cent,
minutes,
and
hard
more
sieve.
thirty minutes, nor
than
less
in not
than
less
ten
three
than
more
hours.
Strength.
15.
minimum
The
inch
one
30
100, and
residue
a
Setting.
14. set
by weight
leave
within
retrogression in strength
tensile
for
shall
cross-section
in
square
requirements
the
be
as
for
strength
follows,
Cement.
in moist in
moist
air, 6 days in water)
150
lbs.
days (1 day
in
moist
air, 27 days in water)
250
lbs.
50
lbs.
7 days
of
Constancy
inch a
in
Pats
air, 27
moist
of
of
A
(b)
Another
Sand.
125 lbs.
thin
a
inches
in
one-half
diameter,
edge, shall be kept in moist
air
for
hours.
is then
pat
three
kept in air of normal
is kept
in
temperature.
maintained
water
as
near
70
degrees
enheit Fahr-
practicable.
as
These
pats
observed
are
the
satisfactorilypass signs of
Ottawa
days in water)
about
cement
neat
twenty-four
(a)
17.
Standard
Volxune.
thick at center, tapering to
period
Parts
Three
air, 6 days in water)
(1 day in moist
days (1 day
16.
Cement,
Part
One
28
75 lbs.
air
(1 day
7 days 28
no
Strength.
.
"
hours
show
shall
and
periods specified:*
Neat 24
briquettes
tests,
at
should
intervals
firm
remain
checking, cracking distortion,
or
for
at
and
least 28 hard
days, and, and
show
to no
disintegrating.
CEMENT.
PORTLAND Definition. 18.
This
from
shall
term
the
calcination
properly proportioned no
addition
greater
* For example, should cement tests 100 and so pounds,
be applied to the to
incipient fusion
argillaceous and than
3
the minimum show some each for on
ing finelypulverized product result-
per
cent,
of
calcareous has
been
an
intimate
mixture
materials, and made
to
subsequent
for tlie twenty-four requirementvalue within the limits specified stated. period
which to
hour of
of
50
cination. cal-
neat and
256
MASONRY.
Specific Gravity. 19.
specific gravity of
The
the
tests
test
may
of
cement
be of
weight
made
the
received
as
fall
sample
a
upon
this
at
less than
3.10.
requirement,
lovi? red
a
4 per
exceed
not
be
not
below
ignited
shall
ignited cement
shall
cement
Should second
a
The
heat.
loss
in
cent.
Fineness. 20.
No.
the
on
of
Time
100, and
by weight
not
than
more
residue
a
25
of
not
cent,
per
than
more
No.
the
on
200
8
cent.
per
sieve.
Setting.
21.
It
shall
initial
develop
hard
develop
must
leave
It shall
in
set
in
set
less
not
than
less
not
than
hour,
one
thirty minutes,
but
than
ten
nor
more
hours.
Tensile
Strength,
22.
The
inch
one
requirements
minimum
in
retrogression
cross-section
in
square
24
in moist
hours
tensile
be
follows, and
as
for
briquettes
shall
show
Cement.
Strength.
air 6
no
in
175
lbs.
(1 day
in
moist
air,
water)
500
lbs.
days (1 day
in
moist
air, 27 days in water)
600
lbs.
200
lbs.
275
lbs.
days
Three
Cement,
Part
One
Standard
Parts
days (1 day
in moist
air, 6 days
28
days (1 day
in
air, 27 days in water)
of
Constancy 23. inch moist
intervals
(b)
of five
is then
pat
for
and
of
period
a
as
A
in
in air
normal
28
days.
is
pat above
steam
kept and
in
at
in
convenient
any
boiling water,
in
satisfactorily
pass
shall
a
as
near
for
at
in
kept
observed
70 least in
way
loosely
be
and
temperature
intervals
at
one-half
diameter,
edge,
maintained
water
observed
exposed
in
thin
a
kept
practicable
third
to
hours.
is
pat
tapering
inches
twenty-four
least
at
three
about
cement
center,
Another
Fahrenheit
(c)
neat
the
for A
(a)
of
at
air
Sand.
Volume.
Pats
thick
moist
Ottawa
water)
7
at
strength
periods specified:*
the
Neat
7 days 28
shall
strength within
Age.
for
closed
an
degrees 28
days.
phere atmos-
vessel
for
hours. 24.
These
firm or
*
For
and
pats, hard
to
and
show
no
signs
of
the
requirements,
shall
main re-
ing distortion, checking, crack-
disintegrating. the
example,
cement test 200 pounds,
should and
so
minimum show some for each on
requirement value specified stated. period
for the within
twenty-four the
limits
hour of 150
neat and
MASONRY.
Acid
Sulphuric 25.
The
and
Magnesia. shall
cement
sulphuric
257
^
(SO3),
acid
not
contain
nor
more
1.75 per
than
more
than
4 per
of
cent,
of
cent,
magnesia
rous anhyd(MgO).
ADDENDUM.
REPORT
OF
COMMITTEE
SPECIAL
THE
ON
UNIFORM
OF
TESTS
CEMENT. Autliorized
from
Reprint of
Civil
the Copyrighted Engineers, pp.
of Proceedings February,
the American 1911.
105-118,
Society
SAMPLING.
of
Selection 1.
The
to
the
left be
taken
the
Sample. selection
discretion from
each
the
number
work,
of
the
of
the
testing is
Engineer; will
package of
for
sample
number
depend be
to
tests
the
detail
a
made
and
the
and
largely
that
the
on
quantity
to
of
importance
facilities for
the
be
must
making
them. 2.
The
shall
sample
it is recommended ten
be
sampled.
3.
Samples
this
is also
obtain
a
where
will
through
break
to
for
samples
sieve
a
and
foreign together
the
and
it is recommended
permit, however,
of
a
meshes
material;
in
order
to
shipment
of
tested
average
that
age; pack-
in every
having twenty
remove
mixed
the
barrel
one
characteristics
be
of
contents
mixing them
the
may
the
permit,
lumps
up
determining
For
individual
time
conditions
passed
be
of
average
effective method
very
the
cement,
should
average.
an
fair
a
that, where
inch, in order
linear
per
be
they
be
;
tested
separately. Method
of
4.
Cement of
center
by
Sampling. in barrels of
one
of
means
inspectors.
an
the
should
staves,
auger
or
be
sampled
midway
between
sampling
a
in bags, it should
If
be
CHEMICAL
the
from
a
hole
heads,
similar
iron
taken
through
that
to
surface
in
or
to
in
made
used
the
by
the
head, sugar
center.
ANALYSIS.
Significance. 5. of
Chemical
analysis
adulteration
such whether
as
slag
of or
certain
cement
ground
render
may
with
considerable
limestone.
constituents,
valuable
believed
It to
is be
service amounts
of
use,
harmful
in of
also, when
the inert
in
detection
material,
determining in
excess
of
MASONRY.
specific gravity is determined
12.
The
The
flask
and
64
is filled with of
(2.25 oz.)
g.
gradually introduced
Fig.
into
the
flask
and neck.
the
259
the
This
either
the
1.
Le
Ch atelier's
to
the
top
level
of
of
the
reading plus
20
the
liquids to
these
cooled
powder,
through
of
to
funnel
the
liquid rises cubic
to
until
of
mark the
{E),
liquid,is
which
extends
Apparatus.
all the
volume
is introduced,
powder
division
some
is the
cm.
of
stem
Gravity
(C),
lower
the
temperature
(-B), the
Specific
bulb
follows:
as
of
the
graduated
displaced by 64
g.
of
powder. 13.
The
specificgravity is then
obtained
Weight Specific Gravity
jar {A),
The in
Cement, in
Volume,
to
in
cubic
flask,during the operation, is kept order
the
formula
:
grammes.
"
=
Displaced 14.
of
from
avoid
variations
in
the
centimeters.
immersed
temperature
in
water
of
the
in
a
liquid.
MASONRY.
260
The
should a
be
made
the
on
cement
made
be
of
determination
The
and, should
received;
as
should
convenient
A
flask
The
is
method
inverted
vertically until
still in
a
be
vertical
on
of
the
in
liquid
similar
a
specificgravity
it fall below
the
sample
the
apparatus
ignited
starts
empty
flow
to
3.10,
at
low
a
kerosene
it is
freely;
the
of
held
cement
flask
small
a
operation.
the
repeating
and
jar, and then
traces
into
pouring
follows:
as
glass
a
remaining
the
;
by
or
is
vessel, preferably
manner
liquid benzine
clean
cleaning
large
a
position until
removed
quantity
for
over
shaken
o-
0.01.
heat. 15.
can
within
agree
determination
second
red
should
results
FINENESS.
-r-
Significance. It is generally
16.
it is only
practically inert, and adhesive all
conditions
other
produce
The
of
degree
a
given
of
final
sieves.
recommended
for
The
Those this
particles
coarser
fine
the
same,
cement
that
are
possesses
is pulverized,
cement
it will
sand
more
in
powder
finely
more
and
carry
strength.
pulverization
is ascertained
place of manufacture certain
on
the
the
extremely
the
qualities.
being
mortar
a
17. the
cementing
or
that
accepted
known
which
the
the
100
No.
and
sieves
200
No.
at
retained
residue
the
by measuring
as
receives
cement
are
purpose.
Apparatus. 18.
The 6
diameter,
diameter
The
and
a
the
the
mesh
20
provided
high, and
in
(7.87 inches)
cm.
with
a
5
pan
(1.97
cm.
cover.
wire
cloth
should
of
be
wire
brass
having
following
the
:
100, 0.0045
No. 20.
circular, about
be
(2.36 inches)
cm.
inches) deep, 19.
should
sieves
This
cloth
should
should
100,
No.
200,
Fifty
test,
and
96
to
188
to
mounted
at
prior
to
100 200
meshes
a
or
of
temperature
within
be
the
to
the
to
inches.
frames
the
on
meshes
(1.76 oz.)
grammes
dried
Fahrenheit)
be
200, 0.0024
No.
regular in spacing and
be
No.
21.
inches;
without the
linear
g.
100
degrees
following
;
limits:
inch.
linear
100
distortion
inch.
(3.52 oz.) should Centigrade
be
used
for
(212 degrees
sieving.
Method. 22. and held
The
placed in
one
thoroughly on
the
hand
No. in
a
dried 200
and
coarsely
sieve, which,
slightly inclined
with
screened pan
position, and
sample
and
cover
moved
is weighed
attached, forward
is and'
MASONRY.
backward, other
the
at
hand,
until
is continued after
be
the
on
results
100
No.
200
than
sieve
be
should
about
in
strokes of
and
reported
a
the
to
the
cent,
is
quantity
nearest
tenth
of
through
weighed, The
of
work
per
then may
steel
large 1
the
operation
passes
repeated.
small
pahii of
The
residue
operation
the sieve
the
1 per
The
sieving.
with
minute.
per
one-tenth
continuous
of
side gently
striking the
more
by placing
expedited
The
of
rate not
minute
one
placed
the
at
time
same
261
shot.
cent.
CONSISTENCY.
NORMAL
Significance. 23.
The
which
from
pats,
important, 24.
required
proper
of
tests
affects
and
reduce
to
a
determination
The
is usually
of
use
the
designated
*
The
water,
term and
"paste" the
word
vitally the consists to
normal
Fig.
and
setting and
cement
the
of
percentage
2.
is used in "mortar"
briquettes
made,
are
the
measuring
given
making
the
pastes*
is
ingly exceed-
obtained.
results
in a
in
water
state
of
amount
of
plasticity, or
water
to
wli;it
consistency.
Vicat
this a
report mixture
Needle.
to
designate of
cement,
a
mi.xture
sand
and
of
cemeni
water.
MASONRY.
262
25.
Committee
The
recommends
following
the
method
for
mining deter-
consistency :
normal Method. This
26.
which with
(L), 1
the
In
be
attached
can
on
500
than
the
used
for
each
quickly
52, and
6
inches
the
quickly
in
into
ball is then
the
smaller
g. a
(graduated
is
paste
held
by
the
at
10
into
a
base, (3.94
cm.
from
the in
is brought
hands,
hand into
pressed
as
described
as
the
one
the
other,
rubber
ring,
to
the
pleting com-
placed (on its large end) off with
smoothed
on
paste,
with
cement
briquettes [but
the
a
ball
a
of
quantity
making
off and
end
ring, resting
bearing the cylinder, which
plate, is placed with
contact
trowel
a
under
; the
the
rod and
surface
the
released.
28.
The
is of
paste
time
minute
from
10
mm.
(0.39 inches)
to
fill the
the
The
29. the 30.
The
Committee
of
compression
required
percentage
made
required
in
the
must
be
point
a
care
be
must
apparatus
to
with
for
as
because
it believes
which
such
produce the
varying
with
recommended, wet,
determined to
to
one
mass
taken
from
free
all
of
percentages
water
is obtained.
has
is rather
which
Having
The
top.
are
consistency
likely to be less
penetrates
in
cylinder
the
test.
of
31.
the
to
trial pastes
correct
when
the top of the ring. Great
below
the
during
consistency
normal
it is released
ring exactly
vibrations
water
scale
a
300
position by
in diameter
same
kneaded
formed
the
apart;
and
in
paste, confined
are
The
batch
(17.16 oz.)] is
g.
glass plate
amount
any
rod
cylinder (B),
desired
(K).
the
through the larger opening, smoothed
until
cylinder weighing
over
operation by tossing it six times
maintained
a
and in
the
glass plate (/), about
a
determination,
the
making
paragraph
on
other
(2.76 inches)
cm.
movable
a
the
moves
frame
the
to
ring (/), 7
subsequently
less
not
held
ratus, Appa-
Needle
square.
27. will
rod
cap,
be
(1.57 inches) high, resting
cm.
at
indicator, which
an
hard-rubber
inches)
in
which
Vicat
Fig. 2, bearing
(K),
the
of
means
end, and
one
in diameter,
carries
by
frame
at
rod,
centimeters)
conical
determined a
(A)
cap
The
(F),
screw
to
of
(0.39 inches)
cm.
be
consists
(10.58 oz.).
4
best
can
a
in a
briquette
the
is
that
a
paste, variations
subjected
in
the
sistency con-
in
the
molding
paste. this
paste
mortars
normal,
manner
of
normal
is obtained
the
proper
percentage
consistency, from
the
the
of
proper
following table
:
MASONRY.
PERCENTAGE
WATER
OF
263
FOR
TIME
STANDARD
OF
SAND
MORTARS.
SETTING.
Significance.
the
from
moment
The
certain
a
of
former of
disturbance
a
it is desirable
into
the mortar 33.
is usual
It
the
setting by
to
paste
time
the
which
operation of mixing
the work
before
the
and
is said
to
penetration of weighted wires
of
porating incor-
or
set.
arbitrarilythe beginning and
measure
to
strength,
molding
begins
the cement
set").
ment commence-
loss of
a
it to
"hard
or
and
for
hardening
produce
may
fluid
required
"final"
crystallizationor
elapses
be
to
ceases
(called the
this process
the
complete
to
of
of
time
the
important, since, with
more
process
the also
and
hardness
is the
setting, the
begin. As
of
degree
determine
until
set"),
"initial
these
is to
is added
water
plastic (called the acquire
this test
object of
The
32.
end
of
the
given diameters.
Method. 34. described
rod,
In
making
under
bearing
36. to
pass
The
visibly into 37.
The
pan
and
paste
a
cap
(D)
in diameter,
at
one
the
at
carefully brought
which
has
already
been
consistency is molded
and
used. of
normal
as
in
described
end
and
the
needle
other, weighing 300 in contact
with
the
27;
paragraph
g.
(H),
this
1
mm.
(10.58 oz.). The
surface
of
the
paste
released.
setting
the
mm.
to
is said
to
have
(0.20 inches) above have
terminated
when
commenced
the
the
upper
the
moment
the
needle
surface needle
of
ceases
the
does
glass sink
not
mass.
test
this is accomplished a
test,
the
is said
plate, and
the
Needle,
be
(L), Fig. 2,
point 5
a
26, should
rod
is then
quickly
iind
Vicat
the
(0.039 inches) needle
the
purpose
in paragraph
35.
placed
this
For
covered
pieces should
by placing with
a
damp
be
stored
them
on
in a
cloth, the
moist
rack cloth
over
to
air
during
water
be
kept
the
test;
contained away
in
from
264
MASONRY.
them or
by
on
a
wire
should
Care
cement
the
on
point
the
be
sides
reduces
taken
of
the
Fig.
39.
being
The
be
may
stored
used,
and and
affected
humidity the
amount
needle and
area
3.
retards tends
Details
"
of
by
the
the
of
for
time
to
in
a
moist
box
air
of
during
kneading
the
clean,
as
the
collection
penetration, while
increase
the
cement
penetration.
Briquette.
temperature
the of
needle
the
keep
to
the
determination
materially
temperature water
they
or
screen;
closet. 38.
of
of
means
the
setting is only of the
paste
the
approximate, water,
the
percentage
of
mixing
test, the receives.
MASONRY.
265
STANDARD
40.
For
screened a
sieve
30
width
of
shall
meshes
of
considered
be
after
sieve
one
and
in
standard
For
in
piece shown 42.
tension
For
not
OF
and
than
more
1 per
sifting of
TEST
a
111.,
retained
the
;
having passed
wires half
e.,
No.
the cent,
on
20
the sieve
a
passes
to
No.
SOO-g. sample.*
PIECES.
Committee
the
tests
inch
Ottawa,
inches, respectively,i.
continuous
minute's
from
is recommended
Sand
when
sand
linear
per
inch
case.
FORM
41.
meshes
0.0112
each
natural
the
linear
per
0.0165
opening
the
of
use
sieve having 20
a
pass
having
the
present,
diameters
have
30
to
the
SAND.
recommends
the
of
form
test
Fig. 3.
compression
tests
2-inch
a
is recommended.
cube
MOLDS.
43.
The
corrosive
molds
should
be
of brass, bronze
made
in the
material,having sufficient metal
or
equally
some
sides to prevent
non-
spreading
during molding.
Fig. 4. "
44.
Gang
time,
one
of in the
are
mortar
results.
molds, which preferred by that The
type
"
"
of
two
The
molds
be
can
Fig. S.
45.
Details
be This sand may cents pound per
mixed
obtained b.
tends in
for
be
o.
Mold.
to
since
wiped with from
produce
Test
an
a
briquettes
of the
greater
at
tity quan-
uniformity
greater
5 is recommended.
Figs. 4 and
Compression
cars.
number
a
single molds;
to
many
Mold
f.
Gang
permit molding
shown
should
for
Pieces.
oily cloth before
Ottawa the 111. Ottawa,
Silica
Company
using. at
a
cost
267
MASONRY.
at
the
slow, and
is very
time, and
a
present
with
practicable
not
are
of
permit
types
but
molding
the
pastes
briquette
one
herein
mortars
or
recommended.
Method. 55.
material
the with
the
on
up
should
be
drawn
pressure
of
the
the
fingers
ramming;
the
material
mold, in
in
and,
such
material.
excess
the
with
firmly
mold
the
over
the
on
in
mechanical
surface
upper
after
filled immediately
be
pressed
without
trowel
a
should
molds
The
a
mold
The
and
should
be
be
off
heaped
off, the
exert
to
as
pleted, com-
smoothed
should
smoothing
manner
is
mixing
trowel
moderate
a
turned
and
over
operation repeated.
the
A
56.
check
from 3 per
the
moist
from
cent,
closet.
the
Briquettes should
average
STORAGE
57.
During
be kept in moist
OF
first 24
the
the
air to
THE
which
TEST
in
vary
or
upon
weight
moval re-
than
more
PIECES.
after
them
prevent
immersion,
to
forded is af-
molding
be tested.
not
hours
and
mixing
briquettes just prior
the
weighing
by
of
uniformity
the
upon
molding, the
pieces should
test
from
drying
is
easily devised
out.
Method. 58.
A
cloth
damp
the
with
a
may
dry
moist
in
under
of
means
59.
A
the
The
wet.
sides
60.
time
After
should
or
similar
Care
of
cleats
for
should
be
the
cloth
all
not
are
closet is not
with
ble, availa-
the
ends
pieces by
test
arrangement. slate
box,
with
felt and
or
covered
constructed
so
the
by immersing
wet
soapstone
a
is
box
moist
contact
lining being
the
a
pieces
test
pieces
test
of
use
holding glass taken
to
shelves the
keep
hold
to
as
or
a
metal-
this
water, on
felt and
which
air in the
to
closet
moist. 24 be
hours
pans,
in moist
immersed
(70 degrees tanks
of
direct
from
some
metal
bottom
Where
kept uniformly
consists
the
"
briquettes.
uniformly
or
provided with
are
place the
kept
closet
box
and
the
consequence
the
used, because
commonly
condition.
used
be
in
and
the
that
if possible. Covering
abandoned
same
screen
moist
lined wooden
kept
be
wire
a
so
is objectionable, as
should
It
water.
be
the
may
chamber
or
unequally,
out
cloth
a
should
cloth
damp
maintained
closet
which
in
be
test
maintained
water
Fahrenheit) should
air,the
pieces for as
as
practicable;
of
non-corrodible
near
they
longer 21
periods
of
grade degrees Centi-
may
material.
be
stored
in
MASONRY.
268
TENSILE "
Strength. The
61.
cushioning each
the
tests
at
of
points of
the
point of
centers
be
may
from the
contact
on
pieces
the
to
lower
suddenly,
breaks
the
should
Care
water.
testing machine,
tend too
Test
the
on
the as
be same
be
broken
as
and
produce
briquette before
the
as
as
soon
in
used
without
The
bearing
distance
between
inches.
The
they
centering by
load
""'bration, the ultimate
be
metal
llip.
of
observed
strength.
the
1%
be
cross-strains, produced
breaking
it may
be
to
solid
specimen.
test
clip should
Form
should
the
A
clip is
This
^-inch wide,
6.
"
machine.
any
with
contact
should
contact
Fig.
62.
made
in Fig. 6, is recommended.
shown
clip, as
at
STRENGTH.
,
"
Tensile
strength
the
not
from
is reached.
'
removed
briquettes
improper
should shock
are
in
centering, be which
Care
applied often must
MASONRY.
taken
be
grains
from load of
that
should the
the
sand
of
of
sides
which
the
at
each
results
any
the
dirt
or
applied
be
briquettes
excluding
clips and
of
for
The
tests
the
applying
so
be
may
tested
test
64.
piece. Some
A
in
made
exactly in tlie line of The of
test
heavy
those
the
line
The
were
test
in
paper contact
piece should
be
of
with be
of
the
broken
of
minute. be
The
bearing. The
taken
average
the
as
test,
faulty.
provided
pressure
with
is along
this purpose
for
placing
the
placed
each
on
lbs. per
free
a
the
means
axis
of
7.
facilitate axis
the
piece should
blotting
that
to
a
machine
any
ball-bearing block
appliance
good
prevent
and
STRENGTH.
Fig.
the
clean
briquette be
should
manifestly
are
that
load
600
of
rate
COMPRESSIVE
63.
the
would
sample
which
269
test
in
the
the
the
center
in
is shown of
piece should
the
ball-bearing
provided.
be
testing machine
crushing faces,
Fig. 7
which
with
piece
a
should
mold. as
soon
as
removed
from
the
water.
be
270
MASONRY.
constancy
Significance.
the
and
strength
determine
such in
made
part
tion,
a
sound
of
is said
to
these
phenomena.
be
constant
of
this
tend
for
are
therefore,
which
cement
the
to
most
accelerated
as
checking, swelling
A
destroy
to
highly essential
character
known,
are
cracking,
by
it is
As
of
tests
time, and
short
very
qualities which
cement.
a
once,
is revealed
all
or
durability of
volume.
those
develop
qualitiesat
Failure
tests.
is to
object
The
65.
of
distintegra-
or
remains
perfectly
volume.
Method. 66.
(1)
Normal
about
21
tests,
for
Tests
tests,
allowed
or
steam,
these
cement
A
A
intervals.
pieces should
test
immersion
before
in
water
tapering
and
10
to
in diameter,
edge, should
thin
a
(3.94 inches)
cm.
1^4
square],
consistency.
and
is
pat
inch
above
The
apparatus
the
of To
hard, 71. a
placed
hours
observed
in
near
28
days,
in moist at
degrees
grade Centi-
observed
and
air, is maintained
at
in air
intervals.
should
atmospheric
of
type
the
and
Should
these
show the
no
pat
shown
as
has
in
Fig.
a
signs
of
permit the
influence
should
pats
cracking, distortion
the to
screen
free
escap.e
plate, distortion
the
on
the
formity uni-
8 is recommended.
satisfactorily, the
straight-edge applied
to
great
tests
leave
wire
a
upon
pressure.
used
apparatus
results, that
pass
constructed
so
steam
five (5) hours.
for
be
of
atmosphere
an
boiling water
maintain
and
Since
70.
possible for
21
as
Test.
A
steam
maintained
as
pat, after 24
ordinary temperature
69.
in water
Fahrenheit)
similar
Accelerated
the
45 degrees
of
(2.95 inches)
cm.
glass plate [about
is immersed
pat
(70 degrees
with
The
upward. air
(2) accelerated
and
temperature
a
at
Test.
68.
and
lYi
center,
normal
of
paste
at
classes:
two
maintained
water
or
Fahrenheit),
moist
about
the
at
in
air
into
air.
in
tests, pats
clean
a
upon
Normal
of
either
water
or
hours
preservation
For
made,
one
in
divided
are
Fahrenheit) and
24
remain
to
(0.49 inch) thick
from
made
in air, steam
(113 degrees
or
67.
at
those
or
made
those
or
be
be
volume
degrees Centigrade (70 degrees
Centigrade
cm.
of
constancy
surface
or
which
firm
disintegration. be
may
remain
was
in
detected
best
contact
with
plate. 72.
cement
In
the
should
present
state
necessarily
be
of
our
condemned
knowledge
simply
it cannot for
failure
be to
said
that
pass
the
MASONRY.
accelerated
tests;
can
it has
simply because
METHOD
nor
CEMENTS
PORTLAND
ANALYSIS
OF
MIXTURES
UNIFORMITY
ON
SECTION
RAW
LIMESTONE,
COMMITTEE
YORK
NEW
entirely satisfactory
tests.
ANALYSIS
THE
BY
THE
OF
these
THE
considered
be
cement
a
passed
FOR
SUGGESTED
271
FOR
SOCIETY
IN
AND
TECHNICAL
CHEMICAL
INDUSTRY.
Solution. One-half if
and,
out
if the
longer
is not
enough
It is then
with
lumping,
added
far
as
as
this may
residue
The of
CO.
without
minutes
silica
evaporated and
to
blast
minutes
or
is treated
HgSO^j,and residue
of
c.c.
agitation
light
HCl
strong until
tion solu-
with
pressure
evaporated
the
ness, dry-
to
bath.
to
If
amount
undecomposed
once
the
small
with
The
further
of
to
the
carbon
15
the
of
minutes
heating, taken
constant
weight.
crucible
with
over
remains
dissolved of separated matter.
checked
residue
low
a
10
flame
minute
undecomposed and
added
a
further
silica,if great
The about
a
by
to
non-gelatinous
of
c.c.
to
over
it
should
be
the
original is silica
the
to
with
up
finally for
10
drops The
weighed.
be
on
Bunsen
and
four
and
again
is desired,
separated, solution. not
and
a
complete dryness. cooled
for
blasting
and
two,
or
on
transferred
are
accuracy
HFl
half
separated
filter is completely consumed, and
of
go
filtered
silica it contains
containing
papers
acid
of
to
less, or
or
filtrate is
The
water.
without
is
solution
the
amount
strength
allowed
digestion
which
residue
the
half
to
5
first with
at
larger volume
a
and
thoroughly
evaporated
anything Na2C02,
at
treated
platinum crucible, dried, ignited, first
for
in the
diluted
covered
is finallyblasted, for
little
small
and
until the
is then
bath, after
dryness,
weighed
a
the
*
the
10
is then
heating is
poured
be
filter paper.
burner
a
to
further
washed
water
another
over
conversion
evaporating dish,
an
and
by
solution
possible on
is then
the
on
separated
wet
aided
The
which
may
dish
strength. The
acid
HCI
strong residue
the
upon
10
be
S to
and
gentle heat
be
may
rod.*
glass
a
of
of
aid
or
(SiOa).
SUica
10
of
end
the
Solution
complete.
flattened
prevent
with
digested
and
is
to
a
celerity in evaporation, moistened
sake
water
to
in
minutes,
effect complete
to
transferred
preferably of platinum for the enough
fifteen
for
weighed
be
ignited
strongly
blast
strong
a
powerful
in this time.
cement
a
over
is to
substance
mixture,
unburned
or
crucible
blast
finely powdered
the
limestone
a
platinum
covered
to
of
gramme
fused Of
course
mistaken
of
small
The
with a
for
272
MASONRY.
70-5
t
Ql
I
a
c
^
"Z
a
"
"
"
S
Si!i ce-S
^s^-r -SI-
'"-?.S-*i "
"
""-
Fig.
8.
y
MASONRY.
between
difference the
Alumina
of
until
there
15
after
filter.
and
in
and
aluminum
of
NH^,
5
or
aluminum
slightly on in
hot
tion precipita-
the
reprecipitated by washed
and
filter paper,
The
a
with
the
on
tate, precipi-
the
burned
paper
minutes, with
off
care
to
Al^Og+Fe^O^.t
as
(FesOs).
Iron
iron
combined
The crucible
at
a
low
very
'
there
be
and
hydrogen
strength
Fe^Og
Lime
The
of
H^SO^.J
the
so
of
copiously.
the
and
and
titrated
solution
permanganate
should
zinc
the
latter
water
eventually
and
corrected
preferably by
or
afterwards
while
permanganate.S
with
be
not
to
redissolving
cooling and
by
that 4
enough
evaporated
After
of
excess
flask, and
the
acid
silica is filtered out, weighed
out
KHSO^,
H"SO^
dilute
much
is then
filtrate is reduced
The
sulphide, boiling
of
with
4 grammes
or
absolute
solution
off
come
amount
CO^, through
3
platinum
a
2
5 grammes
than
fumes
small
the
passing
up
about
in
fused
are
^
heating.
on
till acid
by HFl
less
no
effect solution
in water
taken
melt
4'
shall
heated
oxides
with
temperature the
better, NaHSO,,
or, '
weighed
insure
and
then
are
finally blasted
and
reduction, cooled
prevent
SiOg,is
to
and
which
in
platinum crucible,the
weighed
a
beaker
iron
first instance.
the
excess
precipitateiron
precipitate collected
precipitate ignited and
the
gives
precipitate is dissolved
the
and
second
the
expell
for
be,
by decantation
the filtrate, into
if need
to
the
once
aluminum
placed in
is then
g.
and
filter used
same
washed
passing
The
boiled
NH^OH,
obtained
evaporation
HCl,
boiled
of it,and
the
solution
the made.
was
acid, and
settling,are
second
adding
strong
Setting aside
HCl,
the
after
faint odor
a
from
c.c,
NH^OH
c.c.
is but
hydrates,
dilute
with
10 to
total
the
250
filtrate,about
alkaline
made
previously
FeaOg).
(Al^Os and
Iron
and
The
weight
the
silica.*
of
amount
and
this weight
273
greater
The .0040
than
c.c.
per
(CaO). To
the
of
drops
boiling
*
solution
For be
t
NH^OH
and
added,
combined
This
the
are
20
c.c.
filtrate
from
added,
and
of
a
t This
the
saturated
boiling continued
in control ordinary the double neglected; precipitate contains
the
the
Al^Og+Fe^O^
solution
brought
solution
of
until the
precipitate, to
boiling.To
ammonium
oxalate
precipitated CaC^O^
plant laboratory evaporation never. TiOa, P2O5, MnaOj.
a
this
correction
assumes
may,
few the are
a
haps, per-
correction of Al203Fe203 silica the for should when be made not correction of main silica the has been unless that silica was omitted, obtained filtration. and After and evaporation two by only one evaporations filtrations 1 to 2 mg. of SiO still to found with be the are AUOsPeaOa. " In this way to be correct is the influence of titanium avoided and only a HFl
result
obtained
for
iron.
MASONRY.
is made
solution
The
10
c.c.
from
a
boiling solution drop
by drop
It
boiling.
the
is
One
of
gramme
fused
and
with
done
tall
in
4
beaker
narrow
bath
the
be
may
cipitate pre-
tuted substi-
for
or
the
slowly
until
night,
beaker
stand
Loss
is to
be
night
few
a
asbestos
an
and
water
added
filtered.
The
with
HCl
the
a
few
hours.
is to
be
avoid
heat.
This
board.
The
tamination con-
may
melt
liquid poured
until
the
and
made
250
to
up
in
c.c.
a
with
allowed
and
BaSO^
as
into
integrated. is dis-
mass
filtrate contained
sulphur precipitated
for
of
source
in
to
careful
being
water
hot
acidulated
a
in
of
gramme
hole
a
in
cement
asbestos
an
crucible projects below, and The
the
1903
May,
loss
often
are
due
platinum crucible,
a
three-fifths
about
15 minutes, preferably with
blasted
is checked
by
investigations have the
to
by appropriate
of
use
analyst should, therefore,
his reagents
that
so
in
out
the
inclined
an
blasting
second
a
of
5
of
ignition.
on
Recent
:
weighed
board
by weight, which
loss
minutes, is
results
boiling
is then
or
hole
crucible
large platinum
a
Ignition.
Half
flame.
from
more
boiled, the
over
on
placed
and
gases a
in
out
KNO^
in
with
solution
distilled water,
The
is added
continued
over
To
BaSO^.
as
little
the
crucible
crucible
the
The
to
boiled.
BaCl,
steam
aside
set
is weighed a
in
sulphur
by fittingthe
is treated
material
the
Na^CO., and
from
No.
the
on
and
Sulphur.
Total
a
then
of
boiling
the
weighed
hours, filtered,ignited and
be
and
beaker
a
solution
digestion
or
in
c.c.
saturated
a
pipette
formed,
is well for
of
250
to
up
275
test
tests
"SPECIFICATIONS
shown distilled
impure
his distilled water
FOR
STONE
errors
and
water
in
reagents.
by evaporation
proceeding with
before
large
that
and
his work.
MASONRY.
GENERAL.
Specifications.
Standard 1.
by the
The
American
Engineer 2. refers "
1908,
Railway
and
cement
Engineering
concrete
shall
be
those
adopted
Association.
Defined.
Where to
for
requirements
the
the
"Engineer"
term
Engineer
actually in
Vol. Adopted, 7, 1906; 650-655, pp. 659; Vol,
is
used
in
these
of
the
work.
charge
581-587, 602-604, 606-622; pp. 12, Part 1, 1911. pp. 478, 579.
Vol.
specifications,it
8,
p.
634;
Vol.
9,
276
MASONRY.
GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
Stone. Stone
3.
of
durable,
shall
kinds
the
of
approved
and
designated
and
quality
Unseasoned
imperfections. injury
be
shape, shall
stone
shall
hard
be
and
free
from
seams,
or
be
used
where
liable
not
other to
frost.
by
Dressing. 4.
Dressing
5.
Beds
dressed
be
be
not
7.
Marginal
8.
Pitching
best
wind.
than shall
drafts shall
shall
be
laying
the
rise.
to
specified. with
square
beds
for
be
done
be
kind
the
Hollow
dressed
less
of
builds
or
of
out
shall be
shall
the
joints
and
Stone
bed
the
and
true
6.
shall
shall not
be
natural
the
on
each
neat
and
true
lines and
exact
suitable
box,
other, and
permitted.
bed.
In
all
a
machine
cases
accurate.
batter.
Mortar. 9.
Mortar
shall of
preferably
mixer, foreign
The
matter.
consistency shall hand of
the water
be
sand
and
then
added
in
the
batch
size
of
a
the
batch
shall
cement
and
the
by
the
be
mixed
When
until
uniform
in
and
the
mixed
requisite
the
continued
is
mass
proportions
Engineer.
from
free
kept
be
the
dry,
in
or
shall
and
mixing
the
and
and
type,
directed
as
distributed
uniformly
mixed
be
the
color
by
amount
is
cement
and
neous. homoge-
Laying. The
10.
the drawings,
or
as
lines and
levels, to
beds
joints.
and
of
arrangement directed
give
by
required
and
Stone
shall
be
cleansed
12.
Stone
shall
be
well
into place
13.
Stone
placed without 14.
Heavy
in
shall
full
a
not
jarring
be
stone
hammering
bonded, bed
of
bond
shall
thickness
and
on
indicated
as
shall be
Stone
laid to of
on
exact
in
mortar
before
laying.
its natural
bed
dampened laid
be
and
solidly
mortar.
dropped already shall
bond
Engineer.
the
the
11.
settled
and
courses
not
slid
or
the
over
wall, but
shall
be
laid. be
allowed
the
mortar
on
the wall
after
a
course
is laid.
15. fresh
Stone
mortar.
becoming
loose
after
is set
shall
be
relaid
with
MASONRY.
Stone
16.
If
Engineer. The
the
of
precaution, The
the
when
water,
degree of temperature be
freezing weather, from
be
of
32
for
by warming.
heating of
the
salt to
of
eighteen gallons
degrees Fahrenheit;
Fahrenheit,
degrees
by the
heated.
pound
is 32
temperature
frost
or
substituted
one
directed
unless
snow
shall be
may
consist
below
ice,
the mortar brine
a
shall
brine
in
freed
in
used
water
With
mortar.
laid
be
not
laid, it shall be
and
sand 17.
shall
277
one
for
of
ounce
every
salt shall
added.
Pointing. 18. to
wall
19. to
is
shall
be
tool
and
and
for
Mortar
has
less than
not
complete
the
meet
the mortar
of
depth
a
the
Before
finished
set;
and
with
be
be
not
removed until
done stone.
equal parts of sand,
of
In
cement.
pointing,
in with
pounded
width
the
shall
frost is in the
when
Portland
beading tool
a
Pointing shall
nor
mortar,
joints,it
and
consist
shall
pointing
filled with
and
wet,
inch.
one
mortar
requirements,
in beds
set
"set-in"
of
a
sieved
joints
the or
calking
joint, used
a
with.
a
straight-edge. BRIDGE
Bridge
The
be
not
14
to
courses
diminish
be
inches
or
regularly
proportioned.
well than
more
from
STONE.
Stone.
Ashlar
and
large
ASHLAR
MASONRY,
Masonry,
Wall
shall
stone
less than
WALL
RETAINING
Retaining
and
20.
AND
bottom
30
inches
to
top.
Courses
thick, thickness
shall of
Dressing. 21.
Beds
the
that
joints
and
builds
or
layer should
mortar
of
face
be
not
than
more
fine-pointed,so
shall be
stone
^-inch
thick
when
the
is laid.
stone
22.
Joints in
least
to
at
12
inches.
Face
one-half
Exposed
edges pitched project
shall
stone
height
the
be
of
full to
the
the
for
square
course,
but
in
stone
shall
no
depth equal
a
less
case
than
Surface.
or
23.
face
to
than
more
surfaces
of
the
lines
3 inches
24.
Chisel
drafts
25.
Holes
for
surfaces.
Stone
true
face
the
and
beyond
the
lj4 inches wide hooks
stone
shall be
pitch shall
shall not
handled
with
batter.
exact
rock-faced,
with
shall
not
The
face
line.
be
be
be
cut
at
permitted
exterior
corners.
in exposed
show
to
clamps, keys, lewis
or
dowels.
Stretchers. 26. and
a
Stretchers
quarter
times
shall as
not
much
be
bed
less than as
4
thickness
feet of
long
course.
with
at
least
one
278
MASONRY.
Headers. 27
Headers
(ifth of where
face the
joint,and in
occur
of
wall
4
feet
less than
18
18
mches
wide
high, width
inches
shall
long;
of
one-
occupy
face; and,
in
face
shall
be
not
in heart in
not
of
wall
superior
a
occur
over
the
shall
course
header;
a
size shown
same
the
laid
be
not
in
face,
over
a
disposition shall
same
in
face
of
and
back
is 3
feet thick
shall
wall
interlock
when
thickness
admit.
will
30.
be
than
wall.
of
Headers
29.
not
hold
header
a
joint shall
back
less
course.
shall
that
a
be
than
more
of
Headers
arranged
so
is
height
28.
not
wall; shall
of
course
than
less
shall
Where
the
entirely through.
wall
shall
Backing
face
shall
stone
pass
permitted.
be
not
less, the
or
Backing, Backing
*31-a.
jointed;
bed
backing
stone
with
shall
joints shall shall
be
parallel ends. The
2 inches.
exceed
not
of
vertical
interior
least
character
joints
in
back
joints shall
vertical
At
inch.
1
size and
same
The
bedded
large, well-shaped stone, roughly
be
not
as
one-half
shall
wall
of
exceed
face
the
and of
the and
stone
exceed
not
6 inches.
concrete.
Voids
shall
be
filled with
thoroughly
, , bedded
spalls,fully
,
.
cement
in
tar. mor-
concrete.
*31-b.
shall
Backing
of
be
,
, headers
paragraphs 32. less than
and
Where
27,
the
four
(4)
and
wall ft.
heart will
long
admit
not
shall
wall
of
be
stretchers,
filledwith of
such
"/.
,
.
specified
as
in
concrete. not
stone
arrangement,
placed transversely in heart
of wall to
the opposite sides.
bond
33. be
26
and
Where
less than
is
stone
eight (8)
backed
with
two
neither
courses,
shall
course
in. thick.
Bond. 34.
of
Bond
than
12
inches.
stone
and
with
in
stone
shall
Backing one
face, back be
and laid
heart to
of
wall
shall
not
joints with
break
less
be the
face
another.
Coping. 35. on
36.
Coping the
stone
shall
be
full
size throughout,
of
dimensions
cated indi-
drawings.
Beds, joints and
* 31-a and Paragraphs to according requirements.
top shall be fine-pointed. 31-b
are
Optional
so
arranged clauses
that
printed
either may italics. in
be
eliminated
MASONRY.
37.
of joints shall
Location
plates,
indicated
as
determined
be
by the
position of the
bed
drawings.
the
on
279
Locks. 38.
and
stone
the
to
required, coping stone,
Where
piers, shall be
on
position indicated
AND
BRIDGE
39.
The
secured the
on
WALL
MASONRY
wall.
Face
shall
be
joints shall
wall
The
surface
of
back
abutments, dowels,
or
cramps
STONE.
laid
and
in
irregular courses.
the
stone
laid horizontal
1
inch
thick.
than
more
RUBBLE
to
Bottom
the
stone
flat stone.
large, selected
40.
be
not
iron
"
roughly squared,
shall be parallel,roughly dressed, and
Beds
with
together
of
wings
the
drawings.
RETAINING
shall be
stone
in
stone
shall
and
be
face
laid, having
compactly
headers
arranged
one-fifth
least
at
interlock, having
to
the
all voids
concrete.
in the
heart
of the
thoroughly filled
wall
with suitable
fully beaded
tn
cement
ARCH
Arch
41.
Voussoirs
templet, and
MASONRY,
Ashlar
Masonry,
spalls,
STONE.
ASHLAR
Stone.
shall
shall
and
stones
mortar.
be
full
bond
have
size less
not
and
throughout thickness
than
dressed
of
true
to
stone.
Dressing. 42.
Joints of
joints shall Face
not
voussoirs
exceed
intrados
and
shall
fine-pointed.
be
Mortar
f^-inch.
Surface.
or
smooth.
43.
surface
Exposed
of the
ring
shall be
stone
rock a
,
,
,
with
faced,
marginal draft. 44.
the
Number
of
and
courses
depth
of
voussoirs
shall
indicated
be
on
drawings. 45.
shall
Voussoirs
placed
be
in the
indicated
order
on
the
drawings.
Backing. concrete. .
.
46.
_
,
.
Backmg
,
"
shall
.
,
of
consist
,
large bonded
to
47. shall
be
the spandrel and
Where
applied evenly for
Centers
laid in full bed
waterproofing is required,
covering of approved 48.
,,/.,,
shall
a
not
be
of a
finishing coat,
waterproofing struck
shaped
stone,
material.
to
fit the
arch
mortar.
thin upon
which
(See
until directed
of
coat
page
by
the
mortar
shall
or
be
grout
placed
292.) Engineer.
a
280
MASONRY.
Bench
Piers, Spandrels,
Walls, Bench
49. shall
walls, piers, spandrels, parapets,
built under
be
Ashlar
the
specificationsfor
Voussoirs
less than
Beds
52.
Mortar
Face
Bridge
and
Retaining
and
copings
Wall
sonry, Ma-
Dressing.
full
be
of
voussoirs.
be
roughly
shall
shall
joints
STONE.
RUBBLE
"
Stone.
shall
thickness
51.
MASONRY
Rubble
Masonry, 50.
walls
wing
Stone. ARCH
Arch
etc.
size
throughout,
dressed
bring
to
shall
them
have
bond
radial
to
not
planes.
1 inch.
exceed
not
and
Surface.
or
53.
pitched
to
54.
of
surfaces
Exposed
ring
shall
stone
rock-faced, and
be
edges
lines.
true
Voussoirs
shall
placed in the
be
indicated
on
the
drawings.
/^^^^^ ^^^^^^
^^
^^
^^^
order
Backing. coftcvctc
55. bonded
a
spandrel,
Where
56. shall
the
to
be
of
Bench
approved
Centers
shall
Bench
Culvert
required,
not
be
Culvert
and
struck
until
of
coat
mortar
which
upon
shall
(For
grout
or
be
placed
information
on
directed
by the
Engineer.
etc,
culvert
Masonry
quality of
Retaining
thin
a
material.
parapets,
Bridge
specifications for
the
mortar.
292.)
page
see
of
finishing coat,
a
waterproofing
Masonry.
59.
bed
^^^^^
wing
walls
and
Retaining
and
copings
Wall
sonry, Ma-
Stone.
Rubble
Side
is
full
walls, piers, spandrels,
be built under
stone
in
Walls, Piers, Spandrels,
58. shall
;^,.^^
laid
for
evenly
Masonry,
Waterproofing 57.
and
of
waterproofing
applied
covering
consist
shall
Backing
Wall
work
Masonry,
shall
masonry.
be
shall
be
Rubble
laid
in
the
same
cement as
Character
mortar.
specified for
Bridge
of and
Stone.
Walls. 60.
One-half the
Cover
Stones.
Covering
thick, or to
make
12
inches
ments,
as
close
as
top
the
side
sound
and
of
stone
walls
shall
entirely
extend
wall.
across
61.
the
over
shall
stone
indicated
on
joints with the
indicated
the each
side walls. on
the
be
drawings. other, and
They
drawings.
shall
strong,
They
shall
at
be
lap their entire be
doubled
under
least
roughly width
high
inches
12
dressed at
least
embank-,
MASONRY.
End
Coping.
Walls, 62.
walls
End
the
drawings.
Dry
Masonry.
shall be
Dry
rubble
Retaining
Walls
dry retaining walls
shall include
Dry Masonry
and
laid without
stone
similar
coping,
indicated
as
on
MASONRY,
shall include
Masonry
suitable
and
slope
walls.
Walls.
Retaining 64.
with
covered
DRY
63.
281
for
is used
mortar
retaining
all walls
in which
embankments
or
for
purposes.
Dressing. 65.
Flat
stone
joints shall
and
least
at
be
twice
wide
as
dressed
roughly
thick
as
be
other
each
to
square
shall
used.
and
Beds face
to
of
stone.
66.
Joints shall
Disposition
of Stone.
Stone
67.
M-inch.
exceed
not
of
different
sizes
shall
face of wall, generally keeping the 68. and
true
smooth
69. the
Slope
to
"
be
larger
from
in lower
stone
and
bonded,
well
surface, free
walls
Engineer. the
through The
shall
distributed
evenly
holes
or
entire
over
of wall.
part
shall present
a
reasonably
projections.
Walls.
Slope
by
work
The
be
wall
wall.
shall
be
shall Stone
of
used
in
shall
be
Stone built
built
be
thickness
such
this
construction
placed
at
with
simultaneously
and
slope
entirely
reach
must
right angles the
directed
as
to
embankment
the
slopes. it is
which
protect.
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
PLAIN STEEL
AND
CRETE CON-
REINFORCED
AND
REINFORCEMENT.
CONCRETE
MATERIALS.
Cement. 1.
The
standard
the Fine
cement
shall
Portland
be
and
shall
of
sand,
meet
the
requirements
of
specifications.
Aggregates. 2.
Fine
screenings, "
Adopted,
shall
aggregate
graded Vol.
from
11,
consist
fine to
1910,
pp.
coarse,
962-967,
and
1019,
crushed
passing 1020.
when
stone
dry
gravel
or
a
screen
MASONRY.
Yield
Point.
9.
The
be
Allowable
If the 6000
steel
or
same
gage,
steel,or
lbs.
8(X)0
varies
carbon
high be
to
lbs.
sulphur
for
by the drop of
ultimate
the
tensile
carbon
the
strength.
lbs. for
desired
the
structural
made
be
5000
within
steel, of
lbs. for
shall
retest
a
acceptable, shall be
high
4000
than
more
steel,
determinations and
ingot taken of
copy
the
the
on
structural
ultimate.
Railroad
Form
of
Specimens.
for
the
limits
Shapes
plates and
will
and
About
3"
u-
^
i
the
of
each
furnished
to
made
from
in
which
case
phorus, phos-
manufacturer melt the
finished an
carbon,
of
from
steel, and
Engineer
or
a
his
material, if called of
excess
25
cent,
per
allowed.
be
Bars
Specimens
:
shall
shapes
by
pouring
be
shall
Company,
required
Plates,
of
of
percentages made
be
analj^sis shall be
analysis
the
the
shall
time
the
such
above
12.
of
manganese
at
Check
inspector.
tests
indicated
as
of
cent,
per
strength
for
Chemical
by
wire,
Analyses.
11.
correct
60
than
ultimate
which,
Chemical
for
less
not
and
bars
Variations.
10.
test
for
yield point
shall
beam,
a
283
made
be
Parallel
for
tensile
by cutting
and
bending from
coupons
the
Section
"'i^ ^
Not "
less than
9'
AV2
i
if
About
2"
;^^+l^"^I^Etc-. iS"-
About
1^
FlG.
finished to
the
turned
product,
to
13.
14. melt
thickness and
a
Bars of
Number
each
shown
form
shall
of
;
54-inch
tested
both
faces
edges
with
or
with
in their
rolled
both
parallel;
edges
they
or
milled may
be
ends.
enlarged finished
and
form.
Tests.
steel
is rolled
thinnest
of be
have
Fig. 1
by
diameter
least
At
shall
which
I.
tensile
one
as
rolled.
from
material
one
rolled.
and In
one
case
melt,
a
bending
test
shall
be
steel differing 5^-inch test
shall
be
made
from
made and the
from more
in
thickest
284
MASONRY.
Modifications
in
15.
material
For
the
Elongation. and
tV-inch will
be
than
more
allowed
in
3yi-'mch
the
in
ness thickfor
requirements
:
(a)
For
will
For
(b)
1
iW-inch
each
2"^
allowed
be
the
from
A-inch
below
a
deduction
of
deduction
of
specified percentage.
thickness
in
allowed
be
thickness
from
^-inch
each
will
in
54-inch,
above
a
specified percentage.
the
Tests.
Bending 16.
Bending
less
bars
than
modifications
following
elongation
less
Thick
than
tests
thick
inch
one
be
may
made
by
shall
bend
called
as
blows.
by
or
pressure
in
for
Shapes
and
8.
paragraph
Material. 17.
Test
specimens
around
degrees
pin, the
a
inch
one
thick
diameter
of
and
which,
the
thickness
of
the
specimen,
and
the
thickness
of
the
specimen,
without
for
fracture
outside
the
times
six
steel, is
on
180
steel, is twice
structural
high-carbon
for
cold
bend
shall
over
of
the
bend. Finish. 18.
Finished
defective
cracks, and
material
edges
workmanlike
or
shall
other
free
be
injurious
from
defects.
It
have
shall
a
flaws,
seams,
smooth,
uniform
finish.
Stamping. 19. of
name
and
20.
steel
may
be
bundled
shall rolled
or
melt
number
marks
above
and
that
it, except
upon
the
with
the
have
on
an
bar
the steel
attached
Material. Material
acceptance
shall
be 21.
bond
parts
of
stamped
manufacturer
small
imperfections,
or
piece
tag.
Defective
its
the
other
metal
finished
Every
other
which, there,
or
replaced
is
by
Reinforcing coatings
weak
develops found the steel
of
subsequent
any
to
have
the
to
injurious
be
character,
at
free which
tests
brittleness,
spots,
manufacturer
shall
above
defects, his
from
own
will
the
cracks
be
mills, and or
rejected
other and
cost.
excessive would
at
reduce
rust, or
loose
destroy
scale, the
285
MASONRY.
WORKMANSHIP. Unit
of
Measure. The
22. less
not
unit
of
94
lbs.
than Fine
cement.
and
of
be
foot.
assumed
be
shall
aggregates
A
as
bag
cubic
one
measured
be
containing of
foot
separately
as
receptacle.
measuring
the
cubic
the
shall
cement
coarse
into
thrown
loosely
shall
measure
Proportions. 23. be
shall
follows
as
Note:
"
This
Relation
of
24.
The
called to
blank
to
to
for
each
of
classes
concrete
contract.
proportion
of
used
the
table, the
the
secure
filled
be
Aggregates:
proportion
different
the
Coarse
Fine
in
for
:
and
above
shall
aggregates
coarse
this as
for
materials
of
proportions
The
always
adjusted
be
to
cement
required
the
to
relative be
such
to
the
shall be
aggregates
proportions as
during
total
of
give the
fine
aggregates
maximum of
progress
as
density, work
the
so
result.
Mixing. 25. desired
The
consistency,
uniformly
distributed
Measuring 26.
ingredients
various
The
the
wherever
mixing
the the
mass
shall
be
shall
continue
is uniform
mixed
thoroughly until
in color
the
and
to
the is
cement
homogeneous.
methods
the
proper
ingredients, including of
the
water,
shall
measurement
be
shall such
as
be to
measured
invariably
proportions.
Mixing.
Machine 27.
and
concrete
Proportions.
separately, and, secure
and
of
A
machine
the
volume
mixer, of
the
preferably work
will
of
the
batch
justify
the
type, expense
shall of
be
used,
installing
MASONRY.
286
the
The
plant.
shall be Hand
of
specifiedproportions
the
and
delivered
that
the
product
consistency
and
thoroughly mixed.
are
Mixing. 28.
When
watertight for at
demanded
requirements
the
mixed
these mix
a
The
coarse
thin
shovels with
done
until
shall
mortar
added
Or,
mortar.
added
then
the
to
until
hoes
or
if
instead
of
the
first be
The
mass
shall
and
all the
mixed
Engineer, the
after, adding
the
be
enough
each.
yard be
spread and
spread
again. wetted,
thoroughly then
be
turned
with
covered
aggregates
aggregates
coarse
to
necessary
mortar
shall
a
concrete
aggregates,
water
dry,
mortar.
thoroughly
The
and
of
shall
fine
the
on
materials
cubic
aggregates
color.
added
be
batches
two
upon
even
an
and
men
one-half
fine
the
cement
the option of the
at
before,
of
least
at
exceed :
the
which,
aggregates, be
then
of
not
follows
as
platform,
thoroughly
then
shall
be
the
upon
shall
accommodate
to
shall be
mixing
the
by hand,
rapid mixing
Batches
shall
mixing
mix
to
sufficient size
of
time.
same
evenly
be
platform
progressive and
the
The
it is necessary
may
water.
Consistency. 29. of
materials
The
consistency
such
and
reinforcement, place of from
mixing
the
shall
the
flow
it will
that
which,
to
mixed
the
on
wet
into
forms
hand,
other
without
forms
the
and
the
of
concrete
a
about
the
metal
from
conveyed
be
can
separation
produce
to
the
aggregates
coarse
mortar.
Retempering. 30.
Retempering partially set,
it has
Placing of 31.
be
concrete
32.
the
to
the
that
of
the
shall be
proper
place and
except
in arch
33. to
be
the
completion
final
has
remixing
with
mixing
shall
after
water
permitted.
the
work,
down
until
under
permit with
all concrete
be
a
as
to
will
thorough
most
the
deposited
prevent ing. compact-
straight shovel
ingredients have
is forced must
the
shall
placing. manner
a
handled
be
circumstances
no
final
in such
all the
water
slicing
or
settled in their
surface.
In
in horizontal
general, layers of
throughout.
depositing concrete
prevent
and
by working
surplus
the
before
deposited
ingredients
and
up
of
deposit, and
partially set
compacted
thickness In
not
shall be
concrete
kept moving
uniform
of
place
separation
tool
after
used
The
It
will
i. e.,
concrete,
or
Concrete.
Concrete
rapidly
mortar
the cement
from
under
water,
floating away
special and
to
care
shall
prevent
be
the
cised exer-
forma-
MASONRY.
laitance.
of
tion see
page
293.)
34.
Before in
(except the
35.
Before
and
material of
36.
The
for
wet
wetted
be
to
space
occupied
by
of
least
at
and not
which
concrete
three
with
slushed than
more
exposed
concrete
against
or
cleansed
to
two
of
eign for-
fine aggregate.
parts
shall
drying
premature
set,
consisting
mortar
a
has
be
kept
days.
Weather.
Freezing 37.
Concrete
40
below
the
water,
thoroughly
roughened, thoroughly
and
cement
of
period
a
shall be
on
laitance, drenched
faces
shall be
forms
oiled, and
or
concrete
new
latter
Portland
part
one
the
the
under
concrete
debris.
of
placing
of
depositing
on
concrete
weather)
cleared
surface
the
depositing
freezing
concrete
information
(For
287
shall
to
a
to
insure
of
temperature that
unless
Fahrenheit,
degrees
the
60
least
at
mixed
be
not
the
and
water
freeze
not
at
temperature
a
aggregates
degrees Fahrenheit,
will
concrete
deposited
or
and the
during
heated
are
provided
means
of
initial
work,
clean,
period
set
Rubble
Concrete.
38.
large
Where
the
by concrete,
be
deposited
be
may
used,
option
the
at
in
massive
bedded
distributed, thoroughly
evenly
stones,
is to
concrete
entirely
and
of
rounded sur-
Engineer.
the
Forms. 39.
shall
Forms
conform
shall
concrete
constructed
substantial
be
to
as
the
cleaning
and
inspection
40.
The
forms
41.
For
all important
dressed
to
and
42.
For
be
and
thickness
secured
to
and
backings
the
the
built
and
contours,
and
wall
forms
the
that
so
Temporary
mortar.
until lumber
width;
studding
other
and
and
so
openings to
facilitate
concreting.
removed
work,
of
all column
directly before
shall not
uniform
a
knots
loose
at
of
base
provided
unyielding dimensions
leakage
the
prevent
shall be
designed
the
to
and
rough
authorized used
shall
for be
uprights
or
work
the
by face
sound
Engineer.
work
and
free
in horizontal
undressed
lumber
shall
be
from
lines. be
may
used. Where
43.
injury to
occur,
round
44.
again.
or
Lumber
of
corners
suitable bevel
moldings
them once
the
and
masonry
shall be
placed
other in the
projections liable angles of the
to
forms
off. used
in
forms
shall
be
cleaned
before
being
used
MASONRY.
288
45.
hold
to
After
accordance
in
placed
with
is in
shall
be
of
cleaned
all
until
the
place, and
inspected
DETAILS
OF
and
shall
means
has
concrete
provided deposited.
been
the
by
approved
carefully
be
it is embedded
before
and
scales
rust
plans. Adequate
position
reinforcement
the
the
its proper
it in
reinforcement
the
shall be
Reinforcement
in concrete,
Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION.
Splicing Reinforcement. 46. than
Wherever shown
as
it is necessary
by the Engineer
maximum
Joints
but
this least
Girders
of
least
at
in the
columns
shall
exceptions
the
be
49. the
above
poured
tJie
points
at
rule
at
the
as
shall
groove
joints in walls
vertical
and
be
shall not
structed con-
permitting
for
settlement
The
a
or
walls
such
the
ing follow-
column
the this
and be
encasing
concrete
slab above.
girders and
the
in
slab
tion, opera-
formed
be
the structure.
laitance.
used,
as
and
the
as
shall
:
are
time
slab
the time
same
made
columns same
and
matter
be
may
one
work, the tops of
flaring heads,
have
triangular-shaped at
the
provide
to
at
without
columns
or
foreign
cast
of
integrally and
resuming
steel
time
at
Except
back
case
the
column
formed
shall
heads
be
shaft
column
head. the
at
surface
of
abutments.
where
shall
the
special surface
a
always
be
worked
aggregates
coarse
between and
finish the
produce
a
is
required,
concrete mortar
and
spade
a
the
form
or
to
face.
Surfaces. 51.
or
of
be
appearance
elapse
to
Before
cleaned
same
poured
special tool
Top
in
stress
made
be
not
decided
Finish.
50.
force
the
resulting joint
cast
walls
hours
columns
the
A
shall be
structural be
concrete
Surface
and
stress
possible,shall
strength and
formed
four
the
Where at
the
slabs
be
to
may
(b)
may
bond
possible, the
supports.
Where
same
poured
safe
wherever
not
impair
and
shrinkage
(a)
is
freshly
over
or
the
splice shall be
the
point of splice. Splices shall
structures,
when
it will
period
of
of
Concrete. Concrete
48.
basis
character
otherwise
stress.
in
47.
where
the
at
the
plans,
the
on
reinforcements of
the
on
reinforcement
splice the
to
Top
"floated"
surface.
surfaces after
the
shall coarse
generally
be
aggregates
"struck" have
with been
a
straight edge
forced
below
the
MASONRY.
Finish.
Sidewalk 52. made the
289
Where
"sidewalk
a
by spreading to
same
^DESIGNS
This
at
plans, it shall
the
on
be
least 54-irichthick, troweling
finishing coat
shall be put
before
on
its initial set.
REINFORCED
OF
for
is called
1 :2 mortar
surface.
taken
has
the concrete
of
layer
a
smooth
a
finish"
CONCRETE
STRUCTURES.
Materials.
(1)
The
workmanship
of
requirements
the
meet
and
materials
the
for
"Specifications
reinforced
concrete
for
and
Plain
should
Reinforced
Concrete." The of
cement,
richer
recommended
concrete two
mixture
Dead
will
fine
of
parts
for
found
be
general four
and
is
use
of
parts
advantageous
for
mixture
a
of
part
one
A
aggregates.
coarse
special conditions.
Load.
and
Live
dead
The
(2)
all other
load
is to
include
fixed
loads
and
is
include
the
estimated
forces
acting
of
weight the
upon
the
ture struc-
structure.
Load. The
(3) forces
acting
(4)
As
loads, the
the
upon
Span
Impact.
load
live
to
in
structure
variable
all
loads
moving
and
or
direction.
any
Lengths. the
working effect of
dynamic
recommended
herein
stresses
loads
moving
is to
added
be
for
are
to
the
static
live load
stresses.*
(5) for of
For
beams the
beam
calculating
and
slabs but
supports, or
Internal
(6)
is to not
taken
as
exceed
to
the the
frofti
distance clear
bending
for
center
plus
span
the
moment to
center
depth
of
Stresses. The
internal
A
given
stresses
as
11,
to
be
bending
before
1910,
formula an
are
calculated
upon
pp.
is illustration:
967-969, not
plane after
remains
basis
of
the
by
the
L L
L-f-D load
stress.
D=Dead
bending.
1020.
1019,
recommended
Impacts Ii=Liive
the
:
plane section
Vol. 'Adopted, * The following
merely
be
length
span
slab.
following assumptions (a)
the
stresses
load
stress.
Committee,
but
is
291
MASONRY.
section, less the
reinforcement
by the
and
Shrinkage
generally
the
near
(9)
equal
of
1
its depth."
to
surface
of
the
stresses, in
cent., and
per
resistance, should
exposed
is carried
concrete,
temperature
or
be
of
placed
amount
form
a
and
be
which
well
tributed dis-
concrete.
following recommended
The
inch
of
of
capable lbs. per
inch
square
28
use
in
days old,
quality
such
of
at
cylinders 8 inches
in
diameter
being
of
the
of
and facture manu-
consistency
same
be
2000
least
laboratory conditions
per to
as
strength
under
mixture
pounds
in
stresses, of
concrete
compressive
tested
the
storage,
working in
average
an
when
and
long
and
for
section, are
developing
inches
used
shrinkage
one-third
bond
the
by
Stresses.
Working
16
for
high
carried
Reinforcement.
Temperature
a
be
to
length of beam
a
less than
not
develop
square
in
Reinforcement
(8)
will
assumed
amount
as
is
field :
in the
Structural
steel
High
carbon
Steel
in
tension
in
14,000
steel in tension
compression, 15
16,000
times
the
compressive
stress
in
the
rounding sur-
concrete.
Concrete
in
bearing
the
where
surface
is at
least twice
the
loaded 700
area
Concrete
in
direct
six
exceeding
not
in
Concrete
direct
4 per
over
times
cent,
twelve
times
continuous
a
with
is held
spiral spaced
Concrete
in compression,
Concrete
in
than
reinforcement
on
shear, uncombined
cent,
lengths the
position by horizontal
not
with
1 per
width, provided,
in
extreme
on
450
less
not
least
the
lengths
on
width
least
longitudinal
reinforcement or
the
compression
reinforcement
without
compression,
than
more
fiber in
cross
tension
or
6 inches
nor
not
ceeding ex-
tudinal longihoops,
apart.
450 .
.
750
bending compression
in
the 120
concrete
Concrete of Note.
"
in
shear, where
the
shearing
stress
is used
stress
The
limit
of
shearing
reinforced
stresses
for
shear
in
and
the
for
plain
Bond
for
drawn
Bond
for
deformed
the
concrete,
even
diagonal tension,
measure
when should 120
exceed
Bond
as
40
web
thoroughly not
.
twisted
and
80
bars
40
wire
bars, depending
upon
form
80-100
MASONRY.
292
'
MONOLITHIC
CONSTRUCTION.
DEFINITIONS.
Monolith
Concrete.
of
by
continuous
a
single
a
of
mass
made
concrete
joints
without
construction.
of
Construction.
of
building
the
single
operation
Concrete
Monolithic
A
"
Monolithic
"
of
mass
construction
concrete
without
concrete
joints by
is tinuous con-
a
operation.
PRINCIPLES
conclusions
These
for
cracking
Where
(2)
with
conditions
radial
will
the
permit, otherwise
Watertight
the
may
may
the
height.
monolithic
of
struction, con-
walls
wing
the
be
built
be
used
in
units
for
ring should
arch
voids
proportion and
be
may
of
any
arches
where
constructed
be
of
felts
and
and
s
Adopted,
Vol.
12,
Part
1, 1911,
"
Adopted,
Vol.
15,
1914,
pp.
536,
of
1061.
graded
either
516,
with
580.
and
to
close
and
or
inforcing Re-
contraction,
aggregates
asphalt proper
design.
proper
workmanship
burlaps, pp.
by
expansion
to
proper
waterproofing, with
obtained
cement
employing
MASONRY.
due
cracks
against
Membrane
pitch in connection
OF
concrete
concrete
proper
fillingof
(2)
the
joints.
the
using
times
of
not
are
will
permit.
"WATERPROOFING
(1)
three
danger
conditions
working
about
construction
concrete
will
structure
without
used
intersections
the
at
abutments,
concrete
Monolithic
conditions
provided
be
be
the
walls
wing
the
abutments.
economic
that
(4) the
the
Reinforced
(3) length
of
body
the
should
exceed
not
that
:
may
length that
any
with
abutments
joints and
of
length does
the
permit, provided
is good
construction
concrete
abutments
supposition
the
upon
foundation
the
that
Monolithic
(1) of
and
designed
is well
based
are
PRACTICE.
OF
vision super-
coal-tar
pure
number
secure
of
layers,
MASONRY.
good materials
and
for
practice
good
as
workmanship
293
good
and
conditions, is
working
waterproofing
bridge
and
concrete
masonry,
mended recom-
floors.
(3)
Permanent
good
secure
(4) good
results
mix
Special
do
compounds
of
methods
should
chemical
if this
duty;
lost
and
their
be
made
to
ascertain
action
results
should
the
on
be
(5) mastic,
concrete
and
cement
Surface if
properly applied
be
cannot
to
(2) through (3)
Careful
effectiveness
and
(4)
the
pit, and
The
concrete
the
bucket
and
"Adopted,
a
small
a
under
high
bituminous cracks
duced pro-
successfully used reservoirs, of
pressure
and
water
paints and
oil
as
varnishes,
of
the
of masonry.
UNDER
from
cement
sufficiently tight pit
should
deposited
tremie,
be
in
WATER.
if
water,
the
to
so
mixture.
prevent
current
quiet.
place
should
and
are
either
allowed
be
not
by
of
means
to
fall
water.
Where
possible
be
the
all conditions.
in the
should or
be
may
retaining walls,
work
washing
the water
since
or
deposited successfully under
be
strength.
adding
against
CONCRETE
should
Cofferdams the
contraction,
lasting for waterproofing
be
may
prevent
to
as
reinforced
coatings, such or
by
asphalt
mortar,
masonry
for
its
on
recommended,
obtained
be
cement
as
DEPOSITING
Concrete
drop-bottom
through
brush
OF
(1)
as
the
grading the aggregate.
important
recommended
reliable
"METHODS
handled
for
Surface
considered
bottom
crete, con-
of
value
destroyed.
effect
not
are
arches, abutments,
structures;
(6)
a
the
caution, ascertaining their their
as
can
properly
coating, such
waterproofing
similar
not
the
some
void-filling
the
proportions
with
well
as
by settlement, expansion and
these
neglected, effect
proper
used
watertightness
to
as
of
percentage
for
is
have
to
as
so
waterproofing the
given
properly proportion
to
general rule, integral compounds
same
to
compounds.
such
a
is essential
have
concrete
deposit properly
is
Integral compounds
As
floors
bridge
waterproofing
is required
care
required
the
of
drainage
of
and
thoroughly
compounds
direct
waterproofing.
in
Integral
results.
tests
and
bucket
a
raised to
the Vol.
to
the
is used,
surface,
it should so
water.
13, 1912,
pp.
488, 994.
as
be to
carefully
cause
as
lowered
to
the
little disturbance
294
MASONRY.
(5)
Where
to
the
buried
up
few
is used,
tremie
a
top
of
in
the
freshly deposited
inches
at
possible to
of
the
discharge
the to
mass
filled with
kept
be
end
should
emptying,
prevent
concrete
be
and
kept
raised
a
the fillingprogresses.
as
surface
avoid
level, and
water
time
a
The
(6)
the
it should
the
concrete
formation
of
kept
be
must
which
pockets
nearly level
as
will
laitance
retain
as
and
sediment.
(7) should
Where be
removed
otherwise,
from
before
(8)
is
concrete
The
the
depositing
of
surface
fresh
should
concrete
deposited
not
the
sediment
all
continuously,
by pumping
concrete,
or
concrete.
be
1 :2 :4
a
mixture
of
and
"quaking"
consistency. (9)
Freshly deposited
(10)
where
water,
open
prevented,
be
cannot
"
In
the
should
concrete
OF
DISINTEGRATION
should
concrete
flow
Concrete
waters,
or
should
under
favorable
(2) with
Concrete
Cinders
in
should
be
(4)
METHOD
should
metal
Reinforcing covered
water,
sea
allowed
and
alkali
or
reinforcing
cement
alkali
the for
metal to
is
harden
should
waters
be
made
water.
in
concrete
which
protected with
and
OF
In
(1) cleaned
of
all
reinforcing
all loose
exposed
concrete
cleaning
is by
"Adopted, Adopted,
the
DEFECTIVE
means
Vol. Vol.
surface
receive
to
of 15, 13,
a
steam
1914, pp. 1912,
pp.
the
be
oughly thor-
FACES SUR-
WORN
OR
CONCRETE.
material, laitance to
should
in place.
when
concrete
REPAIRING
cases
painted, but
be
not
OF
"
OF
exposure.
in
used
of
which
in
with
alkalies
not
sacks.
CORROSION
action
or
such
contact
the
to
pit
is embedded.
metal
^=
the
to
before
be
to
inert
aggregates
(3)
exposed
conditions
in cloth
the
METAL.
dense, rich in Portland
be
through
water
AND
containing sulphur,
gases
embedded
be
to
of
CONCRETE
disturbed.
be
deposited
be
REINFORCING
(1)
not
be
repaired
and
dust
patch.
jet. 568,
476,
1062.
991-992,
must
and
Probably
first be
thoroughly
the clean, rough, the
best
method
sound
of
MASONRY.
After
(2) saturated that
with
used
concrete
with
If
(3)
is not
of
mortar
in
the
This
of
each
for
and
each
used
the
next
should
protected
horizontal should
from If
(4)
finish the
slushed
and
granite screenings
(5) face
and
the
floated
If
the
is to
into
dowels
patch,
be
and
and
old
the
be
in the
case
may
then
than
dowels
to
extensive be
be
done
fasten
as
supported by forms, depending
upon
should
coat
The to
face sur-
give
to
a
the
at
permit
enough
The
water
kept damp
of
and
made
on
a
be
firmly
fabrics
thickness
or
and
sloping
or
to
the
old
embed
proposed
the
patch
to
to
and
concrete
dowels
the
The
safeguard.
forms,
than
desired.
of
bars
or
sand
its initial set,
anchor
the
into
less
advisable
thickness
concrete
(not
vertical
be
a
following this
take
may
old
on
2y^ parts
required to
made
the
and
cement
as
to
be
grout,
additional
the
sand.
is applied.
be
finish
without
mortar
2^
allowed
is to
cement
wedged
an
used
begin
only
surface
the
as
wires, metal
patching, with
be
must
each
a
coat
was
to
coat
begins
a
deeply
as
as
trowel.
be
coat"
in. thick, it will
1^
concrete,
The
advisable of
is to
sand
preferably
thickness
such
old
with
splashed
"scratched"
next
1 part
this mortar
patch
the
up.
close together sufficiently
spaced
concrete.
it will
or
of
to
of
patch should
thin
a
full
the
troweled
or
more
old
of
be
float and
surface, the
made
surface
a
time
"finish
with
sloping
cement
with
the
This
or
or
j4-in. and
wooden
a
patch
When
repair be
with
mortar
^-in. thick, however). it should
or
be kept covered
or
1
should
before
surface.
or
than
only enough
and
broomed
wet
a
mortar
new
vertical
and
should
plastering
horizontal
nearly
drenched
fairly stififplaster
a
dragged
not
a
cement
than
frost till fully set
or
repair
the
immediately with or
This
finished
sun
or
be
with
final coat,
the
on
spattered
richer
its initial set
be
the should
made
be
thicker
but
downward,
properly
to
should
be
surface,
receive
to
from
in. thick, the
1^
never
not
coat.
progress
final coat
but
coat, except
the
coat
be
proportions of
same
should
coat
into
forced
bond
of the
original concrete,
plaster
thoroughly
be
must
thoroughly
so
surface
following this immediately
made
but
water
is to
than
more
it is still wet,
grout,
cement
patch
or
be
to
moistened,
possible,the
If
repaired
hours.
repair
while
concrete,
top
several
be
to
absorb
not
patching.
the
and
surface
be
in
for
water
will
concrete
surface
simply
not
water,
old
the
the
cleaning,
295
ing patch-
with
wet
concrete
the
extent
of
the
patch. (6) horizontal
If
the
face
repair and
of
or
patch
is to
considerable
be
made
thickness,
on
a
dowels
horizontal may
or
be
nearly
used,
or
MASONRY.
296
the
concrete
simply
may
the
treating
dowels
patch
as
"
(7) this,
it
Care
patched, should
be
may
so
be
be
must
as
undercut.
necessary
to
give
reinforced
be
taken
not
to
deep
cut
of
block
a
to
out
edges
fabric
by
sound
to
the
without
using
masonry.
thin
have
bars
or
edges
on
around
concrete
patch.
If
To
patches.
possible,
a
place the
avoid
to
edges
be
COMMITTEE
IX.
FENCES
SIGNS,
CROSSINGS.
AND
^DEFINITIONS.
FENCES.
Fence.
A
"
barrier
generally
egress,
vertical Post.
A
"
to
End
boards
Post.
A
"
Post.
of Anchor
rails
wire,
or
rails
or
or
and
end
other
or
located
post
located
of
members of
post
material,
the
at
of
fence.
intersection
of
two
or
and
used
fence.
a
section
line
a
upright
set
lines
tions sec-
or
fence.
Post.
A
"
for
anchor
an
metal
the
at
A
with
posts
longitudinal
post "
of
ingress
pickets.
wood,
the
support
line
a
against unrestricted
guard
to
serves
or
of
piece
Corner
that
Intermediate
between
stretching Line
or
end
or
and
posts
corner
used
as
wire.
Post.
A
"
placed
post
end
between
corner
or
posts. Rail.
Any
"
Cleat.
A
"
Brace.
piece of
the
to
side
A
"
A
"
A
"
Brace
and A
"
ends
Gate.
"
other
1
1905,
of to
material,
Vol.
of
metal
transversely
compression,
in
material,
stability.
posts.
other
or
wire.
give it greater
to
other
or
between
fence in
wood,
in
material,
a
metal
or
the
device
in the
barrier for
brace
tie,
or
between
tension,
of
the
shape
of
a
longitudinal consisting a
wires
of
passageway
397
or
both,
a
introduced.
are
letter
of
the
structure or
an
"U"
446-451, 10, Part Vol.
16,
sharpened the
to
posts.
metal
wood,
opening
the
wires.
with
fence of
stiffen
to
longitudinal
Vol. 5, 1904, 386, 390, 381. 382, pp. Vol. Vol. 782; 458, 479; 7, 1906, pp-. 11, Part 1230, 1231, 1246; 2, 1910, pp.
1039-1041.
posts.
material, used
other
spacing
the
closing
adjacent
two
which
maintain
fastening
movable
Adopted, pp. 781,
915-917;
ground
adjacent
between
wood,
the
than
other
material, fastened
other
or
metal
wood,
panel
metal
for A
A
"
piece
fence Staple.
below
of
section
A
"
post
fence
a
posts.
Panel.
Stay.
metal
a
piece of
of
wood,
diagonally
adjacent Panel.
of
piece
placed Tie.
member
longitudinal
in
or
fence.
a
Vol.
16,
1,
459; 1909,
pp.
885,
1915,
pp.
435,
436,
458,
FENCES
SIGNS,
five inches inches
the
above
the
and
ground
CROSSINGS.
AND
wires
stay
299
shall
be
wire
shall
spaced
twelve
apart.
When
used
inches
three below
as
hog-tight fence, the bottom
a
ground, with
the
above
strand
a
wire
barbed
of
be
not
over
V/i inches
same.
B
Class
Fence. A
3.
B
Class
steel wires The
inches
seven
inches
of
of
above
longitudinal
seven
shall
stay wires
be
longitudinal wires, commencing
the
6J^, 7, 7j^, 8, 8J^ and
be
shall
consist
the longitudinal and
;
spacing
shall
fence
the
inches.
9
and
ground
The
wires
stay
bottom shall
9 gage.
No. the
at
bottom,
wSre
be
vanized gal-
smooth
shall
spaced
be
eighteen
apart. C
Class
Fence. A
4.
C
Class
steel wires
7^, 8, 8J^
shall be above
the
ground
D
Fence.
of
consist
and
shall
be
longitudinal wires, commencing
the and
five longitudinal smooth
stay wires
the longitudinal and
;
spacing of
The
shall
fence
9 inches. the
The
wires
stay
wire
the
shall be
bottom,
nine
inches
spaced twenty-four
inches
bottom shall be
9 gage.
No.
at
vanized gal-
apart. Class
A
5.
ribbon,
Class
D
spacing
10, 12
and
shall
round
smooth,
The
fence
of
of
wires, commencing
the
The
wire
bottom
of
five strands
galvanized steel
fencing.
wire
barbed
or
inches.
12
consist
the
at
shall
be
inches
ten
be
shall
bottom,
above
10, the
ground. The
A,
B
longitudinal wires
and
and
C
shall be
of
all with
provided
woven
wire
tension
curves
fencing under to
take
up
Classes
expansion
contraction.
MATERIAL. Wood
Posts. 6.
white
Posts
of
or
other
equal
treated
They
or
cedar,
other
shall
be
locust, chestnut, Bois
durable
wood
straight
and
native free
to
from
the
d'Arc, locality
splits,rot
defects.
sawed to
timber.
of
made
be
oak, mulberry, catalpa
or
If
shall
those
or
split posts hereinafter
are
used, their dimensions
specified for
round
posts.
shall
be
at
least
End
CROSSINGS.
AND
FENCES
SIGNS,
300
Posts, Etc. 7.
End,
8
inches
and
anchor
corner,
in
and
diameter
gate
small
the
at
shall
posts
end,
be 3
set
least
at
4
feet
8
feet
inches
long
in
the
ground. Intermediate
Posts.
Intermediate
8.
in
inches
line
or
diameter
small
the
at
shall
posts
end,
be
at
2
feet
set
7
least 4
feet in
inches
the
4
and
long
ground.
Braces. Braces
9. of
for
intermediate in
and
will
through
pass
End,
6
inches
4
inches
4-inch
the
sawed
be
made
of
lumber
free
and
posts,
a
large
from
anchor the
at
square
in
the
cement,
should
stone
be
retained
to
two
parts
absorption
low
of
stone
cement
be
of
on
a
such
or
size
^-inch
as
screen.
and
The
ground.
8
and
top
gate
shall be
posts
inches
at
the
at
square
least 8 feet
base,
shall consist
reinforcement
of
long, 3
set
feet
5^-inch
four
rods.
Intermediate
Posts.
Intermediate
top
Portland
part
but
screen
Portland
part
one
crushed
broken
or
of
one
or
parts
j4-inch
a
corner,
twisted
The
by
shall
posts
Etc.
Posts, 11.
consist
four
Gravel
gravel.
the
gate
defects.
pit gravel;
sand
screened
at
of
that
shall
posts of
run
clean, sharp
12.
and
4-inch
or
to
other
and
Concrete
parts
square
posts
anchor
Posts.
10.
End
line
durability
splits,rot
Concrete
four
corner,
or
quality equal knots,
end,
and
5^
inches
rods, depending
at
the
shall consist
reinforcement
of
design
on
shall
line posts
or
base, of
be
set
three
at
2 or
7 feet long, 4
least
feet
4
four
inches
in
the
^-inch
square
posts
shall
inches
ground. twisted
posts.
Braces. 13.
of
Braces
end,
4
inches
twisted
rods.
concrete,
square
for
anchor
corner,
by 4 inches
in
and
gate
section, reinforced
with
four
be
made
J4-inch
Wire. 14.
Woven
wire
galvanized steel wire. tight around
wire
of
fences It
must
the
same
shall
be
constructed
stand, without size.
sign
of of
basic
open-hearth
fracture, winding
SIGNS,
FENCES
CROSSINGS.
AND
301
Locks. 15. and
locks
The
wires
stay
either
fastenings
or
shall
of
be
longitudinally
such
intersection
the
at
design
will
as
of
the
longitudinal from
them
prevent
ping slip-
vertically.
or
Staples. 16.
shall
posts 1
The
inch
staples
used
made
of
be for
long
fastening the
for 9
No.
hardwood
and
longitudinal wires
galvanized
steel
inches
long for
1^
They
wire.
the
to
shall
be
softwood.
Galvanizing. The
17. shall
withstand of
shall
1.185
Fahrenheit.
and
whose
in
colored
deposit
and
water
from
formed
at
which
the
the
a
zinc, which
solution
of
commercial
be
sample
the
removed,
is
70
to
immersion,
shall be
rejected.
degrees shall
or
fourth
the
taken
60
from
which
of
specific gravity
zinc
the
of
sample is
of
immersion
If
end
in
shall
each
dry.
coating
even
the
water,
after
wiped
an
tests
temperature
Immediately
washed
material
crystals and
copper
of
immersion
one-minute
sulphate be
consist
galvanizing shall
be
a
copper-
the
lot
of
Manufacture. 18.
The
fence
shall
fabricated
so
tensile
the
impair
or
be
strength of
not
as
the
to
the
remove
vanizing gal-
wire.
ERECTION.
End,
Corner, Anchor 19.
End,
3
least
and
anchor
corner,
4
feet
Gate
inches
in
Posts. and
the
gate
thoroughly
ground,
be
shall
posts
vertical, at
set
braced
tamped,
and
anchored. Intermediate 20. in
the
Intermediate
anchor
Holes
posts
16j^
feet
apart.
full
depth
posts,
even
or
line
posts,
where
wood
be down
posts'shall on
both
provided and After
sides for
all
in
perfect
the
fence
shall
if
gate
long, braced
strung.
of
and
adjacent
end
shall
line
be
set
2
least
at
4
feet
inches
Holes. 21.
shall
Posts. or
and
ground
Post
Line
or
set
by
2-inch
other on
be
must
on
resorted
sills 6 inches
by 6-inch Posts
posts. the
side
erected, the
on
tops
all
for
is encountered,
be
is
provided
blasting rock
line
be
braces, shall which of
the
more
6
inches
3
feet
be
wood
two
by 4
feet
with
wire
mediate inter-
than
long.
set
the
corner,
For
to.
not
by
end,
Holes
large
is to
posts
be
shall
FENCES
SIGNS,
302
be
sawed
and
2
off
with
inches
one-fourth
a
above
CROSSINGS.
AND
pitch, the
high
side
gate
posts
being
the
next
wire
it.
Anchoring. 22.
Wood
end,
by gaining and the
to
of
the
the
on
the
of
surface
put
spiking
line
shall
anchored
of
the
fence,
post,
be
to
cleats
two
cleat shall be
in
set
the
into
side
put
of
depressions near
the
shall
surface
ground
bottom
posts
anchored
just below
other
the
the
the
be
shall
the posts, at right angles
bottom, near
and
by gaining
same
the
wood
side of
the
cleat
fence
Intermediate
and
to
at
one
The
the
side next
side.
be
cleats
two
ground.
opposite
anchor
corner,
be
the
on
the
ground
the
bottom
properly spiked.
Cleats, Sills,Etc. 23.
All
cleats
braces sills,
and
cleats
durability to
in
shall
that
be
2
shall
be
of
the
inches
of
made
posts.
6
by
inches
sawed
2
by
lumber
of
posts
shall
All
long.
feet
quality equal
a
.
Bracing. 24.
using
Wood
of
the
into
and
the
ground
of
No.
or
gate
or
line
9
2
top
inches.
with
be
the
about
12
the
post,
about
line
cable
looped
around
the
of
around
line
or
reinforced
be
post
from
strand anchor
corner,
intermediate
next
put
the
froin
double
twisted
and
on
is drawn braces
concrete
gained
inches
a
end, the
shall
top,
12
by
sawed
posts,
inches
of
the
braced
4-inch
the
about
made
be
by
12
post
A
intermediate 4-inch
by
that
or
from
inches
to
line, and
ground
next
Four-inch
concrete
gate
or
4-inch
piece of
durability
wire
soft
gate
a
securely spiked.
near
of
in
or
intermediate
next
galvanized
post
until the
the
and
post
anchor
corner,
and
post
line
or
quality equal
a
end,
top
anchor
corner,
intermediate
an
lumber into
end,
back shall
about be
used
posts.
Stretching. 25.
Longitudinal stays
shall
be
shall
placed
on
shall
wires
be
be
straight, vertical
the
side
of
the
uniformly
stretched and
post
tight and
uniformly from
away
Wires
spaced.
the
allel; par-
track.
Stapling. 26. driven
Staples shall home
be
diagonally with
set
tight. The
shall
wires
top
the
be
grain
double
of
wood
the
and
stapled.
Splicing. 27. may
be
Approved used:
splicing tools
The and
bolt ends
clamp of
wrapped
the
splice wires
around
or
a
wire
shall be
both
wires
splice made carried backward
3
as
inches from
follows
past the
the tool
for
five
least
at
be
by it shall The
for
The
by pulling the
closed
smooth
of
in
wire
the
removed,
is
occupied
space
together.
ends
preference
wire,
smooth
heavy
tool
303
wire
barbed
to
is
mended recom-
fences.
right-of-way
use
the
after
CROSSINGS.
or
plank
a
the
at
of
top
barbed
a
fence, is recommended.
wire
="
is caused
wire
thickness. for
the zinc
after
GALVANIZED
WIRE
by the provide
To
necessary
coating
the
fence
the
coating of
modern
zinc
being
too
thin
and
for
the
wire
and
has
zinc
to
wire.
secure
To
insure
applied
the
that is
of
an
uneven
uniform
recommended
thickness
that
fencing
life
longer
a
galvanizing is
electricallywelded
to
fence
galvanized
woven
increased
an
fabricated, it
been
be
protection
better
fence, it is on
of
coating
FENCING.
of
rapid deterioration
The
(1)
of
and
turns,
of
use
AND
FENCES
SIGNS,
a
intact second
after
it is
manufactured.
(2) zinc be
further
is
coating which
used
welded
3
Vol.
It
in
the
will
stand
manufacture
fencing, the
Adopted,
Vol.
16,
pp.
1915,
recommended
the
of
galvanizing
7, 1906, 440.
1040.
pp.
test
fencing, be
456,
wire
that
in
prescribed and
applied
479;
which
Vol.
that after
in
the
Part
received
been
2,
a
specifications of
case
it has
11, 1910,
has
pp.
electrically fabricated.
1234,
1246;
SIGNS.
304
FENCES
AND
CROSSINGS.
CM
CO
-^
CO
lO
CD
00
in
oo
I-H
CO
(
1"
M
o
n -s C8
3
^
i2 ^
o
O
ooooooooooooirjo
I W H O
"
ocDOominooomioot CJl OOi-HOCM
m
3
0CM-^COOf^O
CMCOCOCOCMCOCMCOCOCOCOrfCMCO
0!
XI
I?
^-s
OS
rHt^OOCDOr^iHOOCO*^CMOOCDOO COOOCOOCDG^COtOO"lDa3mCMCD
irJicincDi/sinioiocococDr^ioiT)'
t^CDOOOOOD-^COCOOOCnCD-^lO li^cDcn-^r^cDCMoo-^^HOir^io O)
r-.' CO
IT)
-^ Tfi^
CO
CO
CO
oor^'^ocMO^oo'^ooo-^mr^^'
cvjcm'CM
ooCTia5oa"aiooaiooi-icMooo^
r-lCD
in
TJ"
""*' CO
too
IMi-Hi"
OOOrHOOOOi" CDCDOCTlOCC^OOaiCDCOOOCM cncocomoooiT)!"
(oocD'^cMi-H
CO
CO
CM
CM
CviCM
CM
i-(COOOOOOt" ICDCD'S'-a'O'S'rt "^i" lOOOr^ ICMCOCMrHOOlOCOl" ID
lO
"^'CO
CO
CO
CM
CM
cm"CM
CM
r-J
rH
CS
O
ctf
locomcomcomcoiocoiocoioco
ooirjcOf-Hooioor^i^cDCDcDin rHr-Hr-lrHi" I000000C30 000
0
0
00
00C3000
Bi O
locMOcyiooooc^cDcDioi/aTf.^ i-l^rHOOOOC"00000
fi
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CO
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
ocsoo'cDoooooooo CMOOOI"CDCDCDlOmTf"^TtcO 1-1 rl O O O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
ooooooooooooo
COCOCMCMCMCMCMCMCM-H.-(r^i" OOOOOOOOOOOOO
I
oooocdoooo'oooo' COCMCMCMCMCMCM-Hi"
'I"
CMCMCMCM^H^^rH^-rHi" ooooooooooooo
li"
lrH"-l
t."
II"
(r-i
ft" p.
Of)-' ooooooooooooo
:CM P-Oi
lU
.CMCM "X"
.CM
*
ooooooooooooo
Jq2
.
OOOOOOC^O^-^OO-^O^CD
bjH-
CDCM'^r^COCMCTJCO'^CMOOOr^ CDIO-^COCOCOCMCMCMCMCMt"
OOCOCD'"CCC^O-*C^CDOO'^ iCMOlTJOl/^T" mOCOi" CM
o
00
r^ CD
CO
XJ o
^
,oa
o
-H-i
oS^^"ioo"^
:
^
:cM
bo .
.Lj
o
o
h
ID
.Tji-t; o
lOOlOCO
ui iriTjl-"I" CO
CO
co' ?
0)
ba 0)
(rH
"=
^1
"
-CM .CM
Q.
^ o
O u,
"^ "-
tai.aS -g ux!
!""-
a;
,"s ffio o
'd iQ.
iS"a)j:
oj .c f-i
o ""
.
CDlOOOOOCOOCMCOlOOiT^CTJlO OtOCOf-iOOO^OOr^COUDlOU^ +H
"ooooooo
o
-hScj
S-^.-S
^h
o
cdSi!
o OOOCM'^COCOOOOCMTJ'COQOO (f-(rHCM(MCMCMCMCO r-(r-(i-Hi"
t-i
o
ojO'^
ID
"C;
'
cS ClJ
K
FENCES
SIGNS,
SMOOTH
showing
Cuts No. Steel
20 "
gage
Wire
exact steel
Company
sizes wire
of
by
CROSSINGS.
AND
STEEL
No.
1
American
305
WIRES.
to
Gage.
Lbs.
lo
Mile
Feet
to
1121
mm
4.71
968
5.45
833
6.34
707
7.47
599
8.81
514
10.28
439
12.05
367
14.37
9
306
17.24
10
255
20.70
11
202
26.18
12
154
34.25
13
118
44.64
14
89
59.17
15
72
73.00
16
55
95.24
17
41
129.87
18
31
172.11
19
24
222.22
20
17
312.50
mm
mmmmmmmmmmm mmmmmmmmmi
m WWIiiWIIllli
"
E
1
gage.
lb.
FENCES
SIGNS,
Flat or
Cattle
Barbs
"
5
barbs,
inches
Cattle
"
Barbs
5
inches
Cattle
"
Barbs
5
Barbs,
inches
AMERICAN
or
Cattle
Barbs
"
5
inches
or
Cattle
"
Barbs
5
apart.
BARBLBSS
Two-Ply 3-Ply,
4-Ply,
Galvanized
Twisted
5-Ply
and
6-PIy
TWO
POINT.
short
and
Hog
inches
apart.
Barbs
3
inches
apart.
Barbs
3
inches
apart.
Barbs
3
inches
apart.
Barbs
3
inches
apart.
"
sharp. Hog
or
Thickset
FOUR
inches
3
"
POINT.
Barbs.
Round
Regular
Barbs
sharp. or
TWO
apart.
LYMAN,
"
POINT. and
GLIDDEN. Round
Regular
TWO
Thickset
apart.
Hog
or
Thickset
apart.
Half-round or
sharp.
short
Barbs,
WAUKEGAN.
Regular
and Thickset
JUNIOR,
Half-round or
short
307
POINT.
TWO
apart.
ELLWOOD
Regular
CROSSINGS.
PERFECT.
BAKER
Regular
AND
or
Hog
or
Hog"
"
POINT. Barbs. Thickset
FENCING. Barbless
Twisted
Fencing. Barbless
Sizes
Fencing.
11 Sizes
to
inclusive.
14 7
to
14
inclusive.
308
SIGNS,
FENCES
COMMON
AND
NAILS.
CROSSINGS.
SIGNS,
FENCES
COMMON
AND
CROSSINGS.
NAILS.
FENCE
1%
in.
IVz in.
309
STAPLES.
*
(1)
A
(2)
The
size the
end
being
=^
Concrete
(1) substitute
for
at
than
12
in
use
which
feet, depending
the
should
vicinity, or
the
railway
4
be
6
feet
ates. oper-
inches
shut
by
by side
the
open
and
the
post
away
the
gate
distance
to
POSTS.
practical, economical
are
the
of
end
sufficient
a
from
pressure.
FENCE
posts
to
as
gravity,
lap by
opened
fence
so
and
suitable
a
wood.
(3)
Posts
(4)
Posts
should
from
should
be
from
to
than
surface
to
near
of
posts
location.
base
less
not
as
is best
surface
taper
should
placed
be
top.
5^
inches
and
base
at
4
inches
top. Concrete
pit gravel of
stone
be
should
be
(6)
or
;
of
(8) sticking
Posts
and
four
gravel. Gravel
crushed
crushed
in
size.
of
parts
parts
or
inch
^
than
more
jogger
a
be
exposed days be
made
to
sun,
after
vibratory
or
smooth
it and
compact not
should
nor
four
to
stone
Concrete
consistency.
to
ten
or
Molds to
be
inch
have
should
not
of
out
and
being
doors
made
carefully oiled
or
surface
up
should
in
be
soaped
while of
freezing
sprinkled
aid
to
motion,
crete con-
post. weather.
with
water
curing. to
prevent
concrete
them.
"'Adopted, 11, 1910, =
should
placed
first eight
the
quaking
a
Molds
should
They
J4
than
sand
parts
screened
or
cement
part
one
two
cement,
part
less
not
of
consist
absorption,
is being
(7)
should
one
low
should
pp.
in
gates
hinged
be
CONCRETE
possible; Yi inch
(5)
Vol.
less
not
through
farm
should
Reinforcements
(2)
be
roadway.
hinged, swing
it from
prevent
shall
States
of
should
hinged
the
the
of
the
gates
if
track, and,
recommended.
gates
height of
Farm
(3)
farm
laws
surface
is
gate
FENCES.
agricultural machinery
of
minimum
the
opposite
of
CROSSINGS.
AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY
metal
width
by
The from
FOR
hinged
required
as
GATES
the
upon
as
FENCES
SIGNS,
310
Adopted, 1243, 1244,
Vol. Part Vol.
1246;
S, 1907, pp. 2, pp. 1234, 10,
Part
Vol.
16,
528, 1246;
533; Vol.
Vol.
16,
10, 1915,
898, 916, 2, 1909, pp. 1915, 440, 1040. pp.
1909, pp.
917;
Part
440, Vol.
2,
pp.
876,
910;
2,
1910,
1140.
11,
Part
FENCES
SIGNS,
(9)
should
Posts
naturally, before (10)
Posts other
or
"SNOW
cured
be
should
be
carefully handled
material
deposited
in the on
to
wind.
the
The
A
the
drift
the
tight fence
of
and
the
side
the
fence
of
snow.
character
of
only
can
be
determined
fences
snow
Where the
right-of-way
conditions is
the
for
greater
boards
and
at
open
the
and
wind
for
the
this
for
the
between
the
conditions,
to
snow
fence, the
of
the
width
and
the
protection of
some
which
portable
purpose
permanent
a
fence
snow
located
on
wood
fences is 50
distances,
distance
of
feet
should
space
100
less
or
feet; SO
the
from
cent,
of
laid
be of
center
between
provided
be
per
should
boards
used, the
are
fence
the
the the
should
space.
The
height of of
amount
board
permanent
snow.
The
maximum
local
conditions
fences
height,
depends however,
probable
the
upon
should
not
exceed
feet.
ten
In fence.
most
These
right-of-way. "
1910,
local
the
causes
distance
of
of
accumulate
to
snow
location
its
form
economical.
right-of-way
track;
a
permit,
most
permanent
close,where
snow
recommended.
are
local
Where
The
velocity
experiment,
by
cause
the
cause
the
fence
height
and
upon
they
artificial eddies
to
the
open
the
fence
and
ground
which
upon
causes
side.
boards,
largely
dust saw-
cut.
an
the
the
form
is to
depends
eddy
upon
snow
given point depends
a
the
leeward
the
of
eddies
the
fence
and
fence;
the
a
of
sufficient height the
surface
sufficient distance
at
or
depends
between
The
be
drift
of
openings the
cut
straw,
RECOMMENDED
the
to
snow
fence
snow
principally on
character
of
the
windward
the
in
REMOVAL.
account
the
of
of
of
location
accumulate
of
side
AND
close
on
function
deposit between
fence.
cuts
cured
shipment.
SNOW
wind
by the
packed
and
SHEDS OF
railway
windward
The
on
in
for
SNOW
is carried
when
days,
shipped.
or
suitable
311
90
less than
not
set
METHODS
is
for
being
FENCES,
Snow
CROSSINGS.
AND
Adopted,
1239-1241,
cases
fences
should
They Vol.
are
10, Part
1246;
Vol.
require erected
usually be
set
2, 1909, 16, 1915,
the in
the
on
the
windward
pp.
877,
881-887,
pp.
441,
1040.
of
use
a
fields side
915-917;
portable
snow
adjoining of
Vol.
the
track
at
11, Part
2,
the
to
direction
the
of
The
of
quantity lines
four
interfere
and
walls
dry
provide four In
taken
walls
1
to
the
100
not
as
to
is not
snow
too
permit.
feature,
right-
depth the
by advantage Push
A
stones
ties, laid
of
of
20
to
in
of
plows
the
widen for
cut
in
their
the
cuts
all cuts
drift
less
the
push the
plows
plow.
removal should
the
flangers should inches
depth be over
feet
the
be
side
each
on
for
accumulate
that
freezes
is
ordinary
the
about
12
night.
at
carried
be
the
tion accumula-
winter.
the
during
of
portion
points where
at
for
quick
and
its length
filled
deep
slides
for great
for
the
top
of
mountain fall of
level
a
to
be
removed
removal the
are
rail.
of
snow
wlicrc
snow
exceeds which
cuts
in
of
removal
plows
snow
snow
is too
used
cut
should
depth.
and
removal
has
used
be
to
in
ground
Rotary of
shovel
trestle
or
PLOWS.
6
fall
snow
material
only during
necessary
exceeds
grade revision,
on
available, it should
the
are
or
feet
daytime
is
steam
natural
6
of
snow
switches
on
requires frequent
the
in
should
steam
place for
a
up
surface
snow
drifts,whenever
than
suitable
where
districts, the
snow
cuts.
melts
snow
the ice
cuts
used
be
exhaust
Rotary
sides
railways in
the
of
for
should
the
countries
SNOW
is less
so
beautifying the
constructed
both
on
new
providing
in
below
Snow
in
fences
be
Northern
of
side
the
when
of
4
construction
Where
where
of
economic
effective
snow
may
existing railways
Salt
the
about
spaced
deep.
conditions,
inches
three
available.
in
slope of
feet
on
winter
of
use
spring
quantity
the
are
for
fences
companies a
the
used
are
snow
effective
snow
the
sufficient.
fences.
from
most
in
removed
where
fences
be
may
worm
Railway
filling
used
hedge
masonry
of
than
be
conditions, including the
local
Temporary
or
parallel and
set
in
panels
is
the
requires
the
.
Stone
form
should
be
maintained
of-way.
fences
fence
in
operations.
may
where
however,
the
set
of
line
one
variations
to
necessary
conditions
snow
fences
fences
Properly
for
portable
farming
with
Hedge great,
of
for
provide
to
;
sometimes,
snow
CROSSINGS.
sometimes
ordinary
These
feet apart.
it is
wind, For
form.
crescent
AND
prevailing winds
the
right angles
or
FENCES
SIGNS,
312
feet
300
be
cannot
used
sometimes
or
moved re-
to
districts.
by
minor
and
snow
show
where
flangers. the
depth
FENCES
SIGNS,
SNOW
Snow
sheds
should
be
protection
(2) would
over
(4)
'Adopted, 1246; Vol.
STOCK-GUARDS.
GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
should
or
should
constructed
so
by loose
effective
discharge be
as
be
the
way rail-
construction which
be
require
constructed
dragging portions
or
unnecessarily
or
of
in
of no
endanger
projecting equipment. which
parts
employes
who
duties.
their
reasonable
first cost, durable
to
permit repairs
not
rattle during
Vol. 5, 1904, 16, 1915, pp.
avoid
to
as
against all live-stock, have
animals
hold the
so
caught
be
It should
It
should
they
'SURFACE
be
to
it in
removed,
localities
to
slides, and
snow
stock-guard
It should
catch
(3)
1231,
A
confined
be
their
make
to
as
and
maintain,
material.
liable
surfaces
and
mountain
permanent
(1)
pass
from
and
construct
to
should
use
313
SHEDS.
located, if possible,
so
Their
unnecessary.
of
expensive
are
CROSSINGS.
AND
pp.
.387, 390,
443,
1041.
to
track
459,
461,
minimum
at
of
passage
and
easily applied expense.
trains.
462;
Vol.
11, Part
2,
1910.
SIGNS,
FENCES
PORTABLE
AND
CROSSINGS.
SNOW
315
FENCE.
rea'i/ce^/ per
/"? /^f/' *yAt?/7 cas/
///7.f/' /s /?of /Wcr^'aseo'.
r/'k6'k/S-'0" :SEL
W/"awaW
\!?/r^m^^]!m//^'^ffi^ir7i^^?^?mrr^^//mf^ "'ftpMl
'-I
Ml
s^
V v^-s-'o-
AND
FENCES
SIGNS,
316
'WOODEN
The
wide 50
of
of
8
The
between
be
around
with
blades.
white
Border
should
be
Egyptian
terms,
as
"for
on
S-inch
feet
in
the"
in
by
the
black
letters
and
lettering should
8-inch
be the
at
The
wooden 9
The
border
sides.
both
should
Letters
connecting
of
exception
feet
blades
black
inch
sign, which
angle
lower
white.
on
inches
an
b)^ 16-foot
one-half
high, with
recommended
the
diagonally
balance
and
12
blades
ground.
the
with
style, 9 inches
wooden
ends, placed
an
4
with
made
mitred
stand
SIGNS.
painted black, and
be
painted
be
blades
should
post should
post
should
long,
feet
degrees
post.
CROSSING
crossing sign should
and
CROSSINGS.
be
4
inches
high.
"TRESPASS
Trespass borders 6
inches
on
back
black
for
pipe, or
planted
3
about
foot
below on
feet
*
6
inches
inches
line
foundations in
Railroad,"
Adopted,
"Adopted,
the
be
from
15,
Vol.
15, 1914,
1914,
pp.
pp.
thickness, be
or
872-873,
880,
881,
1137-1148.
1148-1150.
cast
borders
grout
foot ribs
painted
painted black,
used
be
to
used, the pipe is 1-inch
a
the
"Danger
1
25/4-inch wi'ought-iron
pipe The
Property
is suggested.
Vol.
in
be
to
turning.
"Railroad
Law,"
the
and
through
and
signs
not
are
ground
run
it
of
filled with
tubes,
keep
of
back
letters
slight draught;
typical signs indicated, Penalty
of
with
to
to
face
have and
deep
inch
^
5^-inch diagonal
posts
stone
long
with
wide,
boiler
or
ground
Under THE
inch
%
concrete
18
;
second-hand
good
pipe
ON
raised
be
When
posts.
DiDDEN
backgrounds
to
cast-iron
slight draught; they should
inches
stiffness ; all signs
white to
6
feet
of
made
be
inch, with
%
2
deep by
on
letters
raised
be
to
should
signs
SIGNS.
"
"
diameter
post
about
wording
Trespassing Do
not
for be
to
gas one
cated indiFor-
Trespass
SIGNS,
FENCES
AND
CROSSINGS.
317
NOTE PAINT
LOWER
BALANCE WITH
BLACK
BORPER AND
SIDES. POINTS
5UCH
OF
THE
BEST
i_SCH
OTHER
FEET
AN
THE
OAILROAOS
HUNDRED
BLAPE
cRooaiNes'MUST
ING CROSS-
PARALLEL TOUR
W'/THIN
APDITIONAL
AS
BY
VIEW
APPROACHING TWO
BLACK
BORPER
BOTH
ON
ADMIT
BLACK. WHITE
V
AND
AT
SIGNS
WHEN
Vwo
POST
BLADE5
BLAPE5.
LETTERING
PERSONS
OF
LETTERS
AROUNP
LOCATE WILL
9-0' PAINT
WHITE
be
MARKEP appep.
^vitmd.
Ul".
i
Crossing Note. to
"
Lettering
local
conditions.
on
Crossing
Sign
\
Sign. is
suggestive
only,
and
should
form con-
FENCES
SIGNS,
318
AND
ELEVATION
BACK
"AILROAD
CROSSINGS.
PROPERT
DANGER
TRE5PA55INe
DO UNDER
FORBIPPEN PENALTY
OF
NOT
RESPA55
ON
Hisj
THI5|
BRIDGE.
LAW
Tli CAST
i(?i)N
Plate
NOTE ALL
5:6N5
FACE
-TO
HAVE DERS BOR-
AND
LETTER?
OF
PAINTED BACKGROUND
WHITE BACK
AND
SIGNS
BLACK
BE
TO
LETTERS
BORDERS
AND
|
P05T5
OF
PAINTED
ON
BLACK
OF
ALL ^
TO
SIGNS
"3
SLIGHT
DRAUGHT
GOOD
SECOND
HAMD
TUBE5
FILLED
MAY POSTS
FOR
USED
I. I
RAISED
WITH
BOILER
"
BF
"E ANP
SROUT.
WITH
"
'f.lV.
;l;j--
Trespass Note. to
"
Lettering
local
conditions.
on
Trespass
Sign
Signs. is
suggestive
only,
and
should
form con-
COMMITTEE
SIGNALS
Ri.ocK.
A
"
is
Station.
of
A
Signal.
fixed
of
signal
which
signals
are
location, indicatmg
a
of
fixed
of
use
signals.
which
from
movement
A
"
limits, the
b}^ block
signal the
defined
of
place
A
"
affecting Block
track
controlled "
Signal.
Fixed
DEFINITIONS.
length
Ijy trains Bi,()CK
INTERLOCKING.
AND
'
X.
block
erated. op-
dition con-
train.
a
controlling
the
of
use
a
block. Home
Block
block, Distant
Signal. control
to
home
a
(and
Block
with
Block
System.
Manual
A
"
Controlled
the
both
of
subdivide
block
in
used the
connection
block
in
vance. ad-
blocks.
consecutive
A
in
system
System.
operated
are
require
to
signal
to
Block
Block
the
block
"
A
which
to
block
manually, of
cooperation
the
System.
the
of
use
1906,
"
operated
are
actuated
agency
7,
the
the
nals sig-
display
a
system and
the
clear
so
in structed con-
signalmen
or
a
caution
signal.
signals
Vol.
regulate
manually.
signals
ends
Automatic
Adopted,
connection
in to
a
block.
said
using
signal,
ot
entrance
used
signal
fixed
of
"
Manual
block
1
series
System.
as
at
and
block
signal
operated
are
A
"
block
Block
which
fixed
the
at
entering
advance)
Signal.
home
a
in A
"
signal
thereto.
approach Advance
fixed
trains
Signal.
Block
with
A
"
pp.
by a
482,
a
by train
block.
522-524.
319
A
block
system
in
which
electric, pneumatic, or
by certain
conditions
or
the other ing affect-
AND
SIGNALS
320
permitted Arm
Sweep. of
Arm.
"
System.
Block
Absolute
which
only
time
train
at
a
limits
of
movement
one
is
of
circle
a
the
defining
arm.
pivoted
arm
signal mast,
the
to
the
positions of
which
indications.
the That
Blade."
in
this block.
segment
movable
give
One
"
occupy
The
"
the A
to
INTERLOCKING.
of
part
the
which,
arm
form
its
by
and
positions, gives
day signal indications.
the Bracket
Mast.
Bracket
Post.
which
A
"
An
"
arrangement
is placed
one
of
arrangement
momited
mast
two
or
bracket
on
a
of
main
determining
masts
with
post
for
masts
post.
the
carrying
which
cross-beam,
track
signal arms, tracks
or
upon
the
signals
the
govern.
Bridge
Mast.
Chain
Wheel.
A
"
A
"
Compensator.
A
"
maintaining Crank.
A
"
Stand.
Cross
Locking.
the
Bar.
Detector
A
bar
of
Slot.
Electric
wheels
the
An
"
at
of
the
of
the
from
wire
block
or
by
the
bar
will
of
temperature.
crosswise
running
with
between of
prevented
of
lockinglevers.
the
normally
and
facing point lock,
a
its
that
so
the
of
alongside
or
be
line.
automatically
movements
in connection
lock,
for
wire
a
pipe line.
a
is effected
switch,
of
changes of
bridge.
supported.
are
switch
a
line
direction
connection
overhead
direction
under
cranks
crossing
operation, the
by
and of
presence
train.
appliance
connection
arm
the
actuated
which
the
or
line
shaped
placed
or
that
consequently
of
rail,operated
device
derailing
pipe
a
other
or
changing
which
in
of
signal
a
changing
machine,
the top of
below
in
variable
means
A
"
placed
for
frame
"
by
for
length
used
A
"
on
used
constant
a
interlocking
dog, and
any
device device
device
Crank
mounted
mast
for
its
automatically disengaging
signal
lever, returning
actuating
the
signal to
arm
"Stop." Foundation.
"
A
fixed
support,
wheels,
cranks, compensators, Machine.
Interlocking of which
an
the
so
interlocking
operating
in
a
Signals.
feature
The
fixed
ground, like
for
carriers,
devices.
controlling
ism mechan-
interlocking station, and
in
is effected.
interlocked
or
predetermined "
or
arrarigement of switch,
An
"
interconnected
another Interlocking
other
signals and
primary
The
"
the
in
set
interlocking plant, placed in the
Plant.
Interlocking
usually
that
one
lock
and
movement
ances signal applimust
order.
signals of
an
interlocking plant.
ceed suc-
SIGNALS
Station.
Interlocking
INTERLOCKING.
AND
A
"
from
place
321
which
interlocking
an
is
plant
operated. Jaw.
A
"
attached
device
crank, compensator, Leadout.
A
"
That
"
made
Locking.
A
combination
and
tappets
"
dogs
Bar.
Locking
A
"
the
which
^The
"
operated
a
Pipe
Carrier.^
Pipe
Run.
A
"
line of
of the
bars
Route.
"
a
A
Jaw.
Semaphore a
mast,
Semaphore
cross-locking
locking
or
effected
is
determined.
interlocking machine
the
to
block is
attached
to
locking
bar
and
accomplished. directly attached.
lock
in
other
or
device
signaling,
in
means.
which
two
trains
more
or
many
roller of
pipe lines of
foundations,
in
shaft
rotating
plane
one
a
with
interlocking plant,
an
with
course.
for
changing
for
used
arms,
another,
to
pipe line.
the
common
slip switches
at
for
support
perpendicular
the
to
operating several
the axis
detector
locks. course
or
way
taken
by
especially a customary
travel
may
"
A
"
to
"
which
That the
turnouts
the
for
given
part blade
point
one
course,
or
purpose
consisting of
being
from
passing
or
one
any
by
crossovers
to
which
places.
used
device
indications
Spectacle.
glasses and
A
in
predetermined of
two
jaw
threaded
Signal. the
between
train
a
or
possible combinations
several
Screw
efifects
time.
with
from
in
operating
One
"
same
shaft; also used
and
train
A
"
motion
another, of
the
at
and
Shaft.
nections con-
movement
interconnection
signals are
other
or
assemblage
their carriers Rocking
the
which
frame
An
"
which
by
and
attached.
interlocking
lever
and
of movement
lengthwise
are
System.
block
a
occupy
pipe operation.
runs.
whose
which
switch, signal,
Block
Permissive
dogs
to
A
"
by
order
the
running
the
upright
Unit.
Operated
machine
of
variously shaped
which
through Mast.-
bar
A
"
pipe
and
locking dogs
means
and
locking
Dog.
Locking
of
by
the levers
between
machine,
its function.
of
operation
the
for
designed
interlocking station
of
interlocking
an
with
same
wheels, rocking shafts, pipes
machine
between
of
part
outside
connecting
device
cranks,
of
and
for
other
any
combination
are
Lever.
or
etc., inside
wire,
pipe line
to
of may
a
of
movable
adjustment.
by the position of a
signal which be
attached.
attached
arm
the
holds
to
arm.
the
colored
it may
Where bracket
no
more
One
of
these
In
signaled. between
other
and
special
stub
a
placed
indicate
track for
to
reasons,
be
to
one
track
the
323
should
than
more
signal post
signal
the
be
may
no
for
uprights
two
uprights
words,
bracket
a
carries
than
post,
bracket.
advisable,
deemed
be
INTERLOCKING.
AND
SIGNALS
a
the
on
track
a
should
which
use
not
intervene
its
left
upright
(See Fig. 3.)
arm.
L Siding
station
1 ^
1 Fig. 3.
It
seems
and
day
hand
place for better of
than
signal
of
and in
and
for
clear
a
'MANUAL
that they
position
Manual
The
of
on
but, in
the
Adopted,
are
case
Vol.
the
to
are
is
run
of
on
more
6, 1905,
are
from
two
518,
550,
fixed
a
551.
train, and
and
"A
:
the
for
fixed
engineoffice, them."
train-order
horizontal.
SIGNALS.
Manual
it governs,
tracks, when 527,
orders
the
the
no
side
the
on
telegraph
BLOCK
alongside that
the
practice
degrees
mast
follows
no
be
to
windows.
the
at
regular
a
seems
hook
as
orders
there
for
that
position informs
good
as
trains
than
pp.
of
one
stop
that
90
using flags by
approaching
the
MANUAL
a
the
of
receive
recommended
Signal
which
in
of
with
Signal" is
announces
arm
there
and
socket
from
CONTROLLED
location
Block
reach
recommends
sweep
AND
(1)
to
"Train-Order
Association
signal, with
*
of
flag
direction
the
of
important, though,
is
regular
indications, which
two
the
toward
operator
conductor
This
track
the
a
It
practice
current
predetermined,
be
place
to
definition
The
man
these
signal station
convenient
night.
by
displaying
way
the
lamps
the
recognize
to
proper
and the
to as
shown
it is
Controlled
right in
of
the
Fig. 4;
impracticable
to
spread on
AND
SIGNALS
324
them
bracket
a
for
apart post,
this
then
purpose,
in Fig. 5,
as
INTERLOCKING.
or
location
recommended the
over
tracks,
as
in
is
Fig. 6.
TRACK
DOUBLE
4.
Fig.
FOUR
bridge
a
on
the
TRACKS
^ Fig. 5.
FOUR
TRACKS
=^ fa
I
"
Fig. 6.
It
(2)
good
signal
block
the
is
to
practice
The
(1) on
OF
signals '-
may
Adopted,
be
as
a
of
use
in
train-order
Fig.
the
as
7
signal and
7, 1906,
pp.
481, 482,
485,
train
slot
to
send
passes.
SIGNALS.
is
good a
used.
Vol.
electric
the
BLOCK
MANUAL
shown
arrangement
single-track line
make
position, "Stop,"
normal
'^LOCATION
to
539, 540.
block
practice signal.
for
use
Distant
ANU
SIGNALS
(2)
The to
necessary
the
subdivided
block
the to
Fig.
7.
Fig.
8.
in
shown
arrangement subdivide
INTERLOCKING.
block, and
control
Minimum
the
distance
9
Fig. track
should
be
circuit
should
when
adopted be
used
in
signal.
rear
train
one
325
I
length
I
1 Fig.
(3) !S
The
recommended
double-track as
good
9.
arrangement,
as
shown
in
Figs. 10
and
11,
practice.
1 Fig.
10.
INTERLOCKING.
AND
SIGNALS
326
I w
n
Un+ Not
"-*
^
/0CO less
f-hrfn than
1/
nno one
train
^"
Great
to
enough
length
11.
of the
understood
condemning
as
(a) be
That
for
and
a
a
light
green
be
light shall
yellow
the
light
red
the
night indication
"clear."
day
signals
semaphore
of
indication
given
be
in
right-hand quadrant.
upper
That
the
upward
45
(c) inclined
the
That
(b) the
"caution;"
for
night indication
cations indi-
:
restrictingrights, a
or
"stop;"
for
night indication
the
signal sj'stem
signals conferring
all
on
be
not
following principles of giving
the
that a
should
art, and
practice.
present
formulating
in
govern
the
of
development
the
view
in
following principles is recommended
It is recommended
(1)
shall
of
trend
recent
the
of
RIGHTS.
RESTRICTING
OR
CONFERRING
adoption
~*
mouememts
block.
Fig.
The
"*
*"
"
permit all switching and in subdiuided
'INDICATIONS
=Ju
'
"
__
semaphore
shall
horizontal
arm
;" and
degrees, "caution
inclined
"stop;"
indicate 90
upward
degrees,
"proceed."
"DIVISION
OF
OF
MAINTENANCE
AND
RENEWAL
INSTALLATION,
OF
EXPENSE
LOCKING INTER-
JOINT
PLANTS.
The
division
OF
NAME
to
the
OPERATED
One
Signal
One
Pair
One
Derail
One
Pair "5
of
expense
the
installation,
joint interlocking plants should
of
according
of
following
table
be
and
renewal
divided
on
a
unit
tenance mainbasis
:
VALUE.
UNIT.
1
Arm ,
Switch
1
Points
^
Movable
Adopted, 'Adopted,
Vol.
Vol.
Point
1
Frogs
8, 1907, pp. 8, 1907, pp.
84, 72,
97,
104.
84, 91-95.
AND
SIGNALS
One
SO- ft. Detector
One
Scotch
One
Torpedo
One
Power
ELECTRIC
For
without
or
327
Locks
1
Block
1
Machine
1
Signal
1
LOCKING.
Electric
Each
ANNUNCIATORS
One
Bar, with
INTERLOCKING.
1
Lock INDICATORS.
AND
1
Route
'
MEANS
INDICATIONS
SIGNAL
DESIGNATING
OF
STOP
AUTOMATIC
ASPECTS.
AND
OPERATED
SIGNALS
BLOCK
SYSTEM
Scheme
No.
UNDER
RULES.
1.
FUNDAMENTALS.
1.
Stop.
2
Proceed
3.
Proceed.
As system
with
lO
caution.
H
of
means
under
designating stop signal operated
rules, the
following
are
suggested
1.
The
use
of
a
number
2.
The
use
of
a
red
The
use
of
a
pointed blade,
plate;
marker
automatic
block
:
or
light below
and
to
the
left of
the
active
light; or 3.
stop indication 4.
A
'Adopted,
having
combination
Vol.
14,
ends;
square
of
these
1913,
pp.
the
blades
or
other
or
distinguishing features. 71-75,
1046.
signals giving the
328
SIGNALS
AND
INTERLOCKING.
Scheme
No.
2.
SupplementaryFundamentals.
1.
Indications.
Stop.
K? 2.
with
Proceed
caution.
Zl
D
.^ 3.
Proceed .
Z]
Zl 4.
Proceed
5.
Proceed
low
at
speed.
O
Z] medium
at
speed.
D
As
of
means
rules, the
system
following
suggested
are
1.
The
use
of
a
number
2.
The
use
of
a
red
plate;
marker
under
signals operated
designating stop
block
automatic
:
or
light below
and
to
the
left of
the
active
light; or 3.
the
The
A
combination
Having arms
on
the
in
view same
practice, is recommended
I.
a
pointed blade,
indication, having
stop 4.
of
use
Stop.
of
the
ends
square
practice the
;
blades
of
of
other
features.
indicating diverging
following,
signals giving
or
distinguishing
these
mast,
the
to
establish
routes
by several
uniformity
in
this
:
Zl 3
or
p
AND
SIGNALS
2.
Proceed
3.
Proceed.
4.
Proceed
with
with
INTERLOCKING.
329
iO
\0
\0
n
n
a
caution.
caution
low-speed
on
route.
O
J"" J"" or
Z] 5.
Proceed
low-speed
on
=1
route.
D
6.
Proceed
with
7.
Proceed
on
caution
medium-speed
on
medium-speed
route...
J]
o''
^
LJ
route
hi" \0 8.
Reduce
As system
medium
JJ
speed
of designating stop
means
rules, the
following
suggested
are
The
use
of
a
number
2.
The
use
of
a
red
The
use
of
a
pointed blade, the
3.
D
block
automatic
:
or
light below
and
to
the
the active
left of
or
indication 4.
plate;
marker
under
signals operated
1.
light;
stop
to
A
having
combination
square
of
ends ;
these
blades
of
other
the
signals giving
or
distinguishing features.
_
.
.
AND
SIGNALS
by the the
Home
advance the
point of the of
approach
of
a
'"LIST
OF
the
of
rear
Block
Signal.
of
THE
the
the
of
is
will
the
signal
the
of
other
CONCLUSIONS,
FINDINGS,
passes
the
feet
point
determined or
train
than
more
be
the
approximately,
or,
distance
is first indicated
trains, view
until
switch
switch The
331
indicate
to
so
when
train
by the grade, speed
continue
switch
Home
the
in
Signal
Block
clearance
will
; and
engineman
INTERLOCKING.
in local
at
each
in
which case
conditions.
STANDARDS
"
AND
CONTAINED
SPECIFICATIONS OF
(Published
RAILWAY
THE
for
the
IN
SIGNAL
information
of
the
THE
MANUAL
ASSOCIATION.
members
of
the
American
way Rail-
Association.)
Engineering
TEXT.
Automatic
Block
Signals.
Alternating Current, A. C. Propulsion, Specifications. Alternating Current, D. C. Propulsion, Specifications. Alternating Current, Steam Railways, Specifications. Direct Current, Specifications. Automatic
Train
Control, Requisites Railway Association).
American
of
Installation
and
Adjuncts
(The
Battery, Primary. Caustic-Soda Cell, Specifications. Coppers. Gravitv Battery. Specifications. Zincs,
Gravity
Specifications.
Battery,
Battery, Storage. Concrete
Box
for,
Specifications.
Lead-type, Description of. Lead-type, Electrolyte for. Specifications. Lead-type, New Electrolyte for. Specifications. for Operati ion. from Lead-type, Charged Primary Cells, Instructions for Operation. Service, Instructions Lead-type, in Block-signal for Operation. Lead-tvpe, at Interlocking Plants, Instructions Installation. for Portable Directions Lead-type, Portable for Operation. Lead-type, Instructions Portable Lead-type, Specifications. for Installation. .StationaryLead-type. Directions Stationary Pure-lead-type for Signaling, Specifications.
Bells.
Annunciator,
Highway
Specifications. Crossing. D.C. Vibrating,
Specifications.
Cables for Aerial Braided, Armored Submarine,
Armored,
for
Lead-covered,
for
Vol.
volts
for
Submarine,
Lead-covered,
"Adopted,
660
for
660
or
less. Specifications.
less, Soecifications. or volts, Snecifications. Specifications. -ess.
volts
2,200
660 volts or 2,200 volts. Specifications.
16, 1915,
pp.
77-84,
1026-1034.
INTERLOCKING.
AND
SIGNALS
332
Pins, Specifications.
Channel
Circuit
Portland
Written
and
Nomenclature
Concrete,
Cement,
Circuits.
Specifications.
Conduit. in Diameter
Inches
Fiber, Three
with
One-fourth-inch
Wall,
tions. Specifica-
Pipe, Steel, Specifications. Iron, Specifications. Pipe, Wrought Clay, Specifications.
Vitrified Vitrified
Clay, Installation
of
a
System, Specifications.
Copper Sulphate, Specifications. Crossarms.
Wood,
Specifications.
Toe and Braces and Heel Bolts for, Specifications. Steel Pins for, Specifications. Bolts for, Specifications. Through Bolts and Double-arm
Definitions of Technical
Terms.
Drawbridges. by Electro-pneumatic Interlocking. by Mechanical Interlocking.
Protection Protection
Engine, Gasoline, with
Fuel
and
Water
Tanks,
Specifications.
Fiber, Hard, Specifications. Fuses, Specifications. Galvanising Iron or Steel, Specifications (American
Engineering
Railway
Association). Generators. D.C. Electric, Specifications. A.C. Electric, Specifications.
Glass, Signal
Impedance
(See
Roundels).
Bonds.
11,000 Volts, A.C. Propulsion, Specifications. D.C. Propulsion, Specifications.
Impregnation Treatment of Coils and IVindings, Specifications. Interlocking. Electric,Specifications. Electro-pneumatic, Specifications. Mechanical, Specifications. ,
Iron.
Castings, Gray, Specifications. Castings, Malleable, Specifications. Wrought, Bars, Specifications. Electric
Low-voltage
Operation of
Track
Switches,
Requirements.
Oil.
Illuminating, Specifications. Specifications. for Recording Performance, Signal, Forms Transformer,
Petrolatum Petroleum
for
Use
in
Asphaltum,
(see Drawings).
Impedance
Bonds, Specifications. Specifications.
Pipe. One-inch One-inch
Soft
Steel
Wrought
Signal, Specifications. Signal, Specifications.
Iron
Poles, Eastern
White
Push
Specifications.
Buttons,
Cedar, Specifications.
AND
SIGNALS
Pushes,
Mechanical
Roundels,
333
Specifications.
Floor,
Relays, Lifting Armature Releases,
INTERLOCKING.
and and
Lenses
Neutral-type
D.C., Specifications.
Electric, Specifications.
Slides, Specifications.
Rules.
Governing
Maintenance
Governing Governing Governing
Signal
Foremen.
Signal
Maintainers.
Signal
Supervisors.
Signal, D.C.
of
Semaphore,
Motor
Signal Indications, Principles
Signals.
Block
Specifications. of.
Signal Indications Signaling Practice Association). Engineering
and
"
Steel, Machinery,
Aspects
(American
RaiWay
Specifications.
Szvitchboards.
Slate, Slate Switch
for and
Battery Charging, for A. Equipment
Indicators, Purposes
and
Specifications. C.
Signal System,
Requisites
of
Specifications.
Installation.
Tape. Friction, Rubber
Specifications. Insulating, Specifications.
Transformers. Single-phase
Line, Oil-immersed less. Specifications. Single-phase Track, 250 vovlts
Self-cooled
4,400
Outdoor-type,
volts
or
Trunking, Voltage
Wood,
Specifications. for Signal
Rangers
less, Specifications.
or
Work.
Wire.
Bonding, Copper-clad Steel, Specifications. Bonding, Galvanized E.B.B., Specifications. Line, Copper-clad Steel, 30 per cent. Conductivity, Hard-drawn, Line, Line,
Double-braided
Weatherproof Weatherproof
Double-braided
Galvanized Hard-dravi^n
B.B., Specifications. Copper, tions. Specifica-
Messenger, Galvanized, Specifications. Messenger, Recommended Sags for. Copper, Specifications. Magnet, Enameled Rubber Insulated (Mineral-matter Rubber-compound) 660 volts less. Specifications. or Rubber for. Insulated, Inspection Report, Form Rubber Rubber Steel Wire
Resistances. Insulated, Insulation for Insulating, Type Insulated, Machine Specifications. Signal, Galvanized,
Crossings. Crossings of Other
of-Way,
Wires
Circuits Tracks
Cables
or
of
Similar or
(Association
Lines
of
Telegraph,
Character of
Wires
the
Copper,
for
of.
Telephone, Steam
over
of
cification Spe-
Same
Signal
Railroad
Classes,
and
Rightscations Specifi-
Telegraph Railway Superintendents). Overhead Lines, Specifications Crossings of Electric Light and Power (American Railway Engineering Association). of
INTERLOCKING,
AND
SIGNALS
334
No.
DRAWINGS.
Anchor
1058
Post
Battery. Primary. Soda
Causic
Railway Signal
"
Association
Signal Cell
Storage, Box Box
1189 1087
Stationary Lead-type. for, Concrete for. Concrete, Iron Details
Connection
.'
1343 1342 1340
Bolt
Jars
and
Sand
Lead
Elements
Glass
Trays,
1224 1241 1341
Separators Battery
1053 1088
Gravity, Coppers Gravity, Jar Gravity, Zinc
Chutes.
Single. Details
1228
Assembly
1230
Double. Details
1229
Assembly Elevator, Three-Cell Binding Post
1227
1230 1070
Blades
1065
Bolt
1095
Lock, Multiple-unit Boot-leg Terminal Bracket
1157
Post. Column
Channel Deck
1032
for
1030
for Vertical Guides for Handrail
Connections
1196
on
1179
Ladder
1029
and Clamps Stays Mechanical Connections, Six-way for Bottom-mast Mechanism Mounting
1190 Cases
1033
on
Pipe
1039 Base
Head
Support Cable
1038
for and for
Trunking
Cranks
at
1031
Cap Base
1198
Post.
Base
for
Cap
and
1180
Bushing
Assembly Channel
for
Relay
with
1181 Boxes
1185
Pin
1086
Compensation,
Pipe-line, Diagram
and
Table
of
1102
Compensator, One-way
Horizontal
Pipe. 1014
One-Way
Vertical
1231
Cranks
Conduit,
1013 Vitrified
Cable-hanger
Clay. Sockets,
Sewer
Steps
and
Manhole
Clevis
Duct Duct
1334 1335
Reducers,
Mandrels,
Duct
Plugs
and
Dowel
Pins
1332
Manhole. Brick
1338
Concrete
1337
AND
SIGNALS
INTERLOCKING.
335
No.
Frame.
Manhole Ten
Method
High,
Inches Inches
Four
and
Cover
1333
and
Cover
1339
High,
of Laying.
Single
Duct
Sewer-pipe
and
Single and
1331
Duct
Multiple
1336
Cranks. for Signals Forged Pipe Compensator
Adjusting,
1199 1007 1013
Stands.
Crank
Horizontal,
One-way.
Details
1008
1011
Assembly Horizontal, Two-way. Details
1009
Assembly Horizonal, Assembly Vertical, Single Vertical, Multiple:
Cross
1011 with
Two
and
Three
Cranks
1057 1066
Details Parts Arms
1067 1066 1089 ,
Cross-arm. Bolts Brace
1220
1219 Steel Steel
Pin, Standard Pin, Terminal, Pin Cap Gage and
Details
of
1166 1167
Vertical.
Deflecting Stand, Details
1165
Assembly
..'......."
1068
'
Bar
1069
Bars. Details
Detector
1098 ,
Position
of, and
Location
of
1099
Clip Bolts
Signals, Mechanical.
Dwarf
Details.
Bearings,
Top
and
Base
1232 1239
Fitings Spectacle Assembly Eye-rods
1233 1097
1195
Foundations. Anchor
For For For For For
For
Post Channel-column
1058 Bracket
Post, Concrete
Concrete Compensator, Dwarf Signal, Concrete Ground Signal Mast, Concrete Crank and Horizontal Wheel Pipe Bracket Post, Concrete
Ladder, Cast Iron Pipe-carrier. Cast Iron, with
1105 1104 1106
.-
1107
Stands,
Concrete
1103 1108
1052 Wood
Top
and
Bottom
1109
Concrete
1080
Fuses, Cartridge Enclosed Indication Locking
1309 1173
AND
SIGNALS
336
INTERLOCKING.
No. Insulation. One-inch
1055
One-inch
for
Jaws
1094
Line
Pipe Rod
Switch
Pipe.
Screw. Details
1016
and
1019
1019
Assembly Solid.
Details With
Tang
With
Plain
Ends
1018 Threaded
and
and
Ends
Junction Box Lamp, Semaphore.
1016 1195 1019 1155
Details
1100
Equipment
1101
Bracket
1049
Leadouts. Details.
Channels
and
I-Beams
1202
Mountings for Cranks or and Cranks Deflecting Bars. Foundation
Deflecting
Bars
1205
for
1203
Mounted
Cranks, Deflecting Bars and Rocking Deflecting Bars and Rocking Shafts Shafts. Rocking Foundation
Shafts, Foundation
for....
Mounted
1206
for
1200
Mounted,
1201
High Mounted, Low Bearings Stand. Double
Lever
1204 1217
Bearings
1207 1197
Link. 1019
Adjustable
1017
Compensator Solid, for Bracket Lock Rod, Adjustable Marker
1195 1237
Signals
1238
Light
1035
Masts, Signal Bracket-post
and
Bridge. 1036
Base for
Clamp
1178
Base
Mechanical
Connections,
1191
Three-arm
.
Clamp
and
U
Bolt
1083
for
Ground. ,
1034
Base for
Clamp Ladders for Guides Ladders
"
"
1059
Base Mechanical
and
1196
Connections
Vertical
Mechanical
Clamps
1026
Signals Signals.
1029
Stays
of Top Operating Fittings,One-inch
1027 1195 1050
Pipe
Pinnacle
Performance,
for Recording. Signals, Forms Engineman's or Telegraphic Report Dispatcher's Telegraphic Report
1
Maintainer's
2
Conductors
Report
Signal Inspector's Signal Engineer's
1
or
Maintainer's
Report
2
or
Supervisor's
Report
3
SIGN/\LS
AND
INTERLOCKING.
337
No.
Pins,
Crank
and
1010
Jaw
Pipe. Signal, and
One-inch
Coupling
1015
Screw.
Adjusting Details
1002
and
1019
Assembly
1002
1017
Lug Pipe Carriers. Multiple-unit
Type. Side
Details
of
Details
and
1084
Assembly
1085
1071
Strap Transverse. 1071
Details
and
1073
Assembly
1072
Lock
1096
Plunger
Cast-iron.
Relay Box,
Details, Size
B
Assembly
Cable
Rocking
on
1182 Post
1185
Shaft.
Details
1061
Assembly
High
"
Bearings
1062
Arms
1060
Bearings, High
1061
and
Low
Bearing,
1062 1063
Semaphore. Bearing,
Mechanical. Details
1082
Details
1194
Assembly
and
Spectacles. Design Design
A
1040
B
1041
Clearance
1093
Dwarf
1233
Filler
Block
to
Prevent
Travel
from
45
Filler
Block
to
Prevent
Travel
from
45 to
Filler
Block
Torque Signal, Two-way
to
Curves
Prevent
Travel
for,
Electric
on
from
0
90
to
degrees. 1090 and
0 degrees. 1091
and
1092 1092 1092
degree
1064
Signals
1236
Single-lamp
Stuffing Box. For
One-inch
For
Wire
1225
Pipe
1226
Switchboards.
Panel, Two-way Panels Interlocking Charging Duplicate Auxiliary Batteries
1174
Charging Electric
Circuits
Motor
Main
Battery
Chart
1244
for
1247
Clips, Details
Rectifier
1344
Panel
1242 1240
Panel
Single-throw Switches
1345
:
1243
Supports Switch-box
Connections
1223 Plates
Symbols Take-siding
and 1246
and
Switches
Mercury-arc
One
for
Manipulation Knife
"
Indicator
1 to
12
COMMITTEE
RECORDS
AND
'
Recoi-ds.
Information
"
relating
to
Accounts.
cost
labor
comparative
form of
cost
Conventional or
upon
Progress
and
and
such
the class
as
are
by
of
establish
the
of
classes
for
detail,
expenses.
Statements
"
kept
tive compara-
expenses.
general
plan certain
made
detail, total and
mark,
a
be
to
Work.
of
establish or
to
or
various
Pieces
graphical
diagram
Map.
controlled
abbreviation
character,
and
agreement conditions
forms,
of
record
the
showing
used
and
of
progress
physical
the
Map.
by "
A
"
the
A
plat representing
to
objects
work
characteristics
pared pre-
of
property,
railway
a
map
used
rights
franchises
or
leases, station
Adopted,
Vol.
track
1906,
that
are
and owned
mensions dior
company.
for
primarily
facilities and
7,
location
actual
the
showing
including tracks, bridges, buildings,
1
accounts
roadbed.
of
677,
from
periods.
A
"
Right-of-Way
Track
A
"
such
structural.
stated
Chart.
work
sanctioned or
map
and
Profile. at
Track
or
a
natural
to
Symbols,
"
selected
indicate
order
other
and
payments
furnished,
particular work
any
Signs.
letter
both
in
and
transmitted
is
records
enable
Individual
for
which
to
of
cost
form
filing office.
the
material
and
statement
record.
information
from
required
performed
ledger
and
in
for
which
through official
Accounts
in
desirable
seem
Statements
total and Ledger
may
compiled
or
"
graphical,
physical characteristics, conditions,
medium
prepared
in
or
another
to
one
DEFINITIONS.
data
or
as
The
"
ACCOUNTS.
tabular
information Reports.
XL
pp.
all
279,
of
318;
686.
339
the
Vol.
existing physical service
water
physical and
9, 1908,
pp.
and
mains,
operating
663,
664,
ditions, con-
667,
ures. feat-
668,
RECORDS
340
="
DUPLICATE
FILING
should
maps,
the
trouble
and
of
fire
case
of
be
IN
record in
kept of
expense
of
Maintenance
In
reduced
greatly
FORMS.
forms
forms
considered
are
for
regular
a
essential
and
Maintenance
working
Tool
Department
Report
".
Bridge
discover
defects
any
be
made
important the
and
before
that
is
the
superior officer
by
Master
Carpenter,
The
inspection, although quarterly, is
but
organization,
bridges
and
determine
to
structures
what
in to
pp.
same
of
the
should
be
advised
Gang
in
The
M.
W.
701
M. W.
1102
M.
W.
702
M.
W.
703
M. Wl
704
promptly, is
structure
made of
while
all such
Foreman,
made
condition,
It
affected.
is
and
bridge
the
to
repairs
that
so
at
of
purpose
safe
inspections,whether
Division
on
5, 1904,
Inspection, frequently cases
check
make
extensive
Vol. 668. Vol.
the
many
following working
Adopted, 658, pp. 3 Adopted, Vol. 11, 1910, 786, 1085. pp.
report
General
the
only
not
1100
Bridge
Inspector,
others.
or
of
purpose
structure
kept
Bridge Mechanic,
a
Inspection.
General
safety
be
W.
distinction
clear
a
the
record
simple
a
be
keep
to to
should
there
and
Inspection
Inspection
Current
Inspection Report
Inspection
M.
-
Inspection Report
Current
between
2
be
Report
Bridge
Bridge
(2)
1905,
special
Way
Current
General
the
will
same
Bridge Inspection Report
Summary
in
the
that
localities,so
separated
Report
Current
made
standard
Material
of
Structure
that
the
as
Bridge
Monthly
can
quite widely
Bridge Department:
Way
the
particularly right-of-
maps,
DEPARTMENT
following
recommended
FIRE.
accident.
or
The
and
reproducing
^BRIDGE
(1)
OF
CASE
books
LOCALITIES
SEPARATE
IN
PROTECTION
Duplicate copies way
ACCOUNTS.
RECORDS
FOR
in
AND
a
the
the more
entire
repair
work
conducted
renewal
even
division
important
ascertain
to
work
or
the of
investigation
road, and, further, or
of
work
annual
the
semi-annually
maintenance careful
called
should
be
and done
season.
pp.
286, 371, 377
(see
Vol.
2, 1901,
p.
Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 6, 1905, pp. 237, 372-375; 1100, 1103, 1141; Vol. 924, 1157,; 15, 1914, pp.
322) ; Vol.
656,
657,
Vol.
16,
6,
668; 1915,
AND
RECORDS
(3)
including
departments, example, the
form
one
(4)
Bridge will
in
forms
for
information
to
pose
should
forms
its
peculiar
are
and
used
in
to
date
in
all
for
applicable;
as
all
departments,
Bridge
are
by hence
individual
each
no
standard
essential
necessary
the
tion compila-
forms
these
not
are
forms.
used
bridge
keep
accurate
However,
for
Department
forms
to
hence
are
specially
generally and
an
records.
not
are
in
and
bridge
necessary
special
and
railways
to
records
are
regulated
up
proper
bridge
necessary
requirements,
recommended.
value
highest
special
be
kept
departments,
several
minor
Numerous
be
used
be
far
as
should
properly
but
standard
as
reporting such
with
for
recommended
(5)
the
Department,
records
of
time
complete
connection
Bridge
a
Department,
when
of
of
should
accordingly.
records,
system
any
341
railway
the
reporting
for
prove
manner,
of
Bridge
the
designed
being
form
for
forms
general
The
ACCOUNTS.
all
on
records
up
railways to
railway forms
for
date,
but
ac"ording for
this
pui
8x13
Form
inches.
A.
B.
"
C. R.
R.
M.
W.
1100.
Co.
.DIVISION
MONTHLY
BRIDGE
MATERIAL Month
(Gang
or
REPORT
.19-
of
District.)
The
above
statement
is correct:
Foreman -
Size
oi
Bridges.
Correct: Master
342
Carpenter
AND
RECORDS
SPECIFICATIONS
Form
lines,
as
blue.
here
shown,
ACCOUNTS.
FORM
FOR
Size
8x13
inches.
343
M.
Vertical
W.
1100.
lines,
red;
horizontal
Size
8x13
Form
inches
A. OF
MAINTENANCE
"
B.
C. R. DEPARTMENT
WAY
(Gang .Division.
The
above
statement
R.
or
M.
TOOL
of
701
REPORT
District)
For
_19-
.ending.
is correct:
Foreman
W.
Co.
Master
Bridges.
344
Carpenter
RECORDS
AND
SPECIFICATIONS
Form
ruhng.
as
blue.
here
shown,
ACCOUNTS.
FOR
Size
8.x
13
inches.
FORM
345
M.
Vertical
W.
701.
ruling,
red;
liorizontal
FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
Form
ruling,
as
blue.
here
shown.
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
Size
8x13
FORM
inches.
347
M.
"Vertical
W.
1102.
ruling,
red;
horizontal
Size
8x13
inches.
"
A. SUMMARY
Form
B.
CURRENT
C. R.
"
BRIDGE
R.
M.
or
No.
Structure
Kind of Structure
Day
INSPECTION
REPORT. __19
of
Action
Condition
Mouih
taken
Recommendation
Insp't'd
_190_
Date-
NOTE-Tliis
report covered
by
703.
Co.
For
Bridge
W.
to
the
include
all
bridges
and
report.
348
slructures
inspected during
the
period
or
AND
RECORDS
SPECIFICATIONS
Form
ruling,
as
blue.
here
sliown
ACCOUNTS.
FOR
Size
Sxlo
FORM
inches.
349
M.
Vertical
W.
703.
ruling'
red;
horizontal
Size
B. "
C.
W.
704.
BRIDGE
GENERAL A.
M.
Form
Inches.
11x8
R. R.
.Division
To-
From
Bridge No. or
Kind
Location
SPECIFICATIONS Form for form
of
Date
Data
Bridge
Inspected
Structure
Structure
as
here
field use, blue. horizontal,
shown. and
on
Size
FOR of
separate
page, sheets
350
FORM 5%x8 for
W.
M. Inches. office
use.
704. To
be
issued
Vertical
in
book
ruling, red;
AND
RECORDS
INSPECTION
ACCOUNTS.
351
REPORT.
For
Inspected
General
Condition,
(This
report
19
by
of
Description
to
be
signed
also
by
work
those
required,
composing
Recommendations.
inspection
party.)
Size
5K
X
Form
8 inches.
W.
M.
702.
No.-
Report
A.
"
B.
C
R.
Co.
R.
Division
I
INSPECTION
BRIDGE
CURRENT
have
REPORT
to-day inspected
at
and
find
its
The
condition
follows:
as
is
work
following
required
maintain
to
in
structure .
good
condition:
The
work
following
be
must
done
the
keep
to
safe:
structure
Inspector. 191
Date,
Note.
Send
"
report
Make
separate
the_ that
of
and
require
for
report
the
to
Current Form
(Road
of
Superintendent
the
bridge
structure
or
Divicion.
Report
all serious
Division
the
inspected.
by telegraph
to
defects
attention.
SPECIFICATIONS
members different
each
the
liere
as
may
of items
shown.
provide
the
one
structures of
tlie
to structure
FOR
Bri.lj^e Size
M.
352
All on
page
inspected, inspectd.)
W.
702.
Report.
Indies.
S^A-^S
additional be
FORM
Inspection
the
letleis
which
inspector
to
to
black. insert
list
check
off
of the
FORM
OF
PAGE
COVER
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
W.
M.
1103,
PROVIDING
Form
A.
B.
C.
8c
R.
SUBDIVISION
TURE SIGNA-
FOR
SUPERVISOR.
AND
FOREMAN
OF
353
M.
W.
1103
CO.
R.
No..
ROLL
TIME of SECTION
No
or
(Name
Month
or
Number
of
Gang-)
19
of
HEADQUARTERS
certify that
I hereby
and
Examined
the
found
within
returns
correct
are
:
correct. FOREMAN
Supervisor
of
:
SPECIFICATIONS
Size paper: contain
of book 12
book, proper pages.
5x8
FOR
inches. to
(Form
be
Form on
shown
as
yellow
FORM
shown,
paper:
is
about
M.
cover
printing one-half
W.
to to
1103. be be
reduction.)
of in
three-ply black.
manila Book
to
IF
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
355
TIME. M.
Form
3.
Amounts
4.
Time
Sundays
due of
each
monthly and
man
men,
holidays)
must not
and
1103.
.19
OF-
MONTH
"OR
W.
be
in
divide
five
even
working
a
by
full the
(5),
or
month: total
(10),
ten
Multiply number
of
cents,
the
days
rate in
the
per
month
month.
by
the
number
of
days
worked
cluding (in-
356
Note.
RECORDS
"
Spaces
to
be
AND
ACCOUNTS.
provided for 31 days.
Size
357
Form
In.
8%x9
BE
TO
FORM
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
^.
AND
SECTION
BY
USED
B.
"
EXTRA
R.
C.
M.
W.
1104.
GANGS.
CO.
R.
ROLL
TIME
DISTRIBUTION
OF
LABOR. Diulsion,
Bection -
Month
I a
certify that
hereby
as
per
except
for
Examined
and
on
the of
distribution
correct
daily
ended
instructions
board found
or
27th
t9
of"
within
=..-.
and
that
herein
; and
that
due
the
,.,^
are
the
the
time
returns
same,
amounts
-
actual
time
deductions
no
are
up
entered
by
me
herein
Company.
correct:
"
,
Foreman.
,,
III
_
_
SaperWsor.
HOTS."
and
worked,
written
was
This
Book
may
be
carried
ChCOked
in
the
pocket
i
by
folding
at
thp
Unn
shown
on
back.
RECORDS
358
AND
FORM
DISTRIBUTION
To
be
made
OF
LABOR
out
by
PERFORMED
Foreman.
ACCOUNTS.
SUMMARY-
DISTRIBUTION
FOR
AS
SHOWN
ON
PAGES
1
AND
2.
RECORDS
TO
BE
MADE
OUT
BY
AND
ACCOUNTS.
359
FOREMAN.
To
be
made
out
by
Accountant.
PAGE
DETAILS
SHOWING
FOR
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
360
OF
EXPLANATIONS.
ALL
OTHER
WORK
ON
EXISTING
SIDINGS
WORK
DONE
BY
TRACK
RECORDS
DEPARTMENT
ON
WORK
NOT
AND
ACCOUNTS.
CHARGEABLE
REPAIRS
AND
361
TO
OF
RENEWALS
TRACK
WORK.
EQUIPMENT.
FREIGHT
DATES
GIVE
.NAME
AND
NUMBER
TIME
DATES
GIVE
NAME
AND
NUMBER
TIME
DATES
I
GIVE
NAME
CAMS
AND
NUMBER
ItIMeI
Cover
Extra
and
Size
1105.
363
form
This
Service,
Signal, Water
Telegraph,
Fence,
W.
M.
Form
for
page
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
be
to
all other
and
B.,
B. "
tion Sec-
except
Gangs.
Form
C. ".
"
B.
A.
by
gangs
inches.
8%x9
used
R.
M.
110.5.
W.
CO.
ROLL
TIME AWD
LABOR
OF
DISTRIBUTION
No
Gang
DEPARTMENT
Month
I a
ending
hereby certify
distribution
correct
daily
that
as
per
of
on
the of
within
returns and
same,
instructions
herein
;
are
the
that and
that
/
the
actual
time no
was
g
and
worked,
time written
deductions
up
by
me
entered
are
3
i
herein
except
Examined
and
found
for
board
or
the
due
amounts
Company.
correct: Foreman. "
Sapervisor,
NOTE-This
Book
may
be
carried
in
the
"
"___
Checked:
pocket
bf
folding
at
the
line
shown
on
back.
RECORDS
364
TIME
Page
RECORD
AND
FOR
FORMS
ACCOUNTS.
M.
W.
1104
AND
1105.
A
-TIME
ROLL.
Department.
AND
RECORDS
TIME
RECORD
FOR
FORMS
ACCOUNTS.
M.
W.
1104
365
AND
1105"
Continued.
Page
B.
RECORDS
366
DISTRIBUTION
PAGE
FOR
LABOR
AND
ACCOUNTS.
PERFORMED
BY
INDIVIDUALS
WHERli
RECORDS
GANG
IS
NOT
ALL
EMPLOYED
AND
ON
SAME
ACCOUNTS.
PIECE
367
OF
WORK.
Form
.Division. Month
ended
27th
of
M.
W.
1105.
19 .."
RECORDS
368
TIME
RECORD
AND
OF
ACCOUNTS,
TEAMS
EMPLOYED.
Form
RECORD
OF
TEAMS
EMPLOYED.
Section
No
M.
W.
1104
and
1105.
RECORDS
AND
369
ACCOUNTS.
I TIME
RECORD
OF
EMPLOYED.
TEAMS
Forms
Division.
Month
ended
27th
1104
and
ot
1105.
.J9("^ ...,
_
RECORDS
SUPERVISING
OR
ACCOUNTING
AND
371
ACCOUNTS.
OFFICE).
SUMMARY
OF
DISTRIBUTIONS.
PAGE
FOR
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
372
EXPLAINING
RECORDING
EXPLANATION
IN
TIME.
Forms
EXPLANATION
ERRORS
AND
OVERTIME
OF
OVERTIME.
OF
ERRORS.
M.
W.
1104
and
1105.
RECORDS
AND
ON
INSTRUCTIONS
ACCOUNTS.
373
COVER
INSIDE
AND
1104
FORMS
OF
M.
W.
1105.
INSTRUCTIONS.
TO
FOREMEN:
On
1.
on
the
the
alphabetical be
written
in
2.
Time
3.
All
If
column
and
time.
man
headed
of
name
enteref"
each
in
must
man
be
used
given "Remarks"
inspection
for
therefor.
made with
book
If
assistant
foreman
foreman,
A
order
for
if
page
of
should
distribution total
sive. inclu-
40
to time
and
for
the
shown
amounts
B.
and
his
B,
1
pages work
with
agree
pages
on
of
Total
date. must
on
daily piece
each
correct
an
officer.
submitted
and
entered
for
pages
on
suoerior
checked.
should be
by
is
his
leave
under
Wages"
is
foremen
request
be
detail
on
the
should
time
should
of
a
be thereunder
pencil.
indelible
by
by
can
each
shown
"Amount
5.
he
of line
opposite
the
should
arranged
be
directed
as
whenever
book
Distribution
entered
carried
gang
so
Separate
under
foreman
given
One
made
Supervisor
his
as
the should
men
surnames.
be
be
must
or
shown
his
be
must
employed,
month
their
of
name
of
should
entries
leave
4.
be
of
worked
book
is
the
full.
Roadmaster
should
one
Roll' those
and
order
This
to
"Time
line,
first
time, on
the
write
same
Given"
"Time line
with
his
in
namo
RECORDS
AND
ACCOUNTS.
375
of
Back
M.
Form
INSTRUCTIONS.
1.
Enter
each
gang,
location
full
name
and
give
respective
in
made
each
by
daily
and
time
must time
autliorized
at
made
close
at
of culated cal-
month,
give
will
rates,
recorded
be
during
made
time
The
columns.
total
The
and
occupation
employe
show
month.
in
employe
each
of proper
amount
earned. 2.
Supervisors the
to
information
to
distribute
must
given
Form
daily
time
ing accord-
chargeable
accounts,
proper
Foreman's
on
and
port, Re-
must
care
be
cised exer-
,
that
so
of
close
at will
Charges"
month
"Total
the
with
balance
the
"Total
Wages." 3.
the
At
of
close
apportion
month
Merged,
with
Roads in
Roads,
instructions
the
will
Line, Branch
Sundry
and
etc.,
accordance
Supervisors Main
to
expense
of
the
road
using. 4.
This
with
must
report
Foreman's and located
be
if and
this
carefully
be
Time
Pocltet there
is
is
Form
difference
any
it
adjustment
proper
report
checlced Boole
must
made
forwarded
fore befor
to
approval. 5.
This
after
report, Supervisor
by
being and
will
by the
on
the
fied certi-
properly
examined
and
proved ap-
forwarded
be of
the
to month.
W.
1112.
Form
376
M.
W.
1106.
RECORDS
AND
ACCOUNTS.
377
Back
of
Form
INSTRUCTIONS.
This
1.
train
Care
2.
be
engaged is
each
by
in
hours 3.
must
agree
4.
5.
Give
quantity
each
also
in
done actual
hours
class
of
work his
opposite
column
his
enter
daily
made
with
his time
balance
as
time
own
work
each
employe man's Fore-
by
his
name
then
first, '
gang.
briefly of
shown
Form
enter of
below
by
time
book,
will
Foreman with
distinctly,
work the
on
first
work.
only).
time
pocket
follow
that
will
(total Total
write
of
proper
Foreman
man Fore-
day's
to
man
in
entered
name.
taken
and
the
on
each
description
provided,
by
Supervisor of
must
correct
space
made
be to
completion
after
give
will
Report forwarded
and
a
done
statement
ing show-
M.
W.
1106.
AND
RECORDS
RECORD
Size
14x17
COST
OF
379
WORK.
In.
Form
A. General
Actual Work
B.
R.
$
Cost
Work
Amount
Vol.
1111.
Co. %.
Authorized
Began Remarks
Completed
in.;
W.
.
Total
.
Unit
Price
SPECIFICATIONS
Adopted,
C. R.
M.
Location
No
Quantity
14x17
"
Description
Authorization
Size
ACCOUNTS.
unruled;
9, 1907,
FOR to
be
665-667,
printed
669,
FORM on
672,
M.
medium
694.
W. bond
.
Value
1
Grand Total
1111. paper
(white).
Form
inches.
Size 8x13
"
ESTIMATE
A. TRACK
CONSTRUCTION.
TRACK
FOR B.
C. R. R. Co.
"
ESTIMATE
At...
;
of Estimate,
Total Lengthof Track in Ft... Total Clearance Length Maximum Width
on
"State kind of Ballast and Quarry
"
Grade
Made
in
From
Mam
Track
Mam Track,. Direction'of
by
(Titie.)
Fills...
tUse item. Turnouts Complete,in File Disfting
Grade Away
Maximum
Mir
Curvature of Roadbed
Maximum
Reference
Adopted,
or
Pit from which it is to be taken ifpossible, b\- this Ojmpany for track, to be paid for entirely
estimate
',
Vol.
Letter File Reference
10, 1909,
pp.
865. 866, 869, 873, 874.
380
M. W.
2100
RECORDS
Size
AND
Form A.
Form
B.
"
for Estimates
[ Faced
Estimate
C. K.
of Cost
\xr [ Water .
of"
-By__
Prepared
Cost
of Reproducing
Abandoned
Distribution of Cost: To
Maintenance
To
Betterment..
To
Outside
or
Operation..
Companies
Adopted,
Vol.
or
Individuals..
12. 1911.
/?. CO.
r Building for J Bridge
Form)
No..
"
381
Inches.
8x13
Authority
ACCOUNTS.
Facilities
-
o
) r "
service
J
Construction
M.
W.
2201
Size
8x13
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
382
Form
inches. Reverse
Side
of Form
for
Estimates
for
Bridges.
M.
W.
2201
AND
RECORDS
Size
8x13
ACCOUNTS.
383
inches.
Form Kcverae
3ide
of
Form
for
Estimate
for
Building
Construction
M.
W.
2201
RECORDS
384
Size
8x13
ACCOUNTS.
AND
Form
inches. Reverse
Side
of
Form
for
Estimate
for
Water
Service
Construction.
M.
W.
2201
REMARKS:
Daily Record
Number
and
of Material "Received
Leng:thof
Extra
by Shipment"
pieces of
Switch
Ties
and
on
"Shipped Away"
hand
at end
of Month
FORM
M. W.
2002.
TRACK CHART.
TRACK
Form
CHART
O
M.
MILE
W.
2002.
POSTS
BALLAST RAIL
ALINEMENT
TRACKS
GRADE
LINE
IK! i?
5*(i
Nnipber Pieces-'
IK)KM
M.
IV.
2203.
SIDE
TRACK RECORD.
A. Sisc.
Approilmately
12i2"
B. "
C. R. R. Co."
Side Track
Record
ioches. Tracing Paper.
Side Tracks
on
Division
Sub-Division
Form
M.
W.
3202.
P'o.
385
386
RECORDS
AND
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
Register
Form ruled
Deeds
The
ance
with
the
to to
order
form
the
properly in
by
record
a
on
deeds
Chief
be
be
to
in
form,
book
vertical
blue;
the
Engineer,
according should
keep
to
a
heavy
on
ruling
Real
to
be
Agent,
Estate
individual
Register
consecutively,
numbered
railway
the
of after
entered, vault.
No. then
company;
right-of-way
custodian
fireproof
2000.
Deeds.
in.; to
W.
red.
the
or
practice. of
Title
1,
2,
in
Deeds,
accord-
illustrated. be
receipt
the
company, of
should
their
officer
been
railway
custodian
Deeds of
a
12x28
page,
M.
reduction.)
with
filed
are
of
FORM
Title
of
ruling
two-thirds
is
Secretary
of
horizontal
paper;
shown
(Form
size
shown;
as
white
ACCOUNTS.
then
maps; deeds
with which
notation all
deeds
3,
thereon
that be
filed
order
proper
neer Engi-
Chief
the
by
the the
to
returned
should
in
etc.,
forwarded
the in
deed numerical
has
RECORDS
AND
ACCOUNTS.
387
RECORDS
388
AND
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
Contract
Tlie
custodian
containing with
tlie In
be
or
of
in
into
Leases
should in
month
be
the
A
keeping
pages
a
it of
and
few
keep
2001.
Record.
Contract
a
full
a
W.
and
record
of
Lease
Biook,
Record
lease
tlie
in
accordance
record
book
numbered
of
filed
and
receipt
of
should
twelve
should
months
in
numerical
order,
road,
by
branch
be
a
lease
it
entered
is
in
entered the
under
body
the
on
year
the
of
tho"
proper
expires. lessees lease
in
the
for
pages
vault. the
the
each
twelve
years.
number
when
names
book,
the
after lease
page
The
M.
Lease
book
the
for
fireproof
a
Immediately the
of
columns
division,
book;
should
of
part
back
ruled
and
FORM
illustrated.
form
the
leases
body
the
ACCOUNTS.
the the
should should
back leases
be be
of
the removed
by
book
station
the
should from
in
alphabetically
indexed
indexed
be the
files.
used
the
front
of
name.
for
the
purpose
of
AND
RECORDS
ACCOUNTS.
'TRACK
389
MAPS.
for Maps and Reference is made to the Note. Specifications Profiles, as Commerce in accordance with Commission prescribed )3y tlie Interstate 19A of the Act dated to Regulate February Section 1, 1914, shown Commerce, in Vol. 15, 1914, pp. 943-950. "
the
all
and
fences, street the
copy
the
sent
may
Maps
and
date
corrected.
The
conventional
(7)
On
tracks
all kinds
and
such
on
whenever
and
supports,
tions physicalcondimaps
at
changes
any
stated
that
should
be
made
in
are
periods
corrected
a
scale of 100 ft. to the inch be used
a
should
Track
Track
suit local conditions.
to
signs adopted by
this Association
to
a
scale of
1 in. equals
represented exclusively by double
Maps
should
be
convenient.
drawn
Maps be
plainlythe meridian, scale, original
show
drawn
to
a
scale of
50 ft.
or
lines.
1 in. equals 200
ft.
or
should be represented exclusively by singlelines.
On
Track
Maps
(a)
On
maps
representingpreliminarystudies
that double
tracks side-
or
the angle they make
(8)
track
capacity
plusses.
thereon, and
it is possible and
less,tracks should
more,
be used
Track
On
them, and
all
office.
(4)
(6)
show
except in territories of large industrial development,where
maps
where
should
reference to main
all kinds
structures
corrected
It is recommended
(5) used
and
shown
the proper
varying scales
date
should
features
to
(3) for such
be
of the right-
sions adjacentthereto,dimen-
lines of
signalsof
Important
property.
(2) They of
They
other railway crossings,and
and
car
the
location with
mains, conduits, wire
by chainage numbers
located
ownership.
or
to
stations,coaling plants, turntables, shop
railway track; sewers,
on
any
thereof and
character
pertaining
railway in the limits
the right-of-wayand
buildingsupon
buildings,water
with
title
to
bridges,culverts, water
;
the
sidetracks,their alinement, distance between
and
in cars;
reference
all physical conditions
show
operation of
construction and
of-way, without main
should
Maps
Track
(1)
drawn
to
layouts,tracks should lines may
be used
where
a
be
scale of 1 in. equals 100 ft.: and
designs of
posed pro-
representedby singlelines,except
considered
necessary
to
show
turnout
details.
(b)
On
maps
representing completed work, station plats and
records, tracks
should
be
represented by double
Vol. ^Adopted, 9, 1908, pp. 664, 665, 668, 669, 686-690; 835-837, 870, 871; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 786, 1085.
I
manent per-
lines. Vol.
10, 1909, pp.
Size
8x13
inches.
Form Estimate
,1. B. "
C. R.
APPLICATION
R.
M.
W.
1107.
No._
Co.
EXPENDITURE.
FOR
DIVISION Estimate
based
on
Write
in
Plan
No.
Dated_
LOCATION.
NOTE:
space
above
The
below
distributed
billed for items
expenditure
date to
of
agreements,
Individuals
and
of
name
parties, etc., that
Approved
Approved.
(Title)
(Title)
(Title)
Date
Date
Date
SPECIFICATIONS on
"
8x131/^ inches; horizontal bond
Adopted,
paper
Vol.
to
is respectfully recommended.
Correct
Size medium
are
Companies.
FOR
FORM
lines, blue;
M. vertical
W.
1107.
lines, red; to be printed
(white).
9, 1908, pp.
665-667, 669, 674, 675, 693, 694. 391
be
RECORDS
392
AND
(Back
in this
Enter
between
basis
space
betterments
renewals
estimate
When
of
(2)
Observe
is
building
a
the
or
word
with
of
the
structure
is
use
should
for
other
is
structure
conditions
use
suitable
a
or
Widening at
yard
form
including temporarj^
amount
to
to
in
frame
for
submitted
(6)
ESTIMATES
of
as:
work numbered
material
by
the be
will
If
for
be
be
etc.) is
to
be
"Credits")
an
recovered.
disposition
to
be
made
structures.
should roads.)
to
foot
altering
which of
head
frame
bridges,
material
show
other
in
individual
be
of
foot 30x50
station,
strengthening
space, or
20x40
renewing
(under
value
(Estimates
performing should
such
freight
estimate
allow
work,
buildings
officer. instructions
the
"Disposition"
abandoned be
the
restoring
standard
new
station,
tracks,
in
estimated
cover
blank,
tion varia-
any
Tracks).
of
standard
in
of
(Wharves).
(Consisting passenger
When
made
word,
(Yard
Extending
This
with
(Bridges).
Improvement
(5)
ferior in-
an
as:
reconstructed,
(Buildings).
the
replace
description
"Renewing."
word
Altering
of
to
built,
building.
Changing
used
to
etc.
Strengthening
of
dates
be
are
your
be
sucli
frame
bridge,
or
the
other
CREDITS:
built
be
to
begin
kind,
mention
wooden
building
a
Under
back
and
"Nev/."
construction,
stone
for
original,
On
numbers
to
structures
word
different
original
Substituting
(4)
refer
other
or
other
or one
the
Steel
(3)
BLANK.
work:
describing
replacement,
from
(e)
structure
"Replacing." of
case
When
in
buildings
description
your
When
(c) In
rules
additional
one,
(d)
THIS
always
plans,
upon
following
When
begin
(b)
based
USING
abandoned
other
plans. the
(a)
FOR
of
Disposition building or
estimate
replacements
or
INSTRUCTIONS
(1)
Blank.)
of
for dividing:
used
and
ACCOUNTS.
original submitted
estimate
given
on
identification.
is Form
officer as
approved, No.
to
the
proving ap-
special
per
ity author1108.
Size
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
393
M.
Form
inches.
8x10%
A.
B.
AUTHORITY
"
C. R.
FOR
W.
1108.
Co.
R.
EXPENDITURE.
19
of
(Title
officer.)
approving
Estimate
No
Dated
191
^
to
Charge
Charge
.
Approved:
Construction ^
In
,,
,
^^
all
_,
Vouchers,
etc.
Reports,
Additions refer
Replacements
AUTHORIZATION
Special Individuals
This
authority
The
by
supplemented
be
1109
Form
at
the
of
discretion
the
officer.
at
authority
expires that
expenditures.
this
under
Additional
authority
"incomplete
year's
to
expenditures
authorized.
is
No
Companies
and
approving
This
to
Renewals
or
time,
at a
the new
authority must end
be
of
not
must
in
obtained the
authority
year
will
in be
exceed case
which issued
of
the
issued. for
amount
necessity. the
If
work
following
.
RECORDS
394
Size
8x10%
ACCOUNTS.
AND
inches.
Form
A.
B."
C. R.
APPROPRIATION
FOR
R.
M.
W.
1109.
Co.
EXPENDITURE.
-19
.Estimate
Charge
No.
...Dated
191..
Charge
to
Approved:
Construction. In
Additions
Replacements
refer
Renewals.
or
Individuals
The
and
authority
year's
at
authority
expires that
expenditures.
this
under
Additional
incomplete
etc.,
to No
Companies.,
expenditures
authorized. This
Reports,
AUTHORIZATION
Special
is
all "Vouchers,
time,
at a
the new
authority must end
be of
the
authority
not
must
in
obtained year will
in be
the
exceed case
which issued
of
issued. for
amount
necessity. the
If
work
following
AND
RECORDS
SPECIFICATIONS
INSTRUCTIONS
AND
W.
M. Form
who
W.
M.
issues
(1)
A
(2)
A
the
(form show:
Estimate Credits,
of if
Distribution
(6)
Estimate
W.
form
brief
Estimated
be
the
Instructions A
1107)
the
should
be
attached
of of
all
does
that of
be
estimate
total
the
or
of
1107)
estimate
the
(form for
issued
1108,
form
not.
(form
estimates of
of
copy
the
of
expenditures
1109
would
money
Companies.
and
authorize form
be
will
authorized
actual
The
1109,
form
on
it
unless
money
required.
be
not
ments, Replace-
Additions,
Construction,
between
as
Individuals
and not
notation
will
of copy
each
to
convey
1107.
submitted
be
to
to the
concerned.
expense
Special
is
paper,
work.
form
on
work.
show:
sum
numbers,
to
be
distinctive.
and
the
of
of
bond
form
officer
should
approved
an
this
out,
lump
1109
medium
on
authorized
given
or
and
covers,
to
mining deter-
provided.
been
describing
executive
location
as
number,
is
officer
has
the
is
which
form
whether the
information
filled and
estimates,
which
form
make
to
as
work
sum,
the
printed
be
highest
the
lump
a
to
it
form
with
the
by
covering
to
the
by
structure
of
use
so
properly
or
to
which
a
accordance
expense.
those
to
description
in
as
reference
Distribution
job.
Betterments,
Companies.
in
required
be
the
inches,
that
when
estimate,
(4)
newal re-
insurance
the
to
Work,
and
from
(which of
credit
New
other
or
the
called
used
concise
cost,
This
by
salvage
as
amount
proper
a
officers
recommended
fact
form,
and
(3)
(5)
wlien
covered
renewal
a
the
Individuals
will of
8x10%
is
should
the
is
paper
This
(2)
officer
form,
work
such
of
fire)
is
building
governing
size
1108,
interested
A
paper
the
to
This
the
etc.,
between
and
distribution
attention
Yellow
(1)
of
case
a
various
information
instructions
Special
of
as
by
any
This the
M.
of
cost
of
approved.
bond
worlv
organization.
replaced.
set
signed
be
in
and
that
cost
Replacements
or
will
Reproduction
This
of
woi-k.
location
recovered,
else
estimated
prevailing
those
medium
on
cost
tlie
doing
account
on
anything
and of
be
to
tracks,
occasioned
Renewals
Form
of
detail. material
temporary
recovered, (5)
(yellow).
printed
be
and
description
for
is
A
for
FORMS
1109.
estimate
1108)
OF
number.
plan
in
cost
any,
false-work,
(7)
to
USE
estimate.
the
(4)
the
concise
and
and
inches,
submitting
should
to
brief
FOR
1108
1107.
8x13%
for
authority out,
reference
(3)
used
be
filled
properly
size
1107,
should
(white),
395
ACCOUNTS.
except
bears ditures expen-
as
above
noted. Form
M.
(white),
for
money
W.
This
be
work
A
(2)
Total
brief
when and
The
(4)
A
(5)
Distribution
(6)
Number
Engineer's detailed
or
of
And
any
Note. see
"
For
Vol.
other the
filled
1108,
estimate
the in
the
of
as
amount
sum
medium
on
authorize
to
bond
paper of
expenditures
1108. should
out,
which
show:
location
and
it is in
covered
required
a
of
the
work
to
be
done.
part.
form for
1108. the
job.
expense.
form
addition
1108 to
detail
general
8. 1907,
proper
officer
description
form
lump of
letter
blanks
properly
of
to
form
by
printed
be
inches,
the
by
concise
amount
(3)
(7)
used
8x10%
authorized
form,
(1)
size
1109,
should
pp.
the
against
required
by
outline
and
109-111.
which
it
applies.
A
designating
number. the
company
description
or
of
approving method
of
officer.
using
those
RECORDS
396
AND
ACCOUNTS.
o I" I
H
" N l-H
O
X Eh "
C
o
H I" I
Q
cu
X 1^
o
M
"j:
o
m
Q
o
Q
O
o
"Adopted,
s
n
o
"
"
J
Vol.
9, 1908, pp.
665-667,
673.
691.
AND
RECORDS
"
FOR
SIGN
CONVENTIONAL
USE
ON
RAILWAY
TRACK
AND
RIGHT-OF-WAY
397
ACCOUNTS.
PROFILES,
MAPS.
Hydrographv.
Stream
Springs and
Sinks
Lakes
Ponds
Falls
and
and
Water
ffapids
Line
Marsh
Name
Canals
",
,'!.
Size
Ditches Relief.
System
Contour
Sand """'.v[i;\;v::;.0';u/.\iiii^
'%ii^9S^'
Cliffs
Cut
^ailDMillllll^ nmmmmmv
Embankment
ifmnrnnnMiMnr Medium
Top of Slope Bottom
Adopted,
Vol.
of
Slope
15, 1914, pp.
930-940,
1160;
Vol.
16, 1915, pp.
789,
1086,
1087.
AND
RECORDS
Stone
Fence
Board
Fence
Picket
Fence
ACCOUNTS.
399
Give
Barb
Wire
Rail
Fence
Height
do.
do.
Fence
n
x
X
X
"
X
*c-
do^
do.
Worm
Fence
Woven
Wire
Snow
Fence
do.
Fence
.mmilllHlllltHlllimiiifimi.n..
'""Illillllllllllillli'lllllllllllll
Snow
Shed
^nz^=
City
"
jlJLj_
Village
City
Limits
Fire
Limits
Section
\.^Z4}X7a\)k7Maa\"aM
Corner
Section
"7
16
20
Zl
Center
Station Triangulation Bencfi
Marl"
Stone
/Monument
Iron
""""1
l^onument
or
Transit Point
A
B.M.XI232 d
-
"
400
RECORDS
AND
Fixtures.
Track Turnout
Swifclr- Stand
and
Interlocked
ACCOUNTS.
Switch
SlipSwitch
Double
SingleSlipSwitch Derail
Post
Bumping
*
BuiUDlNGS
Stone
LI3
Frame
CD
Brick
I
g
]
Indicate
Concrete ana
Iron
Corrugated Brick
Passenger Station
1^51
Number
[ B.P|
of Stones.
Sub-Station
Electrical
Platform
[Ta]
House
Lightning Arrester
Driveway
or
Indicate Kind and
Character
Turntable
Ash
Pit
Coal
Chute
Coal
( Mechanical
Chute
(
Trestle
Circ ular
En
Square
Engine
'"
Indicate
1^
Tower
Interlocking
fypt
gin e
and
Ho
)
)
us
e
House
Construction
by
Combihation
rr-Fmight
Frame
of Letters,as Statiarr,B.F.'BrlckFreiqht5tation "
.
AND
RECORDS
Highways
Public
and
Main
and
401
ACCOUNTS.
Crossings.
Roads -p'y
Private
and
Roads
Secondary
Trails
Street
Public
and
Road
Crossings
1/
If ".//
Pri yate
Road
Road
Crossing
Crossing
"
71
n
I'
Crossing
at
#
Grade
under
"
overhead
Gate
Turnstile
Cattle
Guard
Farm
Gate
M
INES
Tunnel
Shaft-
Test
Opening
Coal
Outcrop
Mine
in
Operation
X
X
RECORDS
402
ACCOUNTS.
AND
Bridges. Girder
Truss Trestle
Signal Lift-
#
Bridge
^^%
6pan Leaf
Bascule,
Double
Bascule,
Single Leaf
Draw
^^
"^@^
Span Culverts,
Masonry Arch r-,.
ripe '^
...
or
,
Wood
Catch
or
Flat
r,
y
5ewers,etc.
Top
Box Culvert
Culvert
J6tafe
n
,
or
\v.l"Z'.~~SSII"Z^
Oram
,
Kind
and
Lenglh.and
X"sz~""-~.ztzrA '
Kind
of
Walls, if any.)
Bds/n C.B.
Manhole M.H.
Sump Supplv
Water
and
Pipe
Lines. 6ive
Tank
Water
Column
Track
Pan
Company
Steam
Diam.iHeiqhK^
UUUUUUUUULUJ
Water
Compressed
t
Give Size
Water
or
/^p\.
Character, f_-~A\M
Water
Other
jSump
(
Pipe
Give
Size
Pipe 6
Give
Size
as
Air
Give I
"
Size 1
1-
.
"
AND
RECORDS
Electrified
Third
403
ACCOUNTS.
Lines.
ffa// Rail
Running
or
C.L of Track
yorC.L.of Track
RunningRail
Jumpers
or "
Running
Rail
or
C.L. of Track
Feeder.
'.aer..^ ,
Feeder
"^yy-
Third
Rail
Switch
Overhead
I
Rail
or
Wire
'"
'('State' "Kirid'J'
404
RECORDS
AND
ACCOUNTS.
Rai
Give Weight in Lbs. per
Ballast .
Yard.
RECORDS
AND
ACCOUNTS.
and
Signals.
Signs
405
"$" ^^ Mile
Post
Sec.
Section
Yard
anger
Crossing
6
("YLD
Limits
Highway
FI
5
Post
dell
rM^
Sign
w
Whistle
Post
X Crossing
Tell
-Tale
Sign
AND
RECORDS
Standard
ACCOUNTS.
4o;
Sections
Cinders
Wood" Crushed Rock
Mmmmm
Crave!
Brick
iiiil^
Sand
wmm
Solid
!///pp
Rock
I
Plain Concrete
Seamy Rock
Rein-
forced Rods
Bars
or
"( Concrete "^"^:V-"-:."-.:^: Mefih
Metal
Rubble Laid
in
Mortar
Rubble,
Earth
Dry
%
May
be
Used
Alternately.
Broken with
")"
Courses
may
be
Omitted.
Rein
Line
Prehrred
Symbol
Rod fore
and emen
Bar t.
AND
RECORDS
408
Standard
ACCOUNTS.
Sections.
Rockfaced
Copper
Ashlar
'v////////yV///////^
Dressed
Glass
Ashlar
Wrought
Uncoursed
Steel
Ashlar
Wool, Felt, Asbestos, Leather,etc.
Cast
Composition
Wrought
Steel
Metal,Lead, Babbitt,etc.
Iron
Mica,Fubber,
Cast
Vulcanite, Fiber, etc.
iron
Malleable Bron-ze
Iron
Structural Brass
Steel y/////'/V''/'/vvV''/v
'
h+H
AND
RECORDS
BRIDGE
A"
ACCOUNTS.
409
RIVETS.
Field.
Shop.
Two
Full
Heads.
Countersunk
chipped,
and
far
side.
Countersunk
and
chipped,
and
chipped, both
and
not
near
side.
Countersunk sides.
Far
Side.
Near
Side.
Both
Sides.
Countersunk
Flattened in. and
in., %-in.
-\- Tension. "
Compression.
STRESSES.
%-in. high for J4-
5^-in. rivets.
Flattened
B"
to
chipped.
to
and
^-'m. high for Hi-in. rivets.
RECORDS
410
ACCOUNTS.
AND
CONVENTIONAL
SIGNS
SIGNALS
FOR
AND
INTERLOCKING.
NoN- Automatic.
Semi-Automatio
Operating .
.^'^\"
Automatic RCfUlRES
Non-Stick (power)
(mech.} Stick.
Mechanical Power
Speoiau
(POWERJ
SLonrrEO.
h--i
REFERCNCe TO
NOTES.
l-v\-
a::: C3
:o:] 7
2- Position,
Two
Position OtoBO-OtoIO SiGNAUNG.0to75'0to9O
A2
Al
A6
A5
A3
tn
in
2- Position.
A7
0to90
83
B2
Bl
85
B4
0to45 CI
C2
Dl
102
B7
C6
C7
03
1^1
2- Position. Three
B6
G3
C5
Position
\" t"
SiGNAUNG, 2-positioh, 45
to
90
I
0
I
03
n
3- Position. Oto45to90 E
NOTE
:
E2
El
Arms
Special-
should
E3
always
3 Position
|E24
be shown
Si
normal
in
Non-Automatic,
0 to 45 Stick
I Absolute
j
Stop Signal.
i
I
Ends road
of
,
E7
.
.
45
90
to
.
45.
Non-Stick, 45x0
Semi-Automatic
j
position
Semi-Automatio
Special- 3 Position Non- Automatic, Oto E25
E6
E5
"
Distant
C
Train
90.
Signal.
I
"
Permissive
blades
Stop
in symbols
If not
concerned.
Signal.
are
specified
to
"
be of the
actual
the
above
forms
forms will
Order
used
be used
by on
Signal.
the plans.
I-"
Fixed Arm.
\""]
Upper
QuadrantSignal,
"f
Lower
(QuadrantSignal.
4
'""
J'"]
^^
h~"JVertical "J "O
"
*" "
"Adopted,
I
Staggered
Vol.
i.
Marker
Lights.
Diagrams of proportions
I
7, 1906, pp.
'"^ symbols
515-521,
548;
Vol.
for
15, 1914,
for
signal
pp.
mak-
blades
81-92,
.
1009.
RECORDS
AND
ACCOUNTS.
I ^
411
\
I
,
_j
7
\
T
\I
I
"^ ...J
Ground
Ground
Mast.
Mast
Bracket
(P^ \^
Ring
Offset
with
Attachment.
Bracket
MEAN
Suspended
Post.
Mast,
T
enclosed
characteristics
;
_[_
Bracket Post.
SIGNAl
LIGHT
Smash
Signal ,
ONLY.
Signal.
PoT
Signals
Disc
"")(")
Home Proceed
"
(O
Home
Distant
Distant
Stop.
Proceed.
Caution.
.
Signal
Present
I
to
be
Removed
Double Functioned.
.
I
.X.
^
"
-,
i
Relation
of the
Present
Signal
to
Signal to
the
Track
and
Remain.
the
Direction
of Traffic
n Right
Right
Hand
1 Hand
Locations.
Left
Signal.
Left"
Right
Hand
Signal
Hand
Hand
Signal.
Hand
Signal.
Locations.
u Left
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
412
Insulating Rail Joints
Track Both
Circuits in
Track
Directions
Impedance Bono
Circuit on
None
Traffic
on
Direction
Circuit on
Track
Left
Right
None on
Signal
Power
Right
Left
Signal
Station
Sub- Station
5
Signal Bridge
Track Instrument
Train
^
Torpedo Machine
Stops
i
^
^
Stop
^
-^
^ NoN- Automatic
Mechanical
Slotted
Power
5
EDO
Power Switch Machine
Automatic automatic Semi-
Insulated
Switch
Rod
Electric Switch
Lock
Clear
RECORDS
AND
ACCOUNTS.
\E-'
413
S
CWACITY
Relay Box.
Junction
Box.
0
Terminal
Box.
Arrester
Lightning
Box
BOX
RELAY
(^ Battery
Tz}j
capacity
Chute
Box
RELAY
,
NOTE
: Type TO
o
X
Box
Switch
Location^
Chute, Relay
Battery
POST.
AND
Box
Switch
K2^
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
CHUTE
AND
6
COVERED
GENERAL
Only.
With
.
Indicator.
Switch
With
One
Two
With
Indicators.
Relay
With
Relay
Box.
Box
and
One
Surface
Above
.
With
Box and
Surface.
y
Battery
Shelter
Crossing Bell.
.
1 I
(figuresindicate
Two
Indicators
Tl Below
Relay
.
Highway
M
Box.
00
Indicator
Half -TSj-
Indicator
Switch
00
Indicator.
Above
Combined.
BY
NOTE
6 Post
Post
of indicator
BE
AND
Cable
,
OR
Surface.
capacity) Track
Battery.
.
AND
RECORDS
ACCOUNTS.
415
Switches, Derails, etc
Interlocked
Line
Single
Plan
.
.
EXPLANATION 1 2 3 4-
-
-
-
Simple Turn-out. Cross-over Derail- Point'Type
5
Simple Single
Double
-
Slip Point
6 -Movable
.
Slip Switch.
8 -Double
Rocking
12
4
I- WAY
with
(M.P.F.)
M.P.F. M.P.F.
7
8
9
Lead-out.
Crank
2 -WAY
6
Slip Switch
Fro6.
with
Lead-out.
Shaft
3
.
Crossing
Slip Switch
7-S1N6LE
.
Switch
CRANK.'
CRANK.'
4-WAY
"
3
4
VERTICAL
Deflecting
6
7
8
9
CRANKS.
Bar
"^
Lead-out. """
/C
12 VERTICAL
CRANK,
3 DEFLECTING
S
7
8 BARS.
HORIZONTAL
DEFLECTING
BARS.
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
416
Relays, Indicators Elements to
be
of
Symbols
combined
as
Locks
and
.
t-t
l
j"
^
.
c. electro
masnet.
NECESSARY.
n
in i.Ji
A. C. Electro
Magnet.
Coil Energized
or
Neutral
Front
Neutral
Back
Polarized
!
I
High
I..i|
Magnetic
jQ,
Bell
im
Double
Slow
I
f / T-*^
t^-y
^..L
Urn.
I
I
I
Contact
Contact
Armature
3 -Position
i..il
De-energizeo
or
Open
Closep
or
Open.
With
Contacts.
-With
Contacts.
-
Armature
Closed
-
-
.
.
Contact.
Current
Contact.
Blow-out
Attachment.
Winding -specify
if
Differential.
Acting.
Disc Type
Indicator. OsQisc
Invisible.
""Disc
Visible.
V 7 "t-'-T
T-'-T
Semaphore
"" ilrlio" il^'i; il"bi; wire
UMi"
wound
Type
Indicator.
P'-3-Position,
rotor.
"".--""
1X1
Stationary Windinb.
irX"Hi6H Voltage
Electric Lock-
Segments
Windinb.
msui
i_.i
1..1
1..1
\s/ \si W
L.I
\s)
(5^^ NEXT
PAGE
Show
FOR
EXAMPLES
for
Lever IN Normal
OF
COMBINATIONS.)
RECORDS
AND
Indicators
Relays
One
h
Independent
Front
Independent
Back
Polarized
D.C. RELAYTwo
i_t "
Polarized
Contacts
Closed
Contacts^
Open
Three
Type-
Semaphore
.
Back Neutral
and
Polarized
Front
-
-
Two
Bell
Contacts
-
-
.
Energized
-
Closbb-
Contacts
Attachment.
Type-
Semaphore
D.G.INDICATOR-
Arm
Indicators(or repeaters) without indicate
to
armatures
with
Horizontal-
Contacts.
-Without
Energized :
Front
Closed
Open
Two
D.C. INDICATOR-
NOTE
Contact Contact
-Energized
Combination
JM
fi
.
Energized-
Neutral-
One
Locks.
Combinations
of
D.C. RELAY-
417
and
,
Examples
h
ACCOUNTS.
contacts
be shown
should
WHETHER.ENER6IZED
OR
GIZED DE-ENER-
.
MA.C.
RELAY-
_
One
Energizing flue One
riicDriTcn Energized-
I
Circuit
(Single Phase)
Type
f.ntiTkrrr Contact.
Fdomt Front
o A.C. RELAY-
Two
Rotor
Wound
Wire
Type-
Energized
-
"
Front
Neutral
Two
Circuit
Energizing
Contacts
.
-oA.C. relay-Two
Stationary One
JM
Two
t
t^
Windings Front
Neutral
3- Position
Circuit type"
Contact-
Contacts.
t .
d.g.interlocked
relay.
t
r4r DESI6NATE
o.c. electric
RESISTANCE
IN
OHMS
OF
bell.
ALL
"
"
energizing
relay-Two
Energized
Contacts..
Polarized
Two
A.C
Rotor
Wound
Wire
Ml
Circuit Type-
Enercizino
D.C.REUY3,
INDICATORS
AND
LOCKS.
energized
-
RECORDS
418
AND
CrRCUiT Controllers Use either
Levers
Extreme
with
ACCOUNTS.
Operated
Letter System
End Position as Normal
or
Levers.
by
Graphic System.
Levers
Middle
with
Position as Normal.
.
N-FuLL
N- Normal
Indication Position.
G- Central
L-FuLL
Position.
D- Reverse
R-FuLL
Position of Lever
Normal
B -Normal
Indication Position.
Reverse
the
D-Indication Position
thr
Right.
letter
graphic
LETTER
symbol.
SYMBOL.
B
C
D
Left.
Left.
symbol.
N
Position to the
B-Inoication Position to
R-FuLL
Position.
Position.
Reverse
Reverse
to
Position
to
the
Right. GRAPHIC SYMBOL.
R
L
B
N
-(t"t -"-
^
-(N"
-(2"
-"-
"-
-"-%-
-"-
-"
-"-
-^
"mr
"^
-"-
^ -^
-"-
-"-@)-
^
-#-
f-
-(""-
-%-
^ "^
-@"-
-"g)-"-
-%-
-%-
1^
-(g)-"")-@^.
-"-
^
-%"%-%" -(g"-
v_:_^
NOTE:
Heavy horizontal
-"-
"^
lines
indicate
portion
of cycle
of lever
%-^
through
which
circuit is closed
.
AND
RECORDS
Circuit UPPER
ACCOUNTS.
Controllers
419
Operated
QUADRANT.
Signals.
by
LOWER
QUADRANT. "f"f-
3-position
^"' ^
Closed
at
0
^"''4
Closed
at
45
Only.
^."
Only.
"fr-^
"
Signals.
tx
Closed
at
Closed
0
90
Only.
w
45
to
r" "'
o
75
"
-^
f-
"
"
g'
o
60-70
-*:
4
45"to90"
Closed
Closed
ONtv.
0
at
"
OR
Signals.
Closed
-4
Position
^
"
in
Circuit
Switch
Circuit
Controller.
Clear Only.
Operated
Controller
Mechanism
of
"
a
Switch
)
by
"
"-" Bridge Pole
Changing
Circuit
Controller
-iSpring
Hand
Key
or
Push
Button.
.
Circuit
Closed.
Open.
Controller.
_i_ Circuit
Locking
Movement.
Switch.
ACCOUNTS.
AND
RECORDS
420
^ ^
Time
Manual
Time
Manual
Release,
(electric)
Release
.
-MECHAN'L.)
(electro
"J
Automatic
Time
Release,
Release
Emergency
.
(electric)
(electric)
n closed.
OPEN.
Floor
Push.
Contact.
latch
Track
Contact.
Instrument
Switches.
Knife
I
,
""
//'
t
tt
a
o
60
Rheostat.
Pole.
Single
Single
Quick Acting
Double
"
Fixed
Resistance .
Iron
without
Core.
0
0
Distinguished
be
may
sAAA/^
Variable
"
Resistance.
Impedance Iron
witji
Core
"
Double
Pole. Double
000000 Impedance
i Single
Throw.
Cotntrollers
Circuit
Pole.
")
J A Pole.
Throw.
by
the
Letter
i Fuse
^^^ Condenser.
9
RECORDS
AND
421
ACCOUNTS.
Battery. A.C.Terminals.
-^A^
-^llllllllllllht D.C.Terminals.
Cells "
Cells
Multiple.
IN
Specify Type
D
=
Dry
6
=
Gravity
"'
P
=
POTASH
"
"S
=
Storage
"
and
Number
in
'
Series.
RECTI Fi ER
of Cells
. .
Battery.
UmmJ
Iq.q.q.q.om]
pRR^jwri
rm
I- SECONDARY.
2- OR
cm MORE
SECONDARIES.
Transformers. I6P, 105, ETC.
EXAMPLES:
(G)
(M) D.C.MOTOR.
D.G.Generator
A.C. MOTOR.
.
#m|)
(mMg) A.C. Generator.
A.C.-D.C.Motor-Generator.
D.C.-D.G.Motor-Generator.
^A^
-{y"-
Ammeter.
T"
w
Voltmeter.
Telephone.
Wattmeter.
(") Single.
Incandescent
Lamp.
Lightning
^ Wires
Common
Track
Cross
Double.
Terminals.
Arrester.
"
a_ Wires
Ground.
Join.
.
Wire.
Cirgoit
Wire.
Other
"
than
Direction
of
Common"Wire,
Current.
XII.
COMMITTEE
RULES
'
GENERAL
AND
FOR
RULES
GOVERNMENT
THE
MAINTENANCE
THE
OF
ORGANIZATION.
OF
GENERAL
(1) to
To
(4)
must
otherwise
in
is
To
1914,
others
courteous
in
the
of
safe
passengers
their
to
They
course.
from
must
using.
before
during
of
passage
walking
They
to
on
tracks
familiarize
must
Company. to
power
the
accidents,
prevent duties
of
all employes
between
damage
prevent
and
injury
prevent
condition
public
the
to
safe
approach
upon
required
with
interferes
in
the
promotion,
must or
to
accepting employment
even
others.
whose
work
or
safe
of
passage
trains
at
absent
its risks.
assume
be
must
themselves
shown
for
from
greater
duty,
sponsibility. re-
exchange
substitutes.
engage must
capacity
not
conduct
themselves and
fellow-employes
Vol. 7, 1906, pp. 31-38; Vol. 10, 1909, 66, 67, 1003-1005.
Adopted, pp.
is
that
obtain
Employes
29, 30,
the
take are
and
right-of-way.
all in
do
must
Employes
with
the
on
of
obstruction.
(9)
(11)
1
an
Employes
(10)
tracks
safety
watchfulness
public,
must
safety regulations
Anything
(8)
be
charge dis-
courteous
jointly affected.
be
full speed
will
the
Co-operation
(7)
duties
from
the
to
doing they occasionally perform
so
may
the
and
practicable,prevent
as
Employes
(6) duties
willingness
property. and
care
they
trespassing with
themselves
pp.
far
so
of
appliances
and
away
move
trains,and,
doubt
of
case
protection
employes
all tools
that
though
of
assurance
an
faithful, intelligent and
exercise
must
other
In
(5)
the
to
Employes
property.
or
is
is essential
rules
the
to
and
themselves,
They
service
the
demands
Obedience
employes,
know
the
duty.
(3) and
service
The of
DEPARTMENT.
NOTICE.
in
remain
or
WAY
rules.
obey the (2)
to
enter
EMPLOYES
OF
20, pp.
21,
26;
51-55,
423
properly
patrons
Vol. 56-69;
of the
at
all times.
They
road.
Vol. 24-39; 8, 1907, pp. Vol. 1, 1911; 12. Part,
9, Vol.
190S, 15.
AND
RULES
424
The
(12)
the
use,
cause
for
dismissal.
(13)
Employes
superior officer whether
subject to
and
places
where
they
is
duty
on
prohibited. sufficient
sold,is
are
call shall notify their immediate
emergency
Division
the
temporary
by employes while
of
frequenting
Their
or
intoxicants
of
use
ORGANIZATION.
Superintendent of
in address,
change
any
permanent.
or
ORGANIZATION.
The
(1) charge to
Maintenance
receive
(2)
Department
from
instructions work
The
of
is in
will report
who
^T.**^??
the will
Department
the
division
each
on
^'F.^^l"^
the
of
and
Way
of
subdivided
be
under
the
lowing fol-
heads: Track
Supervisors.
Supervisors of Structures. Signal Supervisors.
GOVERNING
RULES
(1)
Track
Supervisors shall report
receive
and
to
instructions
from
(Title)
the
(2)
and
of
be
inform
repairs
of
movement
trains, and
condition
safe
and
right-of-way,station grounds of
themselves
temporary
the
for
responsible
track, roadway,
must
make
must
shall
They
maintenance
the
SUPERVISORS.
TRACK
of
the
such
condition
defects
promptly
as
of
may
defective
report
proper
and
ways, drive-
They
structures.
endanger
or
conditions
delay to
the
(Title)
(3)
They
and
of-way, station grounds as
promptly (4)
for
which
(5) rules
in
and
(6)
conditions
as
They
shall,as
they
must
regard
to
train
in their power
must,
to to
the
driveways,
and
have
necessary
repairs made
require. employ
necessary,
know
comply with They
inspections of track, roadway, right-
for carrying out
men
the duties
responsible.
are
They
proceed
frequent
make
must
that
signals
foremen and
familiar
are
flagging, and
with
that
operating
the
stand they fully under-
them. in
case
of
place with
promptly
clear
obstruction
or
damage
the
forces
and
repair the track.
at
their
to
command
track
or
and
bed, roaddo
all
AND
RULES
(7) which roadbed
in the
for
necessary
that these
They
must
in
their
the maintenance
by
the
They
tools
authority, permit
and see
mental experi-
information
out
informed
the
or
immediate and
of track
in
regard
others
or
of
movement
of
the
who
by them
such
employ
all work
to
do
not
come
will interfere
that
trains.
supervision of work
(14) of
They
and
cinders
(15) thereto
shall
(16)
They free
They
portion
is permitted,
(17)
of
ard
service
only
train
service
authorized
when
from
obstructions.
shall
see
the
action
immediately
RULES
Track
no
and
and
trestles
full of and
the
encroachment
to
in
any
piers and clear
are
of
approaches
upon,
or
or
outlets
and
of
occupancy
grounds
station
way
affect
Municipal
Company,
the
shall
or
be
^T.^*l".^.
GOVERNING
shall
the
of
is
authority.
the
Foremen
trestles
water.
proposed by State,County, Township, will
to
them.
bridge seats, tops
bridges are
pertaining
comply with
buildings, right-of-way
proper
authority, which
(1)
that
Company's by
that
that waterways
see
and
vicinity of all bridges
of
culars, the rules, cir-
safety regulations
barrels
water
provided with
are
and
the
portions
that
shall
except
Any
foremen
matter, and
accessible
dirt
are
reported
that
see
all combustible
readily
that
know
must
that they fully understand
their duties,and
TRACK
report
to
FOREMEN.
and
instructions
receive
from
{Ti^^^X (2)
proper
with
their duties, and
of
give
nor
contractors,
special instructions
forms,
other
fications speci-
(TUle)
(13)
any
supplied
proper
that nothing is done
see
shall have
They
for
other
by
devices,
or
and
for.
cared
except
districts by
safety of track
(12)
to, track,
standards,plans
are
keep themselves
their charge, and the
clear
not,
shall
They
performed
with
damage
trial.
results of any
under
in
accidents
their charge.
foremen
and
appliances
trials of
(11)
No
result
or
efficient performance
the
properly used
are
(10)
Form
on
prescribed
under
that
know
must
the
to
of work
execution
They
materials
in,
defects
to
shall conform
They
(9)
report
structures.
or
(8)
attributable
be
may
investigate and
shall
They
425
ORGANIZATION.
Unless
otherwise
inspection
and
safe
directed, they shall be
responsible for
condition
and
of
the
track
roadway
the
under
426
AND
RULES
their
charge,
safe
of
passage
(3) suitable that
shall
and
must
least
at
(4)
shall
They They
directs.
and
men
the
of
(5)
familiar
of
trains
with
of
when
bridge to
If,
adjacent
in
all accidents result
in
They
shall be
from
(10) trials of any
time
They
must
appliances
trial.
make
in
their
of their
at
put
responsible for to
the
of
the
track
or
its condition,
accident
occurs
report may
on
all
render
their
or
own
No
on
Form
be
attributable
to,
or
structures.
prescribed standards, plans and
for
any
signals
proper
accident, promptly
their the
fications speci-
charge.
proper
and
care
efficient performance
of
use
of
tools
their duties, and
^T.^H".^.
the
devices,
watches
time.
the
out
the
and,
repairs.
under
work
be
prescribed by
officers of
proper
case
or
given
with
Foreman,
once
signals
will
as
or
the
track
standard
the
Track
with
reliable watches,
clock
be
obstructing
notice
with
have
to
the
the
to
of
No
sections,which
supply becomes
not, except or
time
men
timetable, and
before
standard
necessary
additional
as
a
the
whether
on
necessary
to
of the
themselves
shall investigate and
requisitions
time
petent incom-
are
carefully observe
must
protect
to, track, roadbed
execution
shall make
see
they
they discharge
current
passed.
must
must,
They
in the
materials
of
shall conform
They
(9) and
to
occurring
damage
(8)
must
required
power,
sections.
who
men
records
the
They
daily with
Foremen their
that
see
regulations therein, and
and
trains, notify the
do all in his power
assistance
of
have
safe, he
is not
Track
and
shall
case
themselves
due
are
approaching
(7)
discharge
no
copy
assure
judgment
the
culvert
or
warn
and
in
inspection,to
consideration
provide themselves
time
employes who
(6)
and
must
possible,verify
other
a
employes
Foremen
rules.
with
^T?H".^.
the required
sections.
sections
trains, and
extra
the
of
and
all trains
thorough
a
must
in
rules
the
displayed by all trains, that
with
They
have
their
over
reliable man,
a
used.
each
must
send
the
as
keep
must
material
They
thoroughly time
men
employes
treat
They
the
condition.
their duties.
cause.
with
crossings, signals, culverts, bridges, fences, telegraph
neglect their duties, but
or
make
to
interfere
protection.
sections,or
day
a
employ
must
properly perform
without
once
will
that
proper
their
in safe
lines, etc., are
thereon
under
over
go
track, highway
the
work
no
trains, except
They tools,
do
ORGANIZATION.
nor
by
proper
give
out
necessary.
authority,permit experimental information
of
the results
of
(11) performed
their
on
themselves
keep
sections
their charge, and
under
that nothing
see
(12)
They and
Company,
of
thereon.
They
hand
the
by
must
belonging
cars
of
trains.
to
the
of
of
the
except
anyone
duty,
authority, the
proper
come
service
private parties over
to
not
that will interfere
performance
by
permit, except
not
do
authority, permit the
all work
to
who
by them
handcars
proper
in
regard
others
or
movement
of
use
engaged
Company,
velocipede
or
the
not, except
-must
employes
limit
must
in
is done
the
or
427
informed
by contractors,
the safety of the track
with
of
shall
They
ORGANIZATION.
AND
RULES
ride
to
running tracks
the
of
the Company.
(13) track
During
or
and
(14)
They
accessible Where
duty; and
on
make
to
that
sure
vicinity of
the
keep
must
trestles cleared
They
sections
of all combustible
portions of bridges
water
liable to such
at
the
the age, dam-
times
they
is safe, taking
track
barrels
are
must
keep
of
trestles
and
they
furnished,
all buildings, bridges
such
matter,
keep bridge seats, tops
must
night, whereby
or
becomes
property
be
must
by day
them.
signals with
danger
etc.
trackmen
their
over
go
whether
storms,
portion of the Company's
any
foremen must
heavy
chips,bark, dry
as
all other
piers, and cleaned
of
cinders
keep
must
and
grass,
readily dirt.
and
filled with
them
water
(15)
They if
prevent, and to
(16)
They
approaches
they have
must
"
outlets
and
They
by
(18) other
must
Any
to
care
that
see
kept free
are
must
material, fires
permit
not
keep them
control.
under
and
waterways
the
brush, driftwood
from
permit encroachment
not
action
(19)
that
They
they
(20) grass
are
They and
upon,
buildings, right-of-way,
proposed
authority, which to
and
or
of,
occupancy
or
station grounds,
will
in
by State, County, Township,
Municipal
affect the
shall be
any
way
Company,
understand
the
ported re-
rules, circulars, forms,
safety regulations pertaining
and
or
.^?;'.*}??
the
thoroughly
must
special instructions
from
thereto
to
other
or
authority.
proper
immediately
see
fences, wood
sufficient force
constant
use
portion of the Company's
except
k
of
track, and
obstructions.
(17) any
unless
started
other
destruction
for fires along the
lookout
spread of fires into adjoining fields. They
the be
possible,the
careful
a
to
their duties, and
complied Ayith. must
keep
weeds,
interlocking plants
free
all interlocking pipe lines and
and from
all
switches,
snow,
ice
frogs and
and
other
free
trunking
movable
parts
obstructions.
of
They
428
special
give
must
where
track
(1)
they
They
must
regard
to
They
(8)
in the
(9)
trials of
trains, and
of
such
promptly
employ
have
and
structures
conditions
as
require.
carrying
for
men
familiar
are
flagging, and
and
damage make
to
the
out
with
that
the
operating
stand they fully under-
structures
prompt
report
and
fications speci-
tools
their duties, and
of
and see
for.
cared
by
train
^.T!*".^
the
to
supplied with
are
efficient performance
the
resulting from
their charge.
foremen
authority,permit experimental
proper
give
devices,nor
or
to
under
that
repairs.
prescribed standards, plans and
the
work
assemble
structures, promptly
necessary
make to
of
them
done
(12) the
authorized
shall
do
that to
not
will
themselves
keep
bridges and
on
who
promptly
for
of
foremen
not, except
must
They
performed
not
for
appliances
(11)
by
and
properly used
They
movement
repairs of
information
out
of
the
results
trial.
any
others
and
know
must
are
(10)
of
case
causes
necessary
these
signals
execution
They
materials
that
shall conform
They
temporary
proper
responsible.
materials
other
or
make
and
*'.TJ*l".^
shall investigatedamage
They
accidents
tions instruc-
them.
in
must,
forces, tools and (7)
receive
condition
safe
the
necessary,
know
with
the
must
promptly
are
train
comply
(6)
and
to
frequent inspections
as
shall, as
which
and
to
make
must
They
(5)
and
STRUCTURES.
report
for
delay the
or
repairs made
for
They
conditions
They
(4)
OF
shall
responsible
endanger
may
necessary
that
be
structures.
defective
in
Structures
of
shall
of
as
interlocking plants
^J^}^\^?.
They
(3)
rules
SUPERVISORS
the
maintenance
duties
drainage through
used.
are
Supervisors
(2)
report
ORGANIZATION.
to
GOVERNING
from
defects
attention
circuits
RULES
of
AND
RULES
under
come
interfere
their
with
the
in accordance
shall have
maintenance
by the
with
of
the
regard
districts by
charge,
see
safety of
that
to
all work
contractors,
or
nothing is done
structures,
and
if the
^.TJtl^.l
the
They
in their
structures
in
informed
report work
is
prescribed standards.
immediate
structures,
supervision and
employ
of
such
^?!V^}?}
work-train service
service
only when
They
(13)
(14)
trestles
that
station
other
and
(15)
the
the
of
water
various
officer
proper
(1)
and
Bridge
from
(2)
that
(3) district
water
necessary
track, and
report
of to
report
insufficient.
seems
BUILDING
shall
flow
the
record
FOREMEN.
and
to
tions instruc-
receive
^T}9.^}. responsible
be
the
structures
will
interfere
They as
under
for
the
their
the
with
(4) directs.
safe
and
inspection
proper
charge,
and
passage
of
shall
do
safe
no
work
trains, except
under
condition
must
(5)
of
They
They
trains
of
displayed by
and
trains, and
extra
rules. when
the
their
(6)
of other
They
promptly proceed command,
and
do
to
in the
discharge
they
petent incom-
are
they discharge
records
required
that
see
who
men
shall
case
must
of
the time
case
place
the
of
men
their
carefully
must
with
required
damage
with
all in their power
to
the
men,
to
make
to
clock the
structures
tools
and
necessary
observe
will
reliable
have
with
the
signals
be
given
watches, or
standard in
their
materials
repairs.
of
by the
prescribed
as
standard
a
be
obstructing track,
notice
themselves
themselves
of
before
No
passed.
protect
are
timetable, and
current
regulations therein,and
They
daily with
who
of
themselves,
have
due
provide
employes must,
consideration, and
no
and
assure
sections
must
^?\^?-!"'f
must
copy
rules
possible, verify time
watches
a
districts.
employes
Foremen
direct,and
"ay
the
in
the
have
all trains, and
all trains
their
in
structures
used.
with
over
They
keep
must
each
must
as
duties, but
materials
the
men
duties.
their
thoroughly familiar time
the
No
employes with
treat
their
neglect cause.
and
Form
on
shall employ
They
properly perform
without
inspections of
such
.*-?;\^^??
They
or
make
must
the
their
report
that
and
protection.
proper
men
and
opening
AND
Foremen
Building
shall
of
thereon
the
the
They
condition
which
BRIDGE
GOVERNING
RULES
bridges
buckets,
and
the
the
under
passing
in
case
flood, observe
of
streams
any
with
them.
all timber
at
barrels
equipped
with
comply
rests
with
rules,
regulations pertaining
and
barrel
the
appliances.
shall,in period
They
understand
are
with
provided
safety
supplied
structures
429
are
and
water
and
other
and
barrels, buckets
that
see
repair
in
are
they fully
that
shall
They
and
foremen
special instructions
duties, and
their
that
know
must
circulars, forms, to
ORGANIZATION.
AND
RULES
and,
with
the
time.
districts, at
their
AND
RULES
(9)
They
materials
are
(10)
the
properly
used
must
not,
They
trials of results of
under with
the
by
and
duties, and
authority, permit
proper
give
devices,nor
or
their
of
tools
see
for.
mental experi-
information
out
that
see
if the
work
regard
of
all
to
others
who
do
them
that
will
by
report
done
is not
in
or
is done
nothing
signals,and
of
operation
(Title)
informed
districts by contrcators,
charge,
safe
keep themselves
shall
their
in
their
cared
except
appliances
They
performed
and
with
supplied
are
the
trial.
any
(11)
foremen
431
efficient performance
for
necessary
these
that
that
know
must
ORGANIZATION.
promptly
in accordance
work
not
come
interfere
the
to
with
prescribed
the
__
standards.
(12)
of
maintenance
for
the
and
employ (13)
immediate
shall have
They
such
signals and
They
authorized
that
know
must
interlocking plants
when
only
service
foremen
circulars, forms, special instructions to
their duties, and
(1)
(2) condition do
thereon
under
except
(3)
They
must
directs.
They
without men
and
(5)
as
Form
the
must
their
displayed by
all
charge, and of
passage
shall
trains,
the
signals and
interlocking direct,and
may
men
^T.^*^"^.
the
as
with
They
consideration,
discharge
must
in
no
case
men
and
that
see
who
they
petent incom-
are
shall they discharge of the time
men
of their
used.
each
time
over
safe
keep the required records
materials
with
trains
the
their
safe
No
employes
must
thoroughly familiar of
from
and
inspection
^T.^*l".^.
their duties.
They
They
instructions
receive
under
inspection of
neglect their duties,but
of
rules,
them.
with
comply
proper
with
the
on
treat
must
cause.
the
interfere
such
make
found
properly perform or
will
shall employ
They
and
interlocking plants
that
districts
all defects
(4)
the
protection.
proper
plants in their report
responsible for
be
signals and
work
no
shall
They of
with
5P?i^??
:
the
districts,
FOREMEN.
to
report
their
5?"A*}?^
provided
and
SIGNAL
shall
Foremen
Signal
service
safety regulations pertaining
and
GOVERNING
RULES
in
by the
are
they fully understand
that
work-train
of
supervision
have the
a
rules
districts.
trains, and
assure
copy
and
of
the
current
timetable, and
regulations therein, and
They
must
.with the
carefully observe
themselves, before
be
obstructing
signals track,
trains
all
that of
extra
by
the
and,
rules.
ORGANIZATION.
due
sections
and
trains, and
have
employes
Foremen
other
of
(6)
They
in
must,
in their
of
case
their
at
with
damage proceed
command
and
all in their
do
given
watches,with
or
standard
the
ratus appa-
tools
men,
make
to
power
the
time.
interlocking
or
place with
the
to
reliable
the
signal
be
prescribed
clock
have
to
to
will as
with
standard
a
required
are
districts,promptly
materials
themselves
daily
who
employes
notice
themselves
protect
provide
must
No
passed.
must
possible,verify time
when
watches
and
AND
RULES
432
sary neces-
repairs. (7)
shall
They
attributable
(8)
defects
to
as
materials
additional
trials of
They
the
for
standards,plans
their
under
which
be
may
signal apparatus. and
fications speci-
charge. and
care
proper
efficient performance
the
of
.^?-}}}f}
of
use
tools
their duties, and time
from
to
time
necessary.
devices,
in
change
must
the
by
authority,permit experimental
proper
give
nor
They
that
they
make
not
signals
information
out
and
of the
results of
understand
authority.
proper
rules,circulars, forms,
the
safety regulations pertaining
their
to
duties, and
with.
REGARDING
INSTRUCTIONS
rearrangement
permanent
any
interlocking plants without
or
complied
are
permit
nor
thoroughly
must
special instructions
=*
work
not, except or
to, the
damage
the
to
accidents
on
trial.
(12)
see
for
must
appliances
(11) or
the
supply becomes
They
in
responsible
necessary
report
the prescribed
to
of
be
requisition
(10)
any
shall
They
shall make
result
or
execution
in the
and
in,
shall conform
They
(9)
investigate and
THE
WAY
OF
CONDUCT
NANCE MAINTE-
OF
WORK.
Cross-Sections.
(1) plans.
The No
changes
authority. included
in
and
track
sections
shown
ballast
roadbed,
the
(It is understood
in the
standard
that
shall shall
conform be
cross-sections
to
made
standard
the
without
for
wet
cuts
on
the
upper
proper
will
be
side
of
plans.)
Drainage. (2)
All
cuts, must
=" Adopted, 1021-1045.
ditches, including intercepting ditches
be kept clean.
Vol.
13,
1912,
pp.
66-68,
919-931;
Vol.
14,
1913,
pp.
66-69.
'
AND
RULES
(3)
heaving
Where
ORGANIZATION.
wet
or
433
develop,
spots
shall
special drainage
be
provided. Ballasting. re-ballasting track, line and
Before
(4)
All
by the Engineer. widened
banks,
Track
track
lined
be
After
as
be
kept
far
as
and
shall be
removed
material
waste
and
be
bed road-
the
being used
set
widen
to
directed. and
line
good
in
practicable,and
is distributed
ballast
surfaced
and
be
may
must
avoided
(6)
as
material
section, the
proper
otherwise,
or
(5) open
the
to
unsuitable
shall
stakes
grade
and
the ballast
surface
such
track
track
the
trimmed
while
carefully watched. should
lifted, the track conform
to
ballasting;
standard
the
to
plans. (7) inch
one
track
Where below
is electrically bonded, ballast must of
base
the
rail.
At
road
crossings, platforms, etc.,
.
where
this
practicable,only
is not
clean
least
be kept at
gravel
rock
or
shall be
ballast
used. Ties.
(8) to
Ties
stored
the standard the
to
and
ties in track
The
those
which
(10)
The
will
not
renewal
^T^^.^lf ^. be
for
burning (12)
from
remained
in the track
shall
be
Ties
placed
tracks, and
(14) and must
the
Ties
(15)
be
shall
ties
ties
of
times
each
renewal.
for
directed
by and
being renewed, the line
are
and
removed
from
track
year
the face sur-
ballast trimmed.
shall each
day
placed
be
have
side
removed
the next
which
the
standard
rails.
The
outside
throughout
All
plans. ends
single track,
on
might
have
inspection.
to
according line of
the
one
until
been
inspect ties removed
ties
double
on
be lined
must
rail.
must
notched,
Whenever
when
shall frequently
safety
spaced to
on
be
material
them
be
laid
so
best ties shall be selected not
tance dis-
cars.
with
square
stated
at
started
on
shall be
the ends
parallel with
conform
to
the minimum
show
of
if any
see
piled
inspection marked
)-?.\*}?^
to
(13)
inspected
ties removed
loading
The
track
be
last until the next
When
defective
or
plan should
be
must
corrected, unsuitable
All
(11)
shall
rail.)
nearest
(9)
shall
standard
(The
plan.
right-of-way
the
along
but
for
the
spikes
as
to
use
obtain at
bearings
are
drawn
the
joints. must
from
be
best Twisted
made
bearing. The or
true
ties, wooden
largest
badly
hewn
with
the
tie
plugs
ties adze. must
AND
RULES
434
all holes
be
driven
into
In
replacing spikes they
ORGANIZATION.
in ties which
except should
be
into
driven
be
to
are
the
renewed
that
season.
plugs.
Rail. In
(16)
rails
unloading
carefully lowered both
them, to
avoid
ends,
tie shall
The
cleaned
be
When
of
spikes
three
The
rail.
The
0"
the the
wise other-
or
the
greatest
taken
care
and
the
bearing
the
same
surface
of
rail
with in
rail
of
replacing
with
section, only
rail
of
two
different
a
tion, sec-
spikes shall be drawn, if necessary.
rail, standard
new
the
of
rail shall between
openings
be
expansion
taken
shall
by placing the
rails
33-foot
shims
should
be
be
used.
thermometer
on
follows:
as
(Fahrenheit).
to
0"
A
inch
to
25"
....K
inch
^
to
50"
50"
to
75"
Ys
inch
75"
to
100"
tt
inch
The
the
rail is laid.
25"
Over
drop
to
surfaces. rail
new
skidded
be
it is necessary
and
together
uneven
drawn;
be
laying
temperature
"20"
100" rail
rail to should
laid
be
be
inch
close.
without
laid
and
bumping
practicable, laid
when
by rail. (20)
rails should
The
bolts
tightened
with
the
full
be
must
the
driven.
All base The
outside
spikes
on
(22) should
number
be
brought
spiking.
All
into
squarely
joint bars
shall
bolts, tightening those
of of
rails
of
be
sections
different
least
at
securely
the
at
and
line
fastened
first.
center
spikes
must
be
of
rail.
They
the
rail
the In
be
must
shall
spikes
be cut
At
joints
compromise
be
driven
full on
vertically with
should
and
spiked the
same
in
contact
spikes staggered
the side
face
straightened while
be
not
the
of
the
tie
and
being that
so
the
inside
opposite side. making and
connections
temporary
fastened
to
the
new
in
main
tracks
rail,using compromise
ati
old
After
new
rail is laid the
track
must
be
lined
and
rail
joints when
necessary.
(23)
two
used.
(21) with
before
connections
permanent
the
shall of
In
Temperature
rail
before
and
replacing
rows
(19)
of
Where
injury.
dropped
hard
on
bottom
(18) rows
the
falling
their
(17)
be
should
they
cars
avoid
to
must
from
surfaced.
AND
RULES
All
(24)
laid ; if bent
(25)
kinked
crooked
or
in surface
Rails
being laid.
for
they
rails must either
must
435
be
be
being
straightened.
or
should
over
be
curved
rail bender
straightening rails, a
or
before
straightened
removed
of 4 degrees and
curves
curving
In
ORGANIZATION.
before be
must
used.
Surfacing. When
(26) of
the
track
picking
must
other
or
low
places, the general level
disturbed.
be
not
joints
up
Tie-Plates.
(27)
When
full bearing
used, they should
tie-platesare the tie and
upon
applied
be
have
to
as
so
for the rail.
Gaging. (28)
Uniform
(29)
The
and
under
inch
for
standard
should each
maximum
is essential to
gage
is 4 feet 8^
gage
standard
be
degrees,
two
feet nine
of four
and
due
nine
feet
one-half
and
(30) avoided
wherever
track
the
at
(31)
On
tracks
standard
of
four
exceed
never
a
frogs
inside
the
upon
of
is unavoidable
this
be
is to
curves
the
gage
of
the
to
the
standard.
be
all
the proper
and
Switches
(32)
Switches
(33)
which
and
Switch be
must
Switch
be
provided
be
to
shall
ends
the
at
given
form con-
bent
with
standard
the
plans
Engineer. frogs
to
maintain
that all nuts, bolts and Broken
points
good
lined
and
surface
at
inspected frequently
be
must
be kept well
must
be taken
properly tightened.
(35)
to
elevation
be placed in accordance
and
Switches order
working
by the
must
care
(34)
easement
must
Switches
Particular
of
amount
Frogs.
located
as
the
curves
prescribed standards.*
the
to
damaged
or
fastenings
parts
must
in accordance
with
the
be
switches.
that
see
other
fit closely and
must
to
good order.
in
they
in place and
are
promptly.
renewed
accurately
to
in
are
stock
the
rail,
prescribed standards.*
Ties.
(38)
Switch
railroad "
of
practicable; where
frog should
rail and
outer
and
for
to
Easement.
Curve
and
one-eighth
eight degrees
over
should
wear,
eight degrees
inches.
installation
The
to
of
viridened
be
inches
one-quarter
Gage, including widening
gage.
should
maintained.
be
must
Curves
thereof,
fraction
or
inches.
Gage
gage.
and
good track
American
ties must
crossings and Railway
be
used
placed
Engineering
for all permanent as
shown
Association
on
the
Standards
turnouts, standard for
crossovers
plans.*
Track.
Guard
Rails.
Frogs
(39)
with
level
(40)
and
'
or
side
exceed
placed
so
the
of
in
place.
from
distance
the
be at least 4 feet
rail should
guard
flangeway sides
between 4
the gage
that
rails must
guard
securely held
be
must
the
of
tops
placed
rail and
the wing
of
5 inches.
feet
Signs.
All
other
standard
(42)
Whistle
signal posts, whistle
posts, mile
be
kept plumb
signs
must
placed
be
posts must
so
as
posts, signal targets, bridge and not
condition.
in good
obscured
be
to
fences
by
signs.
of Track
Care
flangeway
not
(41)
other
be
and
Posts
Track
rails must
distance
rails and
main
the
the
rail shall
guard
and
the
to
6^4 inches,
of
The
plans.*
and
rails, constructed
protected by guard
standard
the
the tops
Guard
frog point
be
must
with
in accordance be
ORGANIZATION.
AND
RULES
436
Tools.
Tools
(43)
left where
be
not
must
they
be
liable to
are
struck
by
trains.
Crossings.
Road
(44) standard
Road
and
plans
obstacles
and
which
(46)
the
obstruct
;
must
defective
be
must
constructed
taken
be
to
remove
as
of crossing signs and
view
the
as
shown
as
practicableall
on
order.
good
must
care
Flangeways
obstructions
in
kept
Particular
(45)
crossings
street
be kept
of
clear
crossing planks
must
rubbish, be
far
trains.
approaching ice and
snow,
other
repaired promptly.
Platforms.
(47) and
Station
ice, and
(48) Fences
platforms
and
Fences
all gates
(50)
guards
and
dirt, rubbish
gates
kept closed
Stock
from
rubbish,
snow
promptly repaired
be
must
reported.
or
Guards.
Stock
and
kept clean, free
be
must
order.
good
Defective
(49) and
in
platforms
other
when must
right-of-way shall
along the
they
are
not
in actual
be kept in repair and
at
be
kept in repair
use.
all times
free
from
obstructions.
Jacks.
Track
(51) except
in
Track
jacks
unavoidable
in rule 53.
must cases
not ; and
be
used
then
between
only under
the rails of
main
flag protection
tracks, as
scribed pre-
THE
GOVERNING
RULES
ORGANIZATION.
AND
RULES
THE
FOR
SIGNALS
USE
AND
OF
437
STOP
AND
PROTECTION
UNSAFE
OF
OBSTRUCTED
CAUTION
TRACK.
Flagging. (52)
In
Before
Flagging (53) signals
The
in
track
its exact
be obstructed rule 99
with be
the
to
of
without
reliable
of
first displaying stop
American
the
hands
in the
explain
placed.
Track.
never
must
been
repairs
Railway
Flagmen
men.
the nature
engineman
tion. Associamust
of the obstruction
location.
Orders.
(54)
When
the usual the
must
general accord
stop all trains and
Slow
until signals have
Obstructing
Stop signals
and
track, flagging is the first duty, and
impassable
if necessary,
wait,
must
of
case
the track
portion
greater
this
of speed, and
rate
of
.*'?:^.*}?? and
nature
In
the
speed
addition
repairs have
will
continue
be
must
such
made
the
night
over
making
person
^T.^*-l".-^.
for
to
the
stated.
be
must
be
played. dis-
them
must
at
(color) signals
the
or
place of danger, its
must
pass
of trains at
given immediately
notices
trains may
been
notify the
once
for the passage
sending this notice, slow
to
When
In
which
at
condition
notice
day,
a
in condition
is not
that
order
the slow
may
be recalled.
Signals
(55) the
train
Used.
Be
to
color, hand, flag, lamp and
The
markers
American
The
Association
Railway
copies of the description and diagrams,
be
and
prescribed by
in
inserted
published shall
for
rules
books
engine
of
be
the
rules
use
whistle
steam
in
the
used. of
signals,and
Standard
Code
of
(It is suggested that these
governing
signals,including
maintenance
of
way
at
such
employes.) Time
for
(56) times
as
All
be
done
work
which
will interfere
Obstructing (57)
Track.
Obstructing
Track
Except during
as
in
will little
Storm
in emergency,
fogs
or
storms.
track
must
be
practicable with
the
passage
obstruct as
the
done of
trains.
Fog.
or
no
work
that will obstruct
the track
shall
RULES
(2)
Employes
AND
the
proper
used
(4)
On
about
the
running
makes
tracks
must
about
under
working
(7)
will
When
readily be
curves,
or
the
readily be
(8)
(9) trains the
or
avoid
special care
clear
on
or
of
all
tracks, except
when
duties. others
and
the
which two
are
of
current
approaching trains. must
that
see
when
precautions receive
there
against for
duty
on
track, where
danger;
necessary
in
tracks
working
to
that
see
their on
all
or
men
of approaching
warning
of
and
in
themselves
instance
charge
of
whistle
with
to
other
or
men
of
squads
or
gangs
snow,
the
warn
for
means
approaching trains
in places where
view,
the
to
fog, storms,
as
taken
be
trains
approaching
obstruction
permanent
others
working
where
places
must
be
divided
experienced
an
prevent
cannot
must
inexperienced
into
squads,
small
and
man,
working
from
are
each
working
the
on
placed in
squad
additional
all necessary
in tunnels
the
where
or
direction,
either
occupy
tunnels
use
of
the ends
near
clear
must
precautions
all
of the
same
tracks, and
when if
in
manholes.
there
is insufficient clearance
places of safety provided, foremen for the
men
accident.
Employes
In
of
large numbers
When
tunnel,
other
the
on
directions
both
supervision
on
extra
when
approach
(10)
to
seen.
of to
to
provide
track, they should charge
them
working
are
charge of employes
in
the
watchmen,
men
who
and
the
on
precautions
approaching trains.
warning
duties
using.
safety, standing
their
for
of
should
of
obstructions, such
engines
workmen
in
because
or
Foremen,
tools,
places of safety.
seen
cars,
before
materials,
practicable,travel
immediate
temporary or
their
report
or
so,
heavy
stand
or
be
to
when
working
cannot
taken
them
take
reach
to
walk
not
watchful
their
trains in time
other
that
performing
order
places of
to
others
or
tracks
themselves
them
put
train, employes
a
sharp lookout
and
in
patrolmen, trackwalkers for
a
alert
the
must
performance
proper
Foremen
are
men
of
must
tracks, should,
traffic,keeping
of
use
in proper
put
move
They the
for
injury.
approach
it necessary
(6)
them
have
Watchmen,
more
they
439
know
make
must
If not,
avoid
the
for
(5)
or
to
tracks.
necessary
and
handling rails,ties and
In
be
must
and
person
(3)
they
condition.
in proper
are
examine
must
materials, etc., which
ORGANIZATION.
track
and
work
must
under
arrange
and
no
with
flag protection.
manholes the
intendent super-
440
(11)
Employes
through When number
Hand
when
Trains
(14)
Employes
and
old material, broken
themselves
others
or
(15)
Any
of himself
GENERAL
will be
while
to
To
enter
of
track, whenever
any
governed accordingly. particularlythe main,
coal,and
anything
which
over
the
safety
remain
EMPLOYES
OF
GOVERNMENT
THE
DEPARTMENT.
CONSTRUCTION
or
fog,
duty, is careless about
on
GENERAL
(1)
of
reason
disregards warnings, will be disciplined.
who
FOR
THE
time day-
footpaths along them, free of obstacles,such
employe, who,
OF
by
seen
in the
stumble.
may
RULES
night, nor
at
either direction,on
drawbars, lumps
others, or
or
adequate
an
protection.
employes
the
and
tunnel,
two.
readily be
proper
in
used
ing pass-
seen.
a
keep the right-of-way,and
will
sidetracks
be
not
than
less
not
cannot
run
expedient, and
or
necessary
will be
but
must
trains
be
close together in
when
torches
or
readily
cannot
used,
cars
lanterns
carry
men
under
except
snow,
(13)
*
be
push
or
to
is working
gang
approaching
or
yard
where
lights should
of
storm
entire
ORGANIZATION.
required
are
tunnel
any
an
(12)
as
AND
RULES
NOTICE.
in the
service
is
of willingness
assurance
an
obey the rules. (2)
The
demands
service
the
faithful,intelligentand
charge dis-
courteous
of duty.
(3) and
Obedience
employes, and (4)
rules
exercise
must
to
themselves, fellow-employes
to
property.
In
know
must
using.
They
passage
of
walking
on
must
(5) though in (6) duties
move
tracks
so
from as
otherwise
or
must
with do
"Adopted,
public, and
passengers
15,
1914,
pp.
the
between
1005,
on
the
before
during
and
approach
the
They
course.
condition
safe
upon
damage
public from
right-of-way.
They
safety regulations of the Company.
all in their power
67,
safe
injury
prevent
prevent
practicable,prevent
jointly affected. Vol.
to to
the in
are
tracks
doing they occasionallyperform
be
take
must
trespassing
Co-operation is required
may
safety of
the
to
watchfulness
appliances
far
so
the
they
and
themselves
Employes
and
away
trains, and,
familiarize
must
all tools
and
care
doubt
of
case
that
is essential
the protection of property.
to
Employes
the
to
1006.
to
prevent
the duties
accidents, even
of others.
all employes
whose
work
or
AND
RULES
(7) speed
Anything
is
Employes
(9)
To
(10)
obtain
with
will be
in accepting
safe
the
others
must
Employes
absent
not
trains
of
passage
full
at
conduct
must
be
must
shown
themselves
themselves and
fellow-employes
to
its risk.
assume
greater
sponsibility. re-
duty, exchange
permission.
properly
the
for
from
substitutes, without
engage
or
courteous
employment
promotion, capacity
Employes
(11)
with
interferes
that
441
obstruction.
an
(8)
duties
ORGANIZATION.
all times.
at
They
public.
ORGANIZATION.
(1)
Construction
The
is in charge and
instructions
receive
(2)
of
work
The
heads
Location
Surveys.
Surveys.
Construction.
will
be
sub-divided
under
the
lowing fol-
Party
f-P^.?:]^}?}
Chief
of
Party....
I'PF.?:]^}?}
Engineer.
Chiefs
of
PARTY
OF
SURVEYS
AND
Party
" ,
."
Engineers
PRELIMINARY
ON
ENGINEERS.
RESIDENT
to and
}-willreport
Resident
.
,
"
.
r
from
mstructions
receive
^T}}]^?. (2)
They
with reports
as
(3) report
the
shall keep
and
(5)
materials these
know
shall
parties to
that
conform
execution
They
must
necessary are
of the
work
and
will
in accordance such
make
and
required strength
the
to
up
.'"?\\*}?-?
the
for
the
each
man
conduct is
of
the
members to
competent
do
of the
their work
him.
They
plans in the
(6)
their
responsible
are
must
of
the prosecution
special instructions,
and
prospective vacancies
They
required
rules
general
for
required.
are
any
parties
responsible
are
They
(4)
that
to
of
CHIEFS
LOCATION
the
report
Chief
Resident
GOVERNING
(1)
will
:
Preliminary
RULES
who
etc.
or
^.TfH".^
the
department
the
District
^.TJV.^.-^
the
from
of
each
in
Department
of
keep for
properly
to
the
prescribed instructions,standards
work
under
their
parties supplied with
the cared
efficient for
and
their
charge.
performance used.
and
of
the
instruments
their
work,
and
and see
(7)
They
and
other
and
work
(9)
must
shall
They
keep
parties
survey
They
standards,
to
to
whom
they
(11)
of
which
their
that
an
are
are
the
on
safety
understood
the
to
their
with
provided
of
work
report
influence
and
fully
to
and
districts
instructions
they
regard
in
parties
character
or
.^?:^.*J??
the
have
special and
work,
will
work.
object
the
to
their
all
ment adjust-
proper
work.
the
rules,
regulations by
the
men
apply. shall
They and
parties
their
forms,
their
in
that
to
informed
that
know
must
circulars,
pertaining
themselves
anything
as
inquiries
operating
^.T!t\".-^ (10)
all
in
attained
is
in
kept
are
information
out
refer
must
instruments
accuracy
give
not
ORGANIZATION.
that
prescribed
the
They
their
know
must
that
(8) of
AND
RULES
442
the
work
it
is
keep done,
advisable
a
and
daily will
to
keep
journal
enter
record.
therein
of
the
current
of
movements
items
of
their
tion informa-
XIII.
COMMITTEE
WATER
'
METHODS
WATER,
OF
QUALITY
RESULTS
(1) should
made
be
taken
to
of the
Most
water
of
use
along
available
the
TREATMENT
AND
THEREFROM.
stations
water
all
avoid
OF
OBTAINED
locating
In
SERVICE.
supplies,
water
poor
water,
in
locomotive
railway,
a
and
curtail
to
or
investigation
an
care
its
use
should
be
much
as
as
possible. (2) in
matter
solution
(3)
Hard
by
(4) be
can
at
removed
be
can
chemical soluble
The
do scale
and
(7)
At
best
(9) to
the
The
of two
"
ash,
the
it is put
a
ation oper-
locomotive
into
of
lime
the
by
softened
water.
and
of
scales, but
magnesia of
use
and
lime
magnesia The
and
as
leaves
foam.
to
magnesia
alone, the
and
magnesia,
the
is
of
greater
in
the
of
carbonates
sulphates of lime
precipitated
are
the
lime
tendency
carbonates
presence
and
expensive chemical.
lime
sulphates of the
lime
chemicals
more
the
of
of
sulphates of
increase
which
to
capacity of
Adopted,
Vol.
hard
economical to
the
meet
installing a
of the
9,
widely
as
to
their
general types, the continuous
the
adapted cost
differ
where
particular locality,and
1144.
soda
of
of
stations
relative
method
to
softeners
but they consist
made
due
sulphates
hard
the
or
boiler
nesia, magas
soft
mud. Water
(8)
water
without
form
not
in
expense
carbonates for
expense to
use
soda,
magnesia,
and
to
salts
removal
the
before
soluble of
removal
than
moment
lime
of
due
water
removes
sulphates
(6)
any
by the
reaction
softened
moderate
a
hardness
The
and
scale-forming
chemicals.
of
adding
alone, without (5)
with
hardness
removed
be
can
treatment
contains
locomotives.
of
water
The
boilers
suspension, causing trouble
or
maintenance
and
boilers
used
plant,
is
value
of
and
features,
the intermittent.
used, special study should treating the
and
water,
be
the
conditions.
water-softening type,
cost
of
plant varies
material
and
according
labor
in
the
local conditions.
other
1908,
its
water
mechanical
pp.
110-112,
1219.
443
154;
Vol.
11,
Part
2, 1910,
pp.
1143,
WATER
444
The
(10)
efficiencyof
the
to
soda
and
operating
of
cost
ash,
the
ing accord-
water-softening plant varies
a
and
water-softening apparatus
other
or
SERVICE.
chemicals
available
chemicals
required
for
of lime
the cost
softening
in
water
the
particular locality. The
(11)
the quantity of hardening matter
to
The
(12) boiler
the
perform
saving
in
The to
number
and
firebox
sheets; tive locomo-
of locomotives
in cost
expense
disadvantage
greatest
foam,
required
and
of overtime
delays;
due
reaction
the
to
treating
in of
soda
ash
is the
water
increased
the sulphates of lime
on
magnesia.
'
DESIGN
treating the water,
plan. Greater
especially bad (3)
or
than
conditions.
the
meet
follow
systematic
a
by completing the installation
installingplants
at
individual
points
of
water.
Feasibility of
in
best adapted to
value
economical
the
to
softening plants should
first,rather
investigated. Waters alone
of
relative
made
is generally obtained
success
division
one
be
SOFTENERS.
INSTALLATION.
the method
installation
The
(2)
and
WATER
AND
Special study should
(1)
on
OF
EFFICIENCY
(A)
of
flues
Fewer
are:
washing boilers; increased
decreased
service; less
same
life of
longer
;
also its composition.
fuel.
(13) tendency
shoppings
and
water,
ing accord-
varies
water
water-softening plants
repairing and
for
soften
to
in the
from
leaking;
to
between
mileage
and
due
of labor
cost
derived
benefits
failures
reduced
to
of
amount
of
treatment
a
given
should
water
be
carefully
containing large proportions of incrusting sulphates
combination
with
quantities
of
be
salts may
alkali
entirely
after treatment.
unusable
(4)
The
plant
anticipate possible
should
of
be
increases
the
in
It
adequate capacity. of
consumption
is necessary
the
at
water
to
station
considered.
(5) as
to
to
the
and
insure
as
near
flow
of
the
operation ="
1133.
mechanical
The
Adopted,
and
Vol.
as
device
introducing
water.
readily thrown
S. 1907,
pp.
604-607,
It should out
of
615.
617,
should
reagents
possible a quantity of reagents
untreated not
for
be
in direct
simple
of
be
such
proportion
construction
adjustment. 620;
Vol.
16, 1915,
pp.
678,
WATER
(B)
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION,
(1)
softening plant. Such chemist,
or
(2)
Provision treated
of both on
the
In
also
knowledge
is necessary, of
a
at
least in part by
of
water
hardness
or
in the
a
treatment.
principallyas
changes
of
operation
frequent analyses
account
on
exercised
be
for
This
virater.
raw
and
treatment,
order
that the analyses shall be
supervision (3)
of
be made
successful
to
having adequate
should
and
should
SUPERVISION.
tests
check
a
condition
of
the
water.
raw
the
supervision
Engineer
an
AND
is necessary
supervision
Adequate
445
SERVICE.
the
the
of
plant, the of
raw
is in
excess
undertreated, milky
water
water
to
such
of
all
water
treatment
proper
of
use
this
rule
exception
to
corrosive
properties.
is the Such
must
be made
under
rated
capacity
chemist. of
consumption
Where
use
competent
a
effective, they
water
extent
an
that
of
case
is
avoided
time
by
for
treated if
raw
it
the
The
softener.
being
used
be
not
be
the
which
water
should
water
should
through
passes
the
give ample
to
as
of
for be
can
avoided.
(4)
The
solutions
(5)
The
reagents
Where
the lime and
for reaction the of
as
OF
soda
and
be
ash
of
the
should
reagent
chemically
near
be
SOFTENERS.
treatment
is used, the
be
least
at
softener, depending
properly
from
space
times
four
to
and
temperature
on
of
volume
three
pared. pre-
practicable.
as
pure
WATER
precipitationshould
hourly capacity
analysis
the water. The
and
equations
Table In
should
least
temperature
the
which
through at
conform
softener, the
between
passes,
be
determining this
below,
continuous
a
outlet
the
for
1, given
the water
the
should
CAPACITY
(C)
the
containing
three
of
the
the
times water
top
volume
of
of the
the
chambers
softeners,
it should
through
reserved
portion
hourly capacity
is low,
of
types
practice.
finally flows
water
the
good
to
for both
space
be
to
of
the four
for the
which
tank,
storage
plant, and times
and
sludge
the
where
hourly
capacity. The
determination
intermittent pumps
softeners
necessary
to
of
the
depends
handle
and
number on
the
the water
number
; time
volume
of
of pumps
required to
settling tanks or
fill or
batteries
empty
for of each
WATER
y
of
number
=^
tank
settling than In
tanks
the
where
the
tanks,
x
treated
tank,
storage
from
water
should
(y
would of
capacity
for
time
one
be
never
treating
time
As
y.
the
the
reaction
and
of
capacity settling
and
filling
emptying
for
the
plant,
between
and
filling
the
equal equal
alternates
pump
one
must
one
and
one,
"c,"
less
the
to
transfer
to
greater
X.)
case
settling
required
hours
447
SERVICE.
the
total
number
of
precipitation
in
each
in
tank
that
double
be
must
pump
capacity
emptying
would
be
2ax,
equations
The
above
the
expressing
2x(c
are
:
l)z=b
"
-"x
=
2c
2 "
Settling
tank
each
capacity
^
2ax
=
=
= "
-
"
"
2c
2
3
"
For
the is
where
plants
equal
to
empty
c
X
of
number
the
expressed
as
the
hours
the
by
required
hours
required
=^h
+
to
equation
following
y
x=^+^ c~\
li
y ^
=
X,
then
^-"", x
yzzi^^^r,
ax= -.
"
c
If
"^ and
"
then
2
^; A-=" c
1.5' "
2
c
"
"
'^^
and
to
C4r= c
1.5 "
fill
and
softener
the
to
capacity
settling
-\-h-\-y
x^=x
{c"V)
of
number
supplied
water
equal,
are
total
equal tank,
one
plant
The
ax.
should
tanks
the
of
capacity
of
quantity
the
1 "
of
all
tank
each
the
settling
fill, precipitate :
and
WATER
448
TABLE
1.
SETTLING
PROPER RESERVED
PORTION
SERVICE.
CAPACITY FOR
VARIOUS
UNDER
SLUDGE,
OPERATION
OP
ABOVE
TANKS
OF
INTERMITTENT
IN
THE
TIONS CONDIWATER
SOFTENERS.
Capacity
Settling: required.
Time Number
Each
1000
Tank.
of
Gallons,
Tanks
per
of
Capacity
Softener.
of
Tanks. Reaction.
Filling:.
1 is developed
Table
capacity
1000
per
conditions it will
noted
be the
where
required the
least
gallons
varying
that
with
capacity
filling and
emptying
in
of
of the
these be
maintenance
equations
hour
capacity
the
time
untreated
tanks.
and
Where the
of
gives
the
From
reaction
for
allowed
capacity water
the
to one
plan the
of
the
is
under
a
will
intermittent
ous vari-
this and
table
tation, precipi-
settling tanks softener works
pump
settling
proper
settling tanks.
pumping
of
Total.
plant
one-pump
operation
and
Tank.
treating
smallest
the
softener,
obtained, and
of
same
and
flow
Each
these
number
the
number the
can
per
and
hourly
supply
from
Emptying.
is
double
alternately
necessity and be
the
plants.
is
most
ficient sufnomical eco-
WATER
=
SERVICE.
OF
ECONOMY
RELATIVE
449
DIFFERENT
OF
TYPES
SOFTENERS.
The
relative
determined
(a)
annual
This
of chemicals.
cost
Interest
the
on
ground
Depreciation ;
(c)
Current
(d)
Additional
the
be
of
cost
be
each, exclusive
of
the
value
of
of
composed
:
installation
and
the
of
cost
of
station.
water
WATER-SOFTENING.
IN
required
reagents
unit
per
of
2, is
Table
solution, given in
in
ordinary
the
above
required
fuel
USED
quantity held
and
labor
^REAGENTS
substance
of
can
running repairs;
operating
The
cost
softeners
water
occupied;
space
(b)
of
of
should
cost
sum
types
annual
total
the
by comparing
different
the
of
economy
scaling
corroding
or
recommended
good
as
practice.
of
reagents
of
pure
chemically with
correspond
to
the
pure,
proportion
equivalent quantity
an
reagent.
Given
the
analysis
in
held
matter
grains
be increased
should
is not
product
the commercial
Where
solution of
gallon
per
of
gallons
1000
per
by
substance
each
of
the pounds
water,
a
obtained
be
can
or
seven,
incrusting
corrosive
or
by dividing
the
parts
per
1000
the
100,000 by
per
twelve.
By
Table
using
readily calculated, and chemicals
the
water
since
lime
necessary,
water
the
acid and
must
reduce
be
as
well
the
in to
Vol.
8, 1907,
pp.
615,
Vol.
8, 1907,
pp,
60S-610,
615,
the
order
to
to
the
acid
obtain
can
cost
be for
the
full
contained
in
ascertain
solids contained
the minimum.
621.
gallons
same,
carbonic
order
620.
Adopted,
of
In free
as
matter
^Adopted,
3
of
eliminated
scaling
cost
obtained.
amount
be determined,
should
this free of
by applying local
10(X) gallons will be
per
of
amount
quantity of reagents
2, the
in solution,
efficient treatment
450
WATER
2.
TABLE
OF
QUANTITY POUND
ONE
OP
SERVICE.
PURE
REAGENTS
INCRUSTING FROM
* In calcium
THE
TO
REQUIRED CORROSIVE
OR
REMOVE
MATTER
WATER.
also be the calcium would sulphate, there precipitated the 0.31-lb. of magnesium 2.32-lbs. of barium carbonate, and 0.78-lb. of soda of 0.41-lb. of lime the work ash, or for reacting performing the work calcium sulphate, 1-lb. of barium performs magnesium hydrate or of lime plus 0.34-lb. of soda the lime treatment be correspondingly ash, and can
precipitating carbonate
'
from
Foaming as
result
a
of
This
of
treated
alkali
condition
is
point will
point be
be
at
to
a
reduced.
been
large
sodium
of
presence
with
present
in
the
due
to
the
extent
salts,
such
tities quanwater.
raw
of
presence
in the water. of
solids
foaming 100
about
at
avoided
grains
minimum
grains
by changing
the
In
other
the
gallon of
per
of
cent,
per
keep
water,
have
may
either 0.18-lb.
on
of
in
gallon.
per
the
locomotive
water,
or
boilers
reaches
the
above
this
Concentration else trouble
foaming
from
experienced.
The
to
the
to
incrusting sulphates,together
aggravated and
matter
must
for
of
hydrate
PRIMING.
is due
water
salts which
Concentration critical
AND
FOAMING
treatment
the
suspended
0.74-lb.
or
words,
for
the
at
each
would
expense
which
water
concentration
foaming
least 70 gallons of water,
be
must
solution
wasted
in
represent
locomotive
the
boilers
critical limit.
pound
be
in
matter
equal
and
the
of foaming to
the
cost
matter
of
per
1000
and
pumping
fuel for heating the
gallons
treating the temperature
to
same
of
of boiling water. Aside
changes
from are
occasional
made
complete change
of
water
by blowing-ofifof boilers either
at at
terminals, partial
terminals
road.
"Adopted,
Vol.
8, 1907, pp.
615,
616, 621;
Vol.
16,
1915, 679,
113",
or
on
the
WATER
The off
cflicient results
most
of
boilers
the
occasional
solids is
of
are,
that the
great
so
impracticable and
and
required
uneconomical,
terminals,
at
as
of
washing
conditions
course,
by systematic, frequent blowing-
well
as
blowing-down
complete
There
obtained
are
road,
the
on
451
SERVICE.
where of
amount
with
together
boilers.
concentration
of
blowing-off
would
be
to
anti-foam-
and
it is necessary
OF
SCALING
to
resort
foaming both
ing compounds.
"MINIMUM
QUANTITY
The
depends
local
on
The
following
treating the
from
conditions
local
proper
X
=
B
=1
gives
will
balance
cwt.
Money
Saving
in
boiler
Saving
in
fuel.
on
will of
justify
the
ment treat-
solids.
By
given below, this quantity
wotild
Cost
follows
^
7?
=
cost
of
fuel
chemicals
or
:
water
lbs. solids ;
100
removing
annum.
per
number the
perform
to
soft
represented by the
locomotives,
water,
if
of
service
locomotives rendered
by
on
the
ance perform-
operate
the
plant,
based
water.
removed
to
as
of
plant installed. per
power;
repairs.
current
annum
on
D. .
useful
Estimated
value
Vol.
derivec"
;
of
Estimated
Adopted,
benefits
:
Additional
Cost
from
additional
the
solids
labor;
Interest
L
of
lbs.
of
Cost
=
the
cost
of
of treating
from
from
treating the
to
the
where
repairs;
and
required
Additional
Cost
z=
obtained
of
cost
be
100
per
the cost
obtained
using
prior
point
:
the
locomotives
"
composition
equation
the
washing
service
that
=
benefits
include
will
interest
/
that
(100 lbs.) solids removed of
value
Increased
D
solution
the
the
to
equation water
Number
this
C
in
and
values
TREATMENT.
JUSTIFY
solids
CORROSIVE
determined.
be
can
the
of
quantity
minimum
applying
WILL
WHICH
MATTER
AND
life of of
8, 1907, pp.
plant in
materials
years.
recovered
612, 613, 616,
622.
from
plant after
L
years.
452
SERVICE.
WATER
5*
Annual
^
in
if placed
which,
D
to
amount
sinking fund
a
R
"
plant, equivalent
in
L
/ rate
at
(See
years.
to
a
sum
of
would interest,
table,
per
year
16, Kent's
page
Book.
Pocket benefits
The
of
depreciation
would
the
balance XB
when
cost
XC-i-I-\-S.
=
(1)
l^tA.
X
(2)^
=
B~C number
The
would
the cost If
of
for
matter
held
the
other
of
this amount
B
Values
removed
solids is removed
is
solution
PRINCIPLES
that the total
OF
plant will be
than
the
some
of
weight
of
as
case, same
nomical. eco-
WATER
hours
at
in
terminal
likely to
twenty-four
hours
at
reasonable
Springs should the
possibilityof
therefrom reservoir
should
case.
chemical and
The
be
ponds,
creeks
points
to
riparian rights.
entirely; no Adopted,
Vol.
Part
be
should
be
from
sufficient
the
during
drawn
hours
the
average
in
source
intermediate
at
in sufficient
for and
before at or
a
the
stations.
style of intake be
given.
pp.
735-765,
sources.
least
at
one
ply sup-
permanent
source.
conditions
permit.
special investigation "
will
year,
for
demands a
be purchased
can
quantity, quality
sediment
The
1, 1909,
as
require are
amount
can
increased
spring where
considered of
period of
adoption
rivers
quantity all other
above
and
definite rule
10,
and
pollution
constructed
impurities
be
can
carefully gaged future
required
is recommended
carefully considered
Lakes, natural each
be
SERVICE.
SOURCE.
quality
figures,it
be
in four
stations and
suitable
of
water
limits)
economical
SUPPLY"
Where
SUPPLY
QUANTITY.
of water
amount
business
of
seven
"'
the
particular
injurious
more
supply (if possible within
volume
in
equal
matter.
The
A
each
for
SUPPLY"
and
benefits
make
to
(3)
only be fixed
can
in
'GENERAL
so
daily
3^^/ +f^^^
be
than
more
solids
pounds
carried
depend
810-814.
future
"
on
as
gards re-
tion pollu-
local conditions
WATER
well
Dug test
depend
the
on
Surface their
volume
will
passed
be
is
The
requiring pumping
heading
for
layout
is shown
be
if required,
"Minimum
extended
a
and
on
of
Scaling
and
in
of
large
a
1.
Fig.
ever, ; how-
satisfactory source
finallycease. only M.
W.
as
a
last resort.
1304. and
thoroughly investigated,as
Quantity
permit
collect
to
given.
be
can
is shown
of all water,
made
auger
construction
and
definite rule
recommended
are
careful
a
local conditions
be
can
by
Size
no
decrease
record
analysis should
treatment,
preceded
obtainable,are
wells
of
through;
recommended
is liable to constant
chemical
be
encountered.
which
one
deep wells,where
form
453
satisfactory where
are
water.
recommended
always be
to
their flow
A
the
to
system
of ground
Deep
cost
strata
strata
pipe wells
Artesian
The
the
This
use.
should
construction
determine
to
SERVICE.
Corrosive
the question
of
outlined
under
Matter
which
following
table
justify Treatment."
'
PUMPING
The
Size
size of the plant should
of
discharge pipe
PLANTS. in accordance
be
should
be
decided
with
in
the
accordance
with
:
the
following : Use
4-in. Cast-iron
Pipe
where
Qd
X
H
is most
nearly equal
to
0.355
Use
6-in. Cast-iron
Pipe
where
Qd
X
H
is most
nearly equal
to
0.437
Use
8-in. Cast-iron
Pipe where
Qd
X
H
is most
nearly equal
to
0.519
WATER
SERVICE.
455
456
WATER
The
steam
cylindersas size to
minute
66%
per
cent.
obtain
steam
inch ratio steam
and
possible. The
as
have
of water
to
for
initial steam
cylinder pressure steam
ratio (see Table
be
per
be
to
of
pound
in accordance
with
as
at
water per
steam proper
minute, assuming 70
per
pressure
be
Fig. 1.
water
should be efficiency
cylinder should
3).
ratio of
cylinder should
of water
each cylinder. Pump
Assuming
cylinder should
the
water
discharge the required amount
strokes per as
selected should
pump
large
SERVICE.
90
lbs. per
pressure.
Fig. 1.
this size of
The
water
assumed square
Proper size of
cylinder
WATER
I
SERVICE.
457
458
WATER
The
oil engine twice
rating of of
be
on
The
power
level
same
where
pump,
engine,
as
suction of
be
may
double-acting, direct-connected combined The
engine
power
at
and
Engine
friction
with
horsepower for
gearing clutch
tion reduc-
connection
In
and
shaft.
head
and
more
advantageous.
extension
rods,
houses
Pump wherever
to
In
in
outside
designed
house.
that
being placed incorporated Each
it
be it.
with
other
plant should
revolution
be
counter
in
hand
the
service, and
records
on
M.
W.
forms
Adopted,
Vol.
opened
or
for
this
10,
1909,
will
the
be
should
well
a
be
mitted per-
be
kept
should
a
in
be
house
pump
found
not
house of
pump
be
so
machine be
should
possible.
plant where a
admit
plate
material
lights should
to
stations
with
face
with
pump
engine
wells, the
deep
are
single cylinder,
gasoline supply should
The
the
pressure
gage
on
discharge pipe
pump.
water
the
plants
that
non-combustible
the and
SERVICE
office of
recommended
'
of
of
Stoves
of
small
pitman
a
necessary,
constructed
fitted
of
means
guides where
terminal
"WATER
Accurate
by
cylinder
removed
part
be
three
there
At
over
For
on
duplex
or
lift is such
engine, should
or
rooms.
Where
can
than
vents.
gasoline engine
the
suction
gasoline plants
floor
with
room,
with
be
can
pump
recommended.
two
a
be
should
practicable.
separate
a
larger plants
the
clutch.
friction
engine
engine
to
that
triple single-acting type,
the
plants where
level
connected
lift is such
are
small
lower
a
to
pump
in
double-acting type,
and
and
pump
be
must
pump
are
base
one
brake
commercial
a
shaft.
pump
the
have
effective horsepower.
should
speed
should
selected
the
SERVICE.
RECORDS.
stations
official
and
having
1301, M.
W.
charge 1302, M.
purpose.
pp.
776, 780,
costs
821.
of pumping of
W.
this
should
branch
1303,
M.
be of
W.
at
the
1304,
459
0 z Q. D Q. L
0 h (0
0 0 iL
0 h z liJ UJ
(0
460
o z z" 111 X X
Q q:
0 0 u (" z
0
I (0 q:
461
WATER
SERVICE.
463
WATER
464
SERVICE.
SPECIFICATIONS
^GENERAL
FOR
not
than
more
of
2. shall
specificationsare
These
Quality
of
Specifications.
of
1.
AND
WATER
TANKS.
OIL
Scope
STEEL
intended
for
tanks
steel
requiring
plates
thick.
5^-inch
Metal. metal
The conform
in
tanks
these
physical
in
this Association
for
and
shall
open-hearth
be
chemical
properties
The
steel.
specifications
the
to
steel
bridges.
steel
Loading. 3.
The
lbs., and
the
shall
water
oil 66
creosote
direction,shall
any
of
weight of
Unit
foot.
63
be
to
Wind
the
diameter
in
in
acting
pressure,
tank
the
of
oil 56
lbs.,crude
be, in pounds, thirty times
to
of
height by two-thirds
assumed
cubic
lbs. per
assumed
be
be
the product
feet.
Stresses. 4.
Unit
in
the
following
plates,15,000 lbs.
:
inch
section.
Tension
(b)
Shear
in plates, 12,000 lbs. per
square
inch
on
net
section.
(c)
Shear
on
rivets, 12,000 lbs.
square
inch
on
net
section.
(d)
Bearing
pressure
square
per
per
field rivets, 20,000 lbs. per
on
net
on
inch.
square
Rings. forming
Plates
different
exceed
not
(a)
Cylindrical 5.
shall
stresses
in
diameters,
shell
the and
out,
shall
be
the
of from
tank
shall to
course
be
cylindrical and
of
beveled
all
course.
Workmanship. 6.
for
edges the
Workmanship caulking
surface
to
be' in
form
after punching
Drift
pins shall be be
not
Power
driven
with
joints
to
shall full
The
contact.
used
for
only
caulking used
for
holes the
to
should
be
shall be
the
be
from
cold
to
exact
accurately spaced.
metal
heavy
rivets.
on
shall
together.
A
used.
power-driven
formed
be
parts
deform
be
punching
shall
bringing
force
shall
The
plates
beveling. Rivet
enough
be
Plates
being -punched.
and
riveting and bucker
the
after
first-class.
about
yoke
Riveting
shall
They the or
shall
holes. matic pneu-
draw
tight bearing.
and
Caulking. 7.
tank
shall
be
made
foreign substance
shall
be
used
in the
pp.
417-419,
9
The
Adopted,
Vol.
13,
1912,
water
or
oil tight by
joints. 984-
For
water
caulking only.
No
tanks, the caulk-
WATER
ing shall
preferably
oil tanks
the
tool
8.
In
shall
be
curved
the
bottoms
and
radial
for
10.
in
contact
be
drawn
outside
plates in the
caulking
of
used.
plate shall be
of
cylindrical part
in flat bottoms
and
of
curved
less than
not
less
not
than
the
^g-inch.
that
of
tiii
for
horizontal
and
splices
used
with
plates
butt
joints with
seams
bottoms.
to
uniform
For
plates
shall
punching
shall
such
work
steel
is desirable
for
and
vertical
and
thin
edge.
and
Pitch.
than
the
to
A
bridges.
the
be
used.
diameter
pitch, with tension
between
stress
shall
specificationsof
close
of
edge
on
due
plate
the
lap joints shall
thick, 5^-inch rivets
inch
^
larger than
conform
balanced
plate and
horizontal
taper
is-inch
be
The
on
The
of
more
be
used.
plates, 54-inch rivets
thicker
holes
not
shall
plates, double
shall generally be
intersection a
thicker
With
thick.
Holes, Punching
Rivet
For
lap joints splices,
and
straps
the
at
11.
Tank
J4-inch
seams
inch
^
out
Rivets,
of
be
form
Joints.
in
seams
than and
rivet
No
cylindrical part.
vertical
For
more
used.
sides.
for
Joints.
Vertical
inside
joint only; but
and
plate shall
joints shall generally be used
Lap
9.
tank
of both
on
of
thickness
Radial
and
Horizontal
465
Plates.
less than
not
inside
done
be
thickness
plate in the
lower
not
of
minimum
The
the
on
injures the abutting
that Thickness
Minimum
tank
done should
caulking
work
or
be
SERVICE.
The of
shall
diameter rivets
the
for
shear
plates and
of used.
this Association
regard
be
for
thickness
rivets,
on
caulking.
Support. 12.
If
the
tank
conform
to
the
specificationsof this Association
erection
of
steel
but
pressure,
not
is
supported
on
that
bridges, except for
steel
a
the
substructure, for
the
and
manufacture
shall be
allowance
latter shall
made
for
wind
impact.
Painting. 13.
In
the
shop
and, except
the
surfaces
be
given
shop
as
specified by the After
a
being
scale, all exposed
coat
the
of
shall
metal to
be
paint
in or
be
cleaned in
contact
metal
of
dirt, rust
joints of
the
preservative
the
selected
and
scale
tank, shall and
applied
Company.
completely metal
work
erected, caulked shall
be
cleaned
and
painted
or
treated
of
dirt, with
rust
such
and coat
or
SERVICE.
WATER
466
paint
of
coats
or
metal
preservative
as
shall
be
selected
by
the
Railway
the
Railway
Company.
and
Plans
Under
14,
shall
Company specifications plans
Specifications.
and
these
cause
for
specifications
specifications to
tanks,
be
prepared herein
shall
in
and
shall
or
specified,
cover
all
thereto
conformity
necessary
detailed
approve
as
it
shall
tank
construct.
auxiliaries.
plans
and
Such
COMMITTEE
YARDS
XIV.
TERMINALS.
AND
'
DEFINITIONS.
TERMINALS.
Terminal.
An
"
points
intermediate
at
or
facilities
of
assemblage
Terminal.
Freight
of
The
"
freight
handling
of
relaying
for
railway
a
tbe
at
of
purpose
minus ter-
a
bling, assem-
trains.
terminal
of
arrangement
by
facilities for
the
dling han-
trafific.
Terminal.
Passenger
its line
on
and
assorting, classifying
provided
The
"
of
arrangement
terminal
facilities
for
the
making
up
traffic.
passenger
YARDS.
Yard.
"
A
of
system
trains, storing authorized
tracks and
cars,
other
timetable
by
Yard.
Separating
A
"
Yard.
separated
A
"
Yard.
accordance Departure
with
to
A
"
Yard.
Gravity
Yard.
be
may
not
movements
subject
made,
to
adjoining
trains.
receiving yard,
a
district,commodity
or
which
cars
are
required order.
classified
are
cars
other
in
or
grouped
in
requirements. Yard.
"
A
yard
in
which
cars
are
assembled
in
forwarding.
for
Storage
receiving
yard in which
Forwarding
or
which
over
train-order
for
provided
regulations.
and
for
yard
according
Classification
trains
yard
limits
purposes,
by
or
prescribed signals, rules Receiving
defined
within
"
"
A
yard
A
yard in
in
which
cars
which
the
held
are
awaiting
classification
of
cars
disposition. is accomplished
by gravity. Coach
Yard.
the
A
yard
Grade. movement
"
in
which
for
prepared
or
Assisting
"
The of
Vol. 263;
inclination
16,
1915,
pp.
cars
assembled,
are
fied classi-
given
to
tracks
of
a
yard
to
facilitate
cars.
Vol. Adopted, 2, 1901, pp. Vol. 221, 224-226; 6, 1905, 2, 1910, 1257, 11, Part pp. Vol.
train
service.
1
pp.
passenger
958,
Vol. Vol. 4, 1903, p. 349; 40, 46-59; Vol. 568-570, 592; 7, 1906, 575, pp. Vol. 12, Part 1, 1911, 1258, 1309, 1310;
39,
pp.
1190.
467
5, 1904, 153-155; pp.
235.
YARDS
468
Yard.
Poling the
of
use
Summit
A
"
in which
yard
pole operated
a
Hump
or
AND
Yard.
by pushing
the movement
by
A
"
TERMINALS.
them
engine
an
over
the
adjacent
of
is
cars
which
beyond
by
parallel track.
movement
summit,
a
is accomplished
cars
an
on
which
in
yard
of
complished ac-
they
run
by gravity. TRACKS.
Body
Track.
Each
"
switched Ladder
Track.
A
"
track
An
"
main
Track.
Running
"
Track.
Spur
Track. line
House
yard
switching.
A
"
"
track
with
reserved
track
of
end
which
on
the
for
of
yard
a
cars
ladder
a
with
delivered
are
track
siding long enough
allow
to
a
for
used
yard.
tracks.
adjacent
two
and
through
movement
connecting
extended
A
track
A
stub
A
"
with
connected of
track
another
indefinite
receiving
cars
cars
various
alongside of
track
District.
which
That
"
at
one
inferior
an
end
one
train
only.
from
length diverging
sidetracks
Industrial
Track.
Track.
A
"
and
and
served
of
from
spurs
from
A
track
track
where
"
(or entering)
delivering freight
or
portion
moved,
are
establishments
main
a
to
railway
a
which
serving
the
at at
they
a
are
freight houses
this district by yard one
or
freight house,
a
house. into
large terminal distributed
to
the
manufacturing
and or
and
switching engines.
industries.
more
freight is transferred
directly between
cars
wagons.
In
"
a
with
will
there
typical yard
varying
purposes,
local
conditions.
several
be
icing tracks, feed tracks, AND
between
Water
tracks, stock
tracks, devoted
will
These
scale tracks, coaling tracks, ashpit tracks, bad
Rail
tracks
body
track.
Switching
Note.
track
A
An
"
for
and
are
running.
Track.
Team
cars
railroads.
in
"
"
or
used
between
connecting
continue
Stub
designated
track
Track.
Track.
to
the
successively
connecting either
A
Track.
Crossover
track
A
"
as
movements
Relief
connecting
extended
Track.
received,
Drill
which
upon
track.
Interchange or
yard,
a
,
Track. the
of
stored.
or
yard. Lead
the parallel tracks
of
order
tracks, transfer
include
to
caboose
special tracks,
tracks, repair tracks,
tracks,
sand
pressing tracks, de-
etc.
Terminal.
railway
cars
"
and
A
terminal
boats.
where
freight
is
transferred
AND
YARDS
Wye.
of
triangular arrangement
A
"
TERMINALS.
tracks
469
used
turning engines,
for
cars
trains.
or
Slip.
Transfer
A
"
the
on
Incline.
transfer An
"
inclined
A
"
track
limited
tracks
the land
on
with
boats
with
justable adthose
track
(or tracks)
apron
and
auxiliary
to
cable
for
at
protected
a
connecting
landing place,
the
to
tracks
on
a
boat.
transfer Siding.
transfer
boats.
adjustable
with
connecting
for
bridge
or
apron
for
landing place
protected
distance
the
to
for
track
main
between
two
meeting
passing trains,
or
adjacent telegraph
stations.
PIERS. Pier.
Lighterage
An
"
directly between Export
Pier.
A
"
shipment Station
on
Pier.
A
"
Pier.
^GENERAL
feet
other
by transfer
pier where
and
for
stored, mainly
where
connections,
freight is
ceived re-
boats.
coal
is transferred
OF
ordinary conditions center
and
center,
to
body
from
vessels
to
cars
AND
YARDS
15 feet center
Ladder
TERMINALS.
should
they
the
first body
from
center
track
main
should
or
other
feet
center
be
feet
13
spaced
parallel to
are
main
such
be
to
track
or
spaced
not
important
track.
Tracks.
These
should
used, and
spaced
be
parallel track.
Frogs
the
of
less than
not
on
IS
angle than
greater
angle between
by the distance
governed
Lead
to
tracks
where
important running track,
less than
the
ladder
ladder track
to
8 should
No.
track
not
be
body tracks
and
required
from
center
for
a
erally gen-
will
turnout.
Tracks. To
the
boats.
rail
no
REQUIREMENTS
Under
be
ferred trans-
Tracks.
Body
any
freight is
barges.
or
14
which
at
freight is unloaded
pier having
open
pier
coasting vessels.
or
delivered
An
"
and
cars
which
at
ocean
and Coal
pier
covered
or
open
main
movements
facilitate train track means
should of
movements
be
direct
the
interlocked. communication
connections
To
of
these
facilitate and should
be
tracks
protect
with
train
established.
3 Vol. 43-45; Vol. Adopted, 2, 1901, pp. 3, 1902, pp. 267, 268, 280-288; Vol. Vol. 1903, pp. 370-380; 5, 1904, pp. 182-184, 221-224; 6, 1905, pp. Vol. Vol. 583, 592-594; 11, Part 1258, 2, 1910, pp. 1259, 1309; 12, Part 236, 264; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. pp. 958, 1190.
Vol. 4, 570-574, 1, 1911,
YARDS
AND
471
TERMINALS.
Icing Tracks. should
tracks
Icing
for
classifying cars
and
be
that the
located
so
movement
be
can
work
shifting out, icing
of
in least
performed
time.
Yard. If
possible roads
track
to
so
should
located
be
The
coach
cleaners'
fitted with
be
Outbound
Usually tracks
width) The
provided.
and
the
engine
yard,
hold
to
terminal
the
near
station.
trains, with
full
car
a
thereto.
than
avoid
to
width
will
as
tracks
two
with
provided
be
doors
such
furnish
holding freight (50 feet is
for
more
should
of
be
platform
a
necessity
the
needed,
are
for
good
a
and
and
a
the
should
spotting
cars.
House.
freight
outbound
average
not
continuous
Freight
The
should
floor space
of
the
toward
length
supply building adjacent
amount
width).
average
located
be
sufificient
of
freight house
reasonable
double
House.
Freight
Inbound
side
be
and
repair
Inbound
and
centrally located.
be
yard should
cleaning
should
tracks
of
single
Yard.
Cleaning
The
both
of
outside
the
on
house, coaling station,etc., should Coach
tracks
main
the
arrange,
house
and
usually
not
side
toward
the
should
be than
more
tracks
(30
narrow
four
should
six
to
have
feet
is
tracks
should
platform
a
good
a
be
or
tinuous con-
doors. Where
will generally be
distance if the a
number
great
a
series
of
cars
trucking through
right angles
at
built in pairs with
tracks
required, the
are
least, and
is built
house
freight
of
covered
will
cars
and
to
be avoided
back
the
at
trucking
average
ends
of
between.
platforms
Roadways. Where minimum is the
on
the width
one
Transfer
of
side and
minimum
A
freight
team
width
is
on
one
should
be
track of
or
side
and
a
30 feet; but
another
freight
should
roadway
be
wall
the
on
other, the
where
a
freight house
house
is
on
40
the
other,
feet.
Station, transfer and
less number and cars
roadway a
clear
house
for
station where
of
cars
should a
for
necessity exists movement
to
reloading freight into further
movement
located
be
to
a
at
for
a
greater
final
a
point
where
traffic is
centrated con-
consolidating freight into
certain number
delivery.
destination, of
cars
or
or
for into
a
rating sepa-
system
YARDS
472
Yard
Rail
at
The
tracks
other
Water
TERMINALS.
Terminals.
should
be
classified
promptly
be
and
AND
and
that
arranged
so
grouped
trains
as
arrive
delivery without
for
the
cars
can
interference
with
movements.
Piers.
At
rail and
the
to
with
view
weight
peculiar but
any
In
the
adjacent piers of
area
site
it is to
business width
for
for
should
be
shelter
cars
or
will
the
for
goods
or
or
for
lay
to
between
to
as
from the
shape
and
land
and
both
in
manner
which
should
be
a
mixed
If
pier is expected
the
of
the
pier should
less
piers should
between width
of
Open
Lighterage
the
should, of
number to
be
the
If
the
generally
is not
is to
be
space
between
than
to
be
the
feet.
two
shed
The
less
not
a
is
while
sale
or
special
a
width
compromise the
and
clear
width
than
four
of
width
a
have
to
pected ex-
waiting
beyond
not
for,
waiting
movement
expected
provided
age stor-
while
provide storage
be, if possible,
largest vessel
quickly the
move
detentions
feet.
to
movement
business
not
to
the
If
provide temporary
to
during ordinary
increased, but
The
be
tracks.
depressed
two
100
generally suggest
assorting, classifying,inspecting
feet is suggested.
may
,
tracks, width
waterway
practice will
with
it is necessary
and
feet.
160
adjusted
of
and
is necessary
than
125
be
of
conditions
meet
present
the
of
width,
it impossible
number
width
business
feet
600
over
the
vessels, width
to
This
of
permit,
greater
no
slow
be
charatcer,
give due
to
location, traffic, etc
its approach
to
lighters, preferably about
or
125
volume
handled
and
goods, of
be
to
cars
best
to
its relation
approximately
of
to
taken
Pier.
conditions
length
adjusted
and
Lighterage
When a
be
and
business;
handled.
be
Covered
and
construction
as
character
the
water,
of
well
as
of
length, width,
the
case
be
must
the
view
a
general rules.
most
individual
every
of
render
which
and
case,
must
features
and
with
designed
be
handling Care
development.
each
to
platforms, details
of
economical
special conditions
the
are
down
its future
to
to
which
the piers should
efficient,rapid and
most a
terminals
water
edge
outer
of
way water-
times
the
and
the
handled.
Pier. if
possible, have
tracks
and
particular
necessary
on
a
the
use
long
length
appliances
to
which
piers.
the
of for
about
600
handling
pier is
to
be
feet
traffic
should
applied.
overs Cross-
YARDS
For
ordinary
similar
and
be
and
avoid
to
light,
delay
consists
or
pier
of
This
the
goods
full
in
tracks be
under
Where volume
and
stories, with used.
1400
feet.
business
business
or
barrel
certain
width
be
handled. If
and
width
stored, the feet, but
of
pier should
be
waterway
between
the
of
width
Coal
vessels
be
cut
as
a
row nar-
recommended.
should
facilitate the
on
of
be
two
should
long piers these to
or
accumulation
There
on
of
character
is expected
the
tracks
the
ment move-
pier level
be
must
If
quick
are
be
width of
cost
extended, is not
than
the
if space
of
three
nor
to
be
either
one
be
must to
between
space
than
more
may
600
six
of
the
even
sequent con-
and
face
The
less than
is
received or
feet.
the
feet
300
shed
to
and
ISO
to
account
on
be, if possible, not
vessels
125
are
story
available
permits,
recommended The
chutes,
second
space
more
or
approximately
or
width
a
two
barrel
or
large accumulations
handling.
less
by
conditions,
accommodate
time
same
of
in the
properly
moving,
and
bag
tracks
determined
moving may
and
the
and
sheds
pier
warrant,
the
at
valuable
very
sufificient to
side
largest
should
through
high enough
gravity into outside
the
or
elevators
piers should
the
is
four
clear times
handled.
Pier. This
be
is limited
elevators.
not
for
intervals
than
slow
in
business such
the
to
classification.
additional
excessive
increase
only, is
movement
storage
conditions
each
The
to
the
cars
conditions.
of
on
tracks
piers additional
character
recommended.
400
wide
very
front
vessels
of
requiring shelter,
not
quick
convenient
at
length should
two
If
costly products,
two
there
feet, and
handling
vessels.
pier level,and
the
on
advantageous
The or
pit
platform
more
prove
facilitate the
or
in
or
water
Under
80
to
special reference
time
inspection
certain
the
to
; whether
some
crossovers
On
cars.
desirable
held
for
by
handled
be
depressed
a
50
from
timber
stone,
ore,
be
freight
with
designed
be
or
connected of
be
to
cargoes,
heavy
iron
as
Pier,
to
are
473
from
or
35 feet in width, with
should
commodities
to
miscellaneous
Storage
the
crossovers,
transferring
in
or
about
and
Export
should
principally of
machinery,
stone,
width
the
tracks, with
four
TERMINALS.
freight in bulk, such
coarse
products,
should
AND
cars
an
to
for to
and
allow or
chutes
coal
cars
yard
in
from
where the
and
by
coal
is to
ordinary
drop-bottom
It should
barges.
loaded the
pier, and
open
pockets
vessels
tracks
empty
be
the
have
inside
gravity. The
three one
on
the
way, to
cars
delivered
be
pier should
be
or
more
an
incline
length depends
to
loaded
by
tracks, the to upon
return
the
YARDS
474
grade to
coaled
be
Adjacent
and
should
service, which
of
vi^ater
craft
machinery
which
the
and
it may
Station
convenient
any
long
feet
wide.
pier served
125
and
be
time.
the
class
the
cars
dumped
are
not
of
size
pier and
by
necessary,
the
building,
in
driveway
pier, with
be
approximately
be
should
3-foot
a
the
floor
upper
outside. clear.
feet
wide,
offices, fruit
for
being
35
the
in
bulkhead, approximately 55
a
600
center
platform
feet apart
be, if possible,200
should
street
two-story
auction
etc.
room,
Grain
Elevators.
If
conditions
be
may
in
put with
tracks
at
be
delay
to
capacity of
car
(2)
spaced
fifteen 16 feet
feet
(3) each
to
A
(4) allowed
(5) outlets for
In
to
the
ference inter-
done,
removing
placing and
of
operation
the cars
the
vator ele-
TRACKS.
feet
be
car
per
should
be
allowed
in
rating the
in
tracks
Each
pairs.
pair
pairs should
the
should
be
placed
capacity
of
repair
tracks
short
of
composed
and
of
center
should be
be
spaced
pairs.
of
center
supply
computing for
The
each
track
in
the
between
space
should
with brakes
Vol.
1915,
working
tracks
50
feet
should
car.
yard
furnished
Adopted, Vol. 16,
be
cannot
cars
tracks.
testing the s
42
that
capacity, arranged
cars
material
pair of
without
other, and
FREIGHT
OF
repair yards
car
center
center
with
that
freight tracks.
Freight
about
interference
located
so
shifting.
It is recommended
(1)
of
CAPACITY
^CAR
be
this
Where
that the work
serious
other
the
at
out
movements.
arranged
so
taken
and
yard
without
done
or
end
one
should
elevators
permit, grain
other
should
be
may
1309;
one
at
pier is
high
depressed
a
closed
a
floats
car
wide, with
feet
should
It
the water
Along
be
coal a
vessel
height.
by
Adjacent parallel piers should
40
cars
the
accommodate the
Where
tilts the
and
of
unload
to
to
length
accommodated.
elevates
city station
feet
of
the
on
of
length
Pier.
A
with
it is desired
cars
sufficientlydistant
be
be
of
be
of
vi^ill depend to
elevation, the
desired
number
the
piers
the
reach
to
necessary
TERMINALS.
AND
air hose on
6. 1905, pp.
be
equipped
with
should
provided
be
air
and at
pipes, and
water
intervals
of
50
feet
cars.
pp.
958, 1190.
579,
594;
Vol.
11,
Part
2, 1910,
pp.
1262,
1263,
AND
YARDS
Tracks
(6) be under
which
on
and
c.over
heavy repairsto freightcars
house,
feet center
52 feet
be stub
should
to
center
in handling, the
convenience
of
tracks
convenient
to
the freight
be easilyunder
freightmay
pairs,or
of
center
should
tracks
arranged
in
12
pairs spaced
permit the pairs should be spaced
if conditions
center, and
to
less than
be located
shipment
receiptand
tracks
The
(2)
YARDS.
freight agent's force.
the
control of
not
the
that
so
DELIVERY
deliveryyards should
Team
should
made
are
provided for heavy lifting.
cranes
*TEAM
(1)
475
TERMINALS.
not
30 feet in clear.
exceed
20
For
capacity
cars
each. If necessary,
(3)
heavy
(4) of
near
(5)
Wagon
the
entrance
Hump tracks A
and be
can
of
to
end
the
convenient
place
driveway.
HUMP
YARDS.
yards should consist of receiving,classification and in consecutive
making
yard is up
a
fying classiof yard for receiving,
desirable form
trains,because
in less time
parture de-
order.
and
at
Receiving tracks should
trains
(4)
the amount the *
1309;
of the various
a
greater than
less cost
of classifications
number
through
be
of
other
any
sufficient length to
form
quick succession.
The
number
and character of traffichandled,and upon
yard with respect
to
mum maxi-
hold
classes handled.
Receiving tracks should be sufficientin number
trains arrivingin
of
pp.
each
yard.
(3)
of
be provided at
scales if installed should be at the most
hump
made
should
for teams
egress
'
(2)
for handling
crane
if possible.
teamway
(1)
a
freight.
Ingress and
each
be provided with
the yard should
the
other yards and
Vol. Adopted, 7, 1906, pp. 155, 156, Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 958, 1191.
171;
Vol.
to
hold
will
a
ber num-
depend
on
the relative location
connections. 11, Part
2, 1910, pp.
1263,
^Adopted, Vol. 7, 1906, pp. 142, 143, 168-170, 173-179; Vol. 2, 1910, 11, Part 1263, 1264, 1309; Vol. 14, 1913, pp. Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 936, 937, 1095-1099;
959, 1191.
k
476
such
it is possible, the
If
(5) that
engine
one
classification
of
advantage
A
tracks
while
yard, running
reduce
and
outlets
To
that
hump the
distance
the
to
and
length
sufficient
of
while
used
be
tested
being
be
to
provided
along
laid air
brakes
of
cuts
should
cars
other
yard
riders
car
the
the
tracks,and
on
all trains. to
be
may
in
grade
the
to
cars
in
the
reached
be
and
all
carry
of
independent
possible efficiencyor
grade
fication of classi-
center
and
minimum.
test
of
number
to
that
delay.
consequent
trains
parture de-
as
can
as
personal injury
a
be
passing the summit
sufficient momentum
hump, of
to
greatest
the
of
part
after
hazard
(with hose)
the greatest
steepest
of
Pipes should
secure
used
engines.
testing plant should
yards.
furnished
(9)
for
ber num-
or
trains; and
them
and
train
room
full
of
many
full
be
riders
car
air-brake
departure
as
be
to
are
be
hump.
length
to
as
hold
to
classification
summit
avoid
of
number
An
(8)
be
standing
to
will
This
the
should
made
they
enough
the
over
should, if possible,be provided through
rider track
movements.
long
for
be
when
that
should
waiting
train
can
subsequent
provide ample
to
air, and
for
avoid
to
Departure
number
be
permit there
conditions
(7)
maximum
tracks, except
they should
tracks when
the
should
receiving tracks
grades of the
push
can
TERMINALS.
definite recommendation
No
(6)
to
AND
YARDS
classified
a
it,
over
available
least
should
fall ends
lower
sufficient
construct
so
the
or
reciving
provide
classification
of
tracks.
(10) the
Where
scale is follows
as
The
about be
grade
at
and per
the
on
50
of 1
2 a
per
thence distane the
per
of
of
for
light, and
or
conditions
average
of
;
distance
a
with
curve
descending
about
155
tracks
;
thence
on
a
a
of
through
of of
curve
a
30
grade
summit feet
about
4
with
grade
through
a
of
feet; feet, a
radius 1 per
ladder
classification
join
2000 cent,
per
to
to
exceeding 60
not
feet,to join
the
the
about
grade
down
raise
over
radius
vertical
thence
down
a
that
curve
distance
ascending grade
the
feet
The
a
for
from
1500
feet.
descending by
ladder cent.
reached
about
60
cent,
vertical
feet; thence
feet,a
turnouts, cent.
by
feet;
heads
radius
be
descending grade
exceeding
of 40
5000
the
recommended
are
should
distance
a
descending
distance
about
with in
foot
not
of
grades
of the hump
curves
one
thence a
summit
continued
a
hump,
largely empty
are
:
vertical
by
the
on
classified
be
to
cars
tance disof cent,
tracks
tracks, 0.5
YARDS
Where
(11)
is
the
scale
the
hump
the
length
at
least
30
is
in
so
to
Where the
cut
velocity
same
list
cut
0.5
per
0.8
per
where
cent.,
list
a
list
it the
a
when
the
scale
distance
from
reach will
of
a
increased
running
over
the
grade
it is
recommended
ing exceed-
not
the
scale
the
be
The
summit will
they slowly
scale
be
enough
should
No.
8
not
be
frog
on
following
be
divided
described
1
page.) into
the
the It
multiple
tracks
first is
car
each
tracks.
is
they to
mended recom-
yard
The
:
to
are
be the
over
go
perforated
parts,
will
cars
hump
follows
as
and
being
empty
grade
adjoining
to
on
the
cars,
that
so
cars
switched
No.
empty
switched
cars
be
to cut
increased
briefly
is
cars
be
handling
of
it
that
holding
for
loaded
as
yard,
vertical
on
being
part
a
other.
thrown
are
and
towerman
switches
list, as
;
of
may
switches the
summit
the
track
a
such
and
aside
system
efficient
cut
that of
restored
weighed
should
track
receiving
(See
Where
of
least
yards.
set
are
empty
up
in
duplicate
given
classification
being
makes
hump.
in
The
on
and
at
cars
conditions
such
as
be
to
weights.
tracks
the
(16)
lines,
at
grade
cent,
per
be
require,
conditions,
located
be
average
Where to
winter
following
correct
used
with
placed
least
at
conditions
traffic
by
cars
from
For
(15)
clerk
diminishes
cars
4
the
of
tracks
be
over
cent.
sharpest
leading
when
that
per
(14)
the
in
should
length
secure
2
climatic
required
spaced
exceed
move
tracks
light
use
needed.
hump
easily
the
length
ladder
of
grade
or
higher
When
properly to
made
not
feet
the
the
for
reduced.
be
may
that
classification
of
traffic
be
(13)
of
the
that
of
and
loaded,
or
recommended
are
proportion
cent,
per
hov^^ever,
grade
Where
may
60
the
as
heavy
permit.
(12)
height
4
of
largely
are
grades
same
but
cars,
grade
feet;
the
conditions
hump
the
of
and
cent.,
light
for
as
the
hump,
is recommended,
It
be
the
477
TERMINALS.
classified
be
to
cars
on
AND
well
to
one
thrown
are
as
the
from the
by man
a
man
hand,
cutting
tower,
one
cutting
off
cars
switchtender
each
ofif
copy
cars
on
the
of on
the
list
the
bump.
has
hump.
a
copy
is
YARDS
AND
TERMINALS.
"YARD
(1)
For
lighting
yard
capacity, equivalent For
(2) 140
150
to
(3) will
'
(1)
the be
be spaced
tracks.
such
that
cars
Where
(3)
diverges,
both
facilities
that
of them.
if without in
where
where
points
at
necessity
its
for
exists
or
cost
are
used,
the
additional
they should
side
be
feet, if covered
by
8
be
not
in
pairs.
more
width
may
roofs, supported
placed
be
by
If
may
tracks
platforms
and
covered,
in
feet
additional
and
additional
built
be
platforms
tracks
omy econ-
handling.
of
either
on
of these
possible
greatest
ordinary conditions
under
first two
width 12
and
tracks
the
for
8
feet,
line of
a
middle.
the
large
Where
(4)
width
the
of
The
roofs,
time
required,
are
provided outside
outside
located
be
provide
platforms
that the
feet, and
greater
should
both, and
or
should to
as
fixed
it is recommended 24
STATIONS.
stations
installation
of operation
is
above
should
spacing
watts
separation.
or
The
(2)
of
1500
of
recommended.
is
(or more)
feet
TRANSFER
transfer or
consolidation
posts
lights
tracks, the lamps should
tracks, the
FREIGHT
Freight
trafific converges
be
28
hung
lighting body
For
candlepower,
ladder
and
nitrogen
clearly visible.
be
than
and
apart
of
use
2200
lighting hump
feet
LIGHTING.
the
about
to
479
power-driven
of
amounts
covered
freight
to
are
be
transferred,
traveling platforms instead
of
fixed
the
use
platforms
suggested.
'
To
(1)
largely be
of
'Adopted, 16,
Vol.
1915,
^Adopted, 1309;
Vol.
16,
'Adopted, 1095.
avoid in
TERMINAL
excessive of
excess
made the
PASSENGER
for
cost
during
Vol.
9, 1908, 959, 1191. Vol. 7, 1906, 1915, pp. 959,
providing
passenger
ordinary requirements, efficient
economical,
terminal
in
STATIONS.
the
it is imperative
of
greatest
ties facili-
that
practicallycontinuous
and
periods
terminal
vision pro-
tion opera-
activity which
may
pp.
541, 584;
Vol.
11, Part
2, 1910,
pp.
1264,
1309;
pp.
155,
170;
Vol.
11,
Part
2, 1910,
pp.
1264,
1265,
pp.
240,
268;
Vol.
14, 1913,
pp.
Vol.
12, Part
1191.
1, 1911,
pp.
924, 1090-
YARDS
480
be
reasonably track
the
it is
be
to
possible to At
(2)
be
made
at
be
intermediate
designed the
to
be
twenty
and
incoming
outgoing
interference,
without
end
this
To
years.
far
as
as
handled
below
not
expedient
appear
provide
to
exclusively for this service,it is and
permit), baggage
mended recom-
received,
lowered
and
with
interference
avoid
to
be
express
raised
floor; and
train
the
and
baggage
large quantities of
where
used
elevators, conveniently located, of
time
it does
and
handled,
(where conditions
and
say,
permit
to
same
terminals
platforms
that
delivered
period of,
a
this.
arrange
passenger
must
express
must
layout
movements
within
expected
TERMINALS.
AND
the
by
movement
passengers.
A
(3) tracks
for
provide
to
(4)
holding yard should
should
switches
not
exceed
of
that
tracks
8
No.
a
slip
FOR
PLANS
SITUATION
''TYPICAL
throat
station
on
refilling of
and
quick emptying
a
practicable,
Where
directly connected
be
on
the
with
the
the
latter.
platform
through
curvature
tangents.
ENGINE
DIVISION
TERMINAL.
(1) to
access
The
engine
both
main
should
terminal line
and
yards,
be with
so
the
located fewest
as
afford
to
possible
easy or
reverse
conflicting movements. (2) most
of
The
direct
should
facilities provided and
rapid handling
of
an
its needs.
Adopted,
Vol.
13,
1912,
pp.
93,
947-9'i
be
engine
arranged in
to
its terminal
permit in
the
of
the
order
COMMITTEE
AND
IRON
STEEL
FOR
^CONTRACTING
It
(1) work
that
is recommended
to
work.
general
bidders,
complete
such
plans
Invite
lump
bids
asked
be
on
the
for
(3)
Invite
nature
of
is known
the
previously
work
performed
structures
are
(4)
Erect
for
by
alternative
and
complete
If
and
cars,
should
of
the
be
full
information
cerning con-
alternate
desired, the
for detailed
general
On
Furnish
Vol.
may
may
and
7,
be
When
work
plans
bidder
the the
bids A
erected.
tions specifica-
and
by
forces
own
railways where
if
defined
sistently con-
anticipate
to
if the
designs of
reason
or
on
similar
designs
by
184,
lines
where
suitably organized
justified,the
be
erected
pp.
be
submit
not
railway,
of
work similar
traffic and
large bridges, and
is
to
equipped in
some
contract.
lay the floor timber
1906,
can
bidders.
their
not
as
necessary
need
company
for
the
with
small
work
bridges,
bridges
of
groups
to
him to
bridges
such
Adopted,
railway
submitted
maintained.
I
b.
o.
first recommendation.
the
the
(5)
character
exact
the
basis.
price
large
as
requirements,
all
plans
unless
future
cases
f.
work,
for
bids
with
forces
the
structural
furnished.
are
be
outline
of
specifications
show
to
pound
a
is inadmissible
bid
sum
by
and
plans
furnished,
be
BRIDGES.
companies
enough
cannot
RAILWAY
work.
the
may
STEEL
railway
specifications, accompanied
(2)
STRUCTURES.
detailed
Furnish
If
XV.
263,
160.
481
in
264;
all
Vol.
cases.
11,
Part
1,
1910,
pp.
115,
AND
IRON
482
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
RAILWAY
STEEL
FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
BRIDGES.
First
Part
Design.
"
GENERAL.
(1) Materials. 1. as
in the
material
The
shall
superstructure
structural
be
steel, except
specified.
otherwise
Clearances, If
2. shown
shall
increased
be
minimum
same
14
clearances
high
feet
so
as
for
a
feet
60
and
being
made
superelevation
of
rails.
The
be assumed
6 inches.
and of
The
width shall
trusses
the
for
less
not
than
of the
width
gram dia-
the
long, of
center
to
be
and
curvature
rail shall
height of
Trusses.
Spacing 3.
feet
80
car
the
is curved,
provide
to
center
trucks, allowance
as
alinement
If the
diagram.
the
on
shall
straight, clearances
is
alinement
the
be
effective to
span,
not
less
and
is
than
less
not
girders
one-twentieth
than
overturning
prevent
of
center
to
center
under
the
Top of Rail
essary nec-
loading.
lateral
assumed
Bridges.
Skew 4. beams
In
bridges without
skew
supporting
the
track
floors,the
ballasted
shall
be
square
with
the
to
the
ends
track
of
girders
the
at
and
abutments.
Floors.
5.
tie floors
Wooden
proportioned distributed square
inch.
spaced
with
to
carry
three
over
Ties not
secured
the maximum
wheel
ties, with
fiber stress
shall be
more
shall be
than
not
less
6-inch
than
stringers and
load, with not
to
100 per exceed
10 feet in length.
openings,
and
shall be
cent,
shall
be
impact,
2000
lbs. per
They
shall be
secured
against
bunching. =
583; 263;
Vol. Adopted, 6, 1905, 11, Part
Vol. Vol.
Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 4, 1903, pp. 130-137, 141, 142, 253-279; 481; Vol. 7, 1906, 228-237, 239, 448-455, 185-207, pp. 1, 1910, pp. 115-125, 160-167.
pp.
581-
236-
IRON
AND
STEEL
LOADS.
(2) Dead
Load. 6.
The
suspended
shall consist
load
dead
Timber
structure.
B. M.
;
cubic
foot, and
Live
Load.
ballast
*7.
The
followed
by
100
lbs.
rails
be
cubic
Cooper's
E-40,
the
each
shown
the
linear
consist
of
foot
foot
per
lbs.
per
typcial engines
two
of
system
a
minimum
following diagrams
entire
of track.
series, or
The
stresses.
the
150
concrete
Cooper's
to
of
weigh 4J/2 lbs.
to
lbs. per
track, shall
in
weight
foot, reinforced
load, according
as
estimated
assumed
fastenings, 150
and
uniform
shall
per
live load, for a
of
loading giving practicallyequivalent be
483
STRUCTURES.
loading
shall
:
Train
Load.
m.
The
Heavier
gives the
larger
shall be
stresses
used.
Loadings. Heavier
8. the
that
diagram
wheel
same
shall
loadings
be
proportional
to
the
loadings with
above
spacing.
Impact. 9.
The
maximum
I
=
/
or
5" =
computed
L
length
=
of
in the the
and
*
See
shall not lateral
AddeniJum,
dynamic
increment
load
shall
and
shall
be
track
in
feet
member.
added
be
determined
to
the
by
the
or
wind
clause
to
produce
bridges carrying
length of
to
live load
stresses.
all tracks
the
maximum
stress
more
loaded
than to
one
track,
produce
the
used.
added
be
added
stress.
loaded
For
shall be
be
to
live-load
maximum
aggregate
stress
Impact
stresses
live
300
+
impact
=
load
the
^^^
S L
where
live
computed
formula
of
increment
dynamic
to
stresses
forces.
(a).
produced
trifugal by longitudinal, cen-
IRON
484
Lateral
chord
All
linear
lbs. per
track,
one
on
200
and
foot
for
lateral
a
plus 10 per
as
moving.
be
designed
force
specified train
unloaded
the
on
loaded
the
on
the
of
cent,
foot
linear
lbs. per
considered
being
forces
Wind
chord;
Force.
Viaduct
11.
A
(a) the
times which
force
projection
A
force
either
linear
30
of
lbs. per
rail, for
the
one
lbs. per
foot
linear
wind
assumed
stress
applied the
the
of
one
greater
and
tower
:
one-half
and
one
on
following
portion of the
foot, applied
square
of force
on
the
on
applied 7 feet
structure
structure
the
empty
weighing
cars
surface,
same
above
train, when
tracks, with
both
or
the
of
top
is loaded,
structure
1200
lbs. per
foot. Force.
Longitudinal 12.
Viaduct
20
of
similar
and
towers
longitudinal force the
of
the
foot
square
that
for
it supports.
plus 400
on
50 lbs. per
of
gives
which
moving,
as
vertical
(b)
the
shall
towers
loads, considered
of
cent,
per
the
be
shall
structures
load
live
for
designed
applied
the
at
a
of
top
rail. 13.
Structures
live load
the
shall
be
miles of
STRUCTURES.
designed
be
shall
spans
200
of
these
of
STEEL
Forces.
10.
load
AND
on
applied
considered hour
per
as
shall
curves
top of the
the
at
live load the
given by
designed
be
and
high
rail.
shall be
expression
60
the
for
force
centrifugal
force
The
derived
from
2J^""^ in
"
centrifugal
the "D"
which
in
speed
degree
=
curve.
(3) Unit
STRESSES
UNIT
AND
PROPORTION
PARTS.
OF
Stresses. 14.
shall
Structures
stresses
produced in
amounts
22
to
25
be
by
pounds
so
proportioned that
the
foregoing
per
square
loads
the
will
inch, except
of
sum
not as
mum maxi-
the
exceed modified
the in
lowing folgraphs para-
:
Tension. 15.
Axial
tension
net
on
section
16,000
Compression. 16. with
a
where the
Axial
compression
maximum "I"
is the
least radius
Direct
.
on
gross
section
of
16,000 70
columns
"
of
14,000
length of
compression
of
the
member
in
inches, and
"r"
is
gyration in inches. on
steel castings
16,000
"
IRON
STEEL
AND
STRUCTURES.
485
Bending. 17.
Bending:
on
fibers
extreme
of
rolled
built
shapes,
section
steel castings ; net
and
sections,girders
fibers
extreme
on
16,000
pins
of
24,000
Shearing. 18.
field driven
rivets
plate girder
webs
driven
shop
Shearing:
and
rivets
pins
and
12,000
bolts
turned
10,000
section
; gross
10,000
Bearing. 19. field
Bearing:
driven
rivets rollers
expansion
on
20.
The
for
main
21.
The
20,000
inch
600
of
the
roller in inches,
the
be
shall be
the
smaller.
If
The
for
the
in
Cornbined
for
of
of the
exceed
bracing.
sway
inclined
or
the
about
gyration
portion,
unsupported
length.
of the live
each
of and
dead
of
tension
during
stresses
so
dead
load
stresses
are
shall be
considered
load
stress.
proportioning
members
stress
This
the
shall in
members
the
load
sion comprestion. sec-
of
passage
by 50
increased
shall be
such
and
requiring the larger
stress
succession
stress
connections sum
of
in
occur
of
stresses
kind
the
stresses
the live load
counteracting the
per
all
cent,
be
cases
increased.
reduction
subject
to
in
opposite
of
as
effective
load
dead
alternate
character,
shall
in not
stresses.
Stresses. Members
proportioned
25.
and
not
in horizontal
its effective
alternate
to
in stiff counters,
only two-thirds
allowed
wind
radius
their
projection
considered
subject
alternate
proportioned
24.
for
members
times
horizontal
The
gyration shall
of
120
nor
tension
200
proportioned
train,as
made
least radius
to
members
exceed
not
Members
23.
length
Stresses.
shall
the
of
lengths of riveted
member
If
d
Members.
compression
axis.
22.
be
24,000
pins
bolts
diameter
of
ratio
shall
Alternate
of
linear
Length
horizontal
one
; per
and
600
positions
of
turned
rivets
masonry
Limiting
100
and
is the
"d"
where
driven
shop
so
axial
subject that
the
to
both
combined
axial
and
fiber
bending
stresses
will
shall
stresses not
exceed
be the
stress.
Members
longitudinal,and
subject wind
to
forces
stresses
with
produced dead
by combinations
of lateral,
load, live load, impact,
and
cen-
IRON
load
STRUCTURES.
shall be
487
assumed
distributed
be
to
over
ties.
three
Ratios.
Depth 32. of
STEEL
wheel
flanges, each
the
on
AND
the
shall
The
span.
preferably girders
trusses, the
of plate girders and
depth be
less
not
beams
or
had
been
not
shall preferably be
trusses
than
will
be
not
the
shall be than
greater
If
span.
if
girders,
as
shallower
increased
the
that
so
limiting
above
exceeded.
DETAILS
(4)
OF
GENERAL
DESIGN.
REQUIREMENTS.
Sections.
Open
shall be
Structures
33.
that
designed
so
all parts
will
accessible
be
painting.
and
inspection,cleaning
for
section
used
beams,
of
one-tenth
than
less
not
rolled
one-twelfth
used, the
are
deflection
maximum
ratios
of
depth
The
Pockets. 34.
Pockets
drain
with
holes,
as
Main
nearly
filled with
be
or
which
would
hold
shall
water
provided
be
material.
waterproof
Sections.
Symmetrical 35.
depressions
or
members
shall
practicable in
as
intersecting main
be
the
members
center
of
that
designed
so
the
of
section.
shall meet
trusses
the
at
neutral The
neutral
be of
axes
point.
common
a
will
axis
Counters. 36.
Rigid
chord
the
37.
of
If
subject
preferably
be
riveted.
reversal
to
of
Adjustable
stress
counters
Connections.
strength of connections
The
the
computed
Minimum
shall
preferred.
turnbuckles.
open
capacity of the
are
connections
shall have
Strength
counters
member
for
the
is less than
stress
kind
sufficient to
shall be of
such
it is to
stress
develop even
carry
the
full
though
capacity.
Thickness.
38.
The
minimum
thickness
of
shall
metal
be
^
of
rivet
inch, except
for
fillers. Pitch
of
39. three than
Rivets. The
diameters 3
inches
minimum of for
distance
the
between
centers
rivet; but
the
distance
rivets
and
2j4
%-inch
shall
inches
be
for
holes
preferably 54-iuch
shall not
rivets.
be less The
IRON
488
pitch
maximum
in the
angles w^ith
in
each
in
contact,
be
used
rivets hold
to
in
angles
two
of
for
the
for
%-inch
twice
the
more
than
not
STRUCTURES.
stress
lines
gage
shall be
line
STEEL
Hne
shall be 6 inches
shapes For
AND
rivets
above. 12
12
pitch of
a
5 inches
two
inches
members
tension
In
inches
used
are
direction
shall of
composed
used
be
may
pitch
plates
either
in
apart
maximum
more
or
54-ii^chrivets.
for the
staggered
If
of plates and
composed
and
rivets
and
plates together.
contact,
members
for
two
riveting these
angles together. Distance.
Edge
40.
The
sheared
of
be
rivets, and
maximum
the
distance
shall
edge
^-inch The
minimum
to
rolled
a
distance
Maximum
from
shall
plate,but
^-inch
1%
inches
edge
shall
edge any
any
rivets and
be
rivet
hole
1^
inches
and
1^
to
a
for
inches, respectively.
eight
times
thickness
the
6 inches.
exceed
not
of
center
for
inches
1^
the
from
Diameter.
41.
The
by
calculated
in
which
^-inch
diameter stress
they rivets
are
of the shall
not
driven
;
be
may
used
rivets
in any
exceed in in
one-fourth whose
angles 3-inch
the
of size
is
of
width
not
54-inch
legs, and
is determined
size
angle whose
the
leg
determined
so
rivets
2j4-inch
in
legs. Rivets.
Long 42.
Rivets
carrying calculated
diameters
shall
additional
T^-inch
Pitch
at
43.
and
the
four
times
Compression
in
built
In
one-thirtieth
it to
the
the
diameters
the
ends
one
of
built
rivets,for
the
of
maximum
compression
flanges.
one-fortieth
members
rivets
width
of
members
flanges. The
and
than
45.
at
least
at
for
cent,
per
four each
a
of
member.
the
metal
members
compression distance
equal
to
one
Members.
webs
Minimum
number
exceeds
grip
grip.
pitch of
exceed
one-half
44.
of
in
whose
Ends. The
shall not
increased
be
and
stress
the
of The
the
thickness
distance thickness
distance
between of
between
of
web
each
the
lines of
plates shall
cover
the
shall
nearest
rivet
concentrated
be
shall
be
not
less
rivets, connecting be
less
than
and
built
not
lines.
Angles. The
minimvun
without
outstanding leg.
cover
thickness
of
plates shall
flange be
angles
one-twelfth
of of
girders the
width
of
the
AND
IRON
Tie
STEEL
STRUCTURES.
489
Plates.
The
46.
lacingbars
sides
open
shall have
and
plates shall be provided In
tie plates as
the
members
main
the
Their
that distance.
the
end
thickness
the
rupted. lacing is inter-
tie plates shall be
lines of
nearest
provided with
practicable.Tie
as
points where
of
length
shall be
each end
near
the length of intermediate
flanges,and
half
members
intermediate
at
the distance between
than the
compression
of
rivets
connecting them
tie plates not
shall be not
less
not
less than
less than
to one-
one-fiftieth
of
proportioned
to
distance.
same
Lacing. 47.
resist the for
lacing of compression
The
shearing
members
corresponding
stresses
load
provided in the column
The
minimum
uniform
shall the
to
be
allowance
formula
for
in paragraph
flexure
16
by
the
I
70
term
"
.
.
.
width
.
of
lacing bars
.
shall be
2j4 inches for
r
inches
^-inch rivets, 2^ rivets if used.
The
distance between
rivets
for
^-inch
flanges3^
rivets for
rivets in each
least two
at
rivets for
used
for
for
of the
one-fortieth
instead
of
bars.
lacingflangesless 2^
flanges from
3^4 inches
to
in width.
over
than
wide,
Lacing
for flangesover
shall be used
5^-inch
one-sixtieth for double
be used
may
inches and
end
inches
2
less than
not
single lacing, and
equivalent strength
of
2j^ inches wide, ^-inch
with
shall be
rivets shall be Five-eighths-inch
48.
and
54-inch rivets, and
thickness
end
lacing. Shapes
for
bars
5 inches
wide.
49. be
The
inclination of lacingbars 45 degrees.
less than
not
flangesis shall be
more
riveted
and
50.
Lacing
bars
included
between
a
15 inches, and
than
double
If the
shall
their
at
be
the
with
the axis of the member
distance a
between
singlerivet
shall
rivet lines in the
bar
is
used, the lacing
intersections.
spaced that the
so
connections
will be
as
portion of
strong
as
the
flange
the member
as
whole.
Faced
Joints,
51. be
Abutting joints in compression members
spliced on sufficiently in
place. Other
four
sides to hold
for
faced
bearing shall
the connecting members
joints in riveted work, whether
in tension
rately accuor
pression, com-
shall be fully spliced. Pin
Plates.
.52. one
Pin-holes
plate shall
k
be
shall be reinforced as
wide
as
the
by plates if
necessary,
flangeswill allow,
and
be
and on
at
the
least same
IRON
490
AND
angles.
Pin
their portion of the
pin
side
the
as
Forked
STRUCTURES.
plates shall contain the
to
pressure
sufficient rivets to
full cross-section
of
distribute
the
member.
Ends.
53.
The
ends
unavoidable;
with
of
forked
ends,
to
give the jaws
least
of
these
one
6
inches
the
twice
sectional
the
beyond
far
the
to
far
the
to
edge of the
of
the
At
member.
edge of the farthest plate, but
tie
nearest
edge of the farthest
near
unless
pin plates shall be
of
area
forked
be
not
sufficient number
a
plates shall extend
the others
plate,and
shall
members
compression
provided
than
STEEL
tie less
not
tie plate.
Pins. 54.
ends Pin
the
long enough the
nuts
screw
55.
be
upon
chambered
The
on
shall
connected
parts
by
Pins
connected
with
long enough
be
full
a
bearing
body of the pin. They
provided
be
or
shall
turned
insure
to
members
if
washers admit
to
of
held
shall be
all the
of
shall be
solid
nuts
burring the
secured used.
are
threads.
against lateral
movement
pins.
Bolts. 56.
Where
bolts
the
members
shall be inch
long enough
extend
to
under
shall be used
thick
at
least %
in
place of rivets except
by bolts, the
connected
are
the
through the nut.
turned
bodies
metal.
A
Bolts Heads
by special permission.
washer
shall not and
of
be used shall be
nuts
hexagonal. Splices.
Indirect 57.
If
splice plates rivets
they connect, the third
of
shall be in
required
number that
number
the
for
in
not
are
used
direct
of
case
each
side
each
on
with
contact
direct
of
the
to
which
parts
joint in
the
contact
the
of
excess
of
extent
one-
intervening plate.
Fillers. 58. be
Where
extended
additional
beyond rivets
the
carry
rivets
carrying
the
equal
stress
member
connected in
number
to
50
fillers the
through
pass
the
and per
extension of
cent,
fillers shall secured
required
those
by to
stress.
Expansion. 59.
Provision
bridge
structures
Means
shall
be
shall to
the
provided
be
made
extent to
for of
prevent
expansion
J^ inch excessive
for
contraction
and each
motion
feet
ten at
any
of
point.
in
all
length.
Expansion 60.
of
80
rockers
or
to
slide
to
permit motion
Fixed
STRUCTURES.
491
Bearings.
Spans
rollers
STEEL
AND
IRON
at
end.
one
in
resting
over
on
shall have
masonry
less
turned
arranged
length shall be bearings shall
expansion
direction
one
of
Spans
These
surfaces.
smooth
on
and
feet
designed
be
only.
Bearings.
61.
Fixed
shall be
bearings
anchored
firmly
the
to
supports.
Rollers. 62.
so
that
arranged
be
the
rollers
substantial
the
upper
shall be geared to
and
6
in
inches
diameter.
side bars, which
cleaned.
readily
be
can
less than
not
coupled together with
shall be
They
shall
rollers
Expansion
shall be rollers
Segmental
plates.
lower
Bolsters. 63.
Bolsters
distributed
uniformly
shall
hinged
have
Wall
entire bearing.
the
over
bolsters
each
at
constructed
so
that
Spans
the
80
of
will
load
feet and
be
over
end.
Plates. 64.
to
shall be
shoes
or
Wall
plates
dis"tribute the
secured
be
may
cast
uniformly
load
built up
or
the
over
and
shall be
entire
designed
so
bearing.
as
shall be
They
against displacement.
Anchorage. 65.
Anchor
designed and
one
to
for mass
a
engage
one-half
Inclined 66.
bolts
times
viaduct of
towers
of
weight
shall be
structures
which
is at
least
the uplift.
Bearings. The
sole plates of bridges
shall be beveled
on
that the masonry
so
an
and
inclined
grade without
expansion
pin shoes
will
surfaces
be
level.
SYSTEMS.
FLOOR
Beams.
Floor
67.
They on
the
masonry
similar
and
Floor
shall
of
top
beams
riveted
be
deck
shall
preferably
be
to
square
directly to the girders
or
the
girders
trusses
or
may
trusses.
or
be
placed
bridges.
Stringers. 68.
Stringers
floor beams Shelf
angles
erection
shall
by or
not
shall
means
other be
preferably of
be
connection
supports considered
riveted
to
angles
not
provided as
to
carrying
the
less
support any
of
of
webs than the the
intermediate
^-inch
thick.
stringer during
reaction.
IRON
492
AND
STEEL
Frames.
Stringer 69.
End
floor
shall
masonry
shall be
beams
be
riveted
shall be
connected
girders
to
70.
ends
by
shoes
truss
or
if possible.
used
their
at
Stringers resting frames.
cross
where
The
on
frames
practicable.
^^^^^^^-
Bracing.
Rigid
STRUCTURES.
and
Lateral, longitudinal
shall
bracing
transverse
be
composed
rigid members.
of
Portals.
71.
The
rigidly
be
deep
end connected
the
as
and
posts
chords
top
riveted
by
the
of
through The
braces.
portal
truss
shall
spans
shall
braces
be
as
w^ill allow^.
clearance
Bracing.
Transverse An
12.
through
intermediate
vertical
having
spans
frame
transverse
shall be
members
truss
used
each
at
clearance
the
where
panel of will
permit. End
Bracing. Deck
73. to
lateral
the
carry
have
shall
spans
bracing
transverse
load
the
to
each
at
end
tioned propor-
support.
Laterals.
74.
minimum
The
of
connection 75.
Lateral
the
angle
There
inches.
ZYz by 3 by ^ end
sized
be
to
shall
be
used less
not
lateral bracing shall be
in
than
three
rivets
each
at
angles. beneath
bracing
the
track
shall
low
be
enough
clear
to
the ties. Tower
Struts.
76. to
slide
The the
struts
movable
the
base
shoes
when
at
n.
If
Over
50
Top
Flange 78.
camber in
feet
is
length
desired at
the
shall
towers
the track
be
enough
strong
is unloaded.
^^"^"^'^^-
it shall rate
be
iV-inch
of
in
provided per
10
plate girder of
feet
spans
length.
Cover.
Where
"flange shall
flange
extend
the
cover
whole
plates
length
are
of
used, the
one
cover
plate of
the
top
girder.
Stiffeners. 79.
and
viaduct
^^^^^
Camber.
Web
of
at
There
points
shall be of
web
concentrated
stiffeners, generally in pairs,
loading.
Other
web
over
stiffeners
bearings, shall
be
IRON
used
if the
than
60
of the
width
times
STEEL
AND
web
unsupported The
thickness.
its
STRUCTURES.
between
distance
493
is greater
flange angles
shall
stiffeners
between
not
exceed
(a)
6
(b)
the
width
(c)
the
value
feet, of
the
of
in the
d
web,
unsupported
following
formula
:
t .
d=
"(12,000
.y),
"
40 Where
proportioned by
length of column and
clear
distance
t
=
thickness
.y
=
shear
concentrated
legs shall be
against
as
wide
the
Intermediate
them.
legs shall be
the
girder.
for
Stays 80.
the
of
Top
braces distances
of
plates
gusset
or
at
will
allow
and
crimped
may
be
than
2 inches
Their
ing outstandfit tightly
shall
or
fillers and
on
plus one-thirtieth
of
be
beam,
-knee
solid floor bridges
in
or
by
stayed
at
feet.
12
spans
shall
the members
that
Truss of
length
the bridge
when
is
be
given
the
tops
camber
a
of
the
by
proportioning
so
stringers will be
in
a
the
straight
fully loaded.
Members.
Rigid 82.
Hip verticals
end
shall
fillers.
on
stiffeners
trusses.
81.
two
be
plate girders shall floor
every
Camber.
line
less
through
exceeding
not
effective
the
Flanges. flanges
Top
shall
shall
loading
16, by assuming
flangeangles
not
concentrated
depth of the girder. End
stiffeners
their outstanding
depth
the
loading
as
-
paragraph
one-half
to
flange angles.
inch.
points of
at
of
stiffeners of
web.
square
and
formula
equal
under
those
the
between
of
per
stiffeners at the ends
The be
rf =
members
and
chords
panels of the bottom
be
performing of
similar
single track
functions
pin-connected
and
the
trusses
rigid.
Eye-Bars. 83.
adjacent to
the
being
The
eye-bars composing
bars
will
axis one
of
inch
the
truss
in 16
in contact.
be
not
a
The
possible, the
as
shall
member bars
be
shall
maximum
so
be
as
arranged
that
nearly parallel
inclination
of
any
bar
feet.
Trusses.
Pony 84. chords.
Pony The
trusses
web
members
shall
be
riveted
shall be laced
structures or
otherwise
with
double
webbed
effectivelystiffened.
IRON
AND
495
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
Specimens. 90.
Plate,
shape
made
by
shall be
specimens
shall
parallel
to
to
or
cutting
have
from
by Fig. 1
for
specimens
least
at
9
tests
The
product.
test
milled
edges
both
the
or
;
bending
and
finished
and
length of
a
tensile
the
rolled
faces
shown
54 inch
of
for
specimens
coupons
both
form
the
diameter
a
bar
and
either
be
may
turned
enlarged
inches, with
ends. 91.
Pin
92.
from
the
turned
to
shall be
The
and
molded
melt or
coupon
it is cut and
or
and
from
sink
the
of
inch tests
of
the
cast
on
ofif. Test
so
from
cut
of
center
rods
The
tensile
for
for
specimen
castings. Specimens portion
some
of
one
heads, if the heads
used, shall be
specimens
rolled
finished
specimen will be
the
specimen
2.
the
steel castings shall
one
shall
test
bending
of
are
the
depend
shall
test
on
be
cut
the
acter char-
cold
from
castings
from
of sufficient size.
The
or
annealed
shall be
3" %^
Parallel
more
with
the
form
casting before
prescribed
pins
for
Section
th.in o"
less
"
Fig.
Fig.
93a.
The
yield point shall
testing machine. lower
the machine the
The
beam
cross-pieces for shall
be such
be
About
that the
initial tightening of
the
i8--
2.
determined
time beam
2"
1.
shall be
some
"
I
^About
1^
for
the
section.
of
Not
and
full size from
cut
rollers.
About
the
be
The
bar.
in
of
the sink
head,
the
by Fig.
shown
by Yi
number
that
manner
form
importance
coupons
each
the
shall
specimens
surface
inch
one
93.
roller
and
bar, in such
forged
inch be
steel shall be
rivet
rolled.
as
or
of
specimens
Test
by the
kept balancing the
preceding be
may
specimen
in
of
drop between
drop.
the
The
kept balanced
the
beam
grips, shall
of
upper
speed
of
and, except not
exceed
IRON
496
j4-inch
form
of
Specimens 94.
Rolled
Rolled
steel
of
each
least of
thickness
steel
Modification A
and
steel
inches
ultimate
minute
for
The
castings. and
minute,
per
the
standard
speed
after
beam
shall
the
is attained.
strength
be
in
tested
the
condition
in
which
it
comes
as
and
rolled.
In
shall be
tests
shall
test
be
made
differing 5^-inch
steel
case
melt,
one
bending
one
made
or
from
the
from
in
more
thickest
rolled.
Elongation.
deduction of
tensile
of
1
elongation,for
will
cent,
per
each
allowed
be in
J^-inch
from
thickness
the
above
specified
%-inch.
Tests.
Bending 97.
Bending and
shapes
tests
less
bars
be
may
than
made
by
inch
one
pressure
thick
shall
blows.
by
or
bend
Plates,
called
as
for
in
86.
paragraph
Material.
98. and 180
shall
material
in
percentage
Thick
the
from
thinnest
96.
per
plates, bars
Steel.
one
is rolled
the
^-inch
for
specimen
Tests.
At
melt
and
of
rolls.
Number
95.
6
exceed
when
of
the
exceed
form
pins, rollers
not
balance
at
STRUCTURES.
standard
not
for
shall
STEEL
the
shall
specimen
kept
from
for
and
yield point
the be
minute
per
shapes,
and
AND
Full-sized tested
over,
degrees
in
around
thickness
of
Bending
Angles.
99.
^-inch
the
and
required
by
100. diameter uniform
a
%-inch
less
without
the
for
pin,
the
in
of
thickness
bend
shall
fracture.
rolled, shall bend
cold
steel
of
shall open
shall
test
the
be
the
twice
to
bend.
angles
flat, and
under
shut, cold,
This
one
is equal
outside
the
on
thick
which
less in thickness
and
sign of
diameter fracture
when
as
inch
other
and
eye-bars
condition
same
bar, without
Angles
hammer,
Nicked
material
blows
made
only
of
a
when
inspector.
the
Bends. Rivet as
steel, when
the
rivet
nicked
rod, shall
and
give
bent a
around
gradual
a
break
bar and
of a
the
same
fine
silky
fracture.
Finish. 101., Finished cracks, defective
material
edges
and
shall
other
be
free
from
defects, and
injurious have
a
seams,
smooth,
flaws, uniform
102.
finished
of
manufacturer
the shall
be
other
small
parts
may
metal
tag.
Defective
Material
104.
A
be
2^
that
from
melt
have
number
it.
upon
and
above
Steel
on
pins
steel
lacing
marks
and
for
and
attached
an
spots, brittleness, cracks
injurious
by the
defects,
his
at
other
or
rejected
be
may
manufacturer
sheared
weight of
or
specified will
that
plates shall
variations, which
at
cost.
own
shall
apply
piece of
any
sufficient
be
subject
be
the
to
for
cause
following
single plates,when
to
of
steel
ordered
:
Plates
Up
nominal
Up
to
(b)
more
than An on
75
when 0.01
inches
excess
the
over
per
cent,
more
and
over,
5
than
less
or
cent,
per
more
weight. lbs. per
wide, 2j4
foot.
square cent,
per
more
than
less
or
weight. inches 3 per
or
cent,
cent,
less than to
less than the
order, will
and
inches
ordered inch
wide
12^
than
hundred
3 per
or
Plates
less
more
One
(c)
foot.
square
per
wide, 2^
nominal
the
Seventy-five cent,
more
inches
nominal
the
or
weight.
hundred
weighing
(a)
inches
less than
or
Plates
100
to
One
(b)
107.
12^^ lbs.
weighing
the
108.
the
cross-section
cent,
per
(a)
106.
the
Rivet
end.
weak
have
to
replaced
in
variation
permissible
105.
have
rolled
or
with
develops
is found
or
rejection, except
not
shall
Weight.
in
than
weight
shall
the
on
bundled
be
which
shall
and
Variation
to
under
and
Material.
imperfections, shop
steel
of
stamped
stamped
rollers
103.
piece
Every
name
and
more
width
Numbers.
Melt
the
in
inches
edges.
rolled
the
497
STRUCTURES.
36
Plates
finish.
workmanlike
and
STEEL
AND
IRON
be
gage
the
nominal allowed
less
wide the will
than
and
ordered
wide,
nominal
the
over,
nominal be
inches
100
to
up
10
per
each
per
weight. cent,
more
weight.
accepted
if
they
measure
thickness.
weight, corresponding for
5
plate, if
not
to more
the
mensions dithan
IRON
498
that
in
shown
ass'.aned
the
following
weigh
to
STEEL
AND
STRUCTURES.
table,
0.2833-lb.
:
shall
made
inch
cubic
one
of
rolled
steel
being
Cast-Iron. 109.
0.10 per
over
to
true
If
Castings
inches a
in
dimeter
clear
span
breaking
load
1/10 inch
for
Society
and
of
12
from
be
made
before
flaws on
with
inches
The
long.
applied shall
so
is specified.
iron
free
the
iron, with
gray
Testing Materials,
15 inches
and
tough
chilled
required, they shall
are
American
the
wind
of
of
where
except
out
pattern,
tests
on
cent.,
be
which
at
the
of
bar
1% made
shall be
test
a
Bar"
round
a
middle.
2,900 lbs., with
be
is
be
shrinkage.
"Arbitration
the
not
shall
They
excessive
and
transverse
load
sulphur
minimum
The
deflection
of
least
at
rupture.
Wrought-Iron. 110. in
Wrought-iron
character.
surface
in 8 inches, with
with
the the
When
nicked
(6) Mill
been for
thoroughly in
135 which
inch,
wholly degrees, is
twice
bent, the fracture
and
INSPECTION
in
specimens
square
per
welded of
length, it shall
same
fracture
of
double-rolled, tough, fibrous and
AND
fibrous. without
shall
show
form
thickness
AT
TESTING
of
at
strength
least
shall
in
or
18
per
cold,
bend
fracture, around of
cent,
per
THE
a
piece tested.
the
least 90
at
Fig. 1,
ultimate
Specimens sign of
show
of
an
elongation
an
the
the
from
free
and
rolling
uniform
fibrous.
MILLS.
Orders. 111.
and
the
fiber,through diameter
be
tested
50,000 lbs.
cent,
pin
be
When
pieces of
least
at
shall
defects.
full-sized of
It
shall
no
The material
notified the
purchaser shall be
where
inspection.
the
shall be rolled orders
furnished nor
work
have
been
complete copies of done
before
placed,
so
the
that
he
mill
orders,
purchaser may
has
arrange
112.
testing the weight He
to
shall furnish
manufacturer
The
specimens,
499
Inspection.
for
Facilities
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
AND
IRON
furnish
shall well
as
all material
quality of
and
as
suitable
a
the
prepare
all facilities for the
at
mill
for
the
it is
where
testing machine
pieces
inspecting and factured. manu-
testing the
for
machine,
free
of
cost
the purchaser.
Access
Mills.
lo
113. have
The
all parts
all times, to
at
access,
inspected by him
purchaser
the
representing
inspector
of
mills
the
mills
the
at
where
shall
material
be
to
manufactured.
is being
WORKMANSHIP.
(7) General. 114.
All
approved
The
drawings. in
practice
best
forming
parts
kept clear
and
a
workmanship bridge
modern
protected
shall be
structure
from
the
finish
and
works.
built
in
shall
Material
equal
be
the
at
with
accordance to
the
shall
shops
be
weather.
Straightening. 115. that
Material will
not
shall
be
thoroughly straightened
injure it,before
being laid
ofif or
in the
worked
ods shop, by methin any
way.
Finish.
116.
all portions Size
of
Rivet
The the
nor
of and
work
the
exposed
neatly
be
accurately done
and
neatly finished.
view
to
and
size
rivets, called
of
rivet before
for
the
on
be
the
actual
diameter
of
the
punch
diameter
of
the
rivet;
plans, shall
heating.
Holes.
118. shall
of
chipping shall
Rivets.
117. size of
and
Shearing
be
the the
If not
than
more
diameter
punch.
reamed
reaming
general
or
of
the
Material drilled
is not
iW-inch die
from
greater than
more
than
more
the
required, the than
^-inch
^-inch
the
greater thick
the
than
shall
diameter
sub-punched
be
solid.
Punching. 119. to
Punching
enlarge unmatched
rivet, they shall be
rejection.
shall be holes. reamed.
accurately If
the
Poor
done.
holes
There be
must
matching
of
shall
be
enlarged
holes
will
no
to
be
drifting admit
the
cause
for
STEEL
AND
IRON
500
STRUCTURES.
Reaming. 120. of
the
used
punch
diameter not
sub-punching
Where
of
be
rivet.
the
The
holes
shall
smaller
then
the
than
required, the
are
A' -inch
less than
not
t's-inch greater
than
more
shall
reaming
and
be
nominal
than
reamed
the
nominal
a
diameter
to
diameter
diameter
of
the
rivet.
(See 135.) After
Reaming 121.
pieces
Assembling.
*[If general
forming
together
that
take
pieces
the
reamed the
the
shall
position in
close
shipping
be
that
final setting up.
the
If
handling,
and
marked
so
and
contact.
they
No
done
be
firmly
so
it be
the
to
necessary
pieces in
reassembled of
interchange
the
bolted
respective be
may
after
reamed
parts
permitted.]
be 122.
Reaming
123.
The
shall
outside
making
of
extent
for
apart
in
shall
assembled
are
are
it
required
member
surfaces
together
same
will
built
one
is
reaming
be
done
with
on
reamed
burrs
twist
drills without shall
holes
lubricant.
removed
be
the
to
I'^-inch fillet.
a
Assembling. 124.
The
with
together
drawn
shall
be
125.
shall
members
be
pinned
well
riveting is commenced.
bolts, before
and
firmly
Contact
faces sur-
(See 152.)
painted.
The
of
ends
lacing bars
shall
be
neatly rounded,
wise other-
unless
for.
called
Stiflfeners. 126.
Stiffeners
tight fits
Splice Plate 127. within Web
shall fit neatly between
called
are
shall be brought
to
and
Web
for, the true
a
ends
of
flanges of girders. Where
the
stiffeners
the
with
bearing
contact
shall
faced
be
and
the flange angles.
Fillers.
splice plates and of
}i-'mch
the
fillers under
stiffeners
shall be
cut
to
fit
flange angles.
Plates. 128.
Web
backs
with
than
5^-inch, unless more
*
See
the
plates
flush
not
riveted
Bars.
Lacing
Web
of
parts
than
of
girders,
the
clearance
clause
which
have
flange angles
otherwise
J4"inch
Addendum,
of
(d).
called between
When
ends
of
plates, shall
cover
project
or
for.
no
above
web
them
plates
not are
be
more
spliced,
plates will be allowed.
Beams
Floor
129.
and
flush
after
done
more
than
cause
for
3/32-inch
the
the
over
501
stringers shall
and
connection
angles
[If required
connection
entire the
from
the
and
ends.*
milled
the
milling to extend
floor beams
of
riveting
after
be
milling shall the
sections
to
true
STRUCTURES.
Stringers.
main
length
exact
to
and
The
STEEL
AND
IRON
face
angles
of
thickness
the
by
accurately
set
purchaser
the
in
riveted
are
the
member].
of
connection
milled
be
The
place,
removal
of
will
be
heat
in
angles
rejection.
Riveting. 130. a
Rivets
oil furnace
or
gas
Pneumatic 131.
Rivet
assembled
allowed.
Loose,
shall be
Turned
burned
the
holes
shall be
with
the
threads
thick
^-inch Members
to
133.
bolts
shall be central
defective shall be be
driving. in
size,and
rivets
shall
taken
not
be
of
shall
and
will
caulking
drilled
proper
possible.
the shank
on
and
Recupping
rivets,care
be
not cut
be out
injure the
to
out.
Finish
in
place the
parallel and
under
used
of
of
transmit
rivets which
bolts
the
holes.
one
built
shall make A
washer
shear,
driving fit
a
not
less than
nut.
Straight.
several
open
used
entirely outside
shall be
The
and
pieces forming Finished
member
shall
members
shall be
straight
from
twists,
be
free
true
and
joints.
of Joints.
134.
Abutting joints shall
fitted close
to
provide
riveted
contact
on
be
cut
where 'especially
together,
joints, depending
Field
hand
to
the
to
wherever
shape, uniform
approved
they shall
are
reamed
fit closely together.
and
tools
red
Bolts, Wherever
as
adjusted
be
can
pressure
otherwise
out
light cherry
a
in preference
They
or
cutting
132.
bends
of
If necessary,
adjacent metal.
so
used
be
to
it
by
pieces firmly.
In
replaced.
and
shall
heads
grip the
and
driven
finished appearance.
and
that
shall be
hammers
heated
uniformly constructed
so
They
temperature.
neat
shall be
to
open
bearing, the
surfaces
after
have
bearings
even
dressed
or
they
In
view.
shall been
straight
and
compression truly faced,
be
perfectly aligned
complete.
Connections. 135.
punched * See t See
Holes and
for
reamed
Addendum, Addendum,
floor to
a
clause clause
beam steel
(f). (e).
and
templet
stringer connections not
less
than
one
shall inch
be
thick.
sub-
t[If
AND
IRON
STEEL
STRUCTURES.
503
Castings.
Steel
Steel castings shall be annealed
143.
and
free
from
large
injurious
or
blowholes. Welds. 144.
Welds
steel will
in
be
not
allowed.
Plates.
Bed
145.
plates shall be
bed
Expansion
plates shall
be
planed
planing tool shall
be
fine and
wall
Pilot
bottom.
parallelwith
and
true
The
the
finishing
direction
Cast
smooth.
of
the
of
cut
expansion.
Nuts. 146.' Pilot
pin, in Field
such
driving
and
numbers
as
shall
nuts
be
may
be
for
furnished
size
each
of
ordered.
Rivets. 147.
plus
and
top
planed
Field
rivets, in
ten
Shipping
shall
rivets
of
excess
furnished
be
the
to
the nominal
number
15
of
amount
required
for
cent,
per
size.
each
Details.
148.
bolts, rivets
Pins, nuts,
and
other
small
parts
shall
be
be
marked
boxed
crated.
or
Weight. 149. it in
The
of
weight
piece and
every
shall
box
on
plain figures.
Weight.
Finished 150. Not
scale
2
over
from
for
Payment
the
of
cent,
per
plans will
price
pound
be
the
total
allowed
weight
for
of
the
by scale
be
structure
as
weight.
computed
weight.
excess
SHOP
(8)
shall
contracts
PAINTING.
Cleaning. *151. cleaned as
Steel and
Contact 152.
painted
for, well
In
riveted
before
See
coating
worked
work,
the
being riveted
of
into
the
shop,
shall
linseed
pure
all joints
and
be
oil, or open
thoroughly such
paint
spaces.
surfaces
coming
in
contact
shall each
be
together.
Surfaces.
Pieces
and
erection, including *
good
one
leaving
Surfaces.
Inaccessible 153.
given called
be
may
before
work,
Addendum,
parts tops
clause
of
which
will
not
be
accessible
stringers, eye-bar heads, (b).
for
ends
painting of
posts
after and
IRON
504
AND
have
etc., shall
chords,
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
additional
an
of
coat
before
paint
the
leaving
shop. Condition
of
154. is
Surfaces. shall
Painting
perfectly dry.
It shall
under
protected
tallow
shipment
before
for
and
before
shall
be
the
metal
freezing weather, unless
or
with
coated
being put
AND
manufacturer
of
weight
material
machine
wet
of
TESTING
the
into
out
AT
white
lead air.
open
THE
and
SHOPS.
Inspection.
The
testing the where
surfaces
INSPECTION
(9)
156.
in
surface
Surfaces.
Machine-finished
Facilities
done
be
not
the
when
only
cover.
Machine-Finished
155.
done
be
for
is
furnish
shall
material
inspecting and
quality of workmanship
and
He
manufactured.
testing full-sized
all facilities for
shall
furnish
the
at
suitable
a
shop
testing
if required.
members,
Starting Work. 157. of
the
hand
The
work
in
Access 158.
The
where
stage has
shop, in order
to
be
Any
shall
inspector piece
the
accepted
not
work.
Shipping 161.
scale
have
of
advance a
the
start
representative
on
all times, to is being
of
all parts
the
manufactured.
material
the
may
no
which matter
with
piece accepted rejected
be
inspector, through work
or
each
at
any
is defective in
what
stage
private
and
time
oversight
an
a
or
at
any
otherwise, to
or
contrary
of
completion,
the may
purchaser.
Plans. 160.
the
may
at
access,
stamp
marked
so
If
rejected by the
Shop
have
inspected by him
this material, specifications, be
he
in
Material. The
of
that
well
workmanship.
and
inspector shall material
Accepting 159.
notified
be
Shop,
to
mark.
the
inspect material
to
shop
shall
purchaser
The
purchaser
shall
be
furnished
complete shop
plans.
Invoices.
Complete
purchaser
weights
with of
copies of each
individual
all
shipping invoices
shipment. pieces.
Shipping
shall
invoices
be
furnished
shall
show
to
the
Tests.
Eye-Bar
Full-sized
162.
members
tests
In
be
body
and
by the in
strength
and
provided
not
in the
break
than
the
of
drop
the
of
one-third
detail
general
Specific answers of
work
desired.
will
(a)
What
(b)
Shall
55,000
fracture, in
be
limit
elastic
recorded.
the
Should
a
specified elongation, ultimate
the
be
not
total
rejection,
for
cause
number
of
bars
tested
be
not
are
should
also
be
given
any
of
the
of
linseed
to
live
oil
given
or
question
to
define
load
furnished
for
a, b
shall
be
kind
of
there
used?
paint be used,
ders bid-
and
f if the
referred
to
e
the
work
of
use
c, below.
questions d,
to
paragraphs
the
the
and
specificallydemanded,
not
are
Bridges.
Railway
be
construed
class
Steel
in
STEEL
posals Soliciting Pro-
When
by Buyers
should
features
FOR
BRIDGES.
drawings
described
If these
paragraph
bers mem-
be
the
The
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifically Determined
specific answers
class
price,
generally break
granular.
shall
the
develop
for
When
fine
or
shall
strength
shall
mercury
RAILWAY
be
the
contract
at
feet, including
10
Bars
silky
GENERAL
TO
to
and
(see 136).
head
ADDENDUM
Points
in
fracture, it shall
of
the
satisfactory,the
not
ultimate
cent.
and
than
more
minimum
per
prove
expense,
purchaser
are
to
rejected.
be
shall be
character
tests
elongation
15
head
by the
the
members,
manufacturer's
for
If
will
The
the- fracture
break
bar
inch.
less
not
paid
similar
and
the
at
tests, the
eye-bar
indicated
as
made
them
by
square
shall
be
eye-bars
satisfactory.
are
represented
lbs. per
of
shall be
tested
so
163.
tests
shall
workmanship,
if the
TESTS.
FULL-SIZED
(10)
505
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
AND
IRON
is
unbracketed
desired.
7 and
(Paragraphs
If paint, what
kind?
8.)
graph (Para-
151.) (c)
Shall
the
(d)
Shall
general
(e)
Shall
field
connections
Shall
floor
connection
contractor
reaming
furnish be
be
floor bolts?
done?
(Paragraph
assembled
at
the
121.)
shop?
(Paragraph
135.) (f)
129.)
angles be
milled
after
riveting?
graph (Para-
IRON
506
AND
^CLASSIFICATION
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
OF
BRIDGES
AS
TO
CARRYING
SAFE
CAPACITY.
Capacity.
Carrying (1) the
The
heaviest
service motion
limited
or
a
of
wear
The
(2)
these
of
speed, stress, behavior, falsework under
A
(3) with
the
it
to
When
in paragraph
limited
a
American
the
Railway
hour,
per
stresses
steel
these
of
then,
in
not
(5)
When
good,
the
general
rule,
the
(1) to
their
3
traffic
efficiencies
Vol.
by
Operating should
under 9, 1908,
be a
pp.
a
for
subjected
be
lower
margin
of
in
accordance
service,
speeds
fast
remain
the
capacities
close
actual
watch
on
in
unit
sufficient
be
2
are
by
any
paragraph
conditions, judgment the
miles
6pen-hearth
determined
be
cannot
full
structure.
outlined
as
15
good,
not, in themselves,
condemning
or
with
speed, and
exceeding
not
26,000 lbs. in structural will
given
specification,using
regular
for
questions of
are
a
will
good
that
feet,all controlling factors
Association
factors
or
and
in
of
excess
analysis made
in wrought-iron,
they
for
200
of
controlling
in
controlling factors
extent
limiting stresses
Bridges
Adopted,
the
as
accordance
will, when
of parts, have
allowances
the
to
experience, supplemented Classification
distress
show
in
constructed
loading
impacts for
suspending
as
bridge
the
bridge, however,
mathematical
for
long
so
tension
justification for
taining main-
life.
Engineering
impact
22,000 lbs.
and
sideration. con-
strength, design, material
a
wear
is less than
the
specificationallowance one-half
into
possibilityof
Association,
The
shorter
a
span
good,
for
period
and
motion
of
the 2
taken
large
a
upon
specificationsfor steel railway bridges
the
to
been
Engineering
safety, less efficiencyand (4)
serviceability.
and
be
the
should
time
provides
equal
for
amount
greater
a
and
has
originally designed.
was
stresses,
design, material, workmanship,
condition
which
bridge
Railway
carry
regular
severe
depend
must
mean
loading.
least
at
American
condition, which
which
are
considerable
specificationwhich
a
such
will
bridge
any
factors
physical
a
railway
workmanship of
for
increased
the
of
carrying capacity
Some
it to
to
it in
over
seriously impair its safety
to
as
subjecting
controlling factors, all of
of
number
parts
understood
operated
be
may
v^rithout
time
iiere
bridge is
a
which
loads
moving
for
capacity of
carrying
in
structure
and
service.
Purposes. classified
loading 218-221,
of
for the
285-296.
operating type
according
purposes
outlined
in
the
American
Railway be
figures should
these
manner
to
as
the
main
will
give the
show
be
the
efficiencyon
the
overlooked
either
of
efficiencies.
may
be
section
of
the
The
speed.
and
specificationtype,
of
the
railway
road
weakest
A
schedule whose
the
where
this
on
these
a
on
map
is permitted tions restric-
notes
number
there
accompanying
structure
indicate
that
after
such
in
operation
will
map
order
placed
driving
or
the.
the
the in
weight
of
cars
on
and
asterisk
that
and
Notes
doubleheaders,
an
of
districts.
engines
efficiencies should
total
map
capacity
engine
and
the
engine the
on
the
glance
a
and
doubleheaders
placed
classes
stated
not
to
at
service
speed
to
as
specifications. The
permissible
be
line, branches
by the
as
heaviest
the
507
STRUCTURES.
by figures representing of
weight
and
Association
Engineering
indicated
axle
STEEL
AND
IRON
may
indicating restrictions
are
illustrates briefly
map
scheme.
above
CLEVELAND
0
\-"^
m
^
3
a: O
o O
225
t
\
5
\
"y
\
13G
laO*
^
*
CINCINNATI
Schedule be
may
heaviest
showing
operated
when
the
equipment
of
bridge efficiencyis stated Service
Efficiency.
B240
C130
D220
180
A200
B190
C180
D170
135
Also
B140
C130
D120
Speed
restriction
Doubleheaders
Note. in
Class.
A250
figures denote
"
If
:
weight :
with
in
miles
1000
the
lbs. of
Bridge
on
restriction
No
preferred,
accordance
Ten
engine, exclusive 23
at
which
:
225
The
load shown.
class
service
each
of
tender.
Pittsburgh.
except
efficiency may series Cooper's
be instead
indicated of
by by
the
the driving weight as
axleabove
^INSPECTION
OF
(1)
is to
whole
if
do
ever,
accidents
than
At
These
of
made
unless
which
to
the
or
other
one
next
intended
are
of
in
Reports
of
experienced those
in
who
these
examination and
of
the
be
and
basis
for
will
decisions
"SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
should
should
bridge repairs. section
the
of
be
traffic,
depreciation made
directly or
to
the
primarily
of
for
the
in
safety
of
ERECTION
THE
men
preferably by The with
connection
repairs, reinforcements
to
;
by
maintenance.
safe
filed, and
be
determine
as
bridges
their
made
be
to
are
maintenance
inspections should ofiBce data
in
natural
most
one
inspections
primarily responsible
are
of
reports
design
the
the
such
of
there
those
to
rarely,
structures.
semi-annual
or
due
those
the
arising from
defects, arising from
all the
to
on
will
months
than
inspections
such
authority; preferably
Annual
skill
discovered.
experienced
thorough
discover
responsible for the safety of the (3)
others
and
tion inspec-
structure
reports
are
six
to
one
bridge is subjected,and
causes.
of
conditions
conditions
from
more
to
this
in the
lack
depreciation. No
adverse
periodic intervals
forces, and
unsafe
to
natural
be
the
of
as
ments fire,flood, derail-
from
to
often
as
and necessarily be superficial,
call attention
inspections should
object
displacement
any
inspection, due
inspections by bridge foremen
be
forces, daily, or
structure
traffic, or
those
be
the
INSPECTION.
OF
supervision. The to
forces, must than
inspections need (2)
from This
part.
more
other
causes
their
damage
any
of the section
part
under
track
in
or
RECORDS
AND
by the regular section
discover other
or
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
BRIDGES
Inspection
they inspect the
in
AND
IRON
508
the or
an
structures, renewals.
RAILROAD
OF
BRIDGES. Work
to
1.
Be
The
Done. shall
contractor
place complete,
and
erect,
rivet work
all other
perform
all
adjust
and
hereinafter
metal
work
in
specified.
Plant. 2.
The
necessary
contractor
for
fittingup
and
the
shall
expeditious
provide
all tools,
handling
of
the
machinery work,
bolts.
*
Adopted,
Vol.
11,
Part
=
Adopted,
Vol.
13,
1912,
1, 1910, pp.
pp.
83-87,
126, 127, 166. 935-945.
and
including
appliances drift
pins
y\ND
IRON
STEEL
509
STRUCTURES.
Falsework. 3.
The
method shall
equipment
be
shall
well
be
if
without
Falsework or
for
subject
be used
it shall not
manner
work
Railway
be
to
to
or
under
except
of
will
of
every
Company,
far
the
firm
site
bottom
be
removed
loaded
or
on
it shall
be
Engineer.
under
old
an
practicable by the
as
shall
temporary
contractor,
of the
unnecessarily
be
bents
shall
the
near
of
The
for
secured
thoroughy
erection, the
Company
as
maintaining
wherever
the
approval
its
completion
with
to
the
subordinate
to
and
so
as
close
or
obstruct
cut
structure contractor
wasted.
or
not
utmost
the
the
of
with
the
thoroughfare
any
and
extent
use
interfere
to
force, plant
sufficient
in
tracks
by
land
such
a
by the of
work
and
other water,
or
authority.
proper
Reasonable
prosecuted
all times
at
Company,
contractors,
be
shall
expedite
to
as
approval
Work.
The
equipment
piles used
Railway
be
longitudinally.
property
the
to
such
for
and
shall
bents
Railway
the
If
directed.
erection
substantially constructed
neatly piled
and
damage,
during-erection,but
4.
the
placed by the
of
All
it.
of
carrying traffic, may
Conduct
but
and
material
erection
and
completion
Upon
manner
a
during
use
upon
property
be
in
falsework
responsibility. Falsework
any
against settling,and
the
may
removed
Engineer,
transversely and
both
unnecessary as
cars,
for
come
obtained.
structure,
by the
properly designed
will
secured
cannot
for
*
by the
structure
against movement, be
from
contractor
provided
be
which
loads
the
be
temporary
traffic
the
approval
to
plans
Falsework
will
The
the
and
*
built by
character
subject
be
relieve
shall not
erection
of
reduction
of
will
speed
be
allowed
of
request
upon
the
contractor.
Tracks when
except
The
by
shall not
and
be
cut
shall
nor
specificallyauthorized
contractor
shall protect
the
of
at
expense
provide competent
the
watchmen
trains
by
the
traffic and
Railway to
subjected
be
stoppage
any
Engineer. his work
by flagman furnished The
Company. the
guard
to
work
shall
contractor
and
material
against
injury. Engine 5.
Service. If
under
the
the contractor
free
materials
in
*
Insert
and
of
contract,
charge,
transferring
"Railway
Company"
work such the
or
train service same
or
engine
shall
from
"Contractor,"
a
service
consist
only
convenient
as
the
case
is furnished in
unloading
siding may
to
be.
the
AND
IRON
in the
Changes shall
be
supporting
STRUCTURES.
structure
the
under
all times
at
STEEL
tracks
or
direct control
511
erection
required during supervision
and
way the Rail-
of
Company. Removal 10. be
at
for
grade
used
without
future
shall be Metal
Material
shall
for
drifting
will
the
Unfair
Nuts
locked All
50
parts
Threads
of
pany; Comeach
of
of
of
holes
tension
is removed.
When
shall have in
members
heads
shall in
full
be
required
are
the
place. together,
parts
will
holes
in the
be
not
shall
structure
mitted. per-
ively effect-
be
to
floor
filled with
bolts
riveted
prior
traffic,important
carry and
stringers
securely bolted
be
25
before
complete least
have
33y3
per
at
with
cent,
per
to
tions, connec-
shall
beams, and
up
carrying traffic,at
not
ing blockcent,
of
bolts.
have
full
No
and
uniform
with
contact
subjected
recupping
the
in
metal.
shall
members
compression been
tight.
driven
draw
in
drilled.
shall
splices shall be
splices of shall
to
driven
unfair
or
connections
the
order
being
all pins
threads.
attachments cent,
in
remaining
as
Rivets
after
field
while
nuts
reamed
bolts
on
All
shall be
be
the parts
drift pins.
and
the
spans
damage.
matching
of
by checking the
per
holes
driving
When
such
the
and
without
permitted
be
shall
splices and
riveting.
and
purpose
holes
pins
on
handled
be
by pilot
Light drifting
the
Railway
separate.
shall be protected
least
several
is to
structure
the
by
convenient
a
the
neatly
or
Work.
11.
but
of
cars
at
When
shall
structure
on
tracks, and
match-marked
be
old
the
loaded
directed.
is composed
bridge
in
and
the
to
be
may
will
all parts
the old
kept
adjacent as
work
damage
unnecessary
handling,
elsewhere
when
specified,metal
immediately
site
a
Structure. otherwise
Unless
dismantled
piled
be
Old
of
full
to
dead
caulking
or
size
shall
Heads
load
will
free
and
not
be
be
from
be
driven
until Rivets
stresses.
The
permitted.
fins, concentric
painted
immediately
and
burnt
acceptance. Rivets
shall be
shall be
driven.
driven.
In
if necessary,
uniformly and
All
removing the
rivets
defective rivets
the
shall be
rivets
thoroughly shall
be
surrounding drilled
heated
promptly metal
no
cut
out
shall not
be
rivets and
re-
injured ;
out.
Misfits. 12.
shall be
Correction
of
minor
considered
as
a
misfits and
a
reasonable
amount
legitimate part of the erection.
of
reaming
IRON
512
Any fitting
of
up
reported of
the
Holes
13.
in the
done
such
bill for
be
bolts shall
the
drilled
be
by
presence
of
work
rection cor-
with
built up
are
metal
the
after
contractor
Portand
in
set
the
bolts
where
bolts, except
all anchor
for shall
masonry,
Bed
immediately
Engineer.
the
approval of
the
moderate
a
expended.
itemized
an
and
and
Bolts.
Anchor
and
render
correction
time
the
pins,
cutting, shall be
or
of
assembling
proper
drift
of
use
the work
and
shall
contractor
for
moderate
shall check
who
Engineer,
The
the
Engineer
the
to
the
prevents
slight chipping
and
reaming
of
amount
the
by
parts
which
work
shop
in
error
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
AND
is in place
grout.
cement
Plates.
full
even
the
use
plates resting
Bed
14.
bearing of
Portland under
cement
rust
grout
cement
bed
the
mortar,
or
a
by either in
by tightly ramming
or
accurately
them
blocking
after
plates
have
and
level
set
surface; this shall be attained
entire
their
over
be
shall
masonry
on
in
position. Decks. 15.
will
*
The
place the
and
frame
manent per-
deck.
timber
Painting. 16.
The
shall be
paint such
of
Surfaces of
tops in
enough
when
nor
in
and
good
shall
cleaned
17.
be
the The all
Insert
the
given by
coats
of
the
and
bottoms
of
paint before
for
coats
shall
be
scale, etc., before
assembling
two
wet
plates,
of
coats
or
dry
to
freezing
Painting shall
be
strict inspection during
to
in accordance
base
first coat
applied in
subject
All
the
is damp.
metal
Engineer.
of
as
shall receive
structure
paint
specified.
be
may
with
special instructions shall
metal
be
thoroughly
paint is applied.
the
Site. contractor,
old
material
place the premises *
two
manner,
completion,
dirt, rust, loose
of
Clearing
workmanlike
as
erection, such
No
surface
and
manufacture
between
time
second. the
after
and
progress
which
after
*
by
erection, the entire
applying the
weather,
remove
color,quality and
stringers, etc., shall receive
paint, allowing
done
furnished
be
inaccessible
place. After
before
will
"Railway
in
a
after and neat
Company"
completion debris
of
the
resulting
work
from
of his
erection, shall operations
condition.
or
"Contractor,"
as
the
case
may
be.
and
AND
IRON
18. a
and
If
conduct, the
on
of
any
the
be
from
Engineer's
the
work,
charge
the
out
contractor's
they shall,
work,
513
the
Instructions
carried
by incompetency
or
work
personal
workmen.
competent
superintendent shall
the
in
the
of
progess
superintendent
competent
skilled
entire
the
During
STRUCTURES.
Workmen,
and
Superintendence
STEEL
employes
instructions
upon
thereafter
nor
given
by
unseemly
from
be
employed
tractor. con-
boisterous
or
for
to
the
to
employment
Engineer,
the
only
Engineer
if given
unfitness
liave
employ
the
by
as
dishonesty, show
or
shall
and
same
shall
contractor
be
charged dis-
it without
upon
the
consent.
Inspection. 19.
work
The
and
erection
of
the
of
acceptance
shall
all times
at
be
subject
the
to
tion inspec-
Engineer.
Engineer. The
20. Chief
the
"Engineer,"
term
Engineer
'INSTRUCTIONS
of
the
FOR
herein, shall
used
as
Railway
THE
Company,
MILL
be
understood
accredited
his
or
to
INSPECTION
OF
mean
sentative. repre-
TURAL STRUC-
STEEL.
Study the
(1)
concerning the proposed of
the
(2)
Secure
information
(3) conduct the
be made
Attend
structure
the
the
mill
and
items
permit of
the
a
full
tion informa-
ing understand-
order. directions
and
notified of the rolling of material
tests
not
as
other
inspected.
be
to
such
secure
orders, shipping
material
promptly when
inspection
will
as
the various
of
copies of
concerning
the
so
unnecessarily with
interfere
to
and
operations of the mill. (4)
the melt of
the
test
by
specimens
and
tests.
that
Have numbers
(5)
of
to
use
specificationsand
and
contract
the
Attend Make
and
the
supervise
sure
Adopted,
and
Vol.
check
Observe
that of and
melt
the
the
the
of
testing machines
record
14, J913. pp,
numbers
making
pulling is the
not
properly stamped
and
prepared
manufactui-er.
verify
specified speed
the metal
specimens
selection
the when
and
tensile, bending are
ing stamp-
practicable.
properly
exceeded.
results of the
8^, 87, 1049-1050.
and
with
Note tests.
handled
the
ing driftand
behavior
IRON
514
(6)
Select
the
such
tests
Supervise
Secure
(7) of
melts
the
impurities
check
and
reason
will
should
detect
records in
the
of
which
tests
specified.
as
results.
their
chemical
specified
the
of
and
ingots
test
the
test
manufacturers'
manufacturer
analyses of
contents
specimens
and
laboratory
when
erratic
are
for
or
have the other
any
incorrect.
piece
examination
material be
to
evidence
of
promptly
the
material
finished
of
the
requiring
the
cold
the
the
each
permit
record
only those
of
by
Examine
shipment,
and
full-size
for
manufacturer
outside
be
to
members
check
the
made
furnished
(9) before
and
pieces
appear
other
STRUCTURES.
exceeded.
not
analyses
STEEL
or
accept
Secure
analyses
bars
from
are
(8)
AND
be
to
handled and
thorough
excessive
for in
This
tion inspec-
injury
other
or
that
manner
a
complete.
gagging
defects
surface
due
to
straightening. Report
(10) whose
surface
by the
(11)
has
inspection shop
waived.
been
from
material
any
Such
material
the
should
mill,
be
amined ex-
inspector.
the
Verify
of
shipment
section
all
of
material
by
and
measurements
by
weight. (12) the
various
their
so
far
so
(13)
Record
(14)
Keep
endeavor
to
(15) orders
Secure
and
make
of
have
the
as
it is covered
the
and
with
familiar
become
as
to
delay
in
the
copies of the
regular
the
the
familiar
become
and
mill
practice and of
correctness
the
mill
specifications. forms
the
on
progress
of
shipment
the
permit
analyses the
of
knowledge
by
and
employes
mill
circumstances
tests
the
plant
the
direct
as
informed
avoid
of
manufacture.
to
as
all
secure
to
as
of
acquaintance
well
as
practice in
and
the
work
determine
order
operations
processes
Cultivate with
the
Study
of
material
the
in
work
such
at
provided. the
times
shop
and
and
such
in
fabrication.
shipping of
statements
lists and
the
compare
material
that
them has
with
been
the
rolled
shipped. (16)
Make
records as
may
reports of
be
weekly
tests, analyses
required.
or
and
as
may
be
shipments
directed, submitting and
such
other
plete com-
tion informa-
IRON
AND
'INSTRUCTIONS
STEEL
FOR
THE
the
as
Acquire
time
desired
the with on
the
delivery, the
of
order
of
(2)
Study
provisions
in
are
(3). Endeavor and
Attend
progress
of
in
that
order
or
the
of
actual
need
of
special features girders
the
work,
the
connection
in
members
truss
or
such
contract,
the
When
the
unusual
and
the
to
the
inspection of
These any
that
see
not
are
all be
to
way.
good
with
foremen interest
sense,
men; work-
and them
shop,
striving
so
with
up
in
the
during
the
the
leaves
work
the
interfere
to
not
as
keep
to
before
corrected
inspection
making
work,
output
the
unnecessarily
shop.
with
the
shop. circumstances
from
instructions
pleasant relations
be
may
specifications and
and
work.
the
in
errors
variation
some
of
work
operations
(5)
conditions
specifications in
constantly
the
Conduct routine
with.
maintain
to
completion
(4)
complied
fairness, decisiveness
by
successful
plans
altering the
as
the
any
the
advance
thereof
construed
CATION FABRI-
bridge site.
the
at
of
and
THE
BRIDGES.
position of
the
as
OF
railway company's
shipment,
delivery, such
cars
STEEL
knowledge
full
a
515
INSPECTION
OF
(1)
STRUCTURES.
the
require
an
specified procedure,
of
explanation the
take
plans
the
action
necessary
promptly. (6) and
Study
field connections,
the
making
notations
the
on
paying particular
drawings
so
attention
that they may
to
be
ances clear-
checked
rapidly. (7)
Check
(8)
Give
condition
of
alinement
of
all bevels careful
the
(10) make for
Watch that
allowed for when
punching, of
rivets, accuracy
workmanship, care
in
the
assembling,
finishing of
machined
finish. reamed
to
of
accuracy
the
holes
remain
bends, kinks
leaving
the
between and
truly
are
assembled
twists
shop
cylindrical
in the
members
and
that
parts. finished
are
members
in proper
and
condition
erection.
''Adopted, 1058.
that
sure
not
certain
general
holes.
quality of
the
to
rivets, tightness of
Make
drillingsare
attention
plain material,
joints, painting and
(9)
field rivet
and
Vol.
14,
1913,- pp.
87-89,
1050-1053;
Vol.
15, 1914,
pp.
410,
411,
IRON
516
Make
(11)
the
only
Have and
erection
of
material
girders
in
web
below
rolled
the
do
project beyond
not
the
the flange angles complies
and
for
accepted
row
so
out"
in
erection
(15) of
each
is shipped. base
the
work
to
the
matched
that
milled
during riveting
and
of
calculated
have
riveting
the
and
proper
make
sure
field
rivets, allowing
riveting
insure
to
ting fit-
proper
fitted
properly
are
bearing
in
are
and
close
that
contact
floors
as
pinholes carefully to insure
bored
center
or
to
to
exceeded
be
sufficient
of
because
connections
end in
construction the
which
the
tendency
of
it is assembled.
that stringers connecting
sure
the
of
center
similar
any
proper
finish.
of
smoothness
spacing
I-beam
Make
(22) flange
the
"grow"
to
after
transmit
to
and
spacing is liable
work
that
sure
driving
splices
measure
spacing
Measure
sections
"build
not
specified.
as
position, dimension, (21)
a
riveter.
shop
surfaces
Examine
(20)
pneumatic
the
sure
and
will
in
erection.
Make
(19)
make
for
provided
space
field connections
of
ease
consecutively
all
length.
before
girders
of
lengths
girders
and
and
the
placed
calculated
"lefts"
and
practicable.
reversed.
Examine
(18)
columns
for
order
correct
as
and
be
to
the
far
as
column
are
the
plates of
is not
for
the
exceed
to
"rights"
space
and
as
Check
(17) sufficient
so
they
that
Check
bevel
the
insure
Check
(16)
when
to
as
each
of
in
shipped
instructions,
width
columns
long
material
with
accordance
between
number
fabricated
the
Measure
(14)
such
girders
therein.
(13)
for
of
webs
depth
that the
Allow
used
that
the
specification.
the
(12) be
STRUCTURES.
STEEL
that
sure
flange angles and with
AND
clearance
to
their
for
care
floor beams
to
possible
beneath
the in
over-run
depth. (23) the
Have
the
specificationscarefully
field connections. the
assembling
number If to
visible.
and
it reasonably
a
certain
and
make
be
governed of
such
errors
diagrams
for
sure
the
duplicate parts
should
that
spans
insure
case
any
of
girder
sufficient number
match-marking
reamed
in
large number
found,
are
Secure and
a
done
and
trusses
parts to be assembled
errors
make
(24) assembled
of
If
of
that
the
parts have work
match
are
required by of
accuracy
be
to
made,
ship. by the workmanshould been which marks
be
bled assem-
eliminated. has are
been
plainly
IRON
Have
(25) the
secure
dimensions
which
in
Determine similar
and
parts
Make
(30) rollers
and
which
may
discriminate
those
in
draw
between
tions slight varia-
which
such
fits for
blowholes as
bolts
keys
or
is attained.
accuracy
defects
for
of
and
tions imperfec-
other
unimportant
are
those
and
use.
that
bushings, collars
and
sure
that
all drum
expansion
similar be
parts
placed
Have
similar
parts
held
are
to
as
rollers,turntable loads
the
equally
carry
them.
upon
in
wheels, in size, so
exact
are
advance
that
carefully
the
directions
where
only and
provided
paint
painting
the
marks
make
used
shown
otherwise
(36)
Try
a
Make
sure
with
complies make
and
sure
intended. that
sure
they
are
legible as
secured
against
loss.
(37)
Examine
and
(39)
so
that as
the
bolts
headed
in
the
work. in
the holes
pieces other
bolted
are
small
parts
rivets, tie rods, anchor
to
be
where
they
are
avoid
delay
field rivets to
in are
bolts
shipment
place for
boxed
properly
and
or
miscellaneous
erection.
in
insure
that
they
are
free
from
fins
defects. Exercise
Make
reports actual
Observe
encountered
and
in
special care
particularly their
concisely the (40)
small that
sure
the
to
as
fit.
proper
that
head
plans and
Make
site of
countersunk a
loaded
so
the
at
the
on
shipped
(38)
few
insure
are
other
arrival
upon
to
members
important
direction
(35)
be
of
drums
correct.
(34)
or
such
unfit
Verify all shop
(33)
parts
and
accuracy
that
sure
paint is properly applied and
(32)
as
and
exact
desired
between
specifications. Watch
be
the
sure
Ascertain
(31)
right
for
in place.
securely
to
the
castings
Make
(29)
as
is done.
details
castings carefully for
the
render
well
and
trusses
instrument.
be
make
discriminate
and
that
assembling
supports
machine
the
in
reaming
and
an
must
advance
Examine
(28)
which
used
517
permissible.
are
and
with
carefully
Study
the
all treads
that
carefully leveled
(27)
STRUCTURES.
blocking
before
camber
Require
be
those
STEEL
camber
proper
desired
(26) spans
AND
the
moving
weekly
examination
of
all movable
tures struc-
parts.
or
as
directed, exhibiting carefully and
conditions.
carefully the
means
and
report
adopted
such
unusual
in overcoming
difficulties them
and
as
may
endeavor
IRON
Make
(10) of
a
falsework
make
and
before
damage
safety
and
failure
of
assist
in
lack
or
Examine
is done.
force
and
employed
of
temporary
any
with
of
the
9
with
corrected
view
a
or
ering discov-
of
having it
equipment
erection
23.
and
structure
purpose
and
safety
tion distribu-
the
following paragraphs
if necessary
soundings
evidence
any
the
supervision
constant
a
519
STRUCTURES.
of
will
that
way
Exercise
(11)
STEEL
record
daily
a
labor, in
its
to
adequacy. Be
(12) damage
AND
constantly
the
to
hand
on
failure
metal,
when
is in progress
work
conform
to
the
to
and
note
any
specifications,or
any
especial difficultyin assembling. Make
(13)
Endeavor no
in
Prevent
straining and
to
that
with
in
to
getting
care.
that
order
such
its
minor
some
sledges
camber
omitted
exists
included
are
in such and
structure
before
Bending, abuse.
threaded
"
bers mem-
misused.
nor
all parts of the
that
material.
the
washers fillers,
of
use
of
riveting.
badly distorted, although the
properly aligned
are
rivet
It is possible for
holes
well
are
a
filled
bolts.
loose
and
that
the
(19)
trains and
(20)
to
the
Keep
a
preserve
metal
to
the
Secure
all field-driven
all
during erection while
removing
informed
at
removed
which
structure
is properly
heating over-
and
have
that
any
the
concerning
field-
rivets.
as
use
or
riveting.
his
secure
soon
as
assist in procuring such
a
or
shop-driven
and
for
once
and
contract,
or
authorities
proper
record
rivets
rivets, whether
contractor
specifications
to
matter
work
injury Present
replaced
loosened
be
underheating
prevent
replaced.
and
may
to
scale is removed.
that
carefully
test
out
Prevent
of
sure
imperfect
cut
(18)
heating of rivets
make
to
or
Have
driven,
the
Watch
Examine
and
usage
neither
are
certain
be
and
the
they
required
to
(17)
are
rough
with
carefully the
Make the
structure
or
heavy pounding
that
see
abuse
any
Watch
(16)
resorted
in
with
in
place.
(14)
(15)
be
need
them
assembled
members
placed
is
structure
used, examine
are
several
the
have
to
the
of
member
marks
match
unsatisfactory makeshifts
member
and
If
position.
proper
each
that
sure
of
a
attention
lation vio-
any
correction
or
refer
possible. material
Company
material
and
trains when
of
any
old
and
needed,
thereof.
match-marking
it is desired marked
to
diagram
re-erect
in accordance
and
see
that
therewith.
structure
each Make
to
part
of
a
record
be
such of
IRON
520
the
of
manner
the
members
such
(21)
(22)
Make
benefit
of
and
of
Make
the
the
material
similar
details
work.
;
and
and
the
design
give
such
by
sketches
of
and
to
otherwise
or
in
progress
damage
any
necessary
flagging
of
re-erection.
important
the
whether
trains,
otherwise,
directed,
the
delay
trains,
to
of
and
other
in
the
labor
the
showing
equipment
showing cost
found
report
performed
ior
personal
ries inju-
kind.
as
report
in
errors
and
force
erected,
all
or
every
reports
be
and
practicable.
contractor
of
final
a
will
records
of
record
a
Make
size
Indicate
as
wherever
accidents
(23) the
work
apart
structure.
photographic
the
STRUCTURES.
structure
replacements
or
of
old
old
the
Secure
features
STEEL
the
cutting of
repairs
the
AND
cost
per
fabrication
information
of
progress
the
work,
use.
of
rivet
in
and
erection
of
labor
riveting,
the
commenting
as
may
per
cost
on
be
useful
the
in
of
ton
of
recting cor-
design plannir.g
COMMITTEE
ECONOMICS
OF
^ECONOMICS
A
(1)
RAILWAY
OF
is
line
located
XVI.
LOCATION.
RAILWAY
when
LOCATION.
its position
is
designing
an
fixed
and
horizontally
vertically. (2)
Locating
handling
a
class
traffic may
of
of
quantity good
given
(3)
for
the
economical
traffic of
the
plant
future
economical
for
plant
different
a
within
given
a
for
class.
reasonable
and
quantity
greater
a
for
plant
is
It
less
or
considered the
limits, provided
available.
are
The
economical
be
not or
means
The
discount
to
funds
necessary
traffic.
traffic
practice
railway
a
for
formula
general
most
economic
the
value
of
a
tion loca-
is :
^'=^ Where
i?
=
Annual
revenue
(receipts
E
=
Annual
expense
of
taxes
C
p The
(4) where
/
Where
=
P When
the
of
shall be
should
used
expenses,
of
(2)
construction
condition
plus
interest in
investment.
to
of
the
is convenient
profit
rate
cost
on
is constant
of
:
:
profit (net corporate
and
especially
cases,
constant
I)=P
of
revenue
is
unknown,
or
;
certain
in
Amount
operating
interest.
The
;
income). equation
of
but
cases,
many
Care ratio
of
cost
on
of
is that
(2)
construction, does
not
be
taken
should
profit
to
cate indinot
investment
considered. In
Engineer
must
direction
and
1
be
may
interest
a
and
investment.
on
of
low
be
(5)
construction)
of
Amount
proportion too
use
+
minimum,
a
the to
=
the
sum
profit
known
revenue,
R-(E
including depreciation
operation,
(cost
following equation
annual
the
of
Percentage
=
operation);
from
;
Capital invested
=
"""""')
"
"
Adopted,
order
make
to
know class
Vol.
of
16,
make
or
traffic
1915,
economical
an
pp.
a
that
104,
reasonable the
1078.
521
location
of
assumption
railway
will
be
a
of
railway, the
called
the
amount, upon
to
522
ECONOMICS
handle,
class
that
will
cost
of
be
used, the
line
(6)
for
train
One
of
possible,that (7) located
minor
on
If
then full
a
The
rate
of
(9)
In
where
the
length
way
and
equipment.
of
ruling gradient
on
an
rating
through
each
direction be
train of
the
ruling rate,
the required time be
made.
to
a
great
On
therefore,,is
preferably
be
the
benefits
the
line is within
cost
Full due
to
to
the
of trains
single-track lines of
estimate
time the
at
over
a
be
to
lifted
reduced taken
be
cannot
ruling gradient reduction of
the
feature
meeting train
and
reduction
a
engine mileage
grade
at
or
near
engine
the in
increase
in ruling
reduction
proposed
sonable rea-
maintenance
from
advantage
a
introduced
are
of
velopment de-
often
resistance, time,
the
to
in
the
overcome,
derived
and
wages
given
difference
probability,if this anticipated
movement
to
be
distance
large percentage
all
be
weight of locomotives
in
increased.
a
engine district,
by the
line
;
siding.
the
must
shorter
is also
as
of
adjoining districts
for
to
and
reduction
engine
loss
the
curvature
saving
in
is the
necessary
of
preferably
ruling gradient is
of
rate
rating increase
as
is
and
each
caused
elevation
is increased,
proportion for
be
ruling gradients,
on
end
consideration
may
of
for
contemplated
are
Where
track
crowded
extent
suitable
a
ruling gradient.
by the
ruling gradient
fixed
and
either
from
governed
reduce
the
train
is in direct
freight
summits.
supplies should
compensated
engine district having
proposed
minor
on
be
Some
are
summit,
apparent
structive con-
It is desirable, where
use.
located
is
point
should
ruling gradient
of
the
obviate
to
required.
terminal
a
water
ruling gradient
consumption,
of
a
improvement
slow
located
the
to
the
of
capacity
the
necessity be
a
fuel
the
considered
maximum
service
equal traffic,due
thereby
and
in
of
upon
operating limits.
the
the
domestic
road
will
Where
mistake, provided
over
interest
must
in
distance
sake
of
be
trains, which
of
up
ruling gradients.
the
enable
to
for
diflferent ruling gradients
for
of
employes, the
to
sufficientlylong
hours
and
sidings
deciding
of
be
enough
and
compensation
breaking
paid
fuel
summits.
carrying approximately the
be
of
cost
expenses.
requisites for
gradients
train
rate
operating
points should
passing such
the
should
locomotives
terminal
and
will
expenditures involved
within
Passing sidings
(8)
for
short
that
wages
of
necessary
for
supply
water
efficiencyand
district
run
the
approximate
reduction
and
the
make
to
the of
rate
engine
mileage
LOCATION.
additional
the
The
RAILWAY
materials,
for
return
the
and
power
maintenance
proper
of
of
OF
gradient,
district
cannot
affecting train rating and
passing
rating for
any
points line
as
;
it,,
the
OF
ECONOMICS
that
tonnage for
district,a speed
establishing
future
one
of
of
low
that
revision of
line
latter
would
be
limits
In
justified by the
traffic,may
constructed
Before to
be
interest
saved
given
the
if
a
In be
the
given
former
abandonment
of
locations,
than
another
may
all
might
or
the
bring
it
of
possible
to
alternative
the
v\^ork
line
a
be
such
a
large steep
a
of
cost
its traflfic,
the
tion construc-
of
for
a
revisions
property than
period
its
taken
with
would
that
the been
have
during
period
uneconomical.
appear
consideration
should
local
for
and
be
abandoned
traffic is
be
must
located
be
not
contemplated, owing
are
being
expense.
should
care
that
due
these
line
a
reasonable
a
be
to
would
prevent
may
at
when
requirements
location
lines
temporary
terminal
longer
immediate
final
the
and
curvature
introduced;
construction
stations, and
public
the
of
diate imme-
possible of reduction
ultimately
on
contemplated
expedients,
delivery point
and
the
be
for
construction
of of
where
requirements
cost
where
line
matter
estimated
of
to
as
temporary
extra
location
from
the
ruling
effect
economical
advantageously
future
expensive
receiving
opposition
be
must
traffic large, sharp
provide
the
construction
portions of the that
of
cost
more
the
to
be
such
construct
the
the
determining
more
line
a
situated
so
for
upon
on
to
in which
of
application temporarily of
the
future
will
improved
the
necessary
In
which
deciding
compare
reduction
a
comparing
an
of
the
and
gradients,
can
freights, and
fast
that, considering future
construction
the
steep temporary
which
engine
an
desirable.
traffic is small
thus
and
low-gradient location
such
and
to
situation
the
over
pass
grades.
in
necessitate
the
to
local
credited
appear
may
location; while
the
within
(10)
made
being
plotted.
consideration
due
but
would
ruling gradient
be
line ; thus,
the
ruling gradient,
percentage
523
allowance
to
be
for
gradient
expense,
trains
should
tonnage
to
ruling
of
for
card
of
ruling gradient
steep
its
time, due
light undulating
a
operating
revisions
future
time
trains,
lines with
on
In
and
curve
passenger
gradient
given
a
required
time
is little increase
for
none
on
the
estimating
There
in
LOCATION.
stops.
necessary
In
handled
be
can
RAILWAY
to
the
on
fact
established,
once
removal.
the
requirements
future
is justified for
the
line
should between
terminals.
(11) loaded
stalled cost
for
without
Momentum for any
the
gradients, not ruling gradient
reason
decreasing
in the
the
sag,
train
exceeding can
may
rating
that
handle be or
used
the
over
its train to
which in
reduce
efficiencyof
a
two
tive locomo-
parts
if
construction the
railway,
ECONOMICS
524
and
should
be
to
necessary
In
the
and
grade adjoins
is at
gradient
of
In
fixing
to
insert
be
connected
line
grade
the
vertical
Where
in
space
consideration
due
(12)
the
may
be
velocity
length,
should
of
momentum
the
11
than
less
The
location
not
miles
decided
distance, curvature,
Alternative
locations
resistance ;
distance the
line of
center
angle subtended into
by the
line
resistance
in
direction
one
resistance
(or friction in
difference
from
which to
has
the
resistance The
under above
considerable and
Friction
due
part the
subtracted
to
of
distance
the
brakes.
of
be
must
"
total
between
resistance, normal
trains of
should
trains.
increasing resistance
of
to
This
rolling
the
gravity
resistance
coming over-
due
to
(or velocity head)
energy
be
of
descending grades,
on
locations
different
comparing
understood
accelerating the
loss
In
conditions
on
trains, and
that
sum
divided
be
for
into
resistance
the
line
along the
may
speed
is the
which
gravity
of
and
:
degrees of central
up-grades, plus the
on
curvature
increasing line
that
and
manner
which
subdivided
of
operating
following
of
of
pusher
details
measured
number
be
and
fall,upon
line
reduction
resistance), plus
average
method
the
length
speeds.
minor
the
the
track, and
line resistance
energy
been
of
of
again
elevation
application
resistance
grades
the
minus
curvature,
line
will
only and
in
should
superelevation,
increased
by distance,
the
directions
both
rise and
curvature
center
which
and
length
necessitating a
curvature,
effect of
compared
being the location;
the
approximately
be
may
sharp curvature,
ordinary
upon,
determined
be
may
of
taken
such
points, ruling gradient,
location, namely, expenses
of
required
requirements
be
Curves
curves
the
make
to
terminal
of
easement
or
which future
to
should
care
grade-line intersections.
been
the
top
alinement,
any
gradients having
due
tion; considera-
grade, where
the
speed
spiral
by
tangents
ample
for all
at
curves
to
provide
to
giving
in
the
exceed
not
district under
considerable
any
minimum
should
sag
mum maxi-
the
gradients
engine
limit
the
necessary.
the
of
top of
hour.
per
summit, the
a
the
at
grade
miles
the
on
be
momentum
bottom
below
hour.
per
as
speed
eleven
the
at
of
thereby effected,
speed,
likely to
are
is
cost
reduced
or
lengths
trains
ascending
an
less than
be
such
for
minimum
the
the
trains
freight
limit
speed
stops
the gradient, of
LOCATION.
in construction
train
calculation of
RAILWAY
economy
where
operate
speed the
where
points
at
except
used
OF
the
used. not
to
may
take or
resistance, depending
into
be
not
may on
account
the
rate
a
of
stops.
conditions,
warm
weather,
modern
freight
R
=
22
miles
hour,
an
525
from
Ije obtained
may
R
=
Total
resistance
T
=
Total
weight
This
For
and
temperatures, ton
per
in
the
for
empty
the
same
To
the
decide
cost
of
of
resistance
Rise
affects
rise will maintenance
Distance
can
be
equipment
in
the
of
the uncertainty
constant
for
weights
of
such
time
plus
a
a
fixed
sum
to
rate
engines as
multiples, this item plus
the
per
the
be
train
which
of
calculated mile.
The
of the
available
affects
track,but
to
of
distance
basis.
what
of
resistance
ton-mile
cars,
obtained on
a
basis
effect of
of
be
that
and will wages
distance of
account
on
are
calculated. more
or
unit, using multiples in
is correct as
train
on
should
maintenance
extent
of way
effect
The
of
cost
locations.
line
on
ing eliminat-
the
to
alternate
distance
equivalent
is
:
and
way
is not
also
maintenance
passenger
information may
of
complicated problem
factors
cover
factors
degree
per
principal effects of It
effect
train-mile
on
and
feet
maintenance
comparing
effect of
more
basis
for
in
first
recommended
is
0.04
tion loca-
fall), it is
and
method
account.
The
direct
may
details of
line resistance, maintenance
The
a
comparisons curvature
minor
the
of
the
maintenance
wages,
tions loca-
amounts.
and
is
way
mile
per
less
a
to
as
of
sufficient data
time;
neglected
lbs.
angle.
of
but
and
account.
on
maintenance
sum
be
fuel
computed
to
fuel
equipment.
of
due
the
in
affects train
maintenance found
resistance
It may
resistance
definite
the
to
as
found
be of
is unknown.
be
line
make
rate
cost
equipment,
of
conclusion
a
to
value
the
the
affects
30
different
necessary
following
at
lower
as
of studying the effect of these
The
operation.
maintenance
warrant
method
a
resist-
at
high
as
20
to
is, train
comparing
(curvature, distance, rise
it also
angle;
in
10
increases
go
are
cars
from
estimate
may
central
relative
the
upon
increases
The
only.
of
resistance
However,
cars.
whether
on
rise
a
temperature
degree of
per
determine
to
Curvature central
feet
Train
it is deemed
consideration
necessary
until
low
extreme
to
conservative
a
mile.
per
freight
ton, depending
is equivalent
traffic
country,
0.04
at
under
fixed
This
ordinary conditions
(13)
cost
8 lbs. per
to
15 feet
at
for
taken
on
4
in tons.
contents
in train.
cars
mixed
equals rise of
tance
on
of
tangent.
and
cars
empty.
or
mile.
per
of
to
level
on
number
amounts
fully loaded feet
121.6 C.
r +
C":= Total
A
35
LOCATION.
formula
the
be
7 and
between
equipment, speed
'RAILWAY
OF
ECONOMICS
to
the
of
a
distance
principle, but
value
constant on
of per
these mile
maintenance
OF
ECONOMICS
Stoker-lired
with
locomotives
RAILWAY
LOCATION.
70 square
of
grates
527
feet
or
over
8,000 lbs. These
the
amounts
which
may
periods
when
(5)
Table the
2.
full
the
of
will
Tractive
reducing be
percentages
(7)
At
fixed
different
are
minute
by
shown
in
as
in
3
for
hour
at
Table
miles
per
velocity is referred
quantity the
of
used
steam
corrections saturated
(8)
to
"M"
as
cutoff
obtained
the
power,
can
be
determined
first
calculating the
375
less the
times
end"
7
recommended
the
the
H.P.
be
obtained
mum maxi-
the
("M"),
cated indi-
the
velocity "M" hour
per
Table
in the
is
fixed
The
and
for
in
given
as
"M"
simple locomotives.
produced
by
4, after of
case
or
the
ing apply-
locomotive
a
drawbar of
the
the
pull
for
use
starting, with
in
figures
the
the
level
on
shown
in
other
given
Table
of
formulas
determining of
and
these
sand, should
cylinder
5
"M"
without
cylinder to
the
tender,
and
data
given
resistances. not
of
"M."
cylinder
engine
be
6.
into
Table
is the
the
can
multiples in
in
velocity
power
converted
tangent
from
trucks The
use
tractive
been at
power
the
by
respective multiples of
resistance
through
the
by the formula,
power
divided
percentages
velocity resistance.
at
H.P.,
velocity has
the
for
tractive
operation,
by
"M"
using
I.H.P.
drivers, the resistance
pull
maintained
into
cylinder tractive
sum
"head
P. at
by
Available
or
be
power
of
"M."
locomotive
a
pressure
converted
simplify
I. H.
Where
(10)
for
cutoff
tractive
at
power
steam
hour,
boiler
by multiplying the
tractive
total
I.H.P.
be
can
To
hour.
(9)
the
proper
equals
power per
of
full
multiple
any
than
types
can
the
velocity
tractive
can
which
at
at
starting, gradually
at
steam.
Horsepower
tractive
miles
for
the
locomotive
per
greatest
power
production
full
the
is
this
compound
steam
which of
above
of
higher velocities by dividing
drawbar
in
maintained
per
drivers,
speed
This
tractive
for
the
Knowing at
The
percentage
horsepower
are
the
velocity ("M")
speeds
rapidly.
velocity
power
the
locomotive
a
maximum
the
to
more
practically a
of
power
maintained.
decreases
using
produced of
out through-
be
can
coefficient given
give
maintained.
be
can
the
by
cutoff
steam
sumption, con-
steam.
full
revolution
per
drivers
which
at
maintained
be
to
is working
pounds
quotient
this
expected
fuel
hourly
average
tables.
(6)
can
the
the
as
locomotive
used
the
cutoff
be
velocity
steam
Dividing
diameter
which
the
dividing
by
quantity of
the
in
found
be
can
understood
reasonably
maximum
The
be
to
are
hour
per
be
tractive rim and
of the
in Table Available
considered
as
ECONOMICS
528
greater
than
30
running
speeds
RAILWAY
the
of
cent,
per not
OF
weight
25
than
greater
LOCATION.
Burning
and
various
similar
The
Feed
on
quantit}^ of
qualities On
bad
each
For
each
coal
grain feed
locomotive in
only
found
S.
the
gallon
superheated
superheating
lbs.
quantities
intermediate
following
from
or
10
scale of
quantities:
tabular
salts
foaming
in
understood
surface
the
steam,
is not
as
heating
total
included.
per
cent.
per
cent.
the 1
be
200
Pressure,
water
1 is to
for
of
by interpolation.
accumulated
U.
foot
square
Boiler
for
and
qualities
hour.
60" Fahrenheit.
deduct
of
using
column
"
be
can
per
per
Boilers
various
per
surface
evaporated
steam
re-inch
average For
of
at
districts
water
For
Water
of
coals
consumed
heating Based
Locomotive
in
quantities
and
1
Evaporation
bituminous
drivers
cent.
per
TABLE
Average
locomotive
on
surface
water-heating
tioned men-
face sur-
at
ECONOMICS
RAILWAY
OF
TABLE
Weight
Steam
of
Used
For
Cylinder
using
locomotives diameter
One
Foot
of
Stroke
in
Cylinders. saturated
high
tor
is
2
in
Locomotive
(a)
529
LOCATION.
steam. in
cylinders
pressure
compound
locomotives.
For
weight stroke
feet
of
(b)
in
used
steam
the
per
revolution
of
drivers
at
full
cutoff:
"
times the quantity by four length of for simple and four For cylinder compounds. the compounds multiply by two. times length tabular
cylinder
two
This
of
Multiply
stroke. For
simple
assumes
5 lbs. the
a
per
locomotives
superheat
square
cylinders.
inch
using
of in
200
superheated
degrees
pressure
steam.
Fahrenheit, between
the
and boilers
a
drop and
of
530
ECONOMICS
OF
RAILWAY
LOCATION.
TABLE
Values
"C"
Coefficient
of
Minute
PER
3
Drivers
of
Miles
in
Changing
for
Revolutions
Into
Velocity
Hour.
per
336.13 "C"
=
Diameter
of
drivers
Revolutions
Miles
per
hour
=
inches.
in
per p"
-j
minute
RAILWAY
OF
ECONOMICS
4
TABLE
PoiiND.s
Steam
OF
H-
I.
per
P.
For
using
locomotives
"yj/"=Maximum
velocity Boiler
For
steam
per
following 160
170 180
(b)
For
I. H.
P.
percentages
saturated in
miles
pressure,
for
hour of
values
locomotives
steam. hour per 200 lbs.
other
boiler
given
in
lbs., 103 per cent. lbs., 102.1 per cent. lbs., 101.3 per cent.
simple
Multiples
Various
For
Hour
"i^."
OF
(a)
531
LOCATION.
using
full
at
cutoff.
pressures
table
:
190
lbs., 100.6
per
cent.
210
lbs.,
99.5
per
cent.
220
lbs.,
99.2
per
cent.
superheated
steam.
take
the
532
ECONOMICS
OF
RAILWAY
LOCATION.
ECONOMICS
OF
RAILWAY
LOCATION.
533
ECONOMICS
RAILWAY
OF
RESISTANCE.
^TRAIN
(1)
Dynamometer
535
LOCATION.
be
to
tests
of
the
show
should
value
greatest
following:
the
(a) Dynamometer with
pounds,
ten
in
special '
Speed record
(c)
Key
(d)
Condition
(e)
Steam
pressure
(f)
Train
line
(g)
Time
record
mile
of track of
air
record
tenth
nearest
to
record
to
400
less than
pull to
drawbar feet
to
one
nearest
and
inch
larger scale.
a
(b)
record
scale not
horizontal
cases
(Speed
(graphical) showing
record
mile
of
(graphical).
hour
per
posts. surface boiler
and
(graphical).
gage
(graphical). (graphical).
pressure
(graphical). be
may
independent
record,
and
in
coal
as
this
case
time
is desirable.)
(h) by hand
Coal in
of
(record
consumption
shovels
of
used)
(worked
engine).
Requisite data
taken
be
to
:
TRACK.
(i) to
Office
with
connect
(j) (k) (1) (m)
connecting
with
mile
posts
(so
as
3).
Section
of
Condition Number Kind
alinement
profile and
rail, of
of
rail.
ties to
rail (and
rail length),
quantity of ballast.
and
LOCOMOTIVE.
(n)
simple
whether
arrangement,
or
compound
and
locomotive).
of
dimensions
(o)
(wheel
Type
Total
weight
and
weight
on
drivers.
CARS.
(p) also
Record
weight empty
="
(q)
Kind
(r)
Condition
Adopted,
length, initial,number,
of
of
Vol.
and
class
w^eight loaded,
truck,
of
car.
11, Part
2, 1911,
pp.
647-666,
715-731.
of
each
car
of
train ;
536
ECONOMICS
RAILWAY
OF
LOCATION.
WEATHER.
for be
in
(s)
Temperature.
(t)
Direction
of
(u)
State
(2)
Numerous
train
resistance.
considered
(3)
The
motion
at
(a)
(rain
For
that
there
practical purposes
is
no
7 and
Assuming A
Rating is used
B
Rating is used
at at
35
of
temperature
20
used
between
temperature
20
degrees Fahrenheit
between
temperature
at
0
used
at
below
temperature
following formulas
0
degrees Fahrenheit;
practical:
are
Rating:
i?
=
2.2 T
+
B
Rating:
R
=
3.0 T
-\- 137 C
C
Rating:
i?
=
4.0 T
+
C
(on level grade).
D
Rating:
R
=
5A
-{- 171 C
(on level grade).
T
total resistance
Ti^
tonnage
C
the
of
of
the
When
C
153
(on level grade). (on level
of 2000
in the
cars
grade).
in pounds.
in tons
Compensate the
122
train
of
train
number
When
Fahrenheit
degrees
degrees Fahrenheit.
Rating is
'
been
35 degrees Fahrenheit,
Rating is
(4) (a)
has
degrees Fahrenheit,
A
=
train
hour.
"
the
=
per
can
fifteen minutes.
least
and
R
value
resistance
35 miles
practicable where
are
absolute
freight train
velocities of
between
train.
of
clear).
or
following formulas
D
direction
and
demonstrate
tests
constant
C
when
of wind
of weather
and
"
force
pounds.
train.
.03 per
degree
length of
curve
:
is less than
half
the
of
length
longest train. a
curve
within
occurs
the
first 20
feet
of
rise
of
a
grade. When
(b)
Compensate When
.035 per
curves
long When
as
the from
(c)
is in
curvature
Compensate Where
the
curve
is
one-half
of
three-quarters
and
as
train. between
occurs
.04 per curve
degree:
longest
the bottom
limiting.
sense
between
are
the
no
the
20
feet
and
40
feet of
grade.
degree:
habituallyoperated
at
low
speed.
rise
OF
ECONOMICS
Where of
Where At
(d)
RAILWAY
the
length of the
the
length of the longest
elevation
for is
curvature
.05 per
Compensate
is longer
curve
is excessive
all places where
537
LOCATION.
three-quarters
train.
freight trains. likely to
wherever
degree
than
the
be
limiting,
loss of
elevation
be spared.
can
(5)
Condition
of
Condition
and
maintenance
roadway
has
a
great
effect
on
train
has
a
great
effect
on
train
resistance.
(6)
design
of
equipment
resistance. PERCENTAGE
RATING
TAKEN
individual
cars
"A"
(7) type to
shows
of
considerable
determine
(8) on
Resistance
just how
variation. much
Starting resistance
loading, temperature
equipment.
RATING
ADJUSTED
OF
and
the
"B," AS
of
varies
from
character
AND
"D"
100%.
but
weight
same
Sufficient
difference
"C"
data
are
not
of
different
yet
available
is. 10
of
to
40
lbs. per
maintenance
of
ton, depending
roadway
and
ECONOMICS
538
OF
LOCATION.
RAILWAY
^CURVATURE.
(1)
A
(2)
The
in
angle
daily
out
the
maximum
and
one
a
take of
As
out
one
speed
*
than
Adopted.
the
cost
ideal
alinement.
rule
of
a
less
where
Vol.
11,
train
mile.
per
it is good
of
angle where the
largely
practice the
radius
rail, than
outer
on
spend
to
of
degree
one
the
central
number
more
money
of
to
is small, requiring
where
the
radius
is
elevation.
general degree
eliminate
depends
central
elevation
to
roadway
per
general
degree
large requiring
(4)
of
alinement
As
take
is the
justifiable expenditure
the
trains
(3)
straight line
of the
Part
rule, it is justifiable central
speed
angle
where
to
spend
train
is low.
1, 1911,
pp.
666-669,
732,
733.
runs
money
more
at
a
high
to rate
COMMITTEE
XVII.
PRESERVATION.
WOOD
^GENERAL
(1) when
Accurate
(3) it
devices
when
(4)
is
wood
the
(5)
The
heartwood
treatment
and
and
content
be
of
tie.
at
which
long
with
order
in
grouped
proportion to
respect
its this
determine
general
in
oil
is recommended.
timber
will
structure,
action
creosote
species, in
The
the
clusions con-
economical
by
the
properly
obtained.
condition
wood
the
of
Fahrenheit
degrees should
be
may
mechanical
protected
life
proper
processes.
by be
the
form
to
temperature
100
timber
sapwood,
,
moisture
that
limits
of
and
should
standard
a
temperature
successful
a
be
is essential
It
life
conditions.
order
destroyed
therefore
mechanical
in
kept
preservatives
wood
proper
methods
be
may
and
should
There
under
be
different
effective
are
used
should of
decayed,
is measured.
that
merit
Preserved
before
when
and
records
the
to
as
zinc-chloride
and
properly applied (2)
of
oil
Creosote
REQUIREMENTS.
grouping.
(6)
It
is desirable Most
treatment.
(7) Either
Chemicals
the
(8) should
In be
of should
the
(9)
(10) to
the
than
1
737,
inject the
the
solution
skimp
the
should
kept
treated
the
outer
Vol.
Vol.
10, 12,
with
zinc-chloride
surface)
before
1909,
629-631,
pp.
1911.
539
per
the
of
in
treatment
be
to
the
at
to
should
they
are
669-676;
works. solution
and
But
tion condi-
in
case
no
cent.
in
of
excess
the
way.
works,
check
indicate
the
kind
the
chemicals
any
the
time.
to
or
of
quantities.
5
exceed
inject quantities
to
conform
time
at
strength
the
"
required
office, if desired, in order
Ties
Adopted, 761, 859;
to
to
from
themselves
this
it for
prepare
air-seasoned.
being
by operatives
applied
time
to
purity
do
time
of
Daily reports
(to harden
be
for
will
Company
order
after
tested
be
in
treated
zinc-chloride,
to
to
best
with
as
It is better
general
(11)
so
strength
requirements
the may
from
ties,
should
which
operating
varied
the
for
tests
be
can
used
chemists
simple
some
woods
timber
air-season
to
the
dry put Vol.
duplicates
and
sent
operation. for in
11,
some
the
Part
little time tracks.
2,
1910,
This
pp.
540
WOOD
is preferably done as
takes
place.
For
best
results
be
track
selected
and
timber
hereafter
identification
be made
the
boring
Ties
seasoned
intended
Pine
timbers the
should also
on
be
on
(4) grouped
Birch
the
The for
Adopted,
in
such
test
vs^ith their
six ties
less than
turned
holes.
should
treatment
in
the
framed,
be
treating cylinder.
as
This
TREATMENT.
ties should
green
be
period of seasoning should
same
and
the
mixed
with
heartwood
and
be
never
a
hard
separation
Vol.
13,
is
1912,
in
of
basis
of
to
cases
some
group
a
division
further
be
grouped
in
the
an
essential
864,
yard,
and
certain
and
and
1040-1041.
the
gum
to
basis
economical
example, is
classes
this it follows
From
other
together on
so.
heartwood
into
satisfactory practice.
pine,loblollypine
hardwoods
families, as, for
species and
maples
pp.
the
on
generally practicalto do
basis
locality, can
treatment,
separated
it is not
that red oak, beech, longleaf
="
the
advisable
be
pine, is usually
separately.
in not
ANTISEPTIC
FOR
approximately
ties
Grouping
with
able
holes.
necessary
oaks, pine, beech, etc., if
made
the
placed
are
TIMBERS
basis, but
same
(3)
inserted
ties
be
to
""
; it would
sapwood
order
in
track
be kept
be plugged w^ith creosoted
for
ones.
(2)
of
of
kinds
record
accurate
in diameter,
should
together for treatment;
grouped
the
of
of
1 inch
larger than
material
OF
(1)
various
accurate
penetration of the oil,borings should
the
holes
it-inch
Bridge
GROUPING
red
?4 to
possible, before
as
includes
on
judge of
The
load.
diameter
(14) far
to
augur,
an
cylinder of
plugs
ties of an
All
treatment.
making
w^ith dating nails, and, if necessary,
marked
order
w^ith
in each
the
on
that
sections
test
of
purpose
of
sections
marks.
In
(13)
these
the
and
certain
that
untreated
and
treatments,
all ties in
shall be
for
treated
various
improve
to
sections
life of
under
life of
the
railroad
checking
drying without
induce
to
it is recommended
each
on
the
covering
tests
==
piles,arranged
in
evaporation
(12)
of
PRESERVATION.
should
be
treated
combinations,
pending de-
advantage. the
ties
practice.
are
to
be
WOOD
PRESERVATION.
'"SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD
The
oil used
and
shall
shall be
tar, oil be
a
shall
be
using bulb
above
^-inch
from
When
the
25
asbestos of
Centigrade, if
degrees
oil shall not Note.
grades
It should
procured. grades No.
2
No.
and
quantity of
greater
consideration
3
oil per
creosote
oil used
that is,it shall be
tar, and tar, oil be
shall be residue
or
FOR
shall be a
from
suspended matter; shall
be
using
an
at
least
8-ounce
J^-inch
bulb
basis 210
of
the
38
at
1.03.
retort,
above
the
Adopted,
Vol.
the
not
residue
13, 1912,
pp.
not
more
above
355
above be
soft.
lowing fol-
two
the
to
be
purchase
to
of
use
CREOSOTE
a-
coal
or
"
other
with
than
than
35
38
per
be
cent,
coke
oven
it shall from
free
"
calculated
cent,
that
is,
thermometer, on
the
distillate below
below
degrees Centigrade,
1042-1051.
oven
degrees Centigrade
standard
per
coke
;
method
creosote, 8
and
shall
and
or
creosote;
source
common
the
more
tar tar
gas
any
the
OIL.
coal-tar
coal gas
from
oil
of
grade
covered,
865-866,
than
more
residue
given
be
obtainable
355
not
quantitj^, shall
GRADE
2
of the
surface
the
on
foot.
distilled by
dry oil, shall give
Centigrade, and
should
petroleum
asbestos
is,
thermometer,
it is necessary
degrees Centigrade
When
that
"
degrees Centigrade,
the
the specificgravity of the oil at
degrees Centigrade,
"
from
Centigrade
specification,the
tar, including
any
obtained
completely liquid
best
pended sus-
water.
where
product obtained
pure
free
the
from
shall
the higher grade' oil cannot
cubic
NO.
oven
method
standard
in
standard
that
coke ; it
degrees
200
cent,
where
cases
understood
SPECIFICATIONS
The
3 per
oven
creosote, calculated
cent,
per
above
in
used be
5
coke
free
Centigrade,
degrees
or
source
common
with the
"
38
Centigrade, and
than
the
to
be
can
210
it exceeds more
oil
other
at
creosote;
and
shall be
distillate below
no
degrees
contain
addition
In
"
the
tar tar
gas
and
the
coal-tar
gas
any
oil
covered,
below
cent,
coal
or
OIL.
of
grade
from
pertoleum
surface
235
below
cent,
per
The
5 per
than
more
obtainable
distilled by
basis of the dry oil, shall give not
CREOSOTE
degrees Centigrade
retort,
OIL.
tar, including coal
any
38
1.03.
8-ounce
an
best
specificgravity of the
the
least
at
from
at
FOR
product obtained
obtained
completely liquid matter;
the
be
pure
free
residue
or
CREOSOTE
SPECIFICATIONS
that is,it shall be tar
FOR
541
235
degrees
if it exceeds
PRESERVATION.
WOOD
i.V^^k^^V^^^^V^^^V^i^V^t.V^^t^^^^
-
.T'-v'^//"-*" '^'P'^/^O
543
which
after
2.
The
nearly
be
can
same
plane.
bottom
the
least 2 inches
of
heavy
wire
asbestos
of
can,
3,
and
weighed
the
joint. The of the
The determined
least
attached
in the
retort.
lower
in
of
end
The
the
case
shall
retort
and
with
burner
or
a
shield
the
entire
Between
the
An
all of
the
burner,
of
shall be placed.
currents.
and
sheets
two
square,
which
shall not of it
distillate shall be
the was
the
ordinary tin
the
have
top
shown
as
of
been
in diagram,
bulb be
shall be
of
the
less than
inch
the
to
distillation the
by
retort
nor
the a
tight cork
than
the
end
24 inches,
shall
thermometer
in
surface
and
more
the
remain
originally placed.
collected
in
Reports shall
be
weighed made
on
0
to
170
degrees Centigrade.
170
to
200
degrees Centigrade.
200
to
210
degrees Centigrade.
210
to
235
degrees Centigrade.
235
to
270
degrees Centigrade.
270
to
315
degrees Centigrade.
315
to
355
degrees Centigrade.
bottles the
and
355
all
fractions
following fractions
.
above
carefully
inserted
from
thermometer
20
be
oil placed therein,
one-half
attached
shall
retort
thermometer
the bulb
of
the
between
Residue
purposes,
no
radiation.
6 inches
to
connection
comparative in
the
standard
diagram, during
grammes
condensing tube
by weight.
used
covered
lamp
distillation
the
hundred
process
in
good
neck
in
are
of
bulb
heat
the
the
purpose.
condensing tube
position
of at
one
distance
during the
in the
the the
in
prevent
flame
support
a
exactly
oil and
remain
protected against air
beginning
with
retort
of the
and
on
being weighed
same
and
capacity
of
off-take
pered stop-
a
a
bend
^-inch; but The
portion of the bottom
a
answer
Before
to
for
used.
shown
as
fine,and
shall be
placed
will
the
20-mesh
shall be
shall be
as
and
results
be
shaped
paper,
which
from
bulb
neck
the
the
of
Centigrade, shall be
bulb
long
the
to
up
having
thermometer
mercury
of
shall consist
mouth
uniform
insure
a
retort
flame
removed,
the
the each
gauze,
filled
distillation,so
of
The
reserved
balance
the
diagram
in
ounces
the
and
thermometer
of
eight
degrees
to
with
at
of
retort
full
order
thermometer
bottom
the
nitrogen into
In
length of
process
and
creosote
shown
that
to
obtained
of
A
divided
therewith.
a
analysis
distillingthe
similar
retort
as
the
the
for
apparatus
when
make,
for
taken
test.
glass as
shall be
one-half
check
a
as
PRESERVATION.
WOOD
544
degrees Centigrade.
:
WOOD
shall
Reports
be
be
refer
individual
235
and
contain
made
will
number
of
these
other
other
In
making
fractions the
words, all
necessarily be
not
do
such
necessarily
not
fraction
naphthalene,
reports
210
between will
but
probably
compounds.
distillation shall be
The
In
545
fractions.
that
compounds.
degrees a
individual
on
distinctlyunderstood
it is to to
PRESERVATION.
continuous,
and
should
require about
forty-
five minutes. When
distillation shall be to
distillation shall be
the
readings discarded.
In
about
of
of
the
600
to
cc.
water-free
oil
so
that
the report
4. the
In
oil in
order
be
made
bath
it is
until
is withdrawn
be
stirred
the be
warmed. that
care
cylinder taken
when
Where
such
to
be
adding the product If
it is desired
of
is
method For be
placed
of
the
and
in
15
a
per
allowed
time
the
to
make
to
stand
until
no
A
glass stirring rod the
rod
reading
all
oils
number
of
of
sides
the
has
viously pre-
make,
good
bottom
or
heit) Fahrenfluid.
completely
are
at
different
a
of
preferably
should
(100 degrees
specificgravity
a
when
perature, tem-
by the number
.0008
degrees
of
Fahrenheit,
required by the contract,
the
and
acids
tion analysis for the determina-
chemical
naphthalene, the
the
and
following
tentatively:
hot
of
with
phenols
are
acids, the
low-boilirigtar
sodium
until the
repeat
oil, simply heat
any
gravity.
further
separating funnel, cerit.
This
temperature
tar
of
the
by multiplying
observed
to
touch
almost
by the
the
determination
off; after which each
above
dry oil.
a
degrees Centigrade
specify
to
as
remaining,
cylinder filled,which
not
taken.
obtained
recommended,
the
does
report
water
specificgravity hydrometer
38
.00044
or
low-boiling
the
When
temperature
gravity is
degrees Centigrade, oil is found
hydrometer a
grammes
completely liquefied,it should
the
requirements
contract
of
free
to
100
final
solid particle on
no
oil.
reading is
this
at
of
the previous
and
the
amount
specificgravity
the
oil is at
the
the
returned
desirable
retort
In
and
and
completely liquefied.
hydrometer
the
large
a
oil the
the
the water
oil, it is
the basis
show
Insert
the
when
because
j
and
thoroughly
been
taking
from
of
on
the
dipped into the liquid should same
made
be
in
recommenced
final distillation.
the
determine
to
water
a
oil by using
the
shall
may
from
obtaining water-free
for
fractions,a correction
is present
water
oil separated
stopped, the
the retort, when
300
quantity of
measurable
any
to
which
should
hydroxide dissolved
successive
be
fractions should
added
about
30
cc.
solution,vigorously shaken,
phenols separate sodium
left (the sodium
hydroxide solution
and
are
solutions comes
off
drawn
20
cc.
clear).
WOOD
546
phenols
The
the phenols
obtained
so
fractions
The
should
by until up
lj4 inches small
several
before
cylinder
is the
in the
in
open
be
may
OF
and
small at
brass
both
taken
COAL
plug
TAR
should
similar a
be
remain
chopped about
in, place the bottom
on
blotting pads.
to
clean
of
rounded sur-
fitted with
copy
pressure
put
press,
the
top
white
plate
lene naphtha-
weighed.
CREOSOTE.
IN
1
and
cylinder
cylinder
tillate dis-
the
to
ends, but
plate of
and
out
per
complete,
naphthalene
fit the
A
hour.
circumstances
no
should
apply
possible only Grade
under
frozen
the
on
25
a
graduate, allowed
a
to
is
a
plate introduce
press
one
as
putting the cut
top
the
about
Coal coal
Tar
Creosote be
tar
should
added
to
be
creosote
this grade.
^SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
coal
addition
use
the
and
midely followed. equal
tar
1.
The
distillates and
tar
contain
"
admixture
no
Water
3.
Specific gravity
nor
more
Adopted, Adopted,
shall not
than
Vol. Vol.
guidance
which tar
coal-tar
obtained
by
crude
exceed at
38
of those
desiring
to
solution
is not should
recoininended be
used
only
is inadequate.
creosote
pure
a
SOLUTION.
practice is firmly established
preservative quaKties, and
of
2.
1.03, "
oils
TAR
the
creosote-coal
supply of
oil shall be
for
creosote,
to
The in
creosote
to
the available
when
CREOSOTE-COAL
specificationis submitted
This
as
long,
blotting pads
USE
Wherever
used, and of
for
result, and
''THE
(1)
of
charged
plug, leaving it
in
reaction
salt, and so
placed
blotting paper,
putting
arid
Before
plugs.
or
sheets so
and
by 4 inches
of
thicknesses
several
Place
or
plates
ice
of
phenols from
the
vessel, such
of
addition
weighed.
and
naphthalenes
mashed
or
this
extracting
conical
a
When
decanted
after
The
in diameter
plate,and
the
frozen.
in.
the
by
separated
be
mixture
freezing
a
brass
in
placed
knife
a
should
remaining
be
completely
with
be
acid, slowly stirred
sulphuric
cent,
should
obtained
so
PRESERVATION.
product,
the
consisting only
filtration
of
coal-tar.
of
coal-
It
shall
tar.
2
per
degrees
1.10.
15. pp. 632, 1093, 1094. 16, 1915, pp. 826, 1154.
cent.
Centigrade
shall
not
be
less than
WOOD
4. 2
hot
547
extraction
with
benzol
shall
exceed
not
cent.
per
5.
specific viscocity (Engler)
The
shall
Fahrenheit)
degrees
this
be
this standard
above in
in
insoluble
Matter
PRESERVATION.
shall
case
not
the
mean
than
more
shall be number
of
distillation by the
On
Engineering
Association,it
standard
degrees Centigrade
1.170
allowed.
The
for
for
the
method
shall yield the
for
200
ation vari-
No
cc.
water
20
at
viscosimeter
of
(180
"Specific Gravity"
term
seconds
Centigrade given in the official certificate 6.
82.3
at
the
degrees
used.
American
Railway
following fractions
based
on
dry oil : Not
more
than
1 per
cent,
at
170 degrees Centigrade.
Not
more
than
5 per
cent,
at
210
degrees Centigrade.
Not
more
than
30 per
cent,
at
235
degrees Centigrade.
The
residue
'THE
355
at
AND
INSPECTION
The
(1)
refined
the
that
reason
addition
and
tar as
In
the
case
the
to
determination
Railway
using
quality of
"PRECAUTIONS
that
a
mixture
(2) when
crude
the
tar.
TO
BE
tar
for
the
The
coal-tar
the
^Adopted, Adopted,
"
25
or
no
per
the
Vol.
16, 1915,
pp.
Vol.
16, 1915,
pp.
This
coal-tar
is for
after
its
solution
own
of
coal
it shall specify clearly
THE
IN
USE
OF
THE
SOLUTION.
to
the
properly mixing be
mixed of
circumstances of
its
this purpose,
added
supervision
cent,
be
to
between
all concerned
used.
be
should
the
of
distinct understanding
a
may
solution
Under
than
be
makes
TAR
facilities for
inspection
(3) more
should
examination
or
impossible.
FOLLOWED
is specifiedand
suitable
otherwise to
There
quality
Company
CREOSOTE-COAL
(1)
the
inspection
to
solution.
of the
mixing
of
such
cent.
per
COAL-TAR.
THE
subject
time,
any
if not is difficult,
creosote
creosote,
the
to
the
to
(2)
the
at
be
26
exceed
not
OF
shall
used
Company prior
request
upon
shall
ANALYSIS
coal-tar
analysis by the Railway permitted
Centigrade
degrees
the
by
826, 1154. 827, 1156.
the
the
Railway
should
mixture.
creosote
the
at
solution
treating plants are
manufacturer,
available but
Company. coal-tar
added
;
subject
constitute
548
PRESERVATION.
WOOD
coal-tar
The
(4)
of
temperature
applied the
the
to
be
heated
to
the
and
carbon
low-carbon
the
should
"METHODS
be
At
will
give
the
the
be
based
should
the
pounds to
The
allowance treated
of
should with
(2) car,
and
the 9 "
be
of
free
of
heart
the
Fahrenheit.
degrees
CREOSOTE
THE OIL.
of
work
be
the
based
for
penetration
IN
other to
class and
sapwood
kind
or
much
as
other
by
contract,
other
material
applied
as
to
charges.
material; the
be
ment treat-
charge; payment
or
and
the
on
each
for
done
cross-arms
foot
solution
gallons of
form uni-
same
quirements re-
in the
above.
CREOSOTE.
Water. in
creosote
made,
oils having
the but
quantity exceeds
under than
more
containing
treatment
per
circumstances
no
6
3
cent,
per
3
to
up
cent,
shall
cent,
per
proper
timbers
be
water.
of Oil.
Measurement
or
of
use
180
their
cubic
is permissible. Where
water
than
should
amount
DETERMINING
have
per
and
sap
Limits
used, the
particular species
"WATER
Allowable
other
oil is transferred
oil used, plus operating and
of
amount
railroads
size, and
(1)
than
specified for ties, posts,
as
a
being
mixture
the
temperature
penetration
possible for the
Where
be
tanks
any
complete penetration
most
of
as
be
the
OF
timber, specifying complete
(2)
at
before
in
before
should
less
not
of
on
done
plants the absorption should
railroad
heart
time
ACCURATELY
OF
which
each
Fahrenheit
containing
tanks
mixture
the
ABSORPTION
(1)
be
mixed
thoroughly
cent.
with
treating
cylinder
in the
should
coal-tar
5 per
exceed
to
In
(6)
degrees
mixing
tanks, and
be
tanks.
Only not
180
agitated thoroughly
working
(5)
The
timber.
should
creosote
approximately
working
regular
and
In
all
where
cases
the water
should
be
oil measurement
Adopted, Adopted,
Vol. Vol.
taken
then
15, 1914, 15,
water
1914,
pp. pp.
separates off to
should
be
632, 1088. 632,
1088..
as
from
great made
an
from
the extent
the
oil in as
the
tank
practicable
point
of
sepa-
PRESERVATION.
WOOD
ration
between
determined.
This
of
Sampling
(3) from
the
In
remaining
refers
Oil
for
cylinders during
should
be
for
used
physical
All
(4)
drip sample
a
taking samples
tanks
storage
General
The
Requirements
shall
Ties
treating plant from
the
and
ground
the
used
samples
cross-section
tank
or
taking
in
tube
cars.
roof.
watertight
TREATMENT.
TIE
to
the
of
each
of ties
pwrchuse
treatments.
theiP
for treatment,
or
followed
he
following
the
only by
the
;
than
particular
matter.
The
shed.
Especial
of the yard 8
or
uniform
by
2
seasoning
piles with
4
direction.
with
feet clear
These
shall
attention
should
be
and
from
top
away
other
any
minimum space
clear
the ties.
and
grass
to
form
all
decayed
a
shall be piled either
adapted
direction
one
weeds, high
keeping
Ties
to
Alleys
lowest
piles shall
sloping
to
treated
of
the
piled
separate
on
bottom
of
laid
be
given
manner
resting
the
loaded
be
ties
around
and
checking.
in
all
at
be
shall
green
between
kept
tier
in
or
ties,and
between
arrive
they
they
classes,
air space
all times
at
otherwise
or
seasoned
inches
If
treat, they may
to
;
groups
under,
spaces
decaying
1
6
ready
buggies
tram
from
and
less
until air-seasoned.
respective
and
out
by
a
condition
drained,
wood
have
apply
treated
to
in their
not
thoroughly
water
tanks
should
seasoned
a
cars
ground
stringers,with
8
in
the
be
not
partiallyseasoned
and
be
desired.
1.
be
be
can
REQUIREMENTS.
Requirements
General
treatment
tier
this
as
measurement.
approved
an
FOR
in specificationsfor the
If used
from
should
from
should
GENERAL
on
of
process
and
treatment,
"SPECIFICATIONS
direct
nearly
as
Tanks.
Storage
these
oil
Content.
Water
sampling oil
and
water
the
to
549
rapid
secure
left between
be
must
foot
one
and
in the
alleys will, in general, provide for uniform
other
fairly
and
rapid seasoning. Since
the
and the receive
seasoning varies
peculiarities of
weight
per
the treatment,
"Adopted, 761, 858-860.
Vol.
the
cubic and
8, 1907,
foot then
pp.
with
the
it is best
season, at to
which
weigh
476-480,
latitude,time
520;
each from Vol.
to
of
establish
class of time
11,
Part
to
the
year,
ment by experiwill
timber time
to
2, 1910,
posure, ex-
best
determine
pp.
737-743,
WOOD
PRESERVATION.
ZINC-CHLORIDE
The
zinc-chloride
solution
and
maintained
shall
be
The
amount
applied of
zinc-chloride
soluble weak
and
heated
shall
pressure
cylinder while
air in the be
may
is on,
pressure
zinc-chloride
0.25
than
shall
absorbed
in
tank
iron.
cent.
per
of
be
shall
the
and
soluble
holding
zinc-chloride
hydrometer least
six
with
during
coils,
treatment
preservative, and
while
charge
be
before
steam
tained main-
so
which
being provided by
free
under
readings.
ties treated
taking
borings
these
of
the
pressure
chloride
tracks.
shall be carefully controlled
the to
same
be
and
run,
the standard
shall
be
taken
from
method
tightly
plugged
The
made. and
time
to
of
by
from
time
to
determination
a
before
strength of
time
time
checked
cars,
The
from
be
to
readings
be
tram
not
solution
gage
should
cylinder
in the
of
the
on
This
the
kind
any
specified
amount
based
on
of
acid, containing
The
solution.
being inserted
Borings shall in
free
only.
ties loaded
the
solution
from
amount
of
impurities
from
calculation
by
scale
a
according
the
holes
at
actual
made
completely with
in
creo-
plugs. ZINC-TANNIN
The shall
coils
the
as
The
supply
the
zinc-chloride
soted
shall
solution
provided
are
vent
from
The
as
ride, zinc-chlo-
of
absorption
dry
shall be
degrees Fahrenheit
with
zinc-chloride
determined
be
after treatment,
the
zinc-chloride
applied
be
can'
be
shall
The
degrees
and
shall be
maintained
until
used not
and
be
solution Fahrenheit
of
foot
the
timber.
still obtain
stronger shall
introduced desired
injected shall be equivalent
cubic
per
TREATMENT.
solution
of solution
amount
zinc-chloride
and
140
J/^-lb.of
to
solution
The
cent.
these
air
an
shall be
used
occasionally by weighing
as
5 per
cylinders
coming
that
equivalent
pressure
is obtained.
absorption
desired
than
adequate
released.
injected
The
the
entirely filled
be
and
timber.
is practicable,being slightlybasic, free
more
of
the
of
less
not
maintained
shall
cylinder
The as
of
be
be
than
and
desired
the
shall
foot
the cylinder. If the
to
The
until
stronger
temperature
a
admission
be
introduced
be
still obtain
and
not
shall
cubic
per
used
shall
to
steam
be
can
as
TREATMENT.
injected
solution
551
be
before
than
the
5 per
heated
to
admission
The
desired
adequate
and
absorption to
pressure
is obtained.
J4-Ib. of dry soluble
solution
shall
absorption
of
be
as
weak
zinc-chloride,
cent. a
temperature to
the
of
cylinder.
not
If
140
less
than
the
cylinders
552
WOOD
with
provided
are
during
while air in the be
the
shall be
of
solution
100
taken
to
while
charge
ties allowed
shall be
blown
by mixing
the
pressure
their
to
lbs.
maintain
shall be
solution
zinc-chloride
shall be
used
of
for
all
free
of
chloride
0.25 per be
shall absorbed
shall
tank
determined
treatment,
the
scale
a
zinc-chloride
hydrometer
shall be
readings.
Borings in
zinc-chloride
according
taking
borings
the
shall
be
based
and
standard
tram
a
cylinder, and hour.
Care tannic
and
The
not
be
to
jected in-
solution of
readings
ally occasionafter
and
before
strength of the
from
time
time
to
time
to
of
time
by
from
at
the
holes
The
completely
and
kind
any
of
gage
cars,
made.
tightly
of
specified
determination
method
plugged
SO
containing
be checked
from
taken
run,
cent,
acid, containing
tracks.
tram
be
1 per
glue
the
on
carefully controlled shall
a
amount
should
cylinder
in the
same
the
to
the
on
off,
impurities
The
only.
This
solution.
inserted
solution
six ties treated
these
of
ties loaded
being
amount
calculation
by
the supply
holding
The
zinc-chloride
soluble
of be
by weighing
iron.
cent.
lbs. produced
elements.
these
from
than
of
extract
100
one-half
is practicable, being slightly basic, free
as
cent,
per
cent,
the
the
minutes.
2
a
glue to
containing
in
organized strength
run
admitted
maintained
and
the
be lbs.
dissolving 2-1/10
produced
of
pressure
a
shall then
This
off, and
run
15
for
lbs. of 30 per
6^
injected, this
been
from
least
which
under
drain
to
or
in, and
run
by
has
free
more
the
the
tained main-
so
being provided by
zinc-chloride
gelatine in 100 lbs. water)
be
as
the
hour.
(made
100
The
and
off
one-half
of
up
off
lbs. of water,
pressure
acid
coils
these
preservative, and
vent
from
of
amount
acid, made
glue
of
cent,
shall
air
an
coming
that
run
tannic
with
solution
a
and
draining
maintained
per
is on,
required
the
chloride
and
in
released.
solution
tannin
entirely filled with
be
pressure
cylinder
After
The
maintained
shall be
steam
treatment.
cylinder shall
The
may
coils,
steam
entire
the
PRESERVATION.
actual in
made
with
creo-
plugs.
soted
PLAIN
The
creosote
applied
and
amount
of
Creosote
maintained oil to
be
oil shall
be
Fahrenheit with
injection.
oil shall
before
CREOSOTING.
be
until
introduced the
injected shall heated
to
admission
sufficient steam
a
and
desired
absorption
be
provided
that
temperature
to
coils to
adequate
the
of
not
for
in
the
less than
this
The
obtained.
is
cylinder. Cylinders
fully maintain
shall be
pressure
160
shall
temperature
contract.
degrees be
vided pro-
during
WOOD
The while the be
and
cylinder
the
oil shall comply
with
taken
by standard
determined
absorbed
shall the
on
after
same
tank
forcing
back
after
treatment,
Daily reports of
account
reported In
under
air in
the
pressure
may
be
be
reduced
At
exceeds
6 so
least
should
be
cylinder
in the
balance
tram
cylinder checked before
cars
tracks.
tram
At
least
once
established
be
constant
a
week
a
check
to
at
constant
a
the
ture, tempera-
by
temperature
a
proper
shall
10
least
shall be
pressure
obtained.
The
the wood
an
The the
desired
than
3^
free
from
The
creosote
per
as
cent.
free
acid
the
shall
of
It shall
be
as
zinc-chloride
be
as
the
on
weak
as
free not
from more
nearly
solution.
water
the
as
It
oil, the
desired
be
such
absorption
can
be
shall
impurities
leave
and
used be
not as
in
from
0.25 per
and
still
stronger
is practicable, cent,
possible of the should
to
as
is
average.
as
than
latter
Adequate
zinc-chloride
zinc-chloride, and
containing
shall
foot
be
spondingly corre-
a
remove
admitted.
the
4/10-lb. of dry soluble
absorption
oil used
until
injected shall
cubic
if the
specifications.
shall be
whole,
maintained
per
taken
of
to
creosote
Of
used
and
suitable
solution
creosote
zinc-chloride
the
so,
amount
it is used
of
be
TREATMENT.
and
the
samples
determine
to
this
If
of
equivalent of
of
applied and
amount
V/i lbs.
the limits
EMULSION
cent,
per
shall
specifications.If
before
taken
zinc-chloride
of
the
oil
analyzed
injected.
be
shall be
steps
the
works;
of
samples and
in
bring the oil within
to
emulsion at
week
limit
the
the
at
by the specificationsfor analysis of
the treatment
amount
cent,
received
each
during
once
oil exceeds
per as
An
gravity
to
prescribed
ZINC-CREOSOTE
obtain
This
oil should
when
analyzed
manner
greater
to
and
the
all measurements
in the
in the
being
the
injections shall be made. taken
readings
gage
oil into
the
on
upon
of the
treatment.
scale being inserted
the cylinders during
water,
based
oil
of
amount
used.
oil shall
oil.
water
analysis. The
factor.
taken
from
for, specificationsthere-
standard
of
ties loaded
the
shall be
they should
The
being
the
the introduction
oil after
the
the
stock
making
reduction
1J4
while
calculation
by
before
a
of
amounts
or
the
charge
method
determined
be
occasionally by weighing
an
by which
being provided
vent
from
coming
that
creosote
as
and
air
an
maintained
preservative, so
released. The
and
is on,
pressure
553
entirely filled with
be
cylinder shall
the
PRESERVATION.
generally
same
of
iron.
specific
conform
to
WOOD
554
standard
the
it should
specifications for
preferably contain
a
of naphthalene.
To
percentage of
in the
less than
not
if the
and
in
140
these
The
shall
while
the
be
may
amounts
in
with
to
admission
the
sion emul-
possible, an
as
tank,
heated
and
ably prefer-
temperature
a
cylinder,
the
to
shall
be
tained main-
preservative,and
so
tained main-
coils,
steam
oil
storage
shall be
of
small
a
pressure
treatments.
that
determined
with
air vent
an
from
coming
the
of
introduction
which
being provided by
the
while
charge
the
being inserted
balance
at
in
emulsion
under
the
pressure
least
be
should
reduced
before
be to
before
the
it back
treatment,
shall be
stock
constant
a
shall be
the scale
a
injections shall
the
used.
amounts
constant
a
of of
reported at
required
forcing
after
after
and
account
an
both
upon
occasionally by weighing
Daily reports
the
oil should
checked cars,
week
a
check
to
the
measurements
tram
tracks.
once
established
be
and
the
absorbed
readings,
cylinder
applied
until
amount
gage
the
shall be
maintained
be
upon
into
should
tram
shall
based
cylinder
inch
square
specified. The
above
as
This
on
lbs. per
and
cylinder
the
treatment.
and
100
calculations
by
ties loaded
of
injected
are
made,
emulsion
is on,
pressure
emulsion
after
the
and
mixture
a
creosote
in
acids
tar
released.
Hydraulic the
used
entirely filled
be
pressure
air in the cylinder and
the
FahrenheiJ: before
degrees
coils during
cylinder
of
perfect
as
with
be
The
is provided
latter
insure
that
Association, except
this
large percentage
must
cylinder.
of
creosote
solution
stirring apparatus
also of
zinc-chloride
the
effective
PRESERVATION.
In
temperature,
by
temperature
taken
and all
making the
or
a
be
urements meas-
tion reduc-
proper
factor. ZINC
TWO-INJECTION The shall
zinc-chloride
be
The
applied and
zinc-chloride
;^olubIe weak
as
and
heated
shall
to
The
the be
maintained
until
used not
and be
to
the
injected
of
not
the
the
than
5
less
than
pressure
cylinder released.
and
and
adequate
The
cent.
per
140
obtained.
3/10-lb.
to
The
degrees
of
dry
shall be
solution
absorption
desired
pressure
absorption is
equivalent
be
as
ride, zinc-chlo-
of
solution
shall
Fahrenheit
be
before
cylinder.
cylinder shall be entirely filled
the
desired
timber.
of
still obtain
stronger
introduced
shall
foot
cubic
per
temperature
a
admission
while
be
can
shall be
solution
of
amount
solution
CREOSOTE.
is on, that
an
coming
air
vent
from
with
preservative,
being provided the
charge
while
by
so
which
under
maintained the
pressure
air may
in
WOOD
zinc-chloride
The
not
0.25 per
than
more
The
solution
the
injected into
ties
be
during injection,
average
of
method
by calculation oil into
the
based
of
account
reported
they
should
in
being taken
the
during
once
during exceeds
the
amount
of
cent,
steps
bring
the
860.
coils also
The
vacuum.
the
readings after
back
forcing
made,
be
and
oil shall
ard by standdetermined
introduction
oil after
the
balance
taken, and
be
before
during
creosote
taken
be
the
reduced
least
at
of
treatment.
once
to established,
oil should
to
be
constant
a
at
week
a
check
constant
a
the
ature temper-
by
temperature
and
treatment
limits of oil shall
a
proper
shall be
taken the
to
determine
before
the
If
of the
limits
OF
oil. the
in
water
At
ders cylinthe
oil
of
the
remove
6 per
exceeds
water
water,
as
so
to
specifications.
ZINC
that
samples
correspondingly greater
a
so,
to
the
;
from
taken if the
amount
it is used
works
specificationsfor
oil shall be
specifications. If
injected.
the
of
samples analyzed
the be
at
prescribed by the
week
each
received
when
analyzed
It is suggested
"
The
a
tools
auger.
sample,
^Adopted, 747,
the
temperature
shall be
manner
oil within
one-inch
taking
in
the
must
IN
this method
TREATED
be
TIMBERS.
applied by
a
Chemist.
Samples.
(1) a
maintain
fully
of
less than
not
oil absorbed
"DETERMINATION
Taking
of
cubic
per
cylinder. Cylinders
maintained
amount
all measurements
oil shall be
The
Note.
the
oil
of
oil
factor.
reduction
least
lbs.
determined
gage
shall
applied, and
temperature
a
to
during
3
oil
creosote
used.
amounts
or
and
of
to
coils to
injections shall
of
kind
any
containing
out, and
run
specificationstherefor, as
upon
stock
making
In
heated
admission
cylinder, and
the
Daily reports an
be
The
analysis.
acid, and
pressure
amount
shall be
steam
impurities of
free
be
the
standard
virith the
comply
then
to
before
and
from
cylinder, adequate
zinc-chloride
the
injection of
shall
sufficient steam
with
provided
free
all
the
degrees Fahrenheit
140
from
free
to
oil shall
The
timber.
of
555
iron.
cent.
zinc-chloride
of
admitted
immediately
foot
shall be
used
practicable,being slightlybasic,
is
as
PRESERVATION.
Vol.
for taking
necessary
These in
should
order
9,
1908,
to
pp.
be
avoid
wiped
samples
cross-cut
a
perfectly clean each
contaminating
712-714,
are
768;
Vol.
the
11,
and
saw
time
before
samples.
Part
2,
1911,
pp.
746,
WOOD
556
The
(2) should
should
After
knots.
has
the dripping For
(3) sawed
at
tie.
These
stopped,
be
sections In
when
the
samples
such at
designated Section
No.
1 and
be
it may from
distance
end
piled until
ties
should
the
Section cut
each
to
be
of the
center
to
necessary
the
then
as
and
where
special cases
free
taken.
end
feet from
be
exact
the
and
be
may
analysis
comparatively
weighed
be
determinations, timbers
should
sections, the
should
they
for
carefully weighed
and
size
average
taken
and
loaded,
is
be
to
are
No.
2,
tie into
a
should
section
given.
be
(4)
When
sufficient to six-foot
from
The
for
After
samples
follows
as
the
Section
"
No.
Each
,
date, number and
after
Method
of
three
thoroughly
time
the
the
colorless
at
diluted
first). As
dissolved, but Ammonium
allowed
with
if there
cool.
has
been
not,
it should
any
If
showing
bit, Tie
tion, the locatie before
be
cc.
poured
The
be
should
is
be
sediment into
in
a
400
in
the
cc.
then
flask
will
it may
becomes
should
few
a
few
more
drops
at
liquid will
main re-
allowed
to
be be be be
added
fully care-
completely disregarded.
distinctly alkaline,
iron
hydroxide,
flask, it
beaker
the
should
water
until
the
a
should
acid
disappeared,
slight sediment, added
wood
cc.
increased), until the organic
precipitate of
a
the
250
a
flask
nitric
flask should
residue a
until
is reached,
(the
water
The
continued,
be
this point
of
added.
have
addition
into
weighed
concentrated
should
amount
should
undissolved
of
heating.
there
be
plate
fumes
the
rule, the
hydroxide to
drops
When
100 a
hot
or
brown
last the
further
on
bath
and
added,
be
is all destroyed.
and
one-inch
a
Samples.
acid
sulphuric
few
When
(toward
matter
cool
A
in
dry borings should
sand
a
on
charged.
should
drops
3.
and
weight of each
and
of treatment
No.
1
properly labeled, as
list made
a
3,
deep with
be
and
"
taken
be
outside ; No.
No.
,
concentrated
cc.
added.
be
of
grammes
gently heated
then
should
from
between
2 inches
hole
Zinc-Chloride
Determining
Three
flask and be
be
treatment.
of
(6)
a
should
samples inch
2, half-way
No.
kind
run,
cut, three
sample
Sample
"
,
will
analyzed, it
the end, thereby saving the
1, one-half
No.
:
by boring
saving all the borings. No.
been
section; No.
taken
are
be
to
are
tie.
have
sections
ties
feet from
two
narrow-gage
the
of
center
section
one
a
section,
each
the
at
but
cut
of
number
large
a
piece
(5)
a
of
points, viz., two
two
samples
charge
treatment
ordinary
respectively. several
the
before
individually. They from
which
from
timbers
selected
be
PRESERVATION.
and
should
5
cc.
be
or
and
if there
filtered; if
ammonium
sul-
PRESERVATION.
WOOD
and
phide added into
11
an
crucible
and
in
one
three
of
grammes
examined,
this result
into pounds
the
multiply by the weight
of wood,
foot
convert
by
wood
of
gramme
To
pound.
per
number
will give the
1.674, which
then
be
containing in
converted
the
a
celain por-
zinc
to
multiplied
result
zinc-chloride
of or
the
of
zinc-chloride
of
filtered
be
water
is
and
pounds
in
then
incinerated
zinc-chloride
the
divided
be
weight should
The
with
thoroughly
It should
until
roasted
It should
night.
over
washing
dried.
sulphide, and
oxide.
stand
to
filter paper,
cm.
ammonium
by
allowed
557
number
of
cubic
one
tained con-
pounds cubic
per
of
foot
the
wood.
"FORMS
Two
"A"
for
forms
provides
record
of
of
The letter
of
Form
Reading oil is put
determination "B"
Form
the
of
the
of
provides
a
absorption by weighing.
timbers,
of
treatment
and
ing keepbe
may
treatment.
following is explanatory
on
Form
shown.
are
general guides for reporting and
as
special kind
the
readings.
gage
inspection of
the
treatment
and
treatment
the
intended
are
suit any
to
the
preservative by
forms
records
of
determination
the
These
varied
the
INSPECTION.
reporting inspection of
record
a
of
absorption
REPORTING
FOR
of
the
readings, designated by
gage
"A": "A"
Is
"
into the "B"
Reading
the
reading of the measuring
tank
before
gage
the
cylinder. Is
"
the
tank
reading when
gage
the
cylinder is
pletely com-
filled.
Reading into the
"C""
Is the
charge is
"D"
"
returned
Reading
"A"
Reading after
high
pressure, this gross while 13
"B"
the
by
the
tank
to
the
measuring
the
when
of
pumping
the
oil
final vacuum,
cylinder is being Vol.
oil from
the
the
tank. for
the
gives the
temperatures,
and
number
is used
oil is taken
absorption, due
Adopted,
gives
cylinder is filled
a
all
ber num-
charge.
"C"
where
reading after
gage
corrected
"D,"
in the
minus
processes or
Is
minus
of gallons used
for
reading
gage
cylinder is stopped.
Reading
timber
tank
to
or
the
out
both. amount
of
of to
713-716,
give
the
There of
oil
filled.
14, 1913, pp.
gallons pumped
1165, 1166.
the
timber will be absorbed
absorption
gross
by a
into the
an
initial
discrepancy by
the
air in
timber
WOOD
PRESERVATION. Form
B.
559
COMMITTEE
XVIIl.
ELECTRICITY.
^DEFINITIONS.
Rail
Third
rail
Clearance
Lines.
shall
structure
shall
Lines.
collars,
on
of
constructional
car, Rail
Third
Gage.
line Bond.
A
"
"
betwen
A
Supervisor. the
broken
etc.
springs,
center
both
of
top
and
rail
running
nearest
of
plane
to
axle
on
of
play,
connecting
wires
of An
"
of of
outside
for
officer
maintenance
qualified
Employes
"
for
means
conductors Bonders.
of
brasses,
springs, sagging
parallel
measured gage
composed
supervise
end
turer manufac-
inside
gage
rails
two
of
permit
to
passage
current.
rope
Electrical
of
compression
and
ment equip-
the
rail.
metallic
electric
of Cable.
third
of
third
the
by equipment
journals
on
of
part
no
made
be
wear
variations,
Distance
"
rails
running
wheels,
rail,on
of
part
no
which
beyond must
for
equipment
new
Lines
"
Allowance
project.
for
which
beyond
project.
Clearance
Equipment
Lines
"
the
stations'
maintain
to
rail
electricity.
staff
qualified
transmission
electrical
power
of
division
the
on
the
the
transmission
ing work-
and
sub-stations.
and other
and
to
bonds
and
their
appurtenances. Traction their
Linemen.
track
"
and
third-rail
Adopted,
the
Vol.
railroad
Part
1.
of
1911,
wires
and
and
cables
voltages. and
inspect
to
cables
structures,
protection
12,
all
qualified
Employes
signals for
1
for
appurtenances
Patrolmen.
qualified to maintain
Employes
"
and
repairs
minor
make
wires,
and
to
use
hand
trains.
pp.
1-52, 222;
561
Vol.
13,
1912,
pp.
510,
to
998.
LINES
^CLEARANCE WAY
Adopted,
Vol.
FOR
13, 1912,
THIRD
pp.
AND
EQUIPMENT ADJACENT
STRUCTURES AND
2
FOR
RAIL
TO
THIRD
RAIL
STRUCTURE.
511, 525, 998; Vol. 562
PERMANENT
16, 1915. pp.
927, 1187.
ELECTRICITY.
CLEARANCE
^OVERHEAD
Sway
of
springs; Yi either
side
These
required
of
support for All
difference
22
feet above show
diagrams
be
also
pantagraph
inch at
to
RAILROADS.
signal blades,
as
based
1
on
in elevation top
of
for
affected
by length
clearance; of
special features
and
steady strains, pull-offs,etc., if
any.
heights
to
be measured
at
of
right angles
3
Adopted,
Vol.
15,
1914,
pp.
618-624,
1071.
in
rail,and
pantagraph
of track.
line
approach
may
difiference
of track
rail for
minimum
provide
inch
span
as
WAY
panta-
line.
clearance
graph
PERMANENT
ELECTRIFIED
obstruction, such
Momentary
FOR
LINES ON
STRUCTURES
563
sway
sag.
temperature
to
car
6 inches
of
itself.
additional
design,
height of
will
clearances between
points
changes,
plane of rails
at
and
center
564
ELECTRICITY. oB3TieaGr/ON
co/vr/rvuoi/s
Z//Vf
OJ."AJeAnC"fH/yr^G/c^
/=""-/
///////////////////////////////
y
S
-
c.B. " jet/'ojer /oep:
-
"*J'-""
-?
GA/es. ^tt Of" r/or. so, /s/e
Q./eK
A.je.A. /"agc
I-
1
f
Case
No. 1 "
Clearance
for
Trainman
With
Lantern,
assumptions. Reach Lantern
of 6-foot
trainman
,
swing
Clearance Total
distance
car
running-
board
to
wire
7 feet 8 inches 1 foot 0 inches Ofeet 5i^ inches 9 feet
li/^ inches
565
ELECTRICITY.
/////////X/////////////////
//////
'OO/yTACT
ry/Jft
6"^/-/"-"F'A/yTAGj'TAf'H
SMO"^
sWNIVJ
\"6*5^
^'""
-lib
^1^ -^
(f
Case
No. 2
1)
Clearance
"
for
Trainman
Without
Lantern,
assumptions. Reach of Clearance
Total
6-foot
distance
trainman
car
running
board
to wire
7 feet 0 feet
8
8 feet
1%
inches
5*^ inches inches
567
ELECTRICITY.
CLtA/?ANCt
U/y"r
objtj?uct/on
cor^TJr^uoi/s
fANTAGJ^APJ-f
FtJ^/r7AN"-jyT
yVAY
3T/^UGrUJ^"r
/////////////m////////////////
Case
No.
4
"
Minimum
Special
Clearance
Without
Trainman
on
Cars.
ASSUMPTION.
Minimum
distance
car
running
board
to
wire.
0
feet
W/z
inches
ELECTRICITY.
568
/?7^X/77a/77
.C0jriPOS/T"
Ouri/ns-
"qu/p/nEnr
^
Case
No.
5
"
Minimum
Clearance
D.
C.
Overhead.
assumption.
Minimum
distance
car
running
board
to
rail
0
feet
2^/2
inches
ELECTRICITY.
FOR
^SPECIFICATIONS
569
OVERHEAD
CROSSINGS
AND
LIGHT
GENERAL
POWER
OF
TRIC ELEC-
LINES.
REQUIREMENTS.
Scope. 1.
specification shall
This
of-way, tracks, apply
lines
or
Overhead
to
wires),
wires; and, further,
of
and
Light
Electric
Electric
Power
It is not
intended
individual
twisted
that
wires,
pair drop
Wires
equally effective protection
where
methods
of
construction.
or
towers,
other
or
of
be
may
secured
volts lines.
similar
crossings
to
of
5000
over
other
or
circuits
right-
specificationsshall
specificationsshall apply
these
and
Light
railroad
over
these
potential,crossing telephone, telegraph
constant
other
Overhead
to
Crossings (except trolley contact
Line
Power
apply
minor
over
importance
economically by
more
Location. 2. be
Poles,
outside
3.
the
railroad
generally
difference
the
and
shall
company's
long crossing
Unusually
be
not
the
supporting
shall
spans
the
of
50 per
than
more
preferably shall
span
right-of-way.
length
in
crossing
be
avoided and
crossing of the
cent,
wherever
ticable, prac-
adjoining
spans
length of the crossing
span.
4.
Poles,
inflammable
5. span
wires
Wires,
beneath
the
protection of
railroad of
8.
Unless
At
that
in
*
The
Adopted,
in
over
adjoining
the
and
straight line.
a
similar
telegraph, telephone, and
or
cables
shall be
at
sidings
clear
Vol.
be
not
used
may
conditions not
a
clearance
1912,
be
required.
or
municipal
space
shall
pp.
512,
of
12 not
shall be
not
1000;
from
less
than
left
less
Vol.
for
than
a
30
16, 1915,
cross
wires, a two
prevent,
nearest
7 feet
ing cross-
cables
the
between
the
the
similar
requirements
feet
be
or
other
design
proper
less than
headroom
13,
and
beneath
the crossing wires
where
cases
loading sidings sufficient 9.
cross
strength
physical
side clearance except
from
practicable
as
span,
wires, telephone, telegraph, or
adequate wires
crossing
shall be
bridges, shall
overhead
or
cables; but
or
far
as
practicable.
Cradles,
wires
located
supporting the crossing
cables, shall
or
be
structures.
towers,
or
wherever
7.
or
side,preferably
each
on
6.
material
Poles,
shall
towers,
or
track be
may
sets
the
rail,
allowed.
driveway. feet
pp.
above
948,
1187.
the
top
ELECTRICITY.
570
of
rail under
For
the
unfavorable
most
potential, direct-current
constant
paralleled by trolley
when
25
exceed
10.
clearance
The
shall be
the
direct-current
than
8
circuits,
feet
wires
and
feet
above
temperature For
of
Exceeding For
exceeding
not
spans
potential, clearance insulated
150
feet, shall
ported sup-
be
not
Separation.
47,000, but
the
upon
With
12.
crossing poles, or
and
the
next
insulators
attachments
wire
crossing
and
maintained.
13.
clearance
or
the
be
tower,
and
Line
crossing
used such
failure
from
the
as
the
the
of
shall
strain
or
This
requirement
does
which
is
there
exceeding
dead-ended
be
that
the
750
in
given
as
between
shall be
the
in
the not
poles, or
in
sag
the
paragraphs
conductors
than
the
ing cross-
strings of
less
of
height
the
outside the
the
at
these
at
maximum
pension sus-
9 and
nearest :
Clearances.
Voltage.
exceeding 10,000 volts Exceeding 10,000, but not Exceeding 14,000, but not 27,000, but not Exceeding Exceeding 35,000, but not Exceeding 47,000, but not "
conductors.*
the
insulators,or
deflections
tower,
increased,
be
suspension type,
or
9
Not
between
inches
not
construction
the
direction
pole,
so
with
clearances,
any
36
of
sag
disc
span,
that
the
account
inches
inches.
spans
shall
in
10
be
inches
30
45 inches 60 inches
circuits
adjoining
minimum
10, shall be
pole,
and
of
be
into
taking
insulators, the
The
span
20
pin spacing should
insulators
shall
occurring
span
span,
by
supporting
towers,
the
the
shall
spacing
supported
span
the
potential,direct-current
minimum When
feet
of
inches
12
14,000 exceeding 27,000 exceeding 35,000 47,000 exceeding 70,000 exceeding exceeding
not
150
length
constant
volts, the
*Note.
loading,
carrying alternating current,
Voltage.
exceeding
spans
depending
polarity
and
2 feet with
be
may
existing'
minimum
volts, the
wires
conductors
exceeding 7,000 volts Exceeding 7,000, but not Exceeding 14,000, but not Exceeding 27,000, but not Exceeding 35,000, but not
the
not
any
constant
Not
the
need
:
Line
towers,
volts,
wires.
insulators, for
by pin
of
possible.
similar
and
bare
separation
The
than
with
wherever
exceeding 750
not
telegraph, telephone, 4
condition
unfavorable
above
less
headroom
alternating-current circuits
of
most
less
not
11.
750
exceeding
clear
the
loading.
and
temperature
circuits,not wires,
contact
of
feet
under
wires,
condition
no
inches inches
14,000 27,000
12 15
inches
exceeding 35,000
18
inches
47,000 70,000
21
inches
24
inches
exceeding exceeding exceeding
exceeding
not apply difference
of the to wires of potential.
same
phase
or
ELECTRICITY.
571
Conductors. 14. be
the
The
normal in the
same
15.
Taps and
crossing
Conductors
adjoining
the
mechanical
should
be
not
Ties
shall be
towers,
such
for
burned
would
at
reduce
When
they
case
grounded bends
or
the
each
equivalent
of
of
case
conductors
shattered
the
at
maximum
wires
or
to
broken
slip, which
of
amount
an
poles,
loading,
insulators,or
allowing
specified in paragraphs
clearance
and
and
9
of
If
18.
10.
the
the
minimum
in
their
wire
shall be
diameter of
may
S, gage
used, 4500
less than
not
of
safety, as
span
conductors,
the
be
few
as
4 B. "
as
stallation in-
thereto.
wire, with No.
oughly thor-
itself,in the crossing
factors
are
grounded, the
there
is
attachment, the attachment
upward
an
shall be
of
wire
ground
same
the lightning protection wire
in
clamped
material
breaking strength
a
be
of
the ground
wire
same
ife inch
case
less than
not
ground of
In
solid copper
a
be
double
lbs. and
provided
for
crossing construction.
Where
conductor
be
may
may
structures, with
The
less than
having
cross-arms
grounding
wooden
they
sharp bends, and
no
not
the
against lightning, shall
crossing supports.
structures
general shall follow rest
on
the
spans,
steel strand
the
section.
copper
adjacent
the
of
installed
are
at
galvanized, in
in
nor
span
generally objectionable,
wires, under
the
supporting structures,
possible,and
as
a
side.
necessary.
protection
as
each
at
steel
on
and
each
on
span
crossing
are
span
supporting the
the
installed
grounded
or
adjoining
shall
generally
Wires.
17.
In
conductors
spliced in the
insulator, without
an
materially
Ground
in
the
in the
crossing
hold
to
as
in
side.
unless
made
the supporting structures, or
be
not
in the
devices
or
and
span
either
on
span
conductors
to
16.
shall
tension
in
as
grounding
stress
at
the
such
type
as
be
may
used
strips.
cross-arm
point of
conductor
properly hold
to
for
the
place.
Guys. 19.
if practicable,and directions,
in both span,
and
crossing
span.
Strain
poles supporting the crossing
Wooden
the
head-guyed
adjoining poles shall
next
Braces
be
may
be
used
instead
of
be
shall
span
away
be
from
head-guyed
side-guyed the
ing cross-
toward
the
guys.
Insulators.
20. when
Strain the
insulators guys
are
shall be
used
through grounded
in to
guys
from
wooden
permanently
damp
poles, earth.
cept ex-
572
ELECTRICITY.
The Strain
insulators
shall
insulators
shall
be
placed used
be
not
in
than
less
not
poles
steel
guying
feet from
8
the
ground.
structures.
or
Clearing. 21.
The
around
space
inflammable
poles, or
the
material, underbrush
and
shall be
towers,
free
kept
from
grass.
Signs. 22.
the
In
company,
warning
poles and
towers
railroad
of
case
of
signs located
crossings, if required by
the
on
shall
design
approved
an
railroad
company's
the
railroad
placed
be
all
on
right-of-way.
Grounding. 23.
For
voltages
be
provided
with
be
not
less
than
area
and
5000
over
metallic
grounded
a
inch
^g
conductivity
volts, wooden
than
less
pins shall be electricallyconnected arms
wooden
on
24.
The
adjusted and
to
shall
poles shall electrical
the
be
which
shall
which
shall
arm,
shall have
the
of
if used,
Metal
conductor.
line
this ground.
sectional
a
Metal
metal
poles and
grounded.
conductivity
of
the
that of
No.
a
4
conductor
ground
capacity of
current
than
less
to
be
short-circuit
not
that
of the
top
on
thickness, and
in
not
plate
cross-arms,
the
B. "
S. gage
crossing,
the
at
system
be
shall
wire.
copper
Temperature, 25.
In
the
shall be
provision Fahrenheit
made
120
+
to
of
computation for
variation
a
temperature
requirements
limits would
not
shall be
made
A
suitable
for
regions
the extreme
fairly represent
range
and
from
in temperature
Fahrenheit.
degrees
clearances,
and
stresses
erection,
in 20
"
degrees in
modification in
of
which
the
the
above
temperature.
Inspection. 26.
If
subject
required
to. the
such and
the
replaced On
incident
to
of
the
intention
to
Defective
company.
27.
contract, all material
inspection
of
notice
by
with
the the
unobstructed
material
suitable
inspection
shop
shall be
rejected and
shall
shall be
that be
shall be
able reason-
given by removed
material.
completion
of
construction
and
workmanship
crossed; provided,
company make
and
the work,
shall be
all falsework,
removed
promptly
rubbish
plant and and
the
site
left
clean.
Drawings. 28.
If
complete
required, by contract,
sets
before
of any
general
and
construction
detail
)
( drawings
is commenced.
shall
be
furnished
for
proval ap-
ELECTRICITY.
573
LOADS.
29.
Conductors
out
their
the
weight
of
8
lbs.
of
0
degrees
lbs.
31.
weight cubic
the
32. limits
slip in
Sags
should
of
factor
the
crossing
foot
the
and
at
Poles, in
or
57
as
lbs.
(See
towers,
the
stress
pole,
be
employed
to
solid
of
falls
the
span
be
above
shall
side. 13
at structures
also
be
designed
with
withstand
to
wires
wires
for
poles,
or
towers,
carrying
6
to
10
4
broken
wires
11
or
more
specified
specified in
towers,
loading,
excess
in
of
poles,
the may
provided paragraph those
or
carrying
towers,
designed
with
from
square
1^
times
the
loads
tension
unbalanced
the
broken
farthest
on
wind
per
and
5
ZZ, combined
The
lbs.
carrying
be
weight,
loading
wire
each
nated desig-
the
own
towers,
shall
undue
an
with
or
Cross-arms
the
16.)
their
assumed
within
structures.
33, combined
for
to
maximum
prevent
and
on
closed
or
to
from
and
tower,
shall
towers,
pin
poles,
or
foot
designed
the
withstand,
stresses
adjoining
next
9, 10
designed
or
be
under
the
on
paragraphs
be
latticed
paragraph
Poles,
cubic
safety.
combined
area
of
conductors
methods
the
or
the of
that
shall
attachments
for
clearance
pressure
per
wires
pin
plus
temperature
a
broken
the
load
wind
a
diameter,
assumed
in
shall
the
poles,
area
be
factor
such
the
projected
paragraph
stresses
and
dead
3
Zd. the
ice-covered
the
of
2
35.
at
thickness
conductor
31, unless
on
the
projected
specified
be
safety,
span
the
34.
in
of
on
on
in
tension
towers,
or
pressure
pressure
and
pin failure.
Poles,
wind
inch
shall
designated
paragraph
the
resultant
througli-
inch).
mechanical
the
case
33.
the
the
on
pins
with
of
Yz
ice
ice
of
Insulators,
loadings
to
equal
loaded
uniformly
as
Fahrenheit.
per
withstand
of
foot
square
per
considered
be
load
a
layer
a
The
(0.033
with
length,
of
30.
shall
the
to
withstand
unbalanced
the
tension
of
of
less.
or
wires. wires.
loading one
:
specified
wire
broken
pole. be
permitted
that 10
specified
such more
in
a
reasonable
deflection than
paragraph
25
does per
69
to
deflection not
cent.,
IZ,
under
reduce or
the
produce
ELECTRICITY.
42.
Test
American
Institute
43.
Test
35,000
above
voltages
Electrical below
voltages
575
volts
shall
be
determined
Standard
Engineers 35,000 volts
shall
by
Spark-Gap
Method.
determined
be
the
by
former trans-
ratio, MATERIAL. Conductors. 44.
The
corrodible
mechanical
galvanized 45.
For be
may
stranded
to
strength
voltages
not
used
to
up
exceeding 5000 and
For
including
minimum
No.
6 B.
No. No.
4 B.
all
for
1 B. "
in
volts, all
copper
for
copper
for
where
spans,
the above
the
materials,
stranded
or
size; above
conductors
tors conduc-
0000
size,
in
shall
sizes shall
shall be
be
up
be
stranded.
stranded.
follows
as
used
shall be stranded.
conductors
and
be
may
00 in size,conductors
voltages
non-
used.
be
may
stranded
or
5000
S. gage S. gage S. gage
with
other
or
voltages exceeding 750 volts, and
For
size of conductors
" "
obtained
strand
used.
be
in size ; above
conductors
The
be
including 0000
volts, solid
00
exceptionally long
steel
and
voltages exceeding
Aluminum
in
aluminum,
copper,
exceeding 750 volts, solid
shall
conductors
of
cannot
copper-covered
or
be
that
material, except
required
not
shall
conductors
:
voltages not exceeding 5000 volts. voltages exceeding 5000 volts.
aluminum
all voltages.
for
Insulators. 46.
Insulators
47.
For
wire
the
groove,
imposed
Strain
less than
not
shall be
insulator
insulators twice
of
water
of
four
the
the
J^-inch
insulator.
or
above
level
the
per
For
shall
guys guy
that
the
guy
of
the
in
failure
of
the
of
top
volts.
between
contact
the
the
directly take
ultimate
an
which
tie
strain
holding of
the
insulators
at
an
voltages of
more
than
shall not
series of strain insulators
insulators
insulator
the
in position
insulator. for
inclination
strength of
Strain
placed.
guys
line voltage under
maximum
minute,
have
wires
volts, strain
the
times
for
the
case
5000
less than
at
over
bearing
a
the pin should
of
that
in
will interlock For
shall be to
up
that
being
purpose
constructed
so
pin hole
voltage exceeding 5000
for
the insulator.
upon
48.
of porcelain
insulators,there
pin type
pin aiid the
the
shall be
of 5000
fail at
45
a
shall
not
flash
precipitation of
degrees
to
the
axis
lator volts, the strain insuthe
line voltage under
precipitationconditions.
Pins. 49.
wrought
For
voltages of 5000
iron, malleable
iron,
and or
over,
other
insulator
approved
pins shall
metal
or
be
of
alloy,and
steel, shall
ELECTRICITY.
576
be
galvanized,
otherwise
or
from
protected
corrosion.
paragraph
(See
47.) Guys. 50.
shall be
Guys
less than
not
have
i^^-inch in
ultimate
an
51.
Guys
extending 52.
galvanized
tensile
the
to
least
at
The
shall
ground
above
foot the
of
rolled
galvanized
or
strength of less than
one
detail
diameter,
stranded
copper-covered
or
4500
connect
the
to
shall
rods, neither
to
lbs.
galvanized
a
anchor
rod,
level.
ground
anchorage
steel cable
definitelyshown
be
the
upon
plans. Wooden
Poles.
53.
Wooden
peeled, free from less
not
requirements
shall
poles
8
of
which
defects
than
be
selected
would
inches
in
decrease
diameter
specified in paragraphs
as
reasonably straight,
timber,
at
their
the
19, 33, 34
strength and
top,
bility, dura-
or
the
meeting
37.
and
Concrete. 54.
Concrete
requirements Reinforced
and
of
material
concrete
the
of
report*
shall be
in
Joint Committee
the
with
accordance
the and
Concrete
on
Concrete.
STRUCTURAL
55.
Structural
steel shall
be
STEEL.
in
accordance
with
the
Manufacturers'
Specifications.
Standard
56.
The
and
design
shall
workmanship
be
strictlyin
accordance
with
first-class practice. 57.
The
form
computed
with
by actual
test.
58. and
shall
59. times
be
sections free
The
60.
shall The
J4-inch for
minimum
from
not
of
of
a
main
220
members
painted
in
such
the
that
stresses
shall be
strength
the Vol.
water
compression The
times
thickness
be found may Civil Engineers,
the
in which
gyration.
exceed
of
or
be
member
determined
length of
metal
in
3^-inch for
material
February, 59, No.
shall
exceed
180
secondary compression
a
of
gyration.
galvanized
structures
shall
members.
The
secondary be
painting,
collect.
can
shall not
its least radius
of
and
dirt
or
be
may
shall permit inspection, cleaning and
pockets
minimum main
shall
accuracy,
used
length of
thickness
*This
Society
frame
reasonable
its least radius
member
be
The
the
of
J^-inch.
1913, Proceedings 117-168. 2, pp.
of
the
American
ELECTRICITY.
PROTECTIVE
61. be
Stutctural
Painted
COATINGS.
steel, shall
galvanizt'd,or
given
be
cleaned
thoroughly
of
coat
one
577
approved
the
at
and
shop
paint.
Materials.
62.
Contact
structural
Painted
shall
surfaces
be
given
one
given
two
steel shall be
of
coat
paint before
field coats
of
sembling. as-
approved
an
paint. The
surface
of
thoroughly
be
cleaned
no
painting shall be
in
accordance
of
dirt,
all
done
in
ing freez-
weather.
rainy
or
shall
painting, and
before
scale,etc.,
grease,
metal
the
Galvanized
Material.
.
63.
Galvanized
for
Galvanizing
Bolt
in
holes
Iron
be
small
with
the
tion Specifica-
Steel.
and
galvanized material
for
Sherardizing
shall
material
shall
made
be
before
galvanizing.
is permissible.
parts
FOUNDATIONS. 64.
The
and
of
broken
65.
The
of
top
6 inches
above
from
except
the
company's
66.
located
When
poles broken
stone
67.
shall or
When
designed
be
cribbing
or
rail, or in
to
be
located
riprap.
shall
set
in
foot.
In
three
parts
Portland
from
swampy
depression.
or
wet,
very
foot.
shall
and
clean, sharp sand,
cement
to
six
parts
clay.
or
foundation, of
the
the
top
need of
barrels
of
casing, shall be
or
ground,
ground,
swampy
degrees
uplift
worked,
well
cubic
30
at
cubic
per
prevent
to
part
one
lbs. per
(calculated
cement,
foundation
no
timber
foundations
loam
surface
that
be
or
concrete
the
high water, railroad
shall
stone,
the
taken
140
as
100. lbs.
as
Portland
part
one
gravel, free
good
than
shall
towers
assumed
be
shall be
foundation
than
six parts
assumed
measures
for
leaner
be
not
poles and
"earth"
of
weight
be
vertical) shall
Concrete
shall
concrete
the
ground,
ground, special
of
of
weight
good
the
steel
for
overturning.
prevent
In
foundations
The
nor
less
higher
be
traveled
the
wooden broken
than than
1 foot
the
less
not
above
base
of
roadway.
crossing
and
gravel,
stone
or
when
subject
joining ad-
next
in
or
footings. in
be
the
sides
given
of
banks,
additional
or
depth,
or
be
to
outs, wash-
protected
by
ELECTRICITY.
578
68. while
Foundations
back
and
pole settings shall in back
filling.It is desirable
be
tamped
fillingthat
the
in
6-inch
earth
layers,
be suitably
moistened. WORKING
UNIT
by dividing the ultimate
Obtained
safety given
69.
Structural
breaking
Steel.
Lbs. Per
(net section)
Tension Shear
by the
strength
factors
paragraph Z7.
in
of
STRESSES.
Sq. In.
18,000
14,000 1
18,000
Compression
"
60
"
r
70.
Rivets, Pins. 10,000 20,000
Shear
Bearing Bending 71.
20,000
Bolts.
8,500 17,000 17,000
Shear
Bearing Bending 72.
Wires
Cables.
and
L^s
pgj-
Sq. In. 25,000
Copper, hard-drawn, solid, B. " S. gage 0000, 000, 00 0 solid, B. " S. gage Copper, hard-drawn, No. 1 Copper, hard-drawn, solid,B. " S. gage No. 2, 4, 6 solid, B. " S. gage Copper, hard-drawn, Copper, soft-drawn, solid Copper, hard-drawn, stranded Copper, soft-drawn, stranded under 0000 Aluminum, hard-drawn, stranded, B. " S. gage 0000 and Aluminum, stranded, B. " S. gage hard-drawn, over 72". Untreated
27,500 28,500 30,000
17,000 30,000 17,000 12,000 11,500
Timber. Lbs. Per
Eastern
white
cedar
Chestnut
cedar
Washington Idaho
cedar
Orford
Port
cedar
Longleaf yellow pine Shortleaf yellow pine Douglas
fir
oak White Red cedar Bald cypress Redwood
(heartwood)
Catalpa
Juniper L D
= =
Length Least
in
....
Sq. In.
600
600 (i
850 850 850
850 850
1,150 1,000
1,150
800 900 950 700 800 650 500 550
800
850
1,000
inches.
side, or
diameter,
in inches.
900 950 700 800 650 500 550
-"
)
ELECTRICITY.
^^SPECIFICATIONS
GALVANIZING
FOR
specification gives in detail
This
All
material.
579
specimens shall
be
IRON
OR
applied
to
ON
the
test
of
capable
be
to
STEEL.
galvanized
virithstandingthese
tests.
Coating.
zinc
galvanizing shall consist
(a)
The
of
uniform
surface
thickness, and
the
of
iron
continuous
a
applied that
so
The
steel.
or
of
finished
it adheres
firmly
shall be
product
of
coating
pure
the
to
smooth.
Cleaning. (b)
The
benzine
turpentine,
or
rinsed
thoroughly The
shall be
samples
cotton
in clean shall
sample
and
cleaned
and
with
before
dry
carbona,
brush),
a
dry with
wiped
and
clean
be
(not
vi^aste
water
testing,first with
before
clean
cotton
waste.
in
immersion
each
then
and
the
solution. Solution.
(c)
The
standard
of
proportion The
water.
the
will
be
be
shown
by
crystals to
neutralized
by
(CuO).
The
oxide
neutralized
solution
filter paper.
through
1.186 at 65
solution)
at
The
degrees
the
shall
Fahrenheit
beginning
of
(reading the
each
Fahrenheit.
in
1.186
to
to
As
make
be
degrees
Quantity (d)
to
kept of
the
at
bottom
stock
stock
at
level
the
of
the
filtered solution reduce
to
the
is
specific
filtered solution
the
is
shall
65 degrees Fahrenheit. from
the
solution, additional An
specificgravity
higher specificgravity
a
stock
solution.
samples shall be
tested
in
vessel
containing
crystals and of
excess
unfiltered
in the
at
the
case
is taken
solution.
a
passing
cupric
oxide
water
shall
Solution.
Wire
.
diameter.
Adopted,
solution
stronger
the
of
scale
added
In
specific gravity 1.186
neutralized
added be
the the
as
soon
unfiltered
inside
of
excess
an
using by
have
case
shall be
specificgravity, filtered solution
be added
always
65
at
In
test.
gravity
must
of
excess
an
this reagent
shall
filtered solution
water
the
of of
filtered before
be
high in specificgravity, clean
low
the
100 parts, by weight, of
presence
of
mercial com-
in
about
water,
addition
the
sediment
the
cold
in
of
containing vessel.
The
of
shall
cupric
pure
cupric oxide
of
parts, by weight,
solution
chemically
of
36
shall consist
sulphate
crystals dissolved
sulphate
copper
of 'copper
solution
Vol.
The
jar
13, 1912, pp.
without
the
519, 1015;
Vol.
a
glass jar
wire
of
samples
16, 1915,
pp.
at
least 2 inches
shall
946, 1188.
be
filled
ELECTRICITY.
5^0
with
samples
shall
be
be
for
used
to
tested
standard
Yi pint of not
solution
standard
in
depth
a
glass
a
solution than
more
for
one
of
4
least
at
jar containing
earthenware
or
hardware
each
series
of
wires
shall
Hardware
inches.
least
at
shall
Solution
sample. immersions.
four
Samples. Not
(e) and
not
shall
so
be
grouped
twisted
or
the
action
of
the
samples.
portions
material
of
other
wire
than
solution.
of
permit
to
as
all immersed
upon
specifiedquantity
not
simultaneously immersed,
be
galvanized
of
sample
in the
samples
separated
seven
one
immersed
The well
than
more
shall be
than
more
shall
together, but solution
the
uniform
be
to
be
Test.
(f) of
Clean standard
The 68
solution
in
of
the
Fahrenheit
degrees
shall
dry samples
temperature
with
accordance
solution
at
all times
immersed
be
maintained
Immerse
for
one
minute,
wash
and
wipe
dry.
(2)
Immerse
for
one
minute,
wash
and
wipe
dry.
(3)
Immerse
for
one
minute,
wash
and
wipe
dry.
(4)
Immerse
for
one
minute,
wash
each
immersion
clean
water
having
wiped
dry with
In fourth
the
cotton
immersion
wipe
shall
samples between
temperature
a
test
and
:
dry.
be
62
and
68
or
steel
degrees
in
washed
immediately
Fahrenheit,
waste.
No.
14
galvanized iron
shall
be
reduced
of
case
the
and
mersions. im-
62
between
following
the
during
tity quan-
following cycle of
the
shall be
required
the
in
(1)
After
and
and
to
wire,
the
time
of
the
minute.
one-half
Rejection. (g)
If,
bright metallic the
be
samples
the
after
deposits
considered
causes
In
the
immersed
deposit, reported
case
of
on
check
tests
accordance
f, the
samples,
should
there lot
be
represented
a
by
within
or
one
inch
of
the
shall not
end
cut
rejection.
failure
a
or
in
zinc
for
together, two
the
upon
section
rejected.
be
Copper
in
described
deposit
copper
shall
test
if
of
only
there
shall
with
be
the
is
a
made
wire
one
in
a
doubt
reasonable on
these
seven
majority of the
of
group
sets
as
to
wires of
seven
the and
tests.
wires copper
the
lot
581
ELECTRICITY.
NOTE.
The
equipment
Filter
herein
tests
is
outlined
follows:
as
paper.
Commercial
sulphate crystals. (CuO). cupric oxide
copper
Chemically pure water. Running Warm
of
water
ice
as
Carbona, benzine or Glass jars at least one-half Glass
the
for
necessary
needs.
per
turpentine. inches
two
inside
diameter
by
four
least
at
and
high.
inches
jars for hardware samples. samples. washing Tray for holding jars of stock solution. for stock solution. Jars, bottles and porcelain basket earthenware
or
Vessel
for
Cotton
waste.
Hydrometer
large Fahrenheit
with
Hydrometer
correct
TELEGRAPH,
OF
specifications
aerial
wires
electric wires
tracks, the
CABLES
AND
OTHER
OVER
TRACKS SAME
THE
STEAM LINES
O.R
CLASSES.
standard
practice when
they
local
shall
be
followed.
In
make that
rights-of-way, prescribe
specificallyprescribed,
not
provide
other
all
They
practice impracticable,
prescribed
will
lines
of
signal, and
above.
matters
the
maintenance
railroad
steam
mentioned
classes
by methods
met
by
covered
crossing
conditions
protection of life and Wires
the
be
to
and
telegraph, telephone,
of
of
wires
of
construction
character
similar
of
the
cover
cables
or
lines
or
or
and
OR
WIRES
CHARACTER
OF
degrees.
Scope. These
of
WIRES
68
and
Fahrenheit.
OF
RIGHTS-OF-WAY,
high. 62
at
SIGNAL
SIMILAR
RAILROAD
correct
65 degrees
at
TELEPHONE, OF
15 inches
bv
scale
CROSSINGS
FOR
CIRCUITS
1.
1.186
at
"SPECIFICATIONS OF
diameter
3 inches
cylinder
Thermometer
eqixivalent security
property.
specifications shall
these
not
than
more
carry
550
volts. 2.
Drawings. Complete
is cornmenced.
These
of-way, tracks, the
adjoining size of 3.
and
wires, and
(a)
upon
'Adopted,
the
of
Spans
of
the
either
on
shall
be
to
show
crossed
the
and
construction
the
crossing
clearances
construction
the general plan of
poles supporting
side of
proposed
in duplicate before
furnished
drawings
wires
locations
spans
Location
shall be
drawings
of
the span,
the
right-
proposed,
crossing the
the
span
number,
existing tracks
cluding in-
and
the
kind
and
and
wires.
Poles.
crossing railroad
poles Vol.
placed 16,
1915,
outside
pp.
rights-of-way preferably of
939, 1187.
the
right-of-way;
should
but
spans
be
ported supover
ELECTRICITY.
Western
Cedak
583
Not
Not
Not
Not
Over
12 Over
20 Over
40 Over
:
Length
80
of Poles,
Wires,
Wires,
Wires,
Wires,
Feet.
Inches.
Inches.
Inches.
Inches.
Not
Not
Not
Not
Over 12 Over 20 Over 40 Over 80 Length of Poles, Wires, Wires, Wires, Wires, Inches.
Feet. Minimum
Top
Minimum
Circumference
from
Other
shall
22
Inches. 24*
..
6
feet
:
of
have
Inches.
20
Butt
Kinds
Poles
Inches.
20
Circumference..
kinds
other least
at
the
timber
of
strength
same
other
or
material
durability
and
construction
and as
those
specified
above.
6.
Wire
Loads.
Each
aerial
one
wire, without
G.
Wires
G.
wires
aerial wires
of twisted
wire Not
pole of the 55
to
and
size
to
which
equivalent
circumference
wire.
regard
the
than
foot
be
twisted two
as
equivalent
are
cable
a
pair shall
crossing
60
to
to
up
considered
shall
be
cable, in inches, by
supporting more
they
signal
or
kind,
or
of larger size shall be
copper
Each
telegraph, telephone
wire
and the in
shall
including number
of
weight.
The
determined three
considered
as
to
8 B.
W.
No.
8 B.
W.
wire
one
and
each
considered
wires
shall
be
attached
80
the
(3).
be
over
of
number
shall
not
as
No.
pair wiring
messenger
carry
counted
by multiplying
span.
poles
be
wires,
22
inches.
senger mes-
as
to
one
either
ELECTRICITY.
584
Poles.
Setting
7.
Poles
shall
Great
care
washouts
be
shall
shall
if it be
the
lowest
side
45
degrees,
than
pole
the than
is
The as
shall and
hewing, dirt the
shall
holes and
wedged
around
Fitting The On
shall be
of
apex
9.
to
dug be
filled.
is
the
table.
slope
Wherever
possible that
6
set
is greater
inches
deeper
ordinary methods and
do
not
extraordinary
stability.
secure
large enough full size
admit
to
the
at
evenly
Soil
bank
it is
pole shall be
from
measured
the
that
soft
so
of
sloping bank,
a
shall be
poles, artificial foundations
filled in
be
the
earth
bank,
hole
in
set
to
bottom
around
shall
then
Poles
the
the be
set
to
in
allow
the
around shall
rock
of
use
tampers.
thoroughly
poles and
piled
stabbing
poles without
the have
tamped
poles above the
rock
the
firmly
Poles. of
pole shall
each
poles
gains
width
proper
center
the
above
each
When
'
be
not
Exposure
them.
round
The
the
shall
of
the
firmly packed.
top
of
be
are
surface
8.
of
used
be
depth
:
foundations.
firm
secure
should
the
out
depths
Poles
opening.
setting for
shall
to
the
when
or
press
secure
Holes or
the
of
specified in
methods
taken
unavoidable,
may
provide
be
following
avoided.
be
but
the
to
set
of
the
for
roofed.
be
shall the
be cross
gain
upper
for
provided arms
shall
be
all
cross
used, and at
10
least
inch
^
They
arms.
inches
deep. below
the
roof.
Guys, (a)
Poles
supporting the
directions,if practicable, Braces
may
be
used
and
instead
crossing
be of
span
head-guyed guys.
shall away
be
side
from
the
guyed
in
crossing
both span.
585
ELECTRICITY.
(b)
Guys
shall be and
their strength
and
galvanized
of
number
1 to
inclusive
2
and
of Head
of Wires. No.
6
wire
as
follows
shall be
Strength Number
steel
B.
stranded
or
:
Number
G.
and
Strengh
Guys.
W.
steel cable,
steel
wire
6
1 No.
inclusive inclusive
12
41
50 inclusive 80 inclusive
to
51 to
14
shall
Guys dimensions
1
4,000 1 6,000 1 10,000 1 16,000
be
attached
lbs lbs or
lbs.
or
to
6,000 lbs. 2 10,000 lbs. 2
galvanized
iron
side.
4,000 1 6,000 1 6,000 1 10,000
lbs. each
side.
lbs. each
side.
lbs. each
side.
2
lbs. each
rods
the
6 ft
following
lbs. strand lbs. strand rods
8
in
or
two
6,000 lbs. strand.
or
two
10,000 lbs. strand.
shall be earth
for
fastened anchor
following table, depending
logs used
:
^ inch J^ inch inch ft. x^ x
6 f t. x
lbs. strand
Excavations
anchor
the
side.
Size of Guy Rod.
G. steel wire W. lbs. strand
6 B.
(c)~ Anchor
in
of
or
:
4,000 6,000 10,000 16,000
given
lbs.
6.000
Size of Guy. No.
steel
each
1
lbs.
G.
B. W. wire
3 to 13 to
Number
Guys.
of Side
to
anchor
logs shall on
the
.
.
.
.8 ft. x
.
.9 ft.x 54 inch
5^ inch
logs of be size
of of
sound
the guy
rials. mate-
dimensions rods
and
ELECTRICITY.
586
The
length and the
especiallyat (d)
Guy
shall be
and
be
brace
of proper
of
character
strength of the
the
of
of
shall be
above
guy
On
attached
fastened
head
in
around
by staples (e)
shall be under
"lead"
than
two
of
to
less
than
one-third
the
head
side
and
guys
poles carrying below
fourth
side
second
the sixth
and
more
cross-
shall be
guys
with
thimbles
and
of
Clamps Dead-Ended
on
Thimble.
1 three-bolt
1 two-bolt
1 three-bolt
or
1 three-bolt 3
guy
attached
the
wrapping
to
the
held
in
three-bolt three-bolt
pole shall be place
on
the
twice
wrapped back
the
of
pole
their equivalent. shall have
dimensions
top
poles they reinforce. not
shall be
attached two
full
the
re^
rods
guy
three-bolt
the
pole, and
measured
for
depth
poles they
cross-arms,
2
2
ground,
gain,
effective
Stub.
or
2 three-bolt
will
and
the
on
or
lbs.
the
ground under-
or
anchors
attached
the
1 three-bolt
Braces
of
Pole
lbs.
or
it shall be
and
following table:
1 two-bolt
lbs. lbs.
the
a
from
On
cross-arm.
attached
be
the
of Strand.
end
of
both
cross-arms,
guy
Dead-Ended
The
that when
cross-arm.
shall
shown
4,000 6,000 10,000 16,000
guys
pole.
Number
Kind
lean
to
with
footing
a
render
not
the
at
guys
more
second
guys
as
used
by
distance
a
upper
the first head
the
Stranded
will
as
line, of
two
the
poles carrying
below
at
ground
or
one
successive
and
arms.
such
ground the
under
cross-arms
cross-arm
braced
be
set
guyed except
shall be
anchoring, location
placed
the
at
attached
two
and
ground
anchor
in
smaller
shall be
poles they support large stub
be
They
dimensions.
poles carrying
shall be
the
stub
guy
They
shall be
raise guys
to
guy.
inforce, measured
than
the
possible,
as
thoroughfares.
of
shall the
case
setting shall be
anchors
On
obstruction
no
extra
an
it is necessary
pole it supports.
of
general, the method
height
In
the
anchored feet in
Guy
only where
the
prevent
than
top
small
as
ground.
used
poles.
least 6
In
be
the pole guys
to
cannot at
to
the
shall be
excavation
the poles they reinforce, and
equivalent stub
of
may
or
the
at
from
away
set
stubs
good, strong
diameter
of each
surface
obstacles
above
width
be
less
than
not
Each
brace
one-third
arms,
the
pole
just below
it
braces, the
for
second
than
shall
be
height of
the
horizontally at the ground to
less
one
line, of arm,
gain, for
the
the set
the
that
so
brace
the
above
pole supported,
just below four
sions dimen-
top
arms
the or
first
more,
ELECTRICITY.
just below
the
lower
the
gain,
fourth of
end
heel
the
and
fastened
be
bevel
587
where
by
the
bolt placed at
cross-arm
a
is in
brace
with
contact
the
pole. The
butt and
ground The
of
less than
8
and
shall
be
the
butt
wires, 5
the
8
No.
to
of
feet long and
by
it
When
W.
galvanized
G.
not
the
immediately
at
cross-arm
a
brace.
B.
brace
ledge.
depth
a
the
in
solid rock
set
to
the
3j/2 feet
or
least 5
at
of
and
pole
stones
attached
of
wraps
least
at
shall be
log
cross
a
from
inches
placed around
shall be
set
brace
pull
diameter
20
than
more
and
push
in
be
planks, logs, large
on
ground
the
inches
8
bolt not carries
each
shall
brace
push
supported
feet in
less than
wire
be
butt
least 6
each
of
pole iron
below
their
junction. Cross-
10.
(a)
Arms,
Description. ^Wooden
fir,of cross-section
preferably Western 6-foot
for
Other
arms
in
Method
(b)
gained with
both
on
be attached the
least
double
and
and
arms
with
the
bolt
and
used
each
two
the
end
of
Cross-Arm
less than
-h by 1^
drive
screw
by
lag bolt
than
4
by
washers,
square
other
Each
poles.
pieces
between
the
washers
shall
and
nut
of
Each
the
or
between
each
secured
bolt the
both
shall
be
head
of
pipe
When
cross-arm.
to
one
of
cross-arms
placed under
provided,
be
Blocks
placed
pipes.
be
to
one
must
extending through
bolts
be
pole
braces
thereof, and
end
or
the
to
cross-arms.
of
shall
pole
Cross-arm
be
attached
so
fastened
each
blocks
the
through
feet
shall
shall be
and
bolt.
through
or
these
10
cross-arms
cross-arms
from
fir of
placed
be
at
the pipe.
(c)
a
cross-arm
additional
two
inches
8
6 feet.
exceed
not
fit tightly,shall be
to
as
inches
wires.
pair of double
each
by 3^
Western
to
spans
preferably consisting
length
lengthwise
provided
of
one
material,
longer than
Double
"
through
2^
arms
10
sound
of
shall
the
to
pair of
or
and
as
pipe, of such
of
each
and
cross-arm
place by "^-inch
arms
is
at
section
iron
pair in
to
same
of
sides
5^-inch
one
Poles.
to
right angles
at
for
than
more
poles supporting crossing
maintained
be
support
of Attaching
all the
on
to
as
shall not
inches
durability. Arms
and
be
less than
not
provided it is equal
used
strength
length and
used
be
may
in
dimensions
shorter, 3 by 4^
or
timber
shall
cross-arms
"
or
Braces.
Cross-arm
by 26 inches
lag bolt not
"
less
not
than
5^ inches, except
braces
long, each
secured
4
by J^
2%. inches
long
less
than
that
when
the
shall be to
inches or
arms
a
steel
iron
or
the pole by
and
to
the
so
spaced
fetter
cross-arm
carriage bolt are
a
not
not
less
that
the
ELECTRICITY.
588
braces
from
the
pair of
arm
and
11.
Pins.
shall
pins used
combination
washer,
points
pole
in
this
end
two-thirds the
of usual
the
they shall be
manner,
situated
the
to
A
"
and
nut
to
manner
tance dis-
in addition
and
arm,
the
of
the
bottom
shall
crossing
of
be
steel,
locust.
or
be
steel pin may is Y" inch
steel spindle 8^^ by J/2 inches,
a
lJ4-inch base, together with
with
of split oak
cap
the
to
next
arms
metal
and
Pins.
Steel
the
shoulder, which
except
at
attached
be
on
wood
(a)
poles
pole.
the
The
the
in
the
arms
of
center
braces
to
the
verticallyto
fastened
a
attached
be
cannot
wood,
other
or
of
device
round
equal strength
durability
and
Combination
(b) metal
pin
maximum
and
which
15^-inch
is inserted
washer,
in the
Pins.
Locust
(c)
locust, minimum
device
equal
pin shall be
of
cross-section
of
of
shank
its
through
strength and
durability.
be
of
ter, cen-
a
The
straight-grain
sound,
inches, maximum
\%
and
inches,
durability.
to
are
1^
shank
and
strength
in
wood
long, equipped with
inches
equal
pins
combination
lengthwise
bored
locust
to
Locust
"
hole
a
A
"
diameter
Yi-'mch. bolt, 10
a
other
or
Pins.
Metal
pin, minimum
wooden
a
length 9 inches, with
in
wood
be
may
Wood
8
length
inches.
Hardware.
12.
All
pole-line hardware influences
corrosive action
of
pins than be
used.
galvanized than
the
natural
the
standard
specified in section
galvanizing
iron
be
and
applied
in
galvanized,
be
or
to
the
heavier
specificationsshall
these
10 of
exposed
when
resulting from
those
pins shall
steel
elements,
and
;
the
with
accordance
tions specifica-
steel.
Insulators.
13.
Each it will
insulator
withstand,
maximum
under
the
most
shall be
of
which
to
such
injury
without
stress
it will
unfavorable
without
or
be
design that
and
pattern
being pulled with
subjected
conditions
of
when off
the
and
pin, the
attached,
conductor
temperature
mounted
loading.
Wire.
(a) the
be
materially greater
Galvanizing shall
for
14.
shall
next
Kinds
adjoining
hard-drawn to
corrosive
and
Sizes.
copper,
the
parties.
influences
on
span or
of
Iron is
"
The each
line
wires
side thereof
copper-covered wire
in
shall
not
materially greater
shall
steel of be
used than
crossing
the
be
of
span
and
in
galvanized iron,
tory specificationssatisfacwhere
that
the
exposure
to
from
the
resulting
589
ELECTRICITY.
action be
of
used
natural
the
at
elements.
Length
feet
or
less
151
feet
or
175
hard-drawn
of
tinned
be
in
used No
feet... when
tinned
copper,
(b)
The
"
the
to
specified in
No.
10 B. "
S.
G.
No.
9 B. "
S.
following
the
table
by than
14
No.
In
no
"
B.
S.
feet without
a
in any
wires
sag
of
the
temperature
of in
the
pair wire
crossing
crossing
support. spans.
shall
spans
which
at
or
parties,
the
wire
messenger
be
gage,
shall twisted
case
shall
wire,
messenger
specificationssatisfactory to
100
and
length
span
Wire.
G.
S. gage.
minimum
Hard-Drawn
8 B. W.
smaller
may
:
10 B. W.
splice shall be permitted
Sags.
table
Copper
Wire.
supported
of
than
longer
or
following
which
No.
not
"
wire
No.
not
steel
17 B.
No.
spans
joint
Iron
pair wire,
than
the
of
Galvanized
copper-covered
smaller
not
size
in
given
as
of
150
of
be
Span.
Crossing
Twisted
shall
crossing
any
minimum
The
respond cor-
it is strung,
as
:
Temperature. 100" F, of Span.
Length
80" F, Inches.
Inches.
75
feet
4^
3
100
feet
7
5^4
115
feet
9
7
125
feet
11
150
feet
14
8^ 11^
175
feet
18
15
its pair
of
Ties.
(d) shall
No.
of
be
drawn
8"B.
W.
G. wire
has
2 3
1^ 2^
2
4^
3^
3
2^/^
7
6
5
4
3^
9
7^
6^
5^
5
9
7^4
614
10
wire
to
each
sulator in-
arm.
or
line
wire
shall
attached
shall be
be
steel
copper-covered of
and
soft
be
of
No.
the
W.
G.
gage
same
wire
line
hard-
of
for
tie wires
Iron
B.
9
or
copper
annealed.
thoroughly
tie wires
1
2 4
larger shall
or
F,
Inches.
2^ 4^ 5^
copper
the
been
line wire the
double
as
gage
20" F,
Inches. Inches.
For
smaller
the line wires.
as
Cables.
(a)
Si:se of Strand. of
not
less
cable
of
50
pairs
and
pairs in
wire,
or
smaller,
Galvanized
"
strength
equivalent for
same
40" F, Inches.
12
Each
"
for
wires
which
copper,
the
upon
Tie
"
the
sizes of iron
15.
of Attaching.
Method
(c)
0" F, "20"
60" F, Inches.
than of of
up
its equivalent, and
not
larger sizes.
19
less
not
thereof
excess
6,000 lbs. No.
to
less
stranded
steel
100
B. than
shall "
S.
than
be
used
gage
10,000
pairs No.
cable
having to
19
B.
breaking "
S.
16,000 lbs. breaking
ing break-
support
wire,
copper
lbs.
a
gage
ductor con-
or
its
strength copper
strength
for
COMMITTEE.
SPECIAL
GRADING
'CLASSIFICATION
LUMBER.
OF
RULES
GRADING
AND
FOR
DOUGLAS
FIR.
1.
The
Fir
Sound 2.
Fir
conform
3.
between
stipulated
stained
in
seller.
are
knots,
chipped
stain
heart,
sap
Knots
shall
and
dog
grain,
or
and
stock
where
lowing folshall
otherwise
splits, checks,
knotholes,
picaroon
the
to
dressed
holes, pitch
seams,
solid
grain,
grain, loose
torn
as
Puget
or
according
sizes, except
and
Fir
likewise
Fir.
classified
standard
of
known
Fir, Oregon
quality,
to
as
streaks, wormholes,
shake, pitch pockets,
timber
Coast
and
buyer
defects
Recognized rot, rotten
wane,
table
subjoined
West
graded
be
specifications
and
the
to
expressly
shall
Lumber
rules
and
Northwest
Pine,
or
the
cover
Fir, Washington
Fir, Western
Fir, Red
Yellow
will
Fir"
"Douglas
term
pitch,
manufacture.
imperfect
Knots. 4.
size; round
and
spike
5.
A
6.
A
small
7.
A
standard
8.
A
large knot
9.
A
round
10.
A
spike
Vol.
to
as
knot
knot knot
12.
and
not
is
tight, loose
not
is tight and
tight, and is oval
is
Part
one
or
sawn
3, 1911,
any
over
pp.
591
rotten
in
^-inch
over
lj4
size
over
V/2 inches
a
large, as
to
as
in
diameter.
in diameter.
form.
lengthwise
548-555;
in
Vol.
direction.
13,
1912,
pp.
873,
to
quality.
diameter.
inches
not
circuar in
and
and
J^-inch in diameter.
over
is tight and
knot
standard
pin, small,
as
form,
is tight and
pin knot
^Adopted,
classified
be
1053.
592
GRADING
OF
Pin
Standard
LUMBER.
Knot.
Knot.
GRADING
hard will
OF
diameter
The
mean
and
construing these
rules.
11.
A
sound
as
the
retain
or
average
tight knot wood
or
it is
in, and
its place in the
12.
A
loose
13.
A
rotten
knot knot
is
of
knots
is
knot is
so
shall
considered
be
solid
one
fixed
593
its
across
by growth
or
in applying
face, is
position that
as
it
piece. held
not
one
is
LUMBER.
one
not
Small
as
firmly in place by growth hard
Spike
as
Knot.
the
wood
or
it is in.
position.
594
GRADING
OF
LUMBER.
wi
hMMiiM^^Jd Large
Spike
Loose
Knot.
Knot.
OF
GRADING
ROTTEX
Pitch
LUMBER.
IviXOT.
Knot.
595
GRADING
596
OF
Cluster
14.
Pitch more
15.
A
16.
A
17. in
or
in
small
are
less
pitch
as
small,
classified
sliall be
inches
pockets
standard
pitch
between
is
and not
one
pocket
is
one
grain of
the
by
surrounded
standard
pitch pocket
Knots.
of
openings and
LUMBER.
sound
the
grain
wood, wood;
taining con-
they
large pitch pockets. over
not
J^-inch wide. wide
^-inch
over
or
length. A
large pitch pocket
is
one
over
^-inch
length.
Closed
Small
Pitch
Pocket.
wide
or
over
3
inches
3
GRADING
Solid
18.
grain of
A
pitch shake wood
the
in either
but
and
is
seam
or
a
597
Pitch.
clearly
a
defined
filled with
either
be
may
is considered
case
LUMBER.
OF
defect
in
pitch
granulated of
any
the
the
between
opening
not,
or
hereinafter
grades
described. 19.
A
pitch
point in the or
where
20.
the
sixth
A
the
a
when
between
small and
A
is
well-defined
not
grains
accumulation
sufficient to is not
develop with
saturated
of a
pitch
well-defined
pitch, it shall
at
one
streak, not
be
defect.
a
width 21.
piece, and
fiber
considered
streak
pitch
one-sixth
standard width
and
streak the
pitch one-third
Large
shall
be
length streak
equivalent
of
the
shall
the
length
Open
Pitch
to
piece
not
of
the
Pocket,
one-twelfth
it is in.
equivalent
be
over
to
not
piece it is in.
over
one-
OF
GRADING
30.
Slight
tt-inch, and
the
serious
in
grain heavier
torn
It
grain.
next
in
grain consists
Loosened
31. from
3'2-inch
exceed
not
J^-inch. Any
heavy
599
medium
depth;
J^-inch shall
than
deep.
termed
be
grain shall
torn
LUMBER.
occurs
point of
a
the
on
grain being
one
side of
heart
loose
torn
is
piece, and
the
a
defect, especially in flooring.
32.
The
character
the
descriptive of quality of
in
piece such
coarsest
shall
grade
the
visible
admissible
described
herein
defects
the
shall be
stock
all regular
position of
and
defects
of
grade
midway
be
piece. The
in any
grade
any
grades
by the number,
determined
enumerated
intended
are
contain, but the
may
between
highest
the
be
to average
lowest
and
,
pieces allowed 33. with
Lumber view
a
35.
timber
its
dressed
in
and
equal,
allowed, whether
defects
equivalent
in
effect
damaging
to
Full
:
size
manufacture.
construing
specifiedor
not,
applying
and
are
these
understood
applying
mentioned
those
viz.
strip count,
its in
inspected
be
must
intended.
use
measured
necessarily used means
specific purposes
the
shall be
stock
Equivalent
rules, the
for
sawed
adaptability for
material
rough
grade.
and to
All
34. of
the
in
stock
to
be
to
under
consideration. 36.
Lumber
shipped. an
be
must
Any
adjustment
of
form
in the
grade
on
in manufacture
change
subsequent
inspection for the
accepted
millwork
or
with
claims,except
in
the
which
it
was
will prohibit of
consent
all
parties interested. 37.
The
"Vertical
term
grain, rift-sawn, or with
slash
grain
Grain"
is here
quarter-sawed. plain
or
The
used
Grain"
"Flat
term
with
synonymous
as
edge
is synonymous
sawed.
BUILDING
MATERIALS.
Flooring, 38.
Defects
following
to
based
and
piece 4
on
inches
including Casing
and
wide,
12
feet
long,
excepting where
Base,
all the
on
otherwise
stated.
39. milled
No.
I
Clear.
face,
on
all
defects.
the
length
have
must
Bright of
Vertical
"
perfect
showing
sap
piece will
grain, 3,
be
not
admitted.
edges
4
6
and and
more
be
than
Angle
of
inches.
Shall
be
practically free one-third
of
grain
less
not
well from
face
half
45
than
degrees. 40.
No.
manufactured.
2
Clear.
Angle
"
Vertical of
grain
grain, 3, 4 and not
less than
45
6
inches.
Shall
degrees. Will
be
well
admit
of
GRADING
600
in
slight roughness pockets, A
14
piece
than
feet
piece, which
lyi inches
in
the
length
from
No.
less
A cut
piece
its
the
be
well
of
the
No.
following
knots
from
more
than
the
No.
43.
in
roughness
above
the of
from
other
combined
of
and
the
slight roughness
in
knots
from
grain, 3,
Three
above.
length
as
three
;
dressing.
small, tight, combined
of
cut
6
smooth
feet
by wasting
out
piece, provided
the
Either
defects.
defect, located be
Shall
pitch pockets,
close
have can
in
piece.
the
inches.
of
one
be
can
inches,
of
equivalent
or
not
balance
of
admit
of
defects. 4
of
not
6
and
knots
three
any
pitch
that
2j4
than
more
6
grain, 3, small
not
and
may
length
four
two
defects
defect
a
4
in
the
Flat
"
grain
of
understood
of
end
piece, that
pitch pockets,
piece of
out
of
defects, three
equivalent
cut
end
dressing;
eight small
A
longer
Clear.
3
piece be
eight small
generally
is
have
more
the
their
or
inches
1^
of
or
more
dressing ;
the
with
or
in
combination
may
or
of
each
feet
practically free
piece be
the
14
piece
more
or
inches
It
of
Flat
"
admit
permitted
2
feet
not
Angle
inches.
diameter, or
or
2
loss
feet
Better.
J/2-inch in diameter, A
pitch
floors.
a
is 4
6
open.
No.
as
with
; will
in
defects
cheap
good
and
exceed
to
not
6
by wasting
out
roughness
of
be
such
defect
also
admit
may
admit
as
manufactured
located
piece, provided balance
54-inch
over
which
Clear
2
cut
grain, 3, 4 and
utilityfor
the
the
defect
one
be
can
Will
piece laid
length, providing 42.
of
otherwise
and
out
not
will
impair
not
of
Vertical
"
knots
grade
small, close
defects.
degrees.
three
any
this
will
45
small
pockets, that
Clear.
s
than
three
or
other
have
may
the
""I
not
longer
or
of
practically free
three
to
one
defects.
end
from
more
LUMBER.
from
dressing, and
equivalent
or
OF
not
1
'
Will
be
may
inch
in
diameter,
in
^-inch
over
which
over
inches.
without
or
open,
diameter,
or
the
defects.
otherwise
good
as
with
piece laid
its length, providing the
No.
as
is 4
defect
feet
have
can
of
waste
a
2
not
or
defect
a
than
more
from
more
that
2^2 the
can
inches
end
of
be in the
piece. Vertical
grain
will
be
grain pieces admitted
in
that this
It is generally understood or
and
combinations
sheathing.
of
defects
are
a
little below
the
line of
3
vertical
grade. that this grade will admit
as
No.
will
not
impair
its
such
utilityfor
other
cheap
defects floors-
GRADING
OF
601
LUMBER.
Ceiling, No.
44.
Clear
2
of
admit
Will
Better."
and
to
exceed
in
diameter,
their
or
inches.
the
above
length;
in
close
defects.
factured. manu-
Either
the
of
pitch pockets, knots
small, tight,smooth
combined-
well
be
dressing.
Three
:
three
in
equivalent
in
Shall
Both
not
J^-inch
Vertical
anu
grain admissible.
Flat A
piece 14 the
from
feet of
end
lJ/2 inches
than
45.
No.
the in
defects
in
3, 4
not
4
to
Six-inch
greater
cut
piece otherwise without
out
wasting
it is
providing
to
1
inch
in
or
muic
not
balance
No.
more
than
and 2
more
piece
of
grain
in
2j4 inches
feet
from
the
end.
be
graded
same
as
a
lowing folfrom
rough
six
tight
knots
three
open
or
number
with
graded,
have
the
equivalent
an
or
of
be
may
diameter,
Flat
may
three
exceed
length,
Vertical as
4
face
not
in
good
than
more
feet
wasting
any
is correspondingly
Both
as
the
of
knots each
Allows
of
cent,
admits
defects.
by
out
piece, provided
inches.
per
inches
tight pitch pockets.
A
6
two
or
the
cut
6
located
defects.
or
stock
diameter,
pitch pockets
other
"
Four-inch
dressing. 54-inch
from
defect
a
be
can
of
length
Twenty-five
:
have
may
piece that
the
Clear.
3
longer
or
practically free
be
of
each
2 inches
6
or
slight roughness with
following also permitted
3, 4
tionately propor-
admissible.
defect
length
that of
be
can
the
piece,
Partition. 46. with
4
the
Porch
Decking, No.
piece 6
in
equivalent A from
the
48.
small
in
feet
14
of
Rustic.
4,
"
long.
the
four
3
length
Clear.
"
of
any
can
inches. well
be
allow
based
Defects
knots
small, tight
tight pitch
on
Slight
manufactured.
three
have
one
pockets,
or
be
cut
6 feet
defect, located by wasting
out
piece, provided
the
not
their
balance
not
of
or
more
than
more
piece be
tically prac-
defects.
4, 6
five knots
defects.
8
and
four
or
may
piece, that
other
or
6
side,
face
one
on
lower.
grade
Shall
will
diameter,
longer
or
pitch pockets,
combined
and
Ceiling
defects.
the
from
No.
dressing;
feet
combined
in
free
one
dressing admissible;
end
Ij^ inches
12
than
Better.
and
wide,
of
piece
more
Siding
Drop
j4-inch
than
more
not
Clear
2
inches
roughness
Shall
side
reverse
47.
of
6 inches.
or
three
and not
of
8
inches.
larger than which
may
Will
admit
1 inch be
open,
in
of
roughness
diameter, or
their
or
in
eight
equivalent
GRADING
602
A
piece that
be
can
is otherwise
by wasting
out
cut
than
2
2^
than
more
more
No.
as
4
have
may
inches
feet
in
from
the
defect
a
that
the
length of the
end
of
piece.
the
Siding. No.
49.
dressing
50.
No.
be
suitable
small
defects,
not
in
the
use
6
four
of
of
any
other
said
the
waste.
small
of
or
slight
defects,
minor
admit
dressing
of
without
length
Will
in
admit
other
or
full
inches.
Will
sound
recognized
defects
their
or
piece.
one
any
for
roughness
exceed
to
6 inches.
and
pitch pockets
and
pitch pockets,
but
equivalent
4, 5
"
4, 5
"
close
two
Clear.
3
Better.
or
piece shall
each
knots,
and
Clear
2
in
defects but
LUMBER.
good
as
not
it is
that
piece, providing Bevel
OF
Stepping. No.
51.
Clear
2
Will
have on
from riser
the
edge,
52.
grain
of
edge
No.
stain
through;
the
of
defects
grain in
larger pockets;
of
equivalent picaroon
the
pin
knots;
face
on
and
defects
above
of
may
2 inches
than
more
one-quarter
factured. manu-
the
face
on
of
following small
their
or
back
on
knots; holes
dog
two
of
face
their
edge,
^-inch
three
1-inch
that
do
do
not
torn
not
go
With
piece.
the
or
heavy
that
equivalent
pitch pockets
small
six
checks
season
the
grain,
torn
any
combined
of
equivalent wide
face;
on
knots,
their
or
six
through;
go
of
holes.
grubworm
or
the
show
medium
places;
J/2-inchdeep
wane
pitch streak;
standard
one
of
three
allowed; eight
be
not
flat grain
admit or
of
one
do
well
be
grain
torn
of
one
that
one-fourth
covering
above,
will
two
slight
or
Shall
pitch pocket.
Will
"
inches.
With
side, or
small
one
14
to
grain
spike knots
face
Clear.
s
loose
or
the
or
8
pitch pockets.
three
to
Better."
chipped
close
one
riser
one
allow
edge, six
nosed
and
Finish.
53. wide.
Selected Shall
selected
inches
grain to
Based
wide.
wider the
of in
one
smooth
pockets
one
of
pin that
stock.
above
knots
;
do
not
of
Better."
1 by Will
one
of
allow
the
grain a
go
through
face
on
2
V/z and to
inches
12
to
and
and
edges,
on
small
small
thick, 4
inches
apply proportionately
straight split
following
the
thick, 4
grain.
one
tight, smooth,
one
defects
Rules
8-12.
inches
2
1, 1%,
curly places;
two
all
character
and on
and
sap
piece; slight torn or
the
and
Clear
2
1, 1J4, 1/^ and
"
from
free
beauty
No.
and width
be
for
54.
Grain.
face
and
will knot
piece; one
be ;
exceeding
not
medium
edges; of
amount
stain.
allowed:
three
small
to
on
In Three
to
12
rower nar-
the torn
addition
tight,
five tight pitch
pitch streak; three
GRADING
holes
picaroon kiln
not
that
It is understood
their
or
LUMBER.
^-inch
than
more
checks
seasoning
or
OF
this
in
diameter of
equivalent shall
grade
603
; two
combined
present
three
or
defects.
smooth
a
small
surface
after
painting. A
piece 14 from
more
inches
No.
stock.
grain
in
can
Will
two
above,
cvtt
defect
a
located
by wasting
out
balance
piece; provided
pockets;
not
of
4
feet
than
more
piece be
of
one
the
following
^-inch
deep
small
checks
face
of
their
or
or
ly^
practically
1-inch
three
that
do
not
wide. and
grain
not
through
go
With
loose
or
combined
defects
equivalent
larger
of
on
face;
one
knots,
or
their
equivalent
; six
;
of
one
any
wide
through
go
inches
narrower
torn
of
their
or
edge, ^-inch
on
on
piece.
equivalent
12
to
do
that
the
pitch pockets
knots;
holes
dog
; two
the
small
thick, 4
grain, heavy
torn
season
;
of
Eight
pitch streak; six
medium
places
one-fourth
2 inches
apply proportionately
to
of
three
or
wane
pin knots
Rules
admit
allowed.
be
be
1, 1%, V/2 and
"
l:)y8-12.
covering
will
that
Clear.
3
1
on
wider
the
end
have
may
defects.
55.
stain
or
length of the
in the
Based
long
the
from
free
longer
feet
standard
picaroon
of
grub-
or
holes.
worm
Casing
and
56.
To
Base. be
graded
same
Finish.
as
Stock.
Tank
57.
Must
piece,
not
knots,
length of
defects. will
Edges
prevent
do
not
be
practically clear
through
go
water-tight joint
a
when
"
Two-inch 12
inches
to
extend
stock
wide,
to
allow
to
contain
practically no
inches
3
^/i-'mch. through
over
of
sap
the
edges
both
on
Can
piece.
3-inch
sap,
of
stock, face
either
be
when
side,
vertical
not or
grain.
Turned
Porch
58. per
to
it is for
'
worked.
slash
piece, unless
the
pitch pockets which
or
that
defects
no
full
considered
be
to
contain
to
or
tight the
water
Small
stock.
cutting the
be
No.
cent,
knots
Columns.
not
inches
long,
with
not
the
on
be
or
no
less
of
^-inch
over
or
shall
Columns
admit
to
shaft,
sap
1
square,
the
the
80
in or
diameter three
The
l^^-inch
in
slight defects on
smooth
the
:
both
knots the
6
and
by
balance
small
Three
part
tight pitch pockets,
5 by 5 and bit.
clear; the
cent,
per
following
equivalent
defect. than
grade
to
to
be
20
sound
of
the
turned
be
not
over
pitch pockets. 6 shall
of
bored
3
Bright through
GRADING
604
4
The
4
by
shall be
Columns
Boring
with
through option of
the
at
the
through
bored
bored
be
to
be
to
LUMBER.
OF
square
less
not
than
Colonial
ends.
The
2-inch
bit.
manufacturer.
the
Fencing. 59.
Common
sound
contain
may
width
of
the
of
of
width
have
face
and
wormholes
6
and
from
away
should
be
and
Boards
equivalent wide
62. below
grade
the
allow
:
Common 63. and
of
No.
Will
2
should
thirds
the
inch
inches
on
wide
on
one-quarter season
or
width
checks, 3 grubworm
in
slight stain.
and
pitch pockets
inches
inches, but
12
to
square
4
the
width
following,
deep of
of
These
the
piece
is suitable
splits;
the ;
limited and
waste.
all
of
rotten
;
of
checks
sheathing
streaks
rotten
inch
firm
be
admit
cheap
1
a
without
Will
for
or
should
construction "
length
seasoning
;
their
or
edge,
on
the
boards
Sheathing.
or
;
the
of
stock
and
will
sap,
and
holes.
worm
Scantling. Generally speaking,
"
of
for
knots
larger than
the
face
all ordinary
coarser
be
face,
piece,
up
to
2
on
2
by
of
length one
number
be
diameter
pitch pockets
;
ordinary
; knotholes
of
the
Shall
inches
one-sixth
than
that
pin
in
^-inch
Wane
Boards
or
inches.
8
two
scattered.
Common
12
in
any
over
in
strength
not
of
pitch streaks
use
Common.
admit
wide
;
for
and
sufficient
waste.
by 4
I
grain;
torn
limited
a
not
M.
not
well
grub
Joist
"
longer
not
knots of
number
any
2
grain
of
Coarse
edge;
on
piece;
the and
1 inch
size
defects:
Common
s
deep
one-half
over
character.
admit
extending
suitable
No.
^-inch
to
over
medium
D.
Will
wormholes
and
not
strong
combined
face,
of
sound
edge;
"
; stain ; torn
number
the
and
4
"
\y^ inches
over
sound,
straight split
one
knots
not
Shiplap
of
on
piece
1
of
Common.
61.
Common.
sound
inches, and
located But
Selected
admit
Will
edged.
is not
the
scattered.
well
One-inch
60.
which
checks
solid pitch ; pitch pockets ; stain, seasoning of
of
over
length of
the
one-quarter
of
one-third
not
wane
stock;
sound
to
length
the
piece. May
from
manufactured
diameter
in
spike knots
or
the
on
be
must
equal
knots
piece,
the
1 inch
over
Fencing
the
by 6, 8
holes,
a
limited
and
not
number
Spike
wider,
of
which
the
not
deep on
extending
than
more
knots
deep
stain, solid
without
purposes
j4-inch
^-inch
suitable
be
must
Common,
inch.
over
and
piece;
straight split
1
inches. not
wane
stock
construction
than 2
this
edges
edge
and
width
pin wormholes
of and
V/z
pockets,
the torn
and
than
more
pitch, pitch
a
two-
over
on
not
in
piece,
grain.
GRADING
64.
No.
in
waste
and
Common.
2
knots
unsound
intended,
rotten
of
sap
rotten
streaks, pitch
that
be
allowed
65.
No.
sound
Common.
I
stock, and
the
for
piece
work
use
amount
well
holes not
coarse
reasonable
a
scattered.
without
waste
and
green,
free
be
larger, shall
timbers, 4 by 4 and
when
must
10
its
Other
checks
extending
be
knots
from
admit
of
be
not
manufactured
evenly that
from
materially weaken
will
67.
2
by
admit
small
defects.
Season
of
is
of
white
and
of
the
checks
timber
that
rot
or
length
and
piece admissible.
the
grade
a
corner,
one
do fir
that
will
impair
not
will
be
not
grade.
4
to
adrnit
pockets It
not
2
sound
not
Clear, and
that not
and
of
sound
to
by
to
inches this be
4
4
to
knots,
4 inches not
6
exceed
to
3
12
over
knots
is understood
Standard
by
quantity
any
pitch pockets
3
the
length
Hemlock
work.
temporary
this
This
"
on
one-fourh
knots, shakes
rotten
or
the
wane
Common.
Selected
Will
Timber.
large, loose
in
corners,
one-eighth
over
2-inch
a
proportionate
have
Common
2
have
may
more
or
may
not
its utility for allowed
size
in
two
on
sizes
No.
66.
10
by
equivalent
piece.
No.
will
allow
piece. Timbers
will
unfit
grubworm that
stock
Rough
"
Y^-'mzh.scant
than
more
or
Will
not
without
use
grade.
this
in
do
few
a
for
common.
pitch pockets,
seams,
or
suitable
Timbers.
Common
the
culls
no
than
that
holes,
pinworm
It is understood will
knotholes
60S
be
must
of construction
and
and
LUMBER.
grade
This
"
class
cheaper
a
OF
not
Sizes
in
edged.
square
in
larger
inches
1^
be
1 inch
over
in length.
exceed in
by 6 shall
diameter, 4
than
diameter;
or
by 6 pitcli
length.
is Selected
confused
with
Common,
a
grade
lower
tlian
it.
Sizes.
68.
In
seller for
the
each
absence
of
a
order, all dressed
special agreement lumber
is finished
between to
the
the
buyer
and
following sizes
FLOORING.
1
by
3
Finished
Size
\l by
2J4
face
1
by
4
Finished
Size
il by
3^
face
1
by 6
Finished
Size
fl by 5j^ face
1%
by
4
Finished
Size
liW by 3^
V/i by 6
Finished
Size
It's by 5j/^ face
face
:
GRADING
IF
WIDTHS,
OF
DRESSED
607
LUMBER.
ONE
ON
OR
BOTH
EDGES.
4 inches
to
3j/^ inches
10
inches
to
9%
inches
5 inches
to
4j4 inches
12
inches
to
11^
inches
inches
to
5j^
inches
14
inches
to
13
inches
8 inches
to
7%
inches
16
inches
to
15
inches
inches
from
6
COMMON
SIS
S2S
or
AND
BOARDS
^-inch.
to
GROOVED
^-inch
7^,
by
each
SHEATHING.
ROOFING.
Groove,
llj^-i^ch face, ^-inch
9%,
Ij^
edge. BEVEL
6 inches
T^5-inch thin
"
inches
4
^-inch
edge,
thick
v^ride.
inches
5^
edge. wide.
thickness, ZlA. inches
Same
"
SIDING.
PICKETS.
1j4 inches
square,
Hs
XYz inches
square,
l^g by li%
1
3
by
flat,^
by \\s inches
by 2j4
S4S. S4S.
inches
S4S.
inches
STANDARD
"^-inch by 1^
4
by
LATH.
feet.
Battens. Are
usually made
following sizes 3
of
edges
of
good,
A
Flat
2
inches
OG
to
^
by 1^
inches.
2i/2 inches
OG
to
54 by 2^
inches.
3
OG
to
^
inches.
=
to
by 2j4
RULES
Pine
GRADING
in
2.
stock
the
"
the
Vol.
to
cover
Lumber
Part
Longleaf
subjoined
3, 1911,
shall
be
specifications
stipulated between 12,
PINE.
and
Shortleaf
Yellow
States.
Pine
the
DRESSING
YELLOW
To
following rules and
expressly
Adopted,
Southern
Yellow
shall conform
otherwise
2
the
Southern to
Pine.
Yellow
AND
RULES
SOUTHERN
FOR
Southern
grown
to
inches.
by 2^
CLASSIFICATION,
1.
worked
and
:
inches
inches
stock
sound
pp.
as
to
table of standard
buyer 578-600;
and
graded
and
Vol.
classified
quality,and sizes, except
cording ac-
dressed where
seller.
13,
1912,
pp.
874, 1053.
608
GRADING
"
pith,
heart,
pockets, stains
Yellow
hearts
streaks,
Pine
dote,
knot
knots,
are
handling),
rough
or
grain,
loosened
holes,
worm
seasoning
or
standard
and
shake,
pitch kiln
holes, wane,
pitch
streaks,
checks
and
sap
manufacture.
imperfect
and
LUMBER.
Southern
ring
rotten
rot,
grain,
torn
in
seasoning,
from
(either
splits red
defects
Recognized
3.
OF
Knots.
4.
and
round
as
it
in
shall
Knots
spike,
classified
to
form
is
sound
as
;
pin,
as
and
as
and
not
encased,
loose,
sound,
large,
and
pith
and
size;
to
as
rotten,
quality.
to
5.
A
pin
6.
A
standard
7.
A
large
8.
A
round
9.
A
spike
knot
and
construing
10.
A
the
so
is
not
in
diameter
inches
1^ in
in
diameter.
direction.
shall
knots
of
diameter.
in
form.
lengthwise
a
diameter.
inches
\y2
over
over
circular
or
sawn
be
considered
in
ing apply-
rules.
is
fixed
size
one
these knot
any
oval
average
sound
and
in
i/2-inch
over
sound
one
is
knot
or
and
is
knot
mean
in
is
knot
knot
The
is
be
solid
one
by
its
across
growth
position
or
face;
is
that
it
hard
as
the
as
will
retain
place
by
wood
its
place
growth
or
piece.
11.
A
loose
A
pith
is
knot
held
not
one
firmly
in
position. 12.
^-inch
in
or
pitch.
sides,
14.
the
a
A
sound
rotten
is
one
hole
pith
a
knot
the
(See
knot.
is
one
surrounded
is
encasement
one-half
exceeding
considered
with
knot
sound
a
knot
encased
Where
not
is
not
than
more
diameter.
An
13.
knot
not
less
wholly than
^^-inch
circumference Sections
as
hard
of
10
and
as
the
in
or
in
the
part width
knot,
it
17.) wood
it
is
in.
by
bark
on
both
shall
be
GRADING
OF
LUMBER.
""w~"!t9at,i":'mf^i^mtBBS39M0f'^
Pin
Knot.
609
610
GRADING
OF
LUMBER.
Large
Knot.
Spike
Knot.
GRADING
OF
611
LUMBER.
Pitch. 15.
Pitch more
and 16.
or
are
less pitch
openings
between
shall be
bark, and
or
the
grain
the wood
of
classilied
as
taining con-
ard small, stand-
large pitch pockets. A
A
pockets
small
standard
pitch pocket
is
pitch pocket is
one
one
not
over
^-inch wide.
not
over
""^-inchwide
or
3
inches
in length. A
large pitch pocket
is
one
over
5^-inch
open
on
wide
or
over
3
inches
in
length. 17. or
more
A
pitch pocket showing
in width
shall be
considered
Loose
Pith
the
Knot.
both
sides
same
as
a
of the knot
piece ^-inch
hole.
GRADING
612
OF
LUMBER.
Encased
Knot.
Rotten
18.
point
in
streak, not
A
be
the
piece,
A
small and
standard
width
and
and
is
a
a
when
fiber between
where
considered
width A
the
or
19. the
pitch streak
Knot.
well-defined
accumulation
sufficient
not
grains is
not
to
pitch
of
develop
one
well-defined
a
with
saturated
at
pitch, it
shall
defect.
pitch streak
one-sixth
the
pitch streak one-third
the
shall
be
length of shall
length
be of
equivalent the
not
over
one-twelfth
piece it is in.
equivalent the
to
to
piece it is
not
in.
over
one-sixth
GRADING
613
LUMBER.
OF
Wane. 20.
Wane
is bark,
the lack
or
of
wood,
from
cause,
any
edge.
on
Sap. 21.
Bright for
provided
shall
sap
be
not
described
and
in
considered
rules, except
these
in any
defect
a
of
the grades
where
stipulated.
which
usually
Shake. 22.
Shakes of
separation
splits
are
the
A
"
in
shake
timbers
cause
a
rings.
annual
between
wood
Shake.
Through
checks
or
which
extends
between
of
faces
two
a
timber.
Ring 23. of
Shake.
An
"
shall
stain
Sap
between
opening be
not
the
annual
considered
rings.
defect
a
in
of
any
the
grades
Lumber.
Connnon
Streak.
Pitch
Miscellaneous. 24.
25.
Defects
will
reduce
to
All
be
be
grade,
more
27. loosened
the
grade.
be
can
one
Imperfect
Dimension Stock face
the
CM
face
than
of
any
and
manufacture in
removed
side, but
tongue
side.
grade
the
the
ing drystock
such
dressing
Stock
reverse
inspected
be
side, the
one
rough S2S,
and
side
of
best
face
dressed
dressed
or
the
the
on
all such
shall
stock
surface
sides,
two
face
side
be
or
sidered con-
should
not
lower.
manufacture
or
shall
surfaced
shiplapped
or
grain, slight skips
insufficient
by improper
caused
they
unless
except
considered
the
stock
in rough
boards
common
in
defect
a
Lumber.
stock
determine
shall
considered
be
sizes.
standard 26.
shall not
heart
red
Common
of
grades
to
Firm
groove
in
in
dressed
dressing,
wane,
stock,
such
broken
Flooring, Ceiling, Drop
as
torn
grain,
knots, mismatched,
Siding, etc.,
shall
GRADING
specified. Longer
after
counted
the
as
36.
standard
The
of shall
excluding Dimension,
be
than
those
when
lengths,
standard
widths
G15
lengths
fractional
and
higher
next
LUMBER.
shorter
or
Special
special.
are
OF
herein
fied specishall
ordered,
be
length.
for
SIS
lumbei-,
multiple'sof
1
inch
S2S
or
3
"
rough,
or
inches
and
in
up
width. 37. either as
rough
^-inch or
of
scant
9
on
Such
wider. width
and
38. Flat
width
the
angle
will
full
size
of
All
sizes
40.
In
standard
and
matched
Shiplap, the
finished
dressed
width
measured
41.
the
shall
defects
equivalent
of
to
Grain.
counted
for
:
all than
over
determine
the
finished
or
thick
for
thick
count
or
and
manufacture, the
thick.
1 inch
as
splines,and
in
used
viz.
strip count,
Flooring, Decking
less
Such
its manufacture.
be
grooved
any
wear.
Flat
sold
at
the and
width,
standard. in
and
construing
specified those
to
in
shall
material
equal, and
effect
used
^-inch
be
and
Edge piece in
no
from
as
cal verti-
vertical
from shell
and
terms.
admits
known
Factory
stock
allowed, whether
be
Grain
rift sawn,
as
and
or
measured
thickness
longer
means
damaging
in
in
measured
no
inches
standard
Edge
as
degrees
sliver
necessarily
rough
be
45
shall
shall be
width
12
lower
synonymous
Flooring
will
be
stock, and
Equivalent
rules, the
for
manufacture
of
measures
shall
less
or
lap shall
and
tongue face
1 inch
under
and
and
next
grain
to
commercially
requirements
material
rough
11
on
the
as
.as
exceeds
grain
stock
dressed
scant
counted
be
8-inch
or
variously designated
been
all pieces that
these
meet
All
classified
be
all being
the
excluding
not
39.
of
scant
lumber,
Better
grade.
has
sawn,
J4'inch
measured
be
and
piece should
J^-inch
or
especially desirable
is
point, thus as
Grain
Edge
stock
which
inches,
shall
sides, no
than
more
in
reduced
grain, quarter
grain
is
10
and
pine
Yellow
Grain.
that
1 Common
No.
two
or
one
pieces should
not
of
shipments
dressed
or
standard
of
width
stock
On
or
not,
mentioned
these
applying understood
are
applying
stock
to
be
to
under
consideration. No with
arbitrarj^ rules
satisfaction.
suggested general
by
The
of Lumber
shipped.
inspection from
common
sense,
different
grades
following, therefore,
the must
'Any
of
the
variations
practical
features
inspection.
The
for
dift'erent be
given
any so
nothing
should are
limiber
be
rule
definite
attempted as
and
numerous
are
more
submitted
maintained
be
can
the
by
than
the
rules
of
acteristics char-
general
grades.
accepted
subsequent
of
grade
on
change
in
in
manufacture
the
form or
in mill
which work
it will
was
pro-
GRADING
616
hibit
for
inspection
an
of
OF
LUMBER.
adjustment
the
AND
TRESTLE
"Wooden
(See under
Dressed
Shes.
inches
SIS
by 7" 6H
1
shall
also
Widths.
44. either
rough
%-inch
scant
wider.
Such
width
and
45.
9
on
is
be
in
reduced
lengths, 5
6
inches
53^ inches;
"
1
inches;
all
of
The
10"
by
foregoing
finishing
piece shall
no
8
on
scant
of
as
3^
1 inch.
j4-inch
measured
be
It^r;
to
counted
inches 11
on
the
be
or
and 12
lower
next
Lumber, as
under;
inches
or
standard
of
grade.
Standard
"
sides,
or
shall
inches.
J^-i^ichscant
inches,
10
or
2S
1 by
SIS
inch
or
by 9"8^
than
1
SIS
wide;
shipments
than
more
inches
by 12"11^
two
or
one
1
following:
"S4S
"
inches
thicker
width
pieces should
Lengths.
lengths
per
cent,
of
cent,
is
allowed
10
are
8
9
or
to
20
feet
in
feet, and
grade
in
of
shipments
C
and
better
admitted.
shall be The
above
per
the
though
even
dressed
1
4
by
inches;
stock
to
1
i)e 4"^
inches;
stock
that
Trestles.")
the
liW; Ij^
to
inches.
8"7^
10^
"
2S
shall
by
On
or
not
mixed
1
apply "
width
standard
11
by
S4S
"
in
dressed
be
or
1|4
to
inches;
inches;
widths
of
2S
or
and
LUMBER.
shall SIS
inches
finished; 1 by 5
9j4
sent con-
Finishing.
Finishing
"
is; 1%
to
wide 1
Pine
Yellow
43.
2
the
TIMBERS.
Bridges
BUILDING
2S
with
all parties interested.
BRIDGE
or
claims, except
of
number
of
feet
in of
all
shipments
each
in
length
lengths,
mixed
of
shipment
such
be
specificallystated. Grades 46.
A
sides, up clear not
of
of
11
exceed
Inch,
all
defects, 9
than
the and in
small
including
and
or
6 inches
;
equivalent
of
12
inches, in
length or
the
1%,
1^
8
inches
wide,
must
10
inches
wide,
in
pin knot
one
6
of
to
the
its equivalent:
pitch pockets;
one
one
standard
of
to
the or
sap
of
split in each
pin knots;
one
any one
pitch pocket;
practically split in end
one
defects
stain
should of
the
standard one
not
:
to
shipment
any
which
two
or
following
One-third
admit
one
face
one
pitch streak
piece, will Three
dressed
show
one
any ;
inches
addition
inches.
square
addition
width
2
and
long, will admit
pitch pocket
defects three
C. "
small
exceed
and
Finishing. to
more
One
B
A,
small
not
lowing fol-
knot; pitch
OF
GRADING
streak; small face
the
the
of
grain
torn
sides end
which
any
two
and should the
grain;
one
standard
Eleven
; but
of
to
piece,
the
defects; 25 standard
; six
1
inch
in
width,
use
without
finish
as
defect
additional
defects
except
stain, which
sap
Special.
defects,special
slight skips in dressing 50.
Panel
lengths from streaks.
so
that
of
the
for but
the
20
contain
board.
Panel
"
feet any
Such
cross-cutting to length of
No. such
8 to
May
cutting
Shop.
1
and
residue
the
or
No.
2
shall
not
be
of
length
;
the its
prevent
additional
one
admit
will
their
or
;
standard
pin knots
not
inches
is 10
two
equivalent,
Must
and
all
lengths be
in
Grade
the
inches
of
any
wide,
inches
by and
all
pitch
from
removed
than
or
admissible.
are
piece shall 18
free
or
dressing
number
more
use
of
to
12
be
can
residue
considered
C
practicallyfree
limited not
or
Finishing
that
will
B
Defective
of
be
be
and
wormholes.
A,
inches
defects
must
20
made.
side
them
panel,
of
be
reverse
the
admit
desired
are
longer.
piece, and
will
inches
10
admit
must
of
does
two
piece
one
; six
that
12
heart;
in
the
bined com-
increased.
shop
remove
than in
sides
defects
inches
of
two
knots
the
length
red
places
one-third
allowed
12
firm
or
admit
will
in
through;
go
be
will
kind
sap
one-sixth
equivalent
cent,
per
and
B
the
their
or
standard
wider
contract
on
exceed
not
not
; two
and
of
defects
in width
inches
10
depth
be
both
case
cent.
do
not
as
per
should
admitted
shall
good,
In
"
all
those
to
otherwise
Pieces
from
11
10
that
also
waste;
exceed
grain in three
its equivalent. Pieces
or
49.
will
dressing
and
depth
above
torn
in
^-inch
Slight
:
cent,
the
stain; 25
pitch pockets
5 per
of
following
sap
checks
small
piece. Defective
of
admit
pitch pockets;
three
including
the
; medium
seasoning
pitch pockets
of
cent,
per
not
which
split in
piece, will
small
in
one
defects
;
two
or
checks.
admit
shall
three
or
one
to
the
of
j4-inch
in width,
end
two
any-
pitch streaks
slight shake;
wane
split in
one
width
the
pitch streak
and
to
"
addition
in
standard
will
stain
sap
dressed
width,
seasoning
wider
Finishing. Up
addition
width
and
in
inches
or
loosened
have
grade.
knot;
1 inch
piece; small
the
inches
C
one
2
which
standard
one
;
exceed
to
equivalent
48.
across
defects
above
the
equivalent of combined
their
pin knots;
not
length of
running
lower
a
and
in length
or
pitch pocket
stain; wane
their
following
in
put
inches
exceed
not
three
torn
10
including
of
two
admissible,
otherwise
"
of
wide
ly^ inches
admit
Finishing.- Inch, \-/^,1^
to
up
will
wider
side, shall be
face
the
on
B
47.
in
and
equivalent. Pieces
their
stain
sap
piece.
inches
Thirteen
the
checks;
seasoning
617
LUMBER.
cross-
location
one-quarter be and
special stock
suitable
longer,
length,
GRADING
618
will
but named
the
represent
have
LUMBER.
OF
balance
the
of
board
after
the
defects
above
as
removed.
been
Flooring. 51.
Sises.
worked
to
if
worked
to
1 3^
width
same
52.
D
and
better, 1 by 3,
by
2%,
3^4
"
inches the
and
Lengths.
Flooring
with
shipments
of
No.
D, and
thick;
Standard
"
not
this
5 per
and
grade
in
and
1 Common,
1 by
and
1-inch
shall
be
lj4-inch Flooring
shall
be
addition
20
to
5 per 5 per
in addition
inches
feet
8-foot
of
cent,
Hi
to
thick, the
stock.
8
are
6
inches
Flooring
as
lengths
exceed
to
1^-inch
matching
same
4
by
inches;
5%
and
1
lengths
cent,
in
and
length
7 feet
6
4
or
5 feet
of
mixed
or
Better
mixed
of
of
cent,
B
in
in
C,
in No:
2
Common. The
above the
though
even
allowed
is
cent,
per
number
of
feet
in of
all
shipments length
each
lengths,
in
such
shipments
2
Common
and
be
specificallystated. 53.
Grades. Flat
Sheathing, 54.
A, B, C, D, No.
"
Grain
Special
piece manufactured this
will
size
this
on
inches
in
55. face
take
Flat
Flooring
A
B
well
Flat
red
three
standard
small
per or
does
their cent,
other not
standard six
C
58.
Flooring
red
Edge
heart;
through
Heart
to
Face
cent,
;
one
standard
;
one
standard
smaller
or
a
upon
than their
to
exceed
not
1%
defects
from
the
on
of
following
stain ; 15 per
sap
knot
the
; three
small
pitch streak
;
their
or
firm
cent,
pitch pockets ;
slight
torn
grain
following
defects
will
admit
standard
of
two
any
defects
:
25
of
waste;
that
do
pitch pockets
not
stain ; 25
sap
pitch streaks; medium
seasoning checks small
the cent,
per
will lay without
that
; six
slight shake go
through;
standard
; two
grain,
torn
knots
that two or
wormholes.
shall
Flooring the
angle
Edge
;
pin wormholes.
two
or
pin
Grain as
shall
knots
two
any
15 per
;
combined
of
defects
; 12
based
are
defects,'proportioned
of
practically free
admit
will
; six
pitch pockets
Grain, except 59.
checks
machine
pin knots
Grain.
Edge
pieces larger
standard
be
defects
pin knots
equivalent
go
Common
1
Flooring
in
number
must
pitch pocket
firm
No.
manufactured.
combined
Flat
and
3
No.
flooring.
3-inch
Flooring
seasoning
57. or
;
No.
-12, and
"
that
Except
D
named
4
less
or
in
of
one
greater
basis.
equivalent heart
1 by
diameter
side and 56.
Defects
"
from
a
A, B, C,
; and
Section.
1 Common,
of
Grain
the shall
the
take
inspection
same
as
grain. be
free
from
sap
on
face
side.
Flat
GRADING
60.
D
of
section three
combined the
of
limited
Pieces
machine
be
can
both
flooring
No.
1
and
will
2
Common.
No. 62.
of
D
as
16
are
inches
the
;
heavy
or
a
torn
waste.
defect
one
of
inches
in
over
or
ing season-
through
go
; loosened
cross
its length;
heart;
not
without
V/i
63.
No.
2
Common
admit
Flooring
is
all pieces
that
Common
one-fourth 3
Sheathing
(like
the
length
length
after
will
pieces that
all
used
knot
a
of
the
cutting
any
will
admit
of
all pieces that
than
more
D
and
and
are
better
will
not
grade waste
a
piece.
one
still available
are
C
cheap floors without
for
of
but
B
grade
not
of
grade
length
of
waste
a
combined
the
Flooring,
lathing without
be
can
the
admits
Flooring
Flooring, that
than
more
Common
2
No.
good
No.
pieces
does
have
may
by wasting
out
cut
B
as
lay
red
alent equiv-
defects.
such
61.
as
good
as
that
scattered
will
one-half
over
stain; firm
; shake
that
their
or
point throughout
sap
well
defects
not
one
any
through
go
pin wormholes
of
piece, provided
than
not
otherwise
that
hole)
do
other
knots
at
619
following defects
the
Sound
rough
LUMBER.
pitch; pitch pockets;
that
or
admit
:
piece in the
number
grain,
out
defects
pith knots;
checks
will
Flooring
Flat
OF
cheap
as
one-fourth
used
as
sheathing
or
be
cannot
the
of
length
one
any
piece.
on
64.
Center
face
side
standard
Matched
only,
matched
shall be
Flooring
and
the
shall
required
admissible
defects
to
come
the
on
grade
to
up
side
reverse
of
allowed.
be
Ceiling. 65.
Sizes.
i^ff-inch; ^-inch IJ-inch.
shall
Ceiling
"
or
and
9
Same
in
addition
The even
Lengths.
feet
width
in
5 per
addition
5 per
cent,
above
per
the
of
Flooring.
as
i^s of
Standard
"
is allowed
though
to
^-inch
following:
the
Ceiling,
Ceiling, i^s-inch;5^^-inchCeiling, i%-inch; ^-inch
partition shall be depressed 66.
worked
be
cent,
4
inch
an
lengths
mixed
6
5 feet
or
number
of
feet
10
20
to
or
7
No.
in
No.
of
Ceiling
line
of
and
B
piece. cent,
better
8
of
Ceiling, and
Common,
1
and
in
Common.
2 all
on
in
all
5 per
feet.
of
feet
on
surface
shipments
is allowed
cent,
bead
below
are
length of
The
ing, Ceil-
shipments length
each
in
mixed
of such
lengths,
shipment
be
specificallystated. 67.
Grades.
68.
Special
"
piece manufactured
A, B, Section.
from
No. "
1 and
Defects 1
by
No.
2
named A
"
12, and
Common. in
Ceiling
based
are
pieces larger
or
upon
smaller
a
than
GRADING
620
this
will
size
on
take
A
Ceiling
70.
one
standard
one
small
15 per
number
be
practicallyfree
admit
will
knot
; three
firm
cent
No.
equivalent
defects, proportioned
of
defects
from
their
to
face
the
on
side,
of
cross-section red
heart
will
cut
both
admit
the
Sound
:
stain;
sap
following
knots
not
or
their
one-half
the
defects
over
stain; pitch streaks; pitch pockets;
sap
checks
grain ; seasoning
torn
without
lay
cent,
per
;
waste;
limited
a
; defects
number
pin
of
scattered.
otherwise
be
can
that well
Pieces
will
heavy
;
pin knots;
wormholes.
pin
defects
slight shake
manufacture
wormholes,
6
piece in the rough;
;
IS
or
pitch pocket
standard
one
;
defects
following
grain; three
torn
seasoning checks;
Ceiling
combined
Slight
pitch pockets
small
heart;
red
the
of
two
any
defects: small
1 Common of
of
of combined
pitch streak;
71.
that
must
Ceiling
B
their equivalent
in
less
manufactured.
well
firm
or
this basis.
69. and
greater
a
LUMBER.
OF
B
as
have
may
by wasting lj4 inches
out
pieces
good
as
16
are
inches
or
one
of in
over
defect
(like
length
of
the
length
after
hole)
knot
a
the piece, provided
cutting
such
out
defects. 72. Common
that of
length
be
can
without
used
all pieces not
of
of
waste
than
more
good
as
1
No.
as
the
one-fourth
piece.
one
any
Ceiling admits
Bottoms.
Wagon
Sices. face
2 Common
No.
and
Unless
"
from
otherwise
stock
4
A
and
B.
graded
the
ordered,
inches
or
shall
be
made
in width.
over
in sets
Standard
and
38
42-inch shall
thickness
il-inch.
be
Grades. shall be
73.
same
Stcs."D"M
inches all.
over
58. as
Wagon A
bottoms, B
and
otherwise
unless
ordered,
Flooring.
Flat
Siding.
Drop
5y2
"
shall
Patterns
Association
Worked
all.
over
be
that
Moulding
worked
Shiplap,
Book
of
in
Yellow 1908
January,
5^
and
3ji
3-4 by S-inch
to
shown
not
are
-)i by
to
-inch
face, 35^
face,
5^^
and
Manufacturers'
Pine
edition,
considered
are
special. 74. 8
or
9
Siding, in
Lengths.
"
Standard
feet
is allowed
and
in
addition
5
addition
per
cent,
in
lengths mixed
5 per of
4
length cent,
or
10
of
5 feet
6 in
20
to
feet.
shipments or
No.
7
feet 2
Five B
of in
No.
Common.
per
and
cent,
better
1 Common
of
Drop and
GRADING
The
above
number
the
though
even
allowed
is
cent,
per
all
in
feet
of
621
LUMBER.
OF
of
eacli
such
in
length
mixed
of
shipments
lengths, be
shipment
spejilically stated.
a
Grades.-
76.
Special Section.
"
piece manufactured
than
tliis will
their
size
77.
size,
A
and
their
B
small
upon
smaller
or
defects, proportioned
to
101
Sees.
see
and
114.
For
practicallyfree
defects
from
face
the
on
admit
will
defects:
15 per
of
of
Slight
torn
the
the
stain; 15
sap
6 pin wormholes;
checks; one
cent,
two
any
following
or
tirm
cent,
per
of
one
small
red
heart;
above
the
or
pin knots;
grain; three
any
Three
:
defects
following
defects,
pitch pockets
or
one
pitch streak. No.
streak
or
1
Common
not
one-half
firm
red
heart;
that
will
lay without
wormholes
hole)
that
such
as
be
out
can
heavy
of
and, in addition,
piece in the
checks
rough;
defects
stain;
sap
manufacture
in
limited
a
;
pitch
standard
one
equivalent;
grain;
torn
seasoning
;
admit
of
number
pin
scattered.
otherwise cut
pieces
both
provided
waste
their
or
the width
slight shake;
well
Pieces
pitch pocket,
over
will
Siding
Drop
standard
one
knots
sound
good
as
B
have
may
by wasting 15"2inches 16
are
inches
or
of in
over
defect
one
(like
knot
a
length of the piece,
the
after
length
cutting
out
good
as
defects. 81.
No.
2
Common
1 Common
No. the
length
Bevel
Drop
that
of
pieces
without
waste
of
more
S4S
worked
of
not
as
one-fourth
than
piece.
One
any
used
be
can
all
admits
Siding
Siding. 82.
514 and 83. 9
Sises.
To
"
resawed
on
Lengths.
feet
Siding, and
be
combined
knot;
with
80.
or
pieces larger
of
Siding,
Barn
must
Siding
Drop
seasoning
combined
and
based
are
manufactured.
standard
small
feet
less number
or
8-inch
of
Siding
equivalent of
one
12
"
Siding
Drop
basis.
Drop
well
79.
6
in
157.
Sec.
see
Common.
named
1 by
greater
a
Grades
For
78. side
take
2
No.
Defects
"
from
this
on
1 and
No.
A, B,
75.
and
"
in addition
made
a
bevel.
from
Standard
is allowed in
be
in
addition
5 per
cent,
lengths
mixed 5
stock
length cent,
per
of
10
4
or
to
20
feet.
shipments
of
5 feet
6
or
7
in No.
of feet
it
to
Five
and
in
No.
3j^
better 1
and
of
cent,
per
B
2 Common.
by
8
Bevel
Common
;
OF
GRADING
Sizes
as
Manufacturers'
Pine
Yellow
per
LUMBER.
623
Association
Molding
1908
Book,
edition. Common
Sices
98. 2S
Widths.
99. or
width
that
scant
9
on
Pieces
10
in width
purposes,
S2S
or
take
the
the
SIS
1
10"
1 by
inches;
as
be
8
on
11
measured
be
SIS
or
1-inch
boards. be 1
9i/4 inches;
of
faces
two
center
shall
common
inches;
by 11"10^
lower
next
siding, shall
inches
7^
wider.
S2S,
barn
1^-inch
worked
)^-inch or
the
shiplap
like
and
inches
worked
S2S,
pattern,
154-inch
shall
if
standard
as
under;
12
Material
roofing a
counted
or
either
Common,
and
as
in grades.
to
1
inches
on
face.
S4S
8
piece should
grooved
best
by
No.
scant
worked
face
inspection
same
Boards
9"Sy2
liked
one
from
inspected
should reduced
not
two
serve
matched
and
of
scant
^-inch
this
than
ii, \]4 inch
to
shipments
sides, no
or
2S
or
li^.
to
i4-i"ch
inches,
Siding.
SIS
width
two
than
more
or
2S
or
or
inch
1
stock
one
narrower
standard
be
is
SIS On
"
dressed
rough
to
inch
1-iV,IVz
to
Boards."
of
Barn
and
Shiplap
Boards,
1
wide; 1
by
U"ll^i
by
inches. 100.
8, 10 and
Grades."
102.
No.
the
the
shake;
sap
edge,
the
scattered,
graded
the
shall the
1
seasoning
be
thickness
the top
the
lap in
of
Grooved
Roofing,
worked
Sise to
so
of 11
Grooved
firm
the
to
deep lip
as
Shiplap
the
Roofing.
by 9j^ and
"
1154-
of
the
split
one
admit
10
heart;
located
if
cross-section
if
exceed
in
not
to
of
of
slight
J^-inch deep
wane
one-third
the
of
the
of
length
pin wormholes
well
above.
in face
and
Barn
and
Siding
Boards,
except
the
tongue,
into
groove
on
cross-section
number
extend
the
on
and
Common
to
the
;
D"M
or
1
diameter
average
red
limited
a
sides, will
two
one-third
wide
Shiplap No.
of
inches.
grain; pitch, pitch pockets;
torn
inches
11^^
Siding,
Common.
or
or
pith knots
; two
equivalent
of
thickness
be
1^4
mean
than
checks;
governing
not
the
more
piece;
Common
rules
shall
104.
edge
the
of
defects
No.
by
be
not
Barn
and
4
No. one
one-fourth
than
exceeding
or
103.
knots, and
and
3
dressed
Boards,
D"M
or
II by 7ys, 9J^ and
to
2, No.
its equivalent, and
or
Shiplap
worked
1, No.
more
stain;
piece
which
be
width
not
be
Common
from
away
length
shall
sound
not
Common
1
No.
edge, and
located
on
1
of
shall
No.
inches
101.
knots on
12
number
any
of
Sizes
D"M,
or
over
as
or
be
shall to
wane,
one-half
one-half
the
side.
12
inches
SIS
and
2E
shall
GRADING
624
105. inches
Sise
from
106.
Boards,
Sizes."
1"4 inches
SIS
108.
width
that
is
inches, and
than
this
should
reduced
not
109.
in
Common
necessarily
shall
be
not
if
the
located
piece; through
equivalent
A
otherwise
Siding very
as
No.
2
Common.
of
No.
on
its merits
thin
Fencing. 113.
15^ inches
4
stock
and
lumber,
"^
Pieces
standard
9
on
or
narrower
width
in
be
shall
and
I or
one-half
the
shakes,
defects
or
be
if located
length
the
equivalent
admitted,
2
or
its
inches
the
to
the
of
piece, wane
or
the
on
cross-section
the
of
knots
located
the
length
heart
the
cross-section
the
6
admit
other
above.
piece is
provided
Shiplap, D"M of
or
and
knots, knot
coarse
defects
that
will
not
fall below
grade
recognized
Barn
holes, its
prevent
cutting three-fourths
all pieces that
Boards in as
Inches SIS
to
3 Common
lowest
Common
inch 2S
if
knots
admit of
diameter
mon Com-
2
its
length
the
grade
it is offered
and
lumber.
is otherwise
Sizes."
of
will
No.
include
admitted
3, 4, 5 and
Siding, will
splits one-fourth
sheathing,
cheap
1 inch
sides, No.
two
or
extend
may
will
and
rot
defective
shall
SIS
standard
1 Common.
It is the
as
one-half
diameter
in
Boards
Miscut
thickness
Wu,
to
either
as
under
cross-section
the
piece,
Boards,
Common.
3
2S
or
counted
and
average
one-fourth
the
of
No.
as
for
whole
No.
Siding.
Common,
wider.
or
Barn
heart; through
inches
pieces, red
a
112.
streaks
length 3
of
wormholes;
red
is defective
as
such
edge;
3 Common
No.
111.
in
sound,
good
wormy
use
if
the
as
110.
edge;
hole
knot
or
one-third
unsound
wide, one-half
mean
than
rotten
of
the
more
the
on
2
be
inches
one
and
be
not
dressed
D"M
than
more
from
away
SIS
No.
lower
next
Roofing, and
sound,
shall
edge, and
of
inches
the
as
8
on
12
Boards,
Shiplap, Grooved not
Barn
grades.
2
No.
1
splits.
and
inches
piece should
scant
and
11
on
measured
be
No.
governing and
Roofing
shipments
sides, no
^-inch
than
54-i"ch
rules
by
Ifs
located
board.
of
fl, 1%
to
width
two
or
more
graded
Grooved
2S
or
stock
one
edge
to
and
ItV.
to
On
"
dressed
or
2S
J^-inch deep
pith knots, wormholes
the
SIS
wide,
be
Shiplap,
inch
or
Widths.
rough
10
1
LUMBER.
groove
shall
omitting
Common
107.
the
of
roofing
Boards,
2
y^-'mch
"
edge
outer
Grooved
Common
No.
Groove.
of
OF
li%.
or
No.
2
good
as
which
do
Common, No.
1
not
fall below
provided
the
^-inch grade
of
Common.
Wide. 2S
to
it, VA
inch
SIS
or
2S
to
We,
Widths.
114.
Common,
14-inch
than
Grades.---No.
116.
No.
knots, the
edge
one-half
than its
throughout
piece ;
grain
torn
firm
shake;
length;
exceeding
not
mean
than
pith knots;
piece
of
at
the
small
not
point
any
deep
inch
checks
on
of
length
seasoning
of
grades.
shall
which
one-half
number
ured meas-
their equivalent
or
of
the
stain ;
more
Common.
one-half
; sap
is
in
1
No.
be
should
defects
wane
and
limited
a
of
that
reduced
diameter
three
and
4
No.
average
wide
this
inch
6
width
not
following
cross-section
inches
and
and
the
1^
heart
width
3
pitch ; pitch pockets
;
red
narrower
the
or
3, 4, 5 and
of
standard
No.
2,
will admit
1 Fencing
Sound
more
1, No.
625
as
in
standard
lower
next
115.
:
be
the
of
as
Pieces
width.
in
scant
shipments
counted
be
piece should
no
width
stock
On
"
LUMBER.
OF
GRADING
the
slight
;
well
wormholes,
scattered. No.
Fencing.
2
117.
Sizes.
118.
Widths.
counted
be Such
and
119.
will
in
Fencing,
admit
be
not
than
more
edge;
the
through but
knots
knot will
cut
hole be
the
addition
^-inch lower
next
in width.
scant
of
standard
or
of
fourth
one-
the
one-fourth
length
width
edge,
the
Knots,
and
shall from
away
piece; wormholes,
the
piece, shake
the
1
No.
shall not
which
if located
of of
of
on
cross-sectiton
length
in
equivalent :
diameter
if located
the
allowed
their
or
average
the
defects
the
to
cross-section
two-thirds
streak
rotten not
of
mean
the
split
one
must
A
one-half
than
more
as
piece shall
stock, no
than
more
following defects
the
necessarily sound, the
not
is
ll-inch.
to
2 Common
No.
that
measured
2S
or
6 inch
width
be
SIS
in grade. 2
No.
Common,
be
should
reduced
not
3, 4, 5 and
"
standard
as
pieces
(1) inch,
One
"
or
wane,
waste.
to
Ij^
in
inches
allowed,
diameter
provided
the
in
its equivalent
or
piece is otherwise
small
good
as
hollow
as
No.
1
Common. 120.
No.
its
prevent
fourths
121.
No.
of
No.
on
its merits
3
122.
54 -inch grade
4
as
as
Miscut
No.
2
for
shall
include
It
is the
lowest
defective 1
thin
inch
shall stock
and
rot
cheap
will
admit
other
sheathing,
of
that
defects
cutting
or
coarse
will
three-
Common.
Fencing
thickness such
whole
a
and
lumber,
pieces, red
wormy
as
Common.
in of
use
length
its
is defective
Fencing
holes, very
knots, knot not
3
all
pieces that
recognized
fall below
grade, and
the
grade
it is offered
lumber. Common be
Fencing
admitted
is otherwise
in as
which No.
good
2 as
does
not
Common, No.
1
fall
below
provided Common.
the
GRADING
626
Dimension
and
SIS
IE
and
Dimension
"
IH
to
by
inches; 2 by 8 SIS
2
standard, but for
and
to
by
12 in
2
the
to
6
by
SIS
IE
and
made
be
stock
10
SIS
SISIE
finished
by
5^
and
IE mensions Di-
shall
be
standard
the
to
4
by
inches.
11^
than
2
:
1^
to
by
by
width
to
IE
2
1%
to
and
following
and
SIS
K"^ by 714 inches;
thickness
2 by
Dry
14
shall
125.
Grades.
126.
Inspection size
of considered
occupied
section
IE,
and
No.
size
of
thickness.
or
of
2
12.
by
Common. of
question
in
the
cross-section the
in
piece
formity uni-
and
strength
computing
In
Joists,
Heavy
thickness
its strength
extent.
the
defects
width
in
3
a
reduces
that
to
is
surfaced.
face
by 14, 2;/2
j4-ii'"choff side
green,
standard
the
to
2
whatever
by
and
Dimension
defect
a
SIS
2
following:
the
54-incliscant
over
1, No.
of
and
to
liy 14,
dressed
be
No.
"
worked
54-i'ich off each
be
not
must
be
3
S4S
off edge.
green,
Shall
"
and
12
10, 3 by
yi-inch
rough,
Joists.
Heavy
by
3
worked
S"E.
124. .and
IE
objection shall
no
be
inches;
3^
J/^-inch less
S4S
size
shall
and
IVs by 91/2 inches;
to
be
Joist.
Heavy
Sises.
123.
LUMBER.
OF
of
area
the
must cross-
shall
rough
be
considered. 127.
knots,
none
one
on
occupy
of
which
or
both
cross-section
more
defective
aforesaid, will do
that width
not
128.
sound,
thirds
do
not
which
do
of
the
Common
rotten
do
not
admit knots
weaken
the
checks;
firm
at
the
that
piece;
pitch;
length
the
the in
well
its
than
edge
not
the use
of
the
;
shake
weaken
the of
waste.
the
of
;
the
width
of
more
necessarily
than
more
at
two-
smaller, loose,
wormholes
piece, and
other
cross-section
edge;
piece
piece;
the such
not
nor
;
the
material.
the
wane
shakes
stains; pitch
sap
knots
piece,
from
away
length
without
one-half
or
knot
one-quarter
structural
have
may
the
heart
scattered, and
substantial
as
streaks do
edge,
on
of
smaller
or
heart;
of
if located
rotten
red
not
one-half
than
more
deep
more
occupy
pith knots, piece
do
Mdiich
than
^-inch
Dimension
one-quarter prevent
use
edge;
eter diam-
in
point throughout
any more
or
inches
2
sound
admit
stock
at
piece;
wormholes
its
wider
on
the
exceeding
cross-section
will
exceed
length
prevent
not
the
not
wane
small
point if located
or
to
2
of
seasoning
not
larger than
cross-section
from
do
the
of
the
edge
through;
not
which
aforesaid, hollow
of
number
No.
one
any
admit
be
will
Joists
Heavy
piece, and
away
which
and should
the of
the
splits in ends
as
of
knots
one-third
limited
defects
sides
at
4s
by
if located
go
and
pockets; a
in 2
if located
the
Dimension
one-third
than
more
length
its
Common
1
No.
than other
;
the
split knots
defects
OF
GRADING
129.
No.
which
gi-ade
130. inches
Miscut
admitted
be
respects
either
Pine
JJldths.
rough
standard
that
scant
wider.
Such and
width,
mixed
lengths
shall be
admitted. above
5
the
sides, no
than
J4~i"ch
inches,
10
standard
pieces
Ij/^
size, shall in
are
and
C
of
all
other
scant
measured
on
inches
on
11
the
as
counted
be
8
scant
and
as
under;
and
inches
12
lower
next
finish,
better
piece should
J^-inch
or
be
standard
in grade.
Standard
"
shipments
two
or
more
and
Lengths of
cent,
per
of
number
8
feet
10
are
9
or
allowed
is
cent,
per
though
even
one
reduced
not
Lengths.
The
width
pieces should
132. of
stock
is
9
on
below
Finishing.
On
"
fall
not
from
such
provided
of
Common.
1
dressed
or
width
^-inch
No.
as
Yellow
131.
of
good
Common,
2
does
width
in
in
thickness.
which
stock
2
pieces
of
J/2-inchscant
than
more
in
scant
J/^-inch scant
or
be
number
of
No.
material, by
building
cheap
one-third not
)^-inch
Common
for
of
falling below
pieces
all
use
it must
or
inch
No.
in
as
Rough
or
2
thickness
in
but
width
finished
standard
to
piece
each
shipment,
a
include
enough
of
cent,
per
of
item
any
sound
arc
25
wasting
will
Dimension
3
627
LUMBER.
in of
feet
all each
20
to
in
in
feet, and
grades
of
shipments in
length
C
of
shipments and
mixed
better
lengths,
shipment
such
be
specificallystated. Finish
133. 1
from
134. shall
One
when
be
135. in
Wane
Subject
137. for when
so
When
standard
dry
or
the
unless
i\-inch
scant
in
other
defects
all sizes
embrace width.
otherwise
thickness
checks
grade
thickness
and
widths
specificationsapplying ordered
stock,
shall
and
ordered, 2-inch
on
;
be
both
faces
dressed as
to
will
dress
Finishing shall
dressed
rough, if thicker
considered
be on
may
to
that
admissible.
are
foregoing provisions, Rough
lumber
green
dressed like
the
to
Finishing
in
over
finishinglumber, than
seasoning
to
graded according
and
shall
scant.
and to
by 3 inches
1^
and
di-y more
J'^-inch
working
136.
thickness
in
inch, 1}^
measure
it may
out
inches
2
to
and
evenly manufactured,
be
must
finishing lumber. ness thick-
the count
than
such
be
count
thickness
and
rough.
is required,
special
contract
should
not
must
be
made. Common 138.
Boards, Rough
^-inch thick
when
Fencing Common
dry.
and
Boards
Dimension. and
Fencing
be
less
than
GRADING
628
139. when
or
less
than
140.
inches
^-inch
should
less
The
dry.
several
widths
width
thick
inches
1^
than
dressing
standard
the
over
be
not
when
thick
less
than
and
width. 141.
shall
142.
for
should
such
stock
2
inches
No.
the
be
grade, and
1
further
Timbers.
No.
shall
2
shall
(Not of
consist
off each
side
for
dry
when
so
as
would
be
allowed.
side
and
and
bridge fall below
to
timbers.)
grade
Surfaced
No.
of
1
sides,
four
each
J4"inch off
S4S,
or
dressing
trestle
the
edge.
S3S
like kind
of in
disappear
and
larger
stock
sion Dimen-
surfaced. 144.
J4-inch
Rough
less
not
occupy
Timbers,
at
scant
not
than
4
point
any
three
4
by
when
one-third
larger, shall
and
green,
and
and
will
edges,
square
than
more
defective
the
be
than
more
with
manufactured,
well
admit
sound of
cross-section
be
not
knots
piece
the
that
do
small
or
knots.
Timbers measured the
and
thickness
thickness, and
dressed
to
pieces that
side, 6 by 8
to
as
Boards, Fencing
include
to
by 4, 4 by 6, 6 by 6, 5^-inch off
^-inch
standard
applying
defects
material
contract
specified thickness
than
Rough
in
those
as
such
of
Common
148.
same
such
sizes
standard
admissible
defects
than
stock.
rough
as
special
to
such
to
thickness
greater
a
thicker
if
considered
of
subject
be
dressed
be
may
be
The
shall
shall
inches
Dimension,
stock,
dressed
and
4
Rough
green
Dimension
Common
Rough
and
4
Common
dry.
when
or
inch
1^4
green,
be
not
2
Rough
LUMBER.
OF
10
of
the
have
size may
10
in
or
its equivalent
faces,
on
length
by
piece.
on
sizes
Larger
a
2-inch
two
or
have
may
wane
on
more
one
corner,
one-third
corners
proportionately greater
defects. Shakes
extending
admissible, and 145.
Rough
stock,
dressed 147.
lath
shall
l-ifeinches
Pine
to not
in
every
be
less
width,
shall not
shall conform of
as
than
grading
a
to
the
piece
are
defect. the
specifications
length
"
the
^-inch,
green,
4
for
specified thickness
thickness, and
dry
when
or
so
stock.
Lath.
five lath, green,
green,
considered
standard
rough
Plastering
than
in
such
to
be
of
length
size.
same
if thicker
dressed
considered
Yellow
in thickness
timbers
be
be
shall
checks
Timbers,
may
one-eighth the
over
Timbers
rough
to
146. green
seasoning
Dressed
applying
not
No.
1
minimum and
feet, 1^
should
thickness should inches
2
measure
not
of be
thickness
inches
any
one
less than to
every
OF
GRADING
lath, dry, and
five
Will
admit
and Blue
148. which
and
not
are
2
length without
J^-inch
will not
in
scant
defect.
fall below
length.
in
that
a
long, pin
grade
the
width, 14-ii^chthick,
in
short
defects
other
that
pieces
inches
than
more
considered
inches
^-inch
than
and
holes; knots
of
be
6
width, dry.
in
inches
face, and
on
not
be
not
1%
than
less
more
Must
shall
stain
shall consist
not
are
deep, ^-inch
1-^
than
less
measure
pin knot.
one
sap
No
not
J^-inch
wane
wormholes
length.
should
629
LUMBER.
Will
admit
prevent
their
of
No.
dry,
when
worm-
wane;
the
use
1
entire
waste.
Lath.
Byrkit
Sises.
149.
^
"
by
5%
and
Sj4
inches
wide, lengths 4
feet
and
will be
held
upward. 150.
firmly
Standard
place and
in
10 per
than
more
with
openings
no
of
cent,
such
Standard
Sizes
151. 2S
Finishing shall
inches
SIS
finished; 7" 61^
1
1
1
by
11
foregoing width
The 152.
Molded
in Yellow
and
Pine
Flooring.
The
"
1
4
by
4j4 inches
1
Base.
1
12
by
length.
in
to
surface ends
The
studding,
on
S4S
remove
and
only
defect.
a
by
SIS
by 6
SIS
inch 2S
or
ItV ;
to
wide
inches
3;^
1 by
5j^ inches;
"
1
inches;
or
10"9^
by
inches. stock
to
Shall
1
9"8^
11^
"
1
shall be
wide;
apply "
inches
be
thicker
worked
Manufacturers'
better
shall be
standard
worked
to
Flooring shall be Is^z inches same
154.
width
and
Drop
Siding." D"M
and
face, 3^ over
full
than
1 inch.
54-inch
to
Association
as
per
Book,
Molding
edition. 153.
the
wasting
not
a
following:
1^
lig;
to
shall also
Casing and
shown
pattern
meet
to
the
to
inches;
inches;
10^
"
present
is necessary
as
inches.
7i4
8"
will
3 inches
expected
2S
or
shall be
by
and
dressed
be
1^
to
that
Lumber.
SIS
by 5 S4S
inches;
inches;
1908
2S
or
in width
waste
Dressed
of
of material
that
piece, and
not
are
counted
it; 1J4 inches
to
D
shall be
quantity
any
^-inch
over
shall consist
plaster by ordinary nailing by
support
pieces of Byrkit Lath
of
2
Byrkit Lath
5^
all, 54 by
shown
January,
in
Yellow 1908
all.
5
as
inch
1 inch
shall Worked
Pine are
considered
3^
and
5%
and
Flooring
to
1
by
inches; lii
6
inches
lJ4-inch
inches
thick,
stock.
be worked
to
Shiplap, 54 by
Manufacturers'
4
1 by
by 3,
it by 2%,
face, 5j^ inches
inch
edition
1
thick; 1%
matching
over
of
over
54 by 3^ 3 inch
all.
Association
special.
and
5%
face, 3}4
Patterns
that
Molding
inch inches
are
Book
not
of
GRADING
for
splines the
for
in
shall
Timbers
is
as
provided
the
to
thickness
same
^-inch
long, occupying
be
worked
to
one-half
ing. floor-
heavy
as
ness thick-
finished
the
-J^-inch off
the
face
each
4
following: S3S
surfaced;
larger, SIS
by 4 and S4S,
or
j4-i"ch
off
each
surfaced.
face
166. in
depth
thickness.
same
worked
and
piece.
the
S"E,
the
widtli
same
be
lap shall
The
the
be
of
shiplap shall be
Heavy
or
material
matching
of
should
groove
631
LUMBER.
OF
Yellozv
thickness
to
shall
lath
It^h inch
than
less
be
not
167.
dry,
when
than
2
No. and
not
green,
in
than
and
inches
one
be
not
less
to
every
in width,
dry.
dry. width,
in
in
inches
any
thickness
inches
Iig
of
should
length when
short
2
measure
thickness
than
1J4
thick,
^-inch
length.
5^4 inches
and
54 by 3"^
"
inch
^-inch
than
more
minimum
less
short
less
be
should
1
the
measure
-inch -34
not
must
Byrkit Lath.
168.
not
an
No.
"
length 4 feet; 1-5^ inch
green,
should
more
t^s of
than
in width,
five lath, dry, and Must
five lath, green,
every
be
not
Plastering Lath.
Pine
wide, lengths 4 feet and
upward. Pickets, 169.
1t^, 3 and
4 feet
stock
shall be
sides
and
and
4
long,
worked
dressed
Pickets.
Flat
who
1
and
4
pointed.
\ts
to
by
lj4-i"ch
From
long, dressed
feet
shall
3 stock
by
four
on
FOR
sides
worked
be
four
on
54 by ly^l,
to
headed.
and
CONSTRUCTION
the
Definition The
of
'Adopted
piece that
goes
grade
described.
Oak
for
Construction
strength and and for
Vol.
Oak"
TIMBERS.
OAK
The
12,
Part
into
3, 1911,
as
pp.
the
oak
consideration
into the
that
a
should, the
that
and
grade
tree
large
rule per
Purposes.
the
following
consideration
of
anatomy
all
means
durability of
use.
the
take
the
its selection
recommended
with
rules,
"Construction
term
the
these
over
poorest
is above
familiar
not
are
reading
describes
in
3
worked
Instructions.
Those
which
liV,
by
shall be
stock
sides and
four
on
From
"
feet long, dressed
General
cent,
liV
to
'SPECIFICATIONS
when
1^-inch
From
"
pointed.
170. 3
Pickets.
Square
timber is
list of
a
Vol.
products
Oak"
13,
of
in
oak
controlling element
is the
"Construction
601-606;
products
such
which
are
:
1912,
pp.
874, 1053.
632
GRADING
Firsts
defect
other
have
may
free
follows
as
LUMBER.
from
heart, shakes
and
checks,
but
:
Oak.
Construction Trestle
"Docking
Plank
Flooring
or
Switch
Ties.
Bridge
Sway
and
be
either
Plank
and
Caps,
Wales.
edged
square
Braces.
Bracing,
matched.
or
Sills,Posts, Girders, Framing
Mud
"
Plank.
Crossing
and
Flooring
Posts,
"
for Building.
Framing
or
can
Caps,
Sills, Posts,
Mud
"
Platform
and
Sills, Stringers,
Rails, Girts, Sash
Timbers.
Platform
Stringers, Joists, Dock
"
Mud
"
Ties, Struts, Guard
and
Platform
Timbers.
Bridge
and
Bracing, Bridge
Ties.
and
sound
be
to
are
OF
Railroad
"
Crossing
Joists,etc.
Bridge
Plank,
Floor
Planking. Sheet
Piles. of
amount
except
contain
may
unlimited
Piling. Guards.
Stock Track
Post.
Bumper
or
Standard
Defects.
Deiinition
of "Defect".
materially injure Measurements
be
Plank,
Crossing
as
heart.
Round
will
Same
"
the
refer
referring
as
blemish,
mark
of
imperfection
that
strength.
which
considered
Fault,
"
the
to
the
to
diameter
mean
or
of
knots
holes
or
shall
diameter.
average
Knots. A
hard
in
Sound
Knot wood
the
as
A
Loose
A
Pith
surrounding Pin
A
Standard
A
Large
A
Round
A
Spike
growth
it; it
the
sound
a
be
may
with
knot
a
its face, and
across
firmly held
not
one
is solid
color
any
in
and
which
pith hole
not
position.
or
than
more
as
checks.
contain
place by growth
is
J4"i^ch
center.
is
that
one
is not
and
sound
not
hard
as
as
the
wood
it.
A
Bird
is
Knot
Rotten
average
is
Knot in
which
one
surrounding
Knot
diameter A
is
Knot
width Peck process
is
sound
a
is
Knot
Knot KJiot
Knot shall are
of
is
is be
one
one
not
knot
which sawn
than
more
a
in
apparently
timber.
inches
is oval in
54-inch
over
2
over
considered
bruises the
knot
sound
a
is
a
knot
or
inches
circular
lengthwise measuring caused
Considered
diameter.
in 2
in
in
this
The
mean
or
knot.
bird
defect.
diameter.
form.
direction.
by no
diameter.
in
pecks
during
the
GRADING
OF
633
LUMBER.
idc^
Knot.
Sound
-z:;^^
W
.8w-l.^;%a";S"^.-a-:
^wti.f"-
:".t,.,"te.?t".
"a"ga:"a"^..-^iy"toM!"-.. ,
Large
Knot.
634
GRADING
OF
LUMBER.
"Z'.T-t'rgSTSSAJifr'SrXS:
Loose
Knot.
*J^,''
Pith
Knot.
GRADING
OF
Rotten
Pin
LUMBER.
Knot.
Knot.
635
636
GRADING
OF
LUMBER.
'.SS
Standard
Spike
Knot.
Knot.
GRADING
OF
Burl
Pin
LUMBER.
Knot.
Worm.
637
GRADING
Holes
Grubworm aud
in
vary
from
1
about
Metal
Wooden has
been
and
rafted
solid
a
defects
and
plug be
must
Metal,
holes
pin
or
treated
Rafting
Pin
Pin
sometimes in
driven
in
the
the
considered Chain
or
lJ4
to
Rafting
bored
and
inch
wood.
Pinholes
Rafting
Js-inch
about
the
in
working"
by arubs
caused
are
length
froui
usually
are
639
LUMBER.
OF
I'ii-inchin widtli,
to
inches
\'/2 inches
or
and
Hole.
solid
the
for
wood
hole,
river
on
appear
tying
which
the
timber, These
lilling it completely.
same
as
Defects.
Knot
is considered
Doghole
timber
nary Ordi-
defect.
no
Sap. "Sap" to
the The
is the
bark.
checks
and not
or
and
considered
not a
tree
the
"
considered
Heart"
opened solid,
a
is not
"Sound
term
sound
of
Sapwood
piece is split is
alburnum
is
used
shows
decayed.
on
exterior a
in
Worm
of
the
wood
next
defect.
these
outside
Openings
defect.
Grub
part
Holes.
rules of
whenever
piece and
between
heart
of
its condition
annual
rings
or
GRADING
640
LUMBER.
OF
Wane. is bark
Wane
the lack
or
of
wood
from
any
the
timber
cause
edges of
on
timber.
Shakes. "Shakes"
(1)
Ring
showing
only
(2) of
the
wood
the
of
separation
checks
splits or
are
between
Shakes
annual
which
usually
cause
a
rings.
between
the
rings, usually
annual
timber.
of
shakes
Through
the
openings
are
end
the
on
in
which
shakes
are
extend
between
faces
two
j|
timber.
(3)
Checks.
A
"
crack
small
in
the wood
due
seasoning,
to
not
sidered con-
defect.
a
Grain. Crooked within
Crooked
24
running length of the piece.
"
section
a
Crossgrain.
or
considered
defect
a
in
inches in
certain
Crossgrain
or
smaller
of
sizes
piece
the
crosses
This
dimensions
is only
for
specific
purposes.
Rot.
Any doty
form rotten
or
known
is
texture
conditions
before
piled
rotten
and
considered
Construction
for
the
specially mentioned,
what
sometimes
are
lying
burnt
what
in
the
defects,
called
as
they
do
Oak
and
scalded
properly is im-
affect
not
White
Oak.
White
White
terms
"
Tanbark
or
Mossy
or
Rock
Cup
Overcup Live
Oak.
Oak.
Red
Oak
Turkey
Yellow "
Cow
Post or
Mixed
Black
Oak. Oak.
Shingle
Chinquapin Oak
means
Scarlet
Oak. any
kind
of
Oak.
"
Oak. Oak. Oak. Oak.
Spanish
Oak.
Swamp
Oak.
Willow
Oak.
or
Red
Black
.
Basket
Oak.
Water
Iron
or
Red
Pin
Oak.
Oak.
Post
the
Oak.
Oak.
Chestnut Burr
or
certain
timber
the
a
commonly
under
water
where
spots
is
timber
following:
the
Term.
giving the
as
piece.
Names
Unless
or
detected
defect, including
timber
by
sawed,
not
be
may
Stain,
it is
green,
of the
Standard
a
usually caused
spots,
strength
which
decay
dryrot. Water
as
burnt
of
Oak. Oak.
Jack or
Oak
or
Barn
Laurel
Oak.
Oak.
clude in-
OF
GRADIiNG
FOR
SPECIFICATIONS
(1) be
Except
sound
crooked in
641
STRUCTURAL
OAK
TIMBERS.
Requirements.
General
to
LUMBER.
noted,
as
and
timber
grain,
amounts
sawed
shall
specified sizes; free
allowed
than
greater
Timbers
in
large knots
knots,
rotten
Structural
all
in
these
be
White
from
ring shakes, and
rot, dote
groups,
Oak,
wane
specifications.
Hearts.
Boxed
Boxed
(2)
The
larger. the
piece
have
the
show
may
of
the
of
not
heart
one
30
face,
as
of
edge,
or
pieces
can
face; 20
any
75
exceed
to
not
of
center
the
from
and
square
the
near
inches
corner
by 5
cent,
per
1^
than
nearer
boxed
be
exceed
to
heart
length of
the
should
heart
practical, and
center
cent,
per
the
5
pieces of
in
permitted
are
of
center
as
cent,
per
Hearts
piece.
the
Wane. The to
20 per
term
each
and
item
(a)
in
on
25
than
more
corner
above this
contain
described;
not
exceed
to
may
of
wane
50
wane
shipped refers
amount
or
show
1
this
wane
edges, and
length of
pieces
square or
the
absence
the
8
by
corners
of
of
shipped.
car
8
to
cent,
In
each
two
any
may
all
cent,
20 per
cent,
of
per
the
50
number
of
of
length
exceed
to
cent,
per
excepting
corners
side
wane,
not
piece singly, or
the on
inch
the
one,
the
piece
of pieces may
as
have
defect.
(b)
Pieces
side
wane,
singly, or
exceed
66^
of
the
of
number
length
two
40 per
cent,
in the
absence
to
wane
exceed
of
over
corners
of
than
33^
the
one,
the
edge
in
cent,
pieces
Pieces
any
contain
of
of
(c)
more
per
excepting
corners
8 by 8, including 12 by 12 square,
over
measurement,
to
not
wane
not
by 5
per
aggregate.
one
5
Pieces
measurement,
of
size
number
of
cent,
piece
one
12
by
of
80 20
wane
per per
on
cent,
cent,
of
absence wane
not
the
length of
the
wane
piece all
on
SSYs
per
cent,
20
per
cent,
exceed
to
this
this defect.
12
edges, and
this
the
the
wane
excepting
length
number
of
of
the
side
1^-inch
show
piece singly, or
all corners,
of
edges, and
or
contain
described;
may
of
of
the
may
square
the length of of
In
corner
above
as
corners
cent,
per
aggregate.
have
may
two
any
Ij^-inch
show
may
to
not
80
piece
pieces may
the as
one
above
have
more
than
in aggregate,
cent,
per
one,
extend
ment, measure-
corner
may
described;
this defect.
GRADING
642
(d) and
In
faces
two
that
event
OF
have
pieces the
narrower,
LUMBER.
faces
two
wide
as
of
proportion
the
above
as
described
of
amount
is
wane
admissible. Pieces
(e) governed
defect
by shall
they
that 2
inches
and
2
inches
thick
contain
1 inch
thicker
(f)
may
j/^^-inch scane
and
show
sound
of
sizes
b
on
and
8
wide,
the
face
inches
are
exception of
cent,
per
one
Pieces
inches
with 20
exceed
to
heart
Structural
of
specified size.
of
not
8
exceeding
not
mentioned,
heart.
paragraphs
per
Rough
wane,
free
be
must as
thick,
specificationsabove contain
not
wane
5 inches
to
pieces
pieces under
;
and
wider
may
more
than
d. Timber
shall
sizes
Dressed
not
^2-inch
be
may
vary
after
scant
dressing. Ties.
(1) order;
lengths
sound
Sazvcd.
solid
sides.
One
sound
Large
considered
not
Thickness
"
unless
order;
to
heart.
hole
worm
cut
sound
three show
Ties
Sivitch
noted face
White
be
to
one
or
order;
to
Sizes
widths
Oak.
or
J/ -inch
to. tain con-
both)
occasional
an
vary
may
cut
Must
(not
corner
knots, pin, spot,
defect.
a
cut
may
grubfied speci-
from
sizes.
(2)
Cross-ties, sawed,
Crossing
Dock,
Bridge,
Lengths, Widths,
cut
Thickness, Sizes 8
inches, feet
cut
to
order.
to
order.
cut
cut
etc.
Plank.
order.
to
order, probably 2 inches, 3 inches
to
inches, 10
inches
product is
intended
12
and
wide,
inches
and
12
4
thick, 6
inches feet
feet, 14
and
16
long. This
face
side
holes
no
defect
Must 1 inch
of
Sound
exceeding
free
from
wane
on
each
2
inches
full
Sound
one
knots,
good
sound
small
pin
in
and
this
spot-worm
side. rot
and
edge of
shake; reverse
diameter
edges, admitting
practicallysquare face, running
tw6-thirds
side, rafting pinholes, knotholes
one
face, and
or
the
length.
grubholes
not
admitted.
Piles.
Same
check.
face
on
on
edge.
square
be
hearts
Sheet
be
must
work
to
as
for
Ties, except
that
it may
contain
sound
heart
or
heart
GRADING
To
End To
by specifications for
governed
be
Track
643
be
Construction
by specifications for
governed
Oak.
Posts.
Bumping
or
AND
CLASSIFICATION
Structural
GRADING
LUMBER
Tinil)ers.
RULES
FOR
CYPRESS
SHINGLES.
AND
Instructions.
General
Cypress
shall
lumber
maintained
be
can
and
shall
according
that
in
as
of
rules
following rules
of
set
must
fications speci-
and
be
left to
in
standard
and
the
mon-sense com-
inspector:
manufactured
be
much
case,
the
the
to
arbitrary
no
every
judgment
best
Lumber
1.
graded
be
in mind
specifications, bearing
and
shipped
lengths
thicknesses.
and
2. the
Seleci;
be
4.
is
inches
and 5.
half
the
from
graded
the
the
surface
or
of
one-half
foot
foot be
to
are
side
reverse
added
and
one
face
or
one-half
or
all lumber,
given alternately
be
the
finishing shall
and
should
in
to
one-half
the
measure,
the total inches
tally
where
the
thick, and
2
multiplied by the thickness.
be
measurement
to
are
one-quarter
to
side, but
tallied
be
siding
to
are
the
to
be
counted
fractions and
buyer
dropped, the
to
exactly the
and
the
on
tions seller; the frac-
all fractions
above
higher figure
next
onc-
the
on
rule.
6.
In
7.
"line in
advantage
boards,"
grade
;
Recognized
wormholes,
wane,
be
lower.
grade
one
one-quarter
thicker
one-half
board
partition shall
finished
or
shall
and
one
below the
than
and
In
foot
better
lumber
up,
lumber
the
more
All
counted
worked
and
flooring, ceiling,bevel
lumber,
from
graded case
2d
and
side.
poorer
no
1st
Tank,
3. be
LUMBER.
Guards.
Stock
'
OF
Standard 8.
14
pieces
pieces 12 feet and defects
stained
in cypress sap
and
feet
and
shorter are
shall
longer
be
reduced
shall be
given in
holes, shake,
knots, knot
the
grade. splits,
peck.
Defects. A
standard
A
small
is
knot
sound
and
not
1%
exceed
to
inches
in
diameter. 9. 10.
Two
small
sound
knot
knots
not
is to
one
exceed
exceeding
not
in extent
or
^-inch
in
diameter.
damage
one
Ij^-inch
956,
1101,
knot. *
Adopted,
Vol.
1.3, 1912,
pp.
S73-SS4;
Vol.
14,
1913,
pp.
955,
GRADING
644
one
OF
straight split not
11.
One
12.
Worm,
grub,
knot
to
and
LUMBER.
exceed
in
length the width
rafting pin holes
not
of the in
exceeding
piece.
damage
lJ4-inch knot. 13.
Ordinary
checks
season
shall not
be
considered
a
defect
in
any
grade. 14. covered
Ordinary on
yard,
checks
season
or
are
checks
season
Standard
of
such
as
occur
in
lumber
equal size in kiln-dried
Sound
Knot.
S^gL,COj,l3.(^--
'''*'x"|
"'""^m
Rotten
Knot.
properly
lumber.
GRADING
15.
Bright
16.
Pin
in No.
defect
a
in select
knots
sound
wormholes,
defect
a
is not
sap
1 barn
Random foot
even
lengths in
10
standard
may
shall not
lengths, but there
be
not
sidered con-
be
19.
1st and
20.
bevel Finish, flooring,ceiling, partition,
20
20 per
exceed
be to
in
furnished
odd
well
as
odd
of
cent,
item.
one
any
stock
length
Tank
to
shall
sap
Cypress.
18.
stock 2d
and
and
No.
1 barn
select shall
shall be 8 feet be
10 to 20
and
longer.
feet. and
drop
siding shall
be
feet.
21. even
stained
and
Lengths.
17. as
below.
or
below.
or
Pecky
Standard
645
LUMBER.
OF
and
Moldings
foot
lengths,
battens
but
of
all sizes 6
10
exceeding
not
per
to
feet, in both
20
of
cent,
odd
and
9
foot
6, 7, 8 and
lengths, 22.
No.
23.
Cull
Standard 24.
2 or
barn,
Finished Lumber
Sizes
shipped which
specified,both
in
to
25.
feet and
standard
longer.
peck, 4 feet and
"Dimension,"
S2S
6
of in
grades thickness
thickness,
4/4 lumber
SIS
or
longer.
Cypress. the
(except 8/4
rough
may
be
and
width)
as
J^-irichunder
follows
S2S
shall
shall be
or
of
inch
^-inch
it-inch
1 and over
No.
the
sufficient thickness
:
be
No.
thick.
2
size to
GRADING
6/4 select 1st and
28. SIS
29. shall
shall
be
6/4 peck,
No.
S2S,
or
shall
31.
thick.
No.
2 barn
1 and
SIS
S2S,
or
2
barn
SIS
dimension
or
or
thick. No.
1 and
No.
2 barn
dimension
or
SIS
S2S
or
32.
10/4
lumber
SIS
or
S2S
shall
be
2^
inches
thick.
33.
12/4
lumber
SIS
or
S2S
shall
be
2^
inches
thick.
34.
All
lumber
35.
All
flooring
36.
4/4
37.
SIE
takes
shall
shall
15^
be
J^-inch.
J^-inch. S2E,
off S2S
be
flooring shall
and
CM.
be
ii-inch
be
liV, 6/4
2J4-inch, 3y4-'mch, 4""|-inch,
by
face. shall
5/4 flooring
shall
be
life, by
widths
same
4/4. 38.
^
ceiling shall
be
worked
i^g-inch,SIS
only.
39.
^2 ceiling shall
be
worked
to
-inch, SIS
only.
40.
5^ ceiling shall
be
worked
iB-inch, SIS
only.
41.
^
ceiling shall
be
worked
li-inch, SIS
only.
42.
Widths
of
specified. Ceiling ceiling wider
Partition
44.
Drop
33^-inch to
45.
face
than
Tank
Stock. 46.
the
Shall
widths,
and
47.
worked
not
exceed
half
sound
knots
admitted.
5
to
half
and
exceed
be
wider
the
may
do
not
CM
edge. both
on
faces.
by 3yl-'mch, 4^-inch, 5^-
^-inch
shiplapped.
or
shall
and
will
be
worked
less
K-inch
the
poorer
Pieces
up
in
may
have
have
1
half
impair
half inch the
inches
1 inch the of
of
thickness
shall sound of
sap
of for
4
to
thickness
sound
usefulness
specified
side.
7 inches
to
in
furnished
be
not
wider, 1^
length and
length and
that
from
inches
the
and
center
and
edge
one
on
ceiling,but
as
cribbing
and
inches
beaded
and
bead
one
otherwise
measure.
graded
13
S2S
flooring, unless
as
have
same
widths,
random
in length.
over
7 inches
inches
strip
be
Pieces to
rough
shall
Shall
feet and
or
same
to
be
the
bevel
siding
be
the
to
finished
be
siding shall be
Bevel
width
be
to
-J^-inchface
to
up
than
43.
ceiling
inch, 7j4-inch, 954-inch face,
14
lumber
thick.
5j4-inch
8
tank
and
finishinglumber
and
1 and
No.
except
inches
No.
inches
tank
common
thick.
1^
be
8/4
inches
as
1^
8/4 lumber,
30.
S2S,
inches
Itk
be
clear, selected
2d
647
LUMBER.
OF
the
on
inches be sap
the both
piece.
tank
free on
thick
and
from
sap.
piece. edges In
purposes
edge,
one
Pieces not
to
all widths may
be
GRADING
648
First
Second
and
48.
Shall
49. and
bright they
sap
be
clear.
of
bright
standard
one
inches have or
each
of one
their
wider
may
width
of
shall not
of
have
inches
and
Pieces
12
bright
wider
sap
4
width
across
one
of
inches
may
face
edge
two
standard
of
length
and
of
may
as
and
inches
length the
in free
other
from
this
end, but the
2
knots
defects
10
exceed
one
have have
one
width,
at
of
Ij^
may
may
Pieces
in
inch
have
and
admit
not
less
1
may
wide
on
may
the
is not
sap
inches
shall
and
10 feet
edges, otherwise
edge;
increases.
inches
and
both inches
have
sap,
thick have
one
inches
12
specified
may
12
12
of
one-tenth
bright
under
split,which
end
one
or
Pieces
than
as
one
on
or
inches
inches
3 inches
edge,
wider
4
to
on
and
or
in lieu
or,
in length
exceed
edge
Pieces
piece.
may
inches
proportion
admit the
defects,
13
knot;
in
specified above
10
in
side.
10
to
furnished
be
not
1 inch
inches
each
on
equivalent.
poorer
its equivalent.
sap
standard
the
its equivalent
or
each
on
or
bright
8
Pieces
sap
will
wider,
Pieces
edge,
knot
from
and
inches
length.
and
widths,
graded
8
on
must
inches
be
in
over
random
shall be
widths, and
LUMBER.
Clear.
be
Shall
OF
In
piece.
sap
pieces
defect.
a
Selects. 50.
Shall
widths, shall
51. 12
Pieces
lower
Shall
be
7
inches
;
shall
of
equivalent
every
2
and
inches
edge
not
of
amount
admit
3
over
of
feet
stained
sap
and
sap
shall
not
be
Pieces
not
exceed
wider,
1^
and
longer. knots
from
defects,
other
wormholes
on
edge
one
in this grade.
defect
is allowed
width
defect
10 inches in
or
its equivalent for
free
other
no
wider
furnished
standard
or
a
side
reverse
feet
two
is not in
over
allowed.
be
pin
When
length.
split,which
end
one
inches
1 barn.
knot
admit
to
No.
admit
specified
in
the
thick, 10
Pieces
Bright
may
or
standard
piece.
10 in
shall
furnished
side, but
will
but
10 inches.
width,
the
pieces
on
wane
of
better
inches
width
in
over
in
over
4
to
be
not
1 shop
wider,
additional
an
width
the width
one-tenth
Slight
in
inches
under
and
No.
inch
1
will
the
than
and
be
and
from
grade
inches
and
10 inches
their
10
graded
be
a
be
not
than
shall
and
widths,
random
be
on
slight
appears,
wider
and the
length
one
may
width
of
the piece. Selected 52. 8
Shall
feet and
free
from of
of
Common
over
Tank
be in
4
inches
the piece.
wide,
length. Sound
unsound
the
Stock.
piece,
knots and
or
must
other be
or
sap
no
defects square
defect
inches in this
and
to
work
through the
thick,
inches
grade, but
that extend
edged
2
must
the full
be
ness thick-
length
OF
GRADING
No,
Barn
1
53. and
shake,
feet
and
in
over
edge,
one
or
from
of No.
Barn
2
54.
Shall
other Cull
peck
both
and
on
edges
defects,however, the
prevent and
length
use
full width.
length
full
shall
defects
will
in
addition
not
be
sufficient to for
width
thicker,
and
in
allowed
and
full
and
1 inch
wider,
1 barn,
No.
admit
peck
prevent
the
on
use
fencing and
low-grade
purposes.
Peck.
or
be
May
the
random
No.
of
known
log
strength and
and
nailing surface
crating, sheating
each
permit its
to
foundation
and
Shall
shall also admit
"pecky"; however,
as
inches
3
in length.
over
and
boxing,
2
specified widths
or
thick, 4 feet
grade
of
of
sides
strength, or
and
all the
coarser,
the defects
common
very
4 inches
the
larger and
piece in
55. to
be
may
each
of
stained,
or
amount
; which
its full
3 inches
length, admitting
in
sides ; however,
both
the
in
purposes
specifiedwidths,
be
over
same
defects
coarse
bright
1 inch
Dimension.
or
6 feet and but
"common"
piece for
each
both
on
wider,
and
sap,
small
a
slight peck
seriously impair
sufficient to
be
3 inches
be
length, admitting
very
of pieces comparatively free shall not
only, shall
checks, knots, pin wormholes,
season
side and
one
specified widths
be
thicker, 8
649
Dimension.
or
Shall
LUMBER.
product of that part sufficient
have
piece shall
boxing,
low-grade
a
as
inch
all pieces below
admit
the
use
1
wider,
and
material.
Finishing. 56.
Shall
thick, 10
feet
and
and
B
C,
but
lower.
All grades
of
width
57.
bright 8
of
"A"
sap,
sound 14
sap
increases.
shall
and
be
not
S2S
or
inches
and
5 inches
Pieces
6
than
more
may
2
inches
the
better
to
from
graded
be
SIS
or
1 inch
wider,
and
side should
reverse
may
in
or
sap,
and
one
defects. of
or
2
inches
of
Pieces
9
inches
and
lieu of small
2 inches
wider
small
one
sap
have
of bright sap, or
4
Pieces
"
lieu
knot.
knots,
inches
in
or
sound
4 inches
length,
finish,rough
other
wide
bright
bright
Finish. and
inches
small
the
inches
grade
one
J4-i"ch from
vary
specified.
knots
sap,
in
over
side.A,
the
4
specified widths
be
may
or
sap
sound in
bright
more
wide
Pieces
sap
12
inches
small
one
defects
in
of
one
3 inches
lj4 inches
or
wide
knot, sound
proportion
or
of
may
have
two
small
knot. as
of and
sap
have
may
knots,
standard
one
and
wide
sound
7 inches
lieu
in
clear of
1 inch
have
Pieces or
sap,
shall be
may
knot.
10 inches
knot.
of bright sap have
sound
small
two
lieu of
inches
wide
the
Pieces width
GRADING
650
58.
2 inches
have
knots
of
Finish.
"B"
have"
3 inches
may
have
in
6
bright of
lieu
of
of
59.
will
removed
will
This
widths
of
use
of
will
will
grade
of
admit
than
as
12
be
can
5 per
"B"
cent;
grade
or
sap,
pin
will
the
prevent
This
paint grade-.
common
a
paint
inches.
that
none
none
a
knots, stained
sound
; but
exceed
12
than
sound
but as
be
not
which
otherwise
are
knots,
will
length
to
may
small
defect
not
knots,
wide
shake;
and
have
sound
admit
except
coarse
wider
length
wider
furnished
be
not
shall
pieces
defects
and
grade
waste
a
will
other
grade
one
furnished
widths
This
its full width
which
be
not
All
"
with
in its full width
same
in
but
sap.
defects
other
same
cuts
slight shakes, and
worms,
this
pieces containing two
Finisli.
in and
worms
admit
grade
"D"
60.
All
piece removed,
one
better.
use
the
by making
the
in
"
inches.
knots
may
inches
12
small
bright
all
12
pin
sap,
prevent
and
grade,
than
Finish.
"C"
have
may
may
sound
small
lieu
wide
wide
four
or
in
in lieu of
inches
Pieces
sap.
may
or
8 inches
three
or
standard
one
and
10
wide
knots,
knots, or
and
knot
all bright and
sap
inches
9
standard
one
have
may
knots
knots, stained that
and
sound
inches
sound
7 inches
small
two
6
and
small
two
or
Pieces
Pieces
sap.
bright
wider
furnished
one
and
sap
sap
knots
inches
in
or
of
lieu
have
bright
all bright
4 inches or
of
and
sap
LUMBER.
inches, 5 inches
all bright sap.
have
may
4
Pieces
"
bright
of
OF
inches.
Siding. 61.
Siding
in length, and
may
bright holes
a
have
be
length, not
may
May
have
sound
in
"C"
Siding. 3
inches
removed or
in two have
may
exceeding
in
65.
Siding.
"D"
have
the piece.
in
other
damage "
defects
the
May that
with
three
20
feet
D.
edge, and
thin
on
sap
to
to
waste
of
five
not
small the
sap,
split
knots
of
if not
or
or
pin
all
worm
and
above,
as
absence
defects
other
sap
above sap
and
a
waste
other
or
exceeding
knots
cause
whole
knots, the
stained
stained not
bright
knots, splits
or
five small
will
of
permitted.
be
amount
have
In
edge.
one
diameter,
the
bright
feet
and
knots, shake,
sound
will
have
small
of
amount
any
small
cuts
side. A, B, C
inch
10
in width,
knot.
sap
May
"
1
the thin
stained
6 inches
finished
damage
on
of
and
have
three
slight wane
over
can
have
amount
64.
the
May
"
exceeding
not
small
Siding. may
sap,
"
from
small
one
"B"
63.
may
Siding.
contain
4 inches
be
graded
"A"
62.
shall
10 and
per
pin
not
gating aggre-
defects cent,
that
of
the
holes
worm
described.
pin wormholes, to
exceed
or
one-third
GRADL^G
and
Flooring
from
the
graded
from
the
"A"
otherwise
a
"B"
be
clear.
May
have
"C"
69.
sap,
inches
(10
to
20
feet)
five knots, the whole
defects
that of
cent,
check
the
split
or
70. stained will
length,
"C"
the
"D"
May
"
knots
stained
and be
its width,
if
otherwise
or
may
sap
knots,
sound
bright
over
3
with
waste
10
that
or
sap,
inches,
pin
have
knots
or
full
length.
and
pin
will
not
the
length.
small
cause
that
none
or
have
may
waste
a
knots,
sound
wormholes,
per
have
may
shake, but
except
other
or
or
of
sap,
one
exceeding 10
not
cent,
have
may
wormholes,
per
defects
sap
defects
other
length
one-fourth
bright
all bright
piece the
each
have
or
the
one-third
of
use
face
three
other
and
in
finished, it shall
edge
all
cuts
have
May
"
pin wormholes
prevent
unsound
feet)
9
to
have
exceed
to
not
are
feet
end.
one
have
may
sides
small
two
in two
end,
one
(4
sap,
71.
at
or
20
D.
its
aggregating
not
to
one
of
May
removed
be
can
at
"
and on
contain
may
feet
both
sap
one-half
9
exceed
to
bright
have
of
if
or
side, A, B, C
better
in lieu
or
split not
to
"
side,
finished
May
must
68.
clear,
"
10
specified widths,
be
graded
67.
651
LUMBER.
Ceiling.
Shall
66.
OF
exceed
to
piece.
Partition. 72. shall
be
Shall
be
from
graded
widths
same
the
ceiling.
73.
Shall
No.
74.
1 inch
75.
V/i inches
as
flooring
as
B, C
side, A,
poorer
in flooring and
apply
lengths
and
and
D,
but ceiling",
and
grading
same
to
Pickets.
by
liV 76.
by
1t% 77.
be
graded 1 inch
by
1 and
shall
by V/i
No. Headed
be
inches
2. S4S
and
to
M-inch
M-inch.
by
shall
be
Headed
and
S4S
to
ItV
inches
shall
be
Headed
and
S4S
to
li%
inches
S4S
to
inches.
IV2
inches
by
l"j inches
inches. 1
inch
by
3
shall
inches
be
Headed
and
^-inch
by 2y2
inches.
78. may
No.
contain 79.
No.
1. "
one
2.
"
slight shake, and manufacture.
Shall
be
small
sound
knot.
Shall
admit
stained
well
pickets thrown
manufactured,
out
sap,
of
the
bright
knots,
sound No.
sap,
1
grade
no
pin
defect
and
wormholes,
because
of
poor
GRADING
652
OF
LUMBER.
'
Battens.
used
flat and
Battens, both
80.
"common"
with
lumber
and
better, admitting
will
prevent
the
5^-inch Battens resawed, otherwise
defects
all
each
shall
be
1-inch
be
allowed
1
specified, ^-inch
No.
full
inches
flat
for
S2S
Battens
No.
graded
it-inch
to
invariably
are
but
barn,
length
S2S
3
to
or
in
in
strips
inches
2^
by
shall, therefore,
piece
of
Same
moldings.
not
are
and
use
inch
1
or
OG,
that
purposes.
2^2. inches
resawed.
and
barn
none
batten
by
shall
1
Unless
S2S
be
and
and
only
resawed. 81. shown
OG in
shall
Battens
the
be
Molding
Universal
in
manufactured
the
sizes
and
pattern
Book.
Shingles. 82.
Bests.
long, each
width
and
heart
free
long,
dimension
of
shake, knots A
"
each
width
with
8
knots
84. and
within
This
grade
85. inches
Star
Star.
a
16 inches
to
86.
Economy.
length A
"
free the
"
the
on
random
butts, imperfections
of
inches,
inches
to
all
be
6
and butts
shake
inches to
in
width, 2
measure
and
16
inches,
defects, but
other
the
of
width
point. shingle same
4^ 5 and
on
2
measure
16
butts.
the
sound
and
width,
defects.
width
Dimensions sap
in
shingles clipped two-thirds
long, otherwise
bunched, admitting from
of
contain
one-eighth of the
to
separately, 5 but
sap,
inches
may
butts
shingle, 4, 5
packed
and
6 inches
and
other
and
dimension
admitting tight knots no
shingle, 4, 5
separately, S
packed
Primes.
83. inches
A
"
knots,
points
inches
14
separately
slight peck 5 inches
have
objection and
no
wider,
width
inches, each
may
and
primes.
as
6
3
admitting
14-inch
shingles. 87.
Clippers. "
5 inches
for
widths
2^
88. on
from
and
count
of
The
there standard
shingles below
above
and
grades
which
are
In
manufacture
our
in
width,
only
be
shingles
taken
at
form
the
making
;
5
667
inches
all grades, is based
of shingles, of standard
1000
making 6-inch
quently shingles,conse-
dimension
being
counted
and
shingles packed
re-inspections of shingles, one
random,
shall
basis
arriving
of
random
slight peck excepted,
in
counted
,
89.
sound
wider.
inches
would
the
butts, wormholes
the
inches
4,000 linear
1000
All
be
cut
at
open,
the
the
grade
of
results
bundle of
the. entire
this
out
of
like
as
portion. pro-
^^,'"'"^1^ 20
bundles
investigation
shipment.
to
COMMITTEE.
SPECIAL
UNIFORM
CONTRACT
GENERAL
*
CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT
A
This
the
Agreement,
AGREEMENT.
"
and
by
of
party
of
day between
first part, hereinafter
the
FORM.
this
made
year
FORMS.
called
the
and
Contractor,
of
party
WITNESSETH, hereinafter
The
and
and to
in
the
covenants
by
the
parties hereto
it is
made,
except
finish, in
the
satisfaction
with
the
plans
parties hereto,
or
conditions, requirements The
the
work
covered
day
being
"
Vol.
agreements and
agreed
hereinafter
as
and
the
:
labor,
specified, and
of
acceptance
the
follows
as
expeditious, substantial
an
of
materials, superintendence,
herein
as
and
by
hereto
Adopted, 16, 1915,
of
the
described,
Vol. pp.
14,
92,
1913,
and
specifications, forming
this
shall
contract
shall manlike work-
and
Chief
Engineer
the
signatures
be
be
the
by
following of
part
this
general contract.
commenced
completed
on
or
before
the
921,
1155;
19
of
essence
identified
attached,
and
time
mutually
and
Company
accordance
of
of
all the
furnish
shall
construct
be
to
transportation,
manner,
the
agreed
Contractor
performed
be
to
Company.
the
consideration
in
mentioned,
equipment execute,
That,
hereinafter
payments
of
called
part, hereinafter
second
the
of
pp.
this
contract
699-709,
1037.
653
1144-1164;
Vol.
15, 1914,
pp.
GENERAL
UNIFORM
=
FORM
CONTRACT
655
FORMS.
PROPOSAL.
OF
19....
the
undersigned
and
equipment
transportation,
construct, and
and of
agree
the
to
notice
finish in
satisfaction
the
to
manner,
furnish
to
propose
commence
of
award
all the except
an
and
materials, superintendence, otherwise
as
expeditious, substantial acceptance
the
work
of
the
of
the
and
contract,
dated
for
the
following prices :
(Signed)
2
Adopted,
Vol.
15,
1914,
pp.
921,
1155.
and
to
and
to
by
complete with the
cute, exe-
workmanlike
Engineer
days after
specifications covered
by
made
Chief
within
days thereafter, in accordance requirements
specified,and
labor,
the the
request
receipt
work
within
terms,
tions, condi-
for
proposals
UNIFORM
656
GENERAL
CONTRACT
CONSTRUCTION
B
CONTRACT.
GENERAL
"
FORMS.
CONDITIONS.
"
Bond. 1. of
Contractor
The
this contract
deliver
the
to
Company
for
agreements
this contract. and
than
The
bond
that specified,as
2.
of
furnish
to
same,
delivery
indemnity
conformation
the materials
and
and
under
of
3.
this
the
in
plans,
implied such
any
the
of
the
in
tory satisfac-
be
must
greater
not
amount,
Engineer.
Chief
Contractor and
nature
of
of the
vi^hich
verbal the
location
of
agreement
modify
or
the
any
general affect
way
with
conversation
or
either
Company,
affect
in
before of
any
of
facilities
and
work,
can
w^ork,
the
quantity
equipment
prosecution
careful
has, by
character, quality and
matters
No
ways;
denoted
intent
in
after
or
the
the
terms
or
not
the
on
and
the
specificationsand
plans
and
not
furnished
should
the
specificationsor
and
fully as
if
is to
perform
they
were
all
in
for
Contractor or
the
such
be
work
if quired re-
directly
proper
understand
the
as
material
plans, either for
necessary
Contractor shall
work
any
called
the
by
and
thereof, the
as
in
for
is nevertheless
required,
material
called
executed
which
and
be
shown
or
be
is not
the
the
shall
may
these
indirectly,but
be
contained
Specifications.
that
both
which
of
by
in such
character
the
all other
contract,
specifications,shall
out
effect
the
the
during
employe
and
work
on
described
indemnity
the
all
contained.
Plans
All
shown
the
to
of
Contractor, Contractor
the
of
that
to
as
contract.
or
obligations herein of
and
agreed
ground,
and
to
this
officer,agent
Intent
bond
determined
encountered,
be
to
the
local conditions, and
execution
such
the
by
of
part
in force
himself
of
preliminary
work
and
Undertstanding.
It is understood
needed
in
shall be
examination, satisfied
to
the
of
and
Company.
the
to
the
on
shall remain
Contractor's
or
execution
the
sufficient bond
performance,
security
acceptable
This
any
and
good
faithful
the
and
covenants
the
effect
the taking
a
of
dollars,
security
the
time
of
amount as
before
and
the
at
agrees,
ing carry-
the
same
and
nish fur-
particularly delineated
or
described. Permits. 4. the
work
Permits shall
of
be
a
temporary
secured
by
nature
the
necessary
Contractor.
for
the
Permits
prosecution for
permanent
of
GENERAL
UNIFORM
structures
the
in
changes
permanent
or
FORMS.
CONTRACT
existing
facilities
657
shall
secured
be
by
Company.
Protection. 5.
Whenever
of
means
Rights
protection
6.
to
general
relieve the
such
sary neces-
expense,
facilities
other
and
work
to
covered involved of
forces
Company
by
the
by
this
shall
be
by
contract,
the
established
portions
various
other
or
tractors con-
respective neer, Engi-
by the
of
work
the
in
Transfer.
to
Contractor
The
Chief
the
done
being
completion
the
thereof
part
lights and
the
harmony.
Consent 7.
and
cost
own
require,
required.
interests
various
secure
and
be
may
contiguous
the
rights of
as
work
Wherever is
his
at
ordinances
or
Interests.
Various
of
mantain,
fences
guard
passageways,
laws
and
furnish
shall
Contractor
conditions,
local
the
shall for
(except
Engineer, Contractor
the
in
of
any
his
this
contract
material) without*
of Such
writing.
from
transfer
or
delivery
the
given
let
not
does
consent
of
consent
release
not
and
obligations
any
or
or
under
liabilities
contract.
Superintendence. 8.
in this to
Timely 9.
the
and
The
Report
the
done
and
the
If
any
points
errors
and
Engineer,
Any the
in
the
and
plans
writing, and after
Contractor's
risk.
Preiservation The
of
the
as
with
conformity
he
received
has
necessary
in
omissions
done
points
able accept-
manager
from
work
him,
such
points
The
progresses.
points and
such
timely
made
has
work
instructions.
Discrepancies.
the or
in
and
be
until
proceed
not
the
such
the
be
of
course
plans
instructions, it shall
work
11.
duly authorized
braced em-
Instructions.
for, and
Contractor,
between or
shall
may
strict
in
and
Engineer as
Errors
10.
Points
for
Contractor
upon
be
a
work
the
Company.
instructions
shall
by
or
all of
superintend
constantly
in person
contract,
Demand
demand
shall
Contractor
The
the
conditions
physical in
or
his
Engineer
discovery,
the
duty
to
shall until
finds
work,
layout
of as
the
given
authorized,
verify will
locality, said
by
inform
immediately
promptly
crepancy dis-
any
be
the
the same.
done
at
Stakes.
Contractor
stakes, and
must
in
case
carefully of
wilful
preserve or
bench
careless
marks,
reference
destruction, he
will
be
GENERAL
UNIFORM
658
with
charged
mistakes
that
resulting
the
caused
be
may
CONTRACT
shall
and
expense
by their
FORMS.
responsible
be
loss
unnecessary
for
any
disturbance.
or
Inspection. 12.
All
acceptance
an
reject of his
at
and
Engineer, and
omissions
acceptance
remove,
in
Contractor's
rebuild
and
work
shall
thereof
in
any
not
resentative. rep-
ties facili-
necessary
make
be
without
Company
at not
the sider con-
Contractor
shall
equitable deduction
an
the
charge,
extra
the
require
by
shall
be
shall
condemned
material, he
or
to
Contractor
Engineer
to
approve dis-
to
construed
by the
Chief
work
Engineer
The
same
done
importance
imperfect to
shall
material
be
the
case
sufficient
of
or
may
the
part
replace the
same
or,
of
replace
and
the
hereby authorized,
is
and
material.
or
work
any
rebuild
the
on
work
expense,
expense,
or
tion, inspec-
duly authorized
his
or
reasonable
material
or
defective
any
defect
failure
or
any
own
default
the
Engineer
the
the
to
open
Material.
or
Any 'or
all times
at
shall provide
Contractor
Work
13.
be
inspection.
such
Defective
shall
rejection of
or
The for
material
and
work
have
from
to
power,
lated stipu-
the
price. Insurance. 14. for
Contractor
The
its benefit, policies of
amounts
shall
as
be
in
shall secure,
the
fire insurance
specified by
such
on
the
of
name
Chief
the
and
structures
Engineer,
and
Company in
such
exceeding
not
Indemnity. 15.
The
from
Contractor and
shall
suits, actions, recoveries brought of work the
said
the
in
or
16. necessary
engaged
the
of
agents
of
consequence
or
payments,
of
any
employes,
in
the
negligence
any
demands,
reason
against it, by his
the
and
nature
every
act
tion descripomission
or
execution
carelessness
or
pany Com-
harmless
of
in
the
guarding
same.
Settlement
be
Contractor,
save
all claims,
and
judgments
and
recovered
or
losses
all
against
and
indemnify
due amount
for
Wages. in
Whenever, for on
them,
the the the due
the
this
under
Company them
the
of
progress
work
opinion
or
is any
of
work
to
contract
hereby lesser
Chief
the
to
secure
authorized amount,
any
wages
any
it
Engineer,
and
which
to. pay; the
the
of
said
amount
may
be
employes then
may
employes so
paid
GENERAL
UNIFORM
them, that
be
may
shall
by their receipts,
shown
as
CONTRACT
payable
become
or
from
deducted
be
said
to
659
FORMS.
any
moneys
Contractor.
Liens. 17. which
If
at
the
the
then
due
indemnify claim
or
and
be
deduct
become
due
Work
amount
and
payable
Adjacent 18.
structures
shall
property.
case
until
he
use
work
of
trains
be
must
be
designated
proper
the
Engineer.
same,
be
may
or
of
specific authority and
officer
of
the
Company
to
directions
and
has
with if
or,
shall
or
persons
interfere
to
Contractor
the
tractor Con-
railroads, the
railroad;
the
tracks,
the
near
injury
not
as
operations
necessary,
other avoid
to
conducted
is
contract
of
or
vigilance
so
other
or
first obtained
the
and
care
this
in
Company
this
of
interference has
embraced
work
proper
The
movement
such
the
buildings
or
which
moneys
such
Contractor.
the
to
any
if
Railroad.
to
Wherever
from
paid
so
pletely com-
the
discharge
the ment pay-
to
claim, and
or
and
pay
may
to
any
sufficient
amount
lien
of
out
for
claim
or
is chargeable
retain
to
an
such
against
lien
any
which
due,
Company
valid, the
of
right
the
become
to
Company
the
evidence
liable, and
shall have
thereafter the
be
become
Company or
shall
there
might
Company
Contractor,
lien
time
any
the
in
any
proceed
not
therefor
from
approval
the
of
Risk. 19.
The
of
the
risk
injury
caused
Order
and
20.
The
order
good
appear
other
way
shall
be
this
under
Contractor
until
contract
in
finished
and
directlyby Company's
Contractor
to
shall
be
all
at
his employes,
or
be
at
damage
except
the or
employes.
employe
any
unfaithful
or
employed
enforce
disorderly
discharged immediately again be
times
and
incompetent,
disqualifiedfor
shall not
accepted,
agents
shall
respect
every
Discipline.
among
shall
he
work
the
on
the
on
to
or
the
of
the
discipline and
Contractor
intemperate, work
request
work
strict
of
without
entrusted the the
or
who in
any
him,
to
Engineer, Engineer's
and
ten writ-
consent.
Contractor 21.
Not The
to
Hire
Contractor
employes without
the
Intoxicating Liquors 22.
permit
The the
Employe's.
Company's shall not
permission
employ
of
the
or
hire
any
of
the
Company's
Engineer.
Prohibited.
Contractor,
in
sale, distribution
so
or
far use
as
of
his any
authority
extends, shall
intoxicating
liquors upOn
not or
660
UNIFORM
adjacent the
the
to
line
of
Cleaning
the
Engineer
Chief
understood
25.
Chief
not
it;
to
near
from
remove
his
at
materials
waste
sulting re-
Engineer
duly
and
Engineer the
authorized
wherever
in
the
to
it shall
Company,
acting
for
writing
words
the
referring
as
of
is used,
such
Engineer
Chief
in
Engineer
Chief
engineer.
shall
to
power
to
to
this
conform
not
of
portion
any
force
the
arise
have
the
which,
in
his
judgment, decide
to
of
execution
the
to
cation appli-
the
and
diminished,
or
all work
direct
to
parties relative
the
condemn
or
contract;
work
increased
between
reject
work.
Dispute.
of
All
questions
Contractor
and
subject
shall
final
be
Order
and
the
conclusive
Contractor
such
order
in
shall
have
the
right
partially completed completing
the
of
taking possession so
cost
shall
time
and
use
of
delays the
or
compensation, determine.
used
or
or
the
of or
or
both
any
work,
extension
such shall part
the of
between this
to
and
Engineer,
the
contract, decision
his
parties. Portions.
portion
any
Engineer
the
arise
may
reference
Chief
and
portions
use
be
deemed
Contractor or
If
both,
as
time
expired; of
acceptance
prior
shall be the
the
Company
the
have
an
such
of
completed
any
not
may
thereof.
time,
The
notwithstanding
work,
not
portions
or
require.
may
of
possession
work
taken
the
complete
as
take
to
in
or
of Completed
portions
entire
of
upon
Use
The
work
under
decision
Completion;
of
27.
to
which
controversies
or
Company,
the
shall be
may
assistant
assistant
any
does
which
26.
extra
or
private property, and
word
Chief
understood
order
to
Adjustment
the
Engineer,
rubbish
the
the
to
an
be
forces
questions
work
by the
all public and
contract
Engineer,
which
of
such
from
this
Engineer
material
the
to
upon,
Engineer.
The
requires
directed
structures,
referring
it shall
of
and
through
or
and
Power
brought
Engineer. in
as
the
person,
be
to
operations.
Wherever
personally
or
his
and
24.
used
FORMS.
Company.
the
all temporary
from
are
such
any
shall, as
property
expense,
by
of
Contractor
The
act
allow
or
railway
Company's
own
be
work,
CONTRACT
Up.
23. the
GENERAL
use
entitled Chief
or
for but the
increases to
such
Engineer
661
FORMS.
CONTRACT
GENERAL
UNIFORM
Changes. 28.
in
no
make
shall
made
be
the in
change
any
the
nature
the
of
cost
of
the
Engineer
dimensions
or
to
such
ment equitable adjust-
an
the
cover
shall
If
contract.
work,
the
of
changes
such
this
that
changes
any
and
obligations
Chief
the
by
in
make
to
its commencement,
void
or
right
the
upon,
after
or
affect
way
changes
same.
Work.
Extra 29.
No
bill
material
extra
claim
or
the
doing
shall
have
unless
paid
or
before
either
work,
have
determined
hereafter
be
may
shall
Company
The
for
such
of
work
extra
work
extra
shall
the
or
in
authorized
been
material
or
be
allowed of
furnishing
such
the
writing by
Engineer. The who he
which
expense
and
shall
which
and
which
not
authorized
is not
in
for
and
release
hereby
the
such
for
the
tractor's tools. Con-
this
in
contract,
or
Contractor
furnished,
so
from
Company
work
any
said
material
or
general
perform
Engineer,
work
discharge
of
if
actual
the
cover
use
shall
provided
writing by
compensation
no
Contractor
the
to
neer, Engimay,
or
by
cent,
per
liability.If
material
receive does
price,
determined
be
Chief
the
by
lump-sum
a
added
be
any
was
shall
or
price shall
the
that
price
unit
a
determined
be
superintendence, profits, contingencies,
risk
furnish
shall
work fix
either
may
cost, to
and
such
elects, provide
so
or
for
price
liability
any
therefor. If
the
Contractor
of
therefor, in
the
such
such
written
all
as
may
such
aforesaid, work
in been
any
Property 30.
under
and The
this land
Company
the
then
it may and
authorized
as
the
work
shall
be
of
see
for
arrange
fit,the
Contractor
contract,
shall
as
if
to
such
work
or
in
writing,
as
of
performance this
interfere
not
subject
Engineer.
Engineer the
same
and
covered, governed
perform
by the
authority
material, stated
or
this
to
nishing fur-
the
or
written
by the Chief
fail
or
the
such
fixed
or
decline
may
manner
then
work
extra
receiving
provisions
upon
shall
such
Engineer,
and
material
executed, of
the
be agreed
extra
the
of
terms
Contractor
the
furnish
the
after
provided,
authority
by
prices If
not
hereinbefore
as
controlled
material
extra
with
proceed
shall
contract
with
such
the
had formance per-
work. of
Right
Entry.
Company contract
required
shall
is to for
be
the
provide
the
lands
done,
except
that
erection
of
temporary
the
upon
which
Contractor construction
the shall
work vide pro-
facilities
GENERAL
UNIFORM
the
contract, said
contract,
Chief
the
with
in
duty
be
his
proceed
more
provisions
of
imperfections,
violating
Engineer,
it shall
and
power,
otherwise
is
or
of
with
rapidly
the
of
this
have
the
provisions shall
Company,
the
Contractor
notify the
to
this
of
any
behalf
663
FORMS.
CONTRACT
said
work,
or
may
give
the
such
remedy
to
otherwise
ply com-
contract.
Annulment. The
(b)
written
(10) days' continues
to
materials
and
this
deduct
the
and
may
no
further
would
of
Company
but shall
exceeds
such
Upon
failure
accordance
the
added,
cent,
Annulment
34.
(a)
him
of
such
shall
judgment as
are
in
the
good
the
to
to
the
the
full
and
with
be
to
The
to
of
the
and
the
Company
with
work,
or
work,
work,
price.
contract
such
the
have
shall
parts
on
of
notice
any
entire
the
materials
parts
due
terms
and
Chief
have
the
of
conditions
the
are
per
due
come
for
the of
and
at
any
contract
in
for not
right
this
retained
Company
Engineer
preparing
the
Contractor,
amount
by
in
Contractor
the
Company
of
charge
annul
it, to
reimbursed
required
tractor; Con-
the
to
the
to
tractor Con-
the
Contractor.
shall
including
the
of
sums
of
annulment,
of
balance,
hereof, the
the
cost
or
Company
to
unpaid
cost
paid
comply
to
such
on
therefor
Fault
writing
entitled under
be
The
appear
days' notice
by
"
receive
agreement.
Without
which
shall be
this
be
be
may
if the
the
all
"
assuming
of
sum
any
shall
Contractor
carrying
of
amount
exceeds
as
shall
finished, when,
unpaid
such
provisions
allowed
be
from
under
the
of
purpose
shall
retain
may
with
Contractor
excess
forces, tools, equipment
the
Contractor
the
of
such
forces
of
Work,
right, instead
place additional for
of
the
contract
and
premises such
be
under
Contractor
the
Company.
the
to
Part
Do
alternative
work
cost
difference
(c)
the
this
of
the
and
labor
Contractor
the
employ
case
shall
under
if
May
in
such
work
the
due
be
In
work,
Company
of
possession
finishing the
the
pay
given
until
due
ten
Contractor
provide
may
employment
the
Contractor
time, if the
that
money
any
terminate take
of
Company
the
from
work.
the
payment
that
balance
end
appliances thereon, and
finish
to
the
at
cost
and
agreement
fault,
at
work,
the
neglect
materials, tools and necessary
not
notice, and
this agreement; under
if
Company,
which
event
for
contract
percentage. such
giving
thirty
Contractor
the the up
work
The
to
compensated and
from
done
the
to
expenditures
otherwise
moving
sons rea-
upon
estimate this
time, for
time
Contractor in
as
the
for, and the
work
;
664
GENERAL
UNIFORM
CONTRACT
FORMS.
.
the
intent
that
being
equitable
an
settlement
shall
made
be
with
the
Contractor. Notice
How
"
(b)
Served. notice
Any
this contract the
be
deemed
in
charge
of
any
agent
at
to
the
or
addressed Removal
of
(c)
the
right
same
in the
under
be
delivered
or
to
Contractor,
the
deposited
or
Contractor
his
to
man fore-
postoffice,postpaid, business.
place of
of
this
Contractor,
the remove
do
to
and
completion
from
the
pany, Com-
by
so
the
supplies
supplies
and
equipment
his
failing which
equipment
such
move
all of
or
Company,
the
notilied
if
part
any
before
contract
shall
Company
at
the
expense
at
the
times
of
notice
this
and
and times
the
Contractor
recover
failure
the
company
the
price of
be
delay to
his
at
or
bar
a
the
continue
done
failure claim
any
of
suspend
to
make
to
days"
terminate
to
materials
and
by the
the
vided pro-
thirty (30)
default,
to
all work such
to
right
option, after
completion
in
payments
Contractor
sustained, and
shall
for
the
give
made,
make
to
due
for
is
at
payments
against
Company
work,
vided pro-
to
such
pension sus-
pay.
Estimate.
Monthly 36.
So
long
on
or
of
the
about
the
proportionate
and
including
the
estimate, after shall
Treasurer
be of
due
the
of
contracted
this
of
Engineer, month
the
Company's
last
day
of
work
the
Company day
make
an
on
of
to or
the
the
at
about current
The
and
Contractor
at
.' .
month.
.
Engineer mate esti-
material
site of
cent,
the
progress
approximate
month.
previous
the
such
of
in
prosecuted
Chief
and
done
per
payable
with said
the
property
deducting and
and
contract,
each
value the
upon
of
Chief
the
to
first day
the
delivered
or
herein
provisions
satisfactory
be
may
work
the
as
with
accordance
payments,
is
provided
or
said
shall
all damages
the
of
Company
agreement
payment
contract
to
the
by
writing, should
in
up
Payments.
Failure
until
work
the
by
if the
his last known
at
annulment
of
to
Make
to
in
will
used
the
to
Contractor.
35.
as
of
case
property
the
Failure
this
Contractor
promptly
the
served
work,
the
near
whatever,
shall
have
or
be
to
office
Company
Equipment.
In
cause
from
given by the
shall
man
any
be
to
all the
the
nished fur-
work,
amount
previous office ;
of
GENERAL
UNIFORM
665
FORMS.
CONTRACT
Acceptance. 37.
work
The
promptly
notice
in
by
acceptance that
writing
the
Company
tlie
work
is
for
ready
Estimates.
38.
the
Upon shall
provided the
found
to
shall
in
be
this
paid
due
to
to
the
within
time
evidence
and
paid.
has
conditions
and
at
after
payment
of
said
satisfactory
to
the
outstanding
the
the
final
Chief
indebtedness,
of
office
date
of
estimate
said
the
said
connection
that
whole
Treasurer
him
by balance
entire
retained
final
work
accepted the
gineer En-
Chief
the
and
the
Engineer in
that
whereupon
including
the
work,
signature
thereof,
Contractor
the
completed
been
Contractor,
the
days of
his
over
agreement
of
acceptance
certificate
a
terms
be
and
completion
execute
for
under
been
for
inspected
inspection.
Final
bills,
of
receipt
upon
such
the
be
shall
percentage, of
the
Before
certificate.
Contractor
shall
all
payrolls,
with
this
pany Com-
submit
material
work,
have
666
UNIFORM
GENERAL
CONTRACT.
FORMS.
'BOND.
Know
All
Men
That
the
These
by
Presents
:
undersigned held
are
and
bound in
dollars, lawful America its
(or Canada, and
successors
severally,
assigns,
case
which
to
to
of
of be
the
payment
their
sum
the
money
be),
may
the
the
paid
to
United
States
of
said
undersigned, jointly and administrators,
heirs, executors,
cessors suc-
assigns.
condition shall
Contractor, contract,
the
themselves,
bind
and
The
as
unto
executed
this
of
obligation is that
faithfully furnish in
writing,
and
do
if
everything required
dated
in
the
19
Contractor,
between
and
Company for
this obligation shall
of
become
no
it shall
effect; otherwise
continue
in
full force.
Signed,
Attest
3
Adopted,
sealed
and
delivered
this
:
Vol.
16,
1915,
pp.
101,
1037.
day
of
19....
KEY
SYSTEM
TO
FORMS.
NUMBERING
OF
Range
Subjects I. II.
Committees.
and
Form
of
Numbers.
Roadway
100-199
Ballast
200-299
III.
Ties
300-399
IV.
Rail
400-499
V.
Track
500-599
Buildings
600-699
VI. VII.
Wooden
VIII.
and
Bridges
700-799
Trestles
800-899
Masonry
IX.
Signs,
Fences
Signals
X.
Records
XL
1000-1099
Accounts
and
Rules
XII.
900-999
Crossings
and
Interlocking
-and
1100-1199 1200-1299
Organization
and
XIII.
Water
Service
1300-1399
XIV.
Yards
and
1400-1499
XV.
Iron
XVI.
Terminals
Economics
XVIL
Wood
Structures
Steel
and
Railway
of
1500-1599
Location
1600-1699
1700-1799
Preservation
Electricity
XVIII.
XIX.
'.
Conservation
XX.
Map
XXI. XXIL
and
Estimate
Forms
OF
No.
300
Tie
Removal
301
Tie
Renewals
302
Ties
303
Ties
304
Treated
Records
2100-2199
ADOPTED
Report
Statistics
Comparison
"
Reco'rd
"
Ties
of
Rail"
Report
Certificate
of
403
Rail"
Report
of
Shipment
404
Rail
Report
of
405
Rail
Mill
63
Kinds
of
Wood
63
(Insert)
63
(Insert)
63
Inspection
94, 95
Inspection
96
97
Failures
Superintendent's
"
(Insert)
of
Rail
"
63
Different
402
of
Page.
(Insert)
401
"
Forms.
of
of
Statistics
"
ASSOCIATION.
Foreman's
"
of
THE
BY
Titles
"
1900-1999 2000-2099
2200-2299
FORMS
Form
Resources
Records Lease
Property
LIST
Natural
of Chart
and
1800-1899
in
Main
Report
(Section Foreman)
Track
of
Failures
in
Main
.98, 99 .
Track.
.100, 101 .
406
Rail
407
Rail"
408
Rail
in
Main
Laboratory "
Summary Period
409
Rail
Tracks
"
of
Summary
102
Report of
Previous of
103, 104
...._.
Failures
for
Year
Failures
One
Year
Compared
(Insert) for
Period
667
with
Same 104
of
Years
105
LIST
668
FORMS.
OF
Page Cover
106
412
Rail"
413
Rail
Location
Diagram
107
"
414
Rail
Location
Diagram
108
"
415
Rail
Diagram
showing
417
Rail"
418
Results
"
Page
Cover
Lines
of
109
Wear
110
Page Tests
Drop
of
Surface
and
Inspection
of
Rolled
Rails
HO
(Insert) 501
Material
Track
245
701a
Pile
701b
Maintenance
702
Bridge
Inspection
Report
703
Bridge
Inspection
Report
704
Bridge
Inspection
Bridge
Material
1 100
(Insert)
Monthly
Report"
Record
384
Form
Way
of
352
Current
"
348,349
Current
Summary
"
Report
344, 345
Report
Tool
Department
350, 351
General
"
342, 343
Monthly
Report"
^
1102
Structure
1103
Time
(Track
Roll
Roll"
1105
Time
Roll
1106
Daily
report
of
Application Authority
1109
Appropriation
1110
Expenditure
Statement
1301
Pumper's
used
with
Time
Track
W.
363-373
Departments
Gang
(to
be
used
391, 392
Form
393 Form
Cost
Statement Water
1304
Record
of for
379
Performed
of
Cost
of
396
374, 375
Report
Daily
1302
Monthly
Work
of
Labor
of
1303
394
Authorization,
on
of
459
Pumping
."
Water
Record
Station
Surface
1305
Layout
1700
Wood
Preservation
1701
Wood
Preservation
1901
Progress
462
Pipe "
"
Wells
463
Inspection
558
Inspection
559
Profile Chart
1902
Track
Conventional
2000
Register
of
2001
Contract
and
Estimate
Form
2201
Form
2202
Sidetrack
of
378
(Insert)
384
397-421
Signs
2100
Title
Deeds
Lease for
Building, Record
460 461
Wells
Deep
1903
in
376, Zll
1103)
Expenditure
for
port, re-
353-356
357-362
by
M.
time
-
Service
Worked form
daily
'
1106)
Water
and
with
1107
nil
W.
be
to
Department
Bridge
"
1108
1112
M.
Track
connection
Record
Department,
form
see
Time
1104
346, 347
Used
Material
Report"
385
Record Track
Bridge (Insert)
387 Construction and
Water
380
Service
Construction.
381-384 384
INDEX
Page
A
Pace
21
Alinement
"
Steel
railway,
specifications
482 ....
Anti-creepers,
ments require-
general
"
treatment,
timbers
of
grouping
for
Application
"
expenditure,
for
"
form Arch
"
391
form
expenditure,
Appropriation
Aspects,
"
for
form..
expenditure,
"
"
Oil
"
Burnt
"
of
stations
"Cinder
stations
foul
Rest
53 49 "
"
"
Gravel,
of
testing
"
51
gravel
"
Physical
"
of
test
of
design
outbound
bound in-
freight 201
houses
208 195
provisions
sized
of
quality
187
covering
-Sanitary
51
specifications
Method
"
eral gen-
Roofings
"
Definitions
one
room
and
52
Cleaning
"
Principles
with
houses "
"
217 194
Passenger
49
medium-
houses
52
specifications
clay,
"Choice
lighting
waiting 49
192
medium217
of
B
Ballast
stations for
heating
stations
Method sized
390
188
coaling of
Method
327
signal
599
rules.
design
^Locomotive
sized
279
Authority
grading
187 house
Engine
394
masonry
materials,
Buildings 540
for
402
Building
130
Antiseptic
Symbols
Section
for
medium-
stations
217
tool
195
house
Symbols
400
50
stone ^
"Proper "Sections
specifications
404
Ballasting
"
433
Bermuda
Bessemer
steel
chemical
quirements re-
"
signals,
and
manual
Manual, Bolts,
Specifications
"
Borrow
Bridge "
"
department
Erection,
forms
inspection Southern
Timbers,
yellow
Bridges Iron "
also and
and
under
Trestles,
Steel
Classification
carrying
as
" "
"
"
Steel
52
340
"Materials
Track
of
15
20, 24 15
Railways
"
277
Clay,
230
Clearance
specifications
burnt, lines
for
to
third
third
Wooden
structures
way
rail
52 and
equipment
rail
and
jacent adfor
structures
562
Clearances:
Masonry,
482
"Bridges safe
to
Overhead,
"
capacity
506
for
structures
on
permanent electrified
way
roads rail563
508
Inspection Steel,
248 252
permanent
Erection
"
tion protec-
obstructed
ballast
Classification
Structures).
of,
for
and
437
231
(see
Bridges
unsafe
definition
398
pine,
specifications
rules
signals,
Cinder
518
inspection
Masonry
"Timbers, "
symbols
66
Stock-Guards.)
Specifications
"
28
lines,
(see
Cement,
123
pits
Boundary
65
track
123
principles...
70
requirements
of
324
general
manufacture
65
Physical
323
location
track,
65
of
Caution
trolled con-
manual "
Details
requirements
Cattle-Guards
65 Block
65
Chemical
"Material
47
rails,
specifications,
Inspection
"
with
sodding
"
for
specifications
grass,
rails,
steel 1915
50
Symbols
"
Carbon
55
Stone,
"
C
50
depth
of
inspection railway,
and
508
records of
Third
515
fabrication..
contracting
"
.
and
third
rail
tures struc562
481
for.
rail
"
.
671
Tunnels
43
072
INDEX.
Page
Measurement
"
20
Coaling
stations,
Coal-tar
in
locomotive
creosote,
Inspection
"
of
use
list
of
defective
Concrete,
or
method
of
v^^orn
.
of
-Fence
"
of
form
Construction,
"
17
"
"
general
Specifications
for
for
built
be
"
maps
Signals
and
Corrosion
of
solution,
Creosote-coal-tar
Oil,
397
Drainage,
410
"Of
absorption
for
Specifications -Water
"
Culvert
59 classification...
masonry,
247 402
symbols
Culverts,
538
Curvature
Curves,
preventing
track
"
and
appliances
for
"
of
canting
and
"
"
"
"
"
rails
of
167
159
"Vertical
Cypress
lumber
classification
and
643
.
.
521
location...
railway
526
^Power Train
535
resistance
561
Clearance
for
lines
permanent to rail
equipment structures
way
rail
third
and
for 562
structures
561
Definitions Overhead
clearance way
lines
for
structures
on
manent per-
trified elec563
railroads "
Specifications wires
or
telephone,
shingles,
.
538
117
131
Railway
of
Economics
160
easement
521
Location.
Curvature
third
158
of
131
use
adjacent
Elevation
through
133
length
minimum
curves,
Curves,
and of
"
Use
-
Electricity
115
trains
535
tests
Economics "
Definitions
of
36
requirements
cars,
Easement "
"
Speeds
85 281
E
methods
spreading
"Gage " "
Dump
60
dimensions
of
84
specifications.
masonry
Dynamometer
58
specifications diagram
Table
"
42
rails
machine,
test
541
186
plans
Piling
sub-surface
and for
548
172
"Symbols
"
Dry
19 432
etc
ditches,
Drop
401
Cross-ties,
591
316
specifications
Crossovers,
timbers, 233
548 wooden
signs,
Crossings,
trestle
542
fractionation
in
Crossing
hemlock
definitions
Drilling
fications speci-
of
467
Western
and and
Surface
"
Specifications
fir
Classification
"
546 "
219
terminals
bridge
294
concrete
and
trestles....
specifications
metal,
reinforcing
of
disintegration
116 and
bridges
Douglas
and
interlocking
297
crossings
57
Yards
way rail-
on
and
115
Wooden
"
to
right-of-way
profiles, track
use
fences
"Turnout
238 for
signs
17 319
interlocking..
Track
"
under
Conventional
339
accounts
and
Signs,
"
workmanship trestles
247 and
Signals
"
20
frame
and
pile
591 116
"Ties
387
Requirements,
lumber
Roadway
"
653
Record
"
of
Records
"
441
definition
Contract,
116 116
Masonry
"
440
Organization
"
number
Grading
"
rules
employes
115
Frog
"
281
department,
115
"Line
310
posts
governing
561
Elevation
"Gage
294
"Materials Construction
49
"Frog
289
structures
Disintegration
to:
Electricity
"
293
Designs
"
relating
115
"
ods meth-
water,
terms,
-Curves
"
of "
"
248 under
222 of
.
Definition
Depositing
timbers,
"Ballast
294 .
structural
standard
faces, sur-
repairing.
01
of
Definitions
13
special
"
Defects
547 and
61
Specifications
"
546
standing
Pace
nails
Dating
192
analysis
and
Committees,
"
D
22
Clearing
of
for cables
signal similar
of
crossings of and
telegraph, other
character
cuits cirover
INDEX.
673
Page steam
failroad
tracks
for
iron
^Specifications of
electric
light
ings cross-
and
"
pow^er
569
lines
railways,
Electrified
for
Grading
of
for
temperature,
and
"
591 607
pine for
specifications
47
witli
ballast,
Method
of
Grubbing,
643 631
timbers
yellow
sodding
117
rails
shingles
fir
Bermuda,
Gravel
and
oak
Southern
ing lay-
rules
grading
lumber
Douglas
480
division
Expansion,
591
Lumoer
cypress
Grass,
28
measiu'ement
Classification for
plans
situation
19
and
188
typical
38 24
Construction
design
house
310
work
roadwa.y
Price
38
Terminal,
reduction
for
shrinkage Engine
"
fences
Definitions
403
symbols
allowance
Embankments,
"
"
303
fencing
right-of-way
Grading, 579
overhead
for
Grade
galvanizing .'
steel
or
wire
for
Gajies
the
581
Specifications on
"
of
wires
class
same " "
of
lines
or
Page Galvanize]
lights-ol'-way,
specifications
51
quality
51
testing
23
roadway
F
Fastenings,
track,
20
-Measurement
"
118
design
Guard-rails, Fence
310
concrete
posts,
297
definitions
Fences,
246
of
use
H "
-Right-of-way,
cations specifi-
standard
-Erection Material
Flange
of
width
way,
301
Haul
299
Hemlock,
of
Capacity
of
ties "
29
401
symbols
188
of
136
Economic
value
Elevation
of
of
194 for
Rest,
"
"Section
208
employes
591
tool
cross-
"
I
158
curves
289
for
of
483
bridges
railway
quality
Testing
"
steel
for
gravel
Reinforced
Train
last bal-
conferring
ing restrict-
or
326
rights
Bridge
"
trestle
and
230
timbers
182
Water
treatment
of
structural
Interlocking
(see
Mill,
"
174,
176,
181 11
Foreword
and
Freight
houses,
principles of
steel
513
Signals
under
Interlocking).
ing cover-
Iron
design
515
bridges
steel
451
economics
Foot-guards
of
Fabrication
"
"
289
structures..
Inspection:
535
resistance
Turnouts
"
concrete
Indications 52
"
483
formula "
Impact
bridges,
railway
concrete
structures "
steel
for
Impact
reinforced
for
Impact
397
symbols
Hydrography,
tion loca-
railway
475
yards
Hump
63
materials
different
201
"Oil
521 "
233
specifications
"Freight
of
of
comparison
Economic
"
functions
spiral
ten-chord
tlie
446
softeners
water
Determination
"
438
use...
"Engine
Formulas: "
governing
Houses:
117
standard
rules
Higliways,
304
information
general
Fencing,
298
Handcars,
inbound
and
Steel
and
481
Structures
bound out"
of
Classification
bridges
to
as
201 safe
Tracks,
"
474
capacity
car
"
"
^Transfer
Frog
for
Nos.
8,
11
spring
11
and
General
"
and
No.
Specifications
"
On
maintenance curves
steel 482
bridges
169
172
."
for
16
G
Gage,
railway 481
specifications
railway rigid
steel
bridges
172 "
plans
for
479
stations
blocking
Frogs,
506
capacity
carrying
Contracting
Details
of
487
design
-Inspection
and
Inspection
and
testing testing
at at
mills
shops
498 504
167
Loads
482
117
Material
494
INDEX.
674
Page
Page
Shop
503
painting
Unit-stresses of
of
Inspection of
and
499
Medium-sized
stations,
method
508
"Method
bing grub20
513
for
of
inspection
erection
bridge Fabrication
steel
for
Specifications railroad
217 of
details
Metal
217
lighting
218
provisions
Sanitary
"
518
of
of
heating
ords rec-
steel
Instructions
"
and
bridges
inspection
Structural "
clearing
484
parts
Workmanship "
20
Measurement,
proportion
and
classification
Material,
and
bridges
in
used
wooden
trestles,
tions specifica-
515
bridges... erection
236
of
Mines, 508
bridges
401
symbols
Monolithic
292
construction material
track
Monthly
report,
form
390
J
Jacks, .loint
track, bars,
steel,
Interlocking
"
rules
general
Motor
rules
89,
division
rail
Nails,
L
479
308 61
Portland
and
cement, 252
specifications
387
maintenance
Line,
.
tie
Natural
yard
.
fencing
common
Dating,
"
Lighting,
438
use
N
118
record
132
governing
of
expense
Lease
cars,
91
326
Standard
"
permanent
436
specifications..
plants,
Monuments,
131
spring,
spiral
Nutlocks,
254
specifications.
standard
Cement,
"
tions specifica'125
of
Location
manual
block
coaling
stations
Locomotive
Longleaf
pine,
signals..
192
heart
standard
324 O
231
grade
Oak
cations specifi-
construction,
timbers,
M
Maintenance
of
631
Way
Oil
department,
organization
424
Instructions
"
regarding
conduct
-Rules
"
Malleable
tie
Manual
Manual,
" "
general
for
rules
tion publica-
of
of
reinforced
of of
corrosion
Masonry, of
waiting
Methods under Monolithic
Stone
"
Uniform
concrete
for
292 Natural
and steel
reinforced
tests
Waterproofing
built
472
specifications
der un-
for 238
Piles,
practice..
and steel
245
cement
257
of
masonry
292
235 402
symbols concrete
reinforced
reinforcement,
and
tions specifica281
281
of
241 220
definitions....
specifications
timber, lines,
Plain
piles,
and
of
form
Record
concrete
275
masonry
trestles,
principles
"
Driving
"
Pipe 252
reinforcement
frame
Driving
"
and
cement
187 469
contract,
"
293
construction
Specifications
and
294
water
Portland
"
depositing
eral gen-
workmanship
or
concrete
one
terminals
water
and
and
252
defective
of
rail
-At Pile
with room
definitions
Piers, "
294
definition
repairing
of
and metal
reinforcing
surfaces
worn
Plain
concrete
general
Method
"
Passenger
289
-Disintegration
"
569
P stations
concrete
structures
"
563 and
specifications
lines,
power
247
-Design
"
trified elec-
light
electric
247
masonry
"Definitions
"
on
247
Classification
"
of
Crossings
12
"
lines
railroads "
Masonry "
20 29
clearance
323
signals
65
clause
Optional
Overhead
manual
controlled
and
block
122
chemical
definition
Overhaul,
423
plates
rails,
steel
requirements
432
employes
governing
464
specifications
steel,
Tanks,
"
Open-hearth
of
work
194
houses
37
Plows "
312
Snow
Portland
cement,
specifications
252
INDEX.
675
Page
Page
Posts,
fence, locomoUve
Power, Progress
310
concrete
526
tractive
plants,
size
water, governing
rules
Pushcars,
453
records
localities
for
"
rate sepa-
protection
in 340
of
report
on
authorization,
Monthly
track
expenditures 396
form
material
390
report...
390
profile
Progress
"
in
fire
of
Monthly
"
438
use...
duplicate
case
390
profile
Pumping
Filing
"
R Record
"
Rail
65
Joint,
"
standard,
general
require-
Sidetrack
"
"
"
ments
118
"Time
Laying
434
"Track
-Rail
forms
record
Specifications for
of
use
93-111
rail
forms..
record of
study
Ill
113
Sections
73
Historical
73
Cost
"
R.
80
-A
A.
R.
E
81
110-lb.
R.
E
82
120-lb.
R.
E
83
Specifications
"
for
carbon
1915
65 "
-Drop
machine
test
85 "
Heat
oil
treated,
-
steel
joint
joint
89
bars..
Standard
of
borings
chemical
analyses
and
sile ten88
pieces
404
Symbols classification
15
Signal
Association,
findings,
list
of
sions conclu-
standards,
331
Records "
"
and
449
softening.
water
"
Accounts for
Application
339 form
expenditure,
Appropriation
for
for
Bridge
"
and
Conventional
"
"Daily
of
340
Requisites
record
387
Rest
time,
^Distribution Estimate
"
right-of-way
form
forms for
bridge
construction, "
Estimate
for
track
and
Estimate
water form
384
work
title
385
deeds
353 461
record
concrete
sign de-
structures,
form
282
steel
294
of....
corrosion
metal,
397
symbols switch
for
for
houses, wall
330
indicators...
208
employes...
277
masonry
17
definitions
397
"Fences
298 310
354
"Gates
339
"Maps
370
Road
389 436
crossings
17
Roadway 381
"
Allowance
for
shrinkage
in
bankments em-
38
construction, 380
for
93
Right-of-way,
ing build-
form "
459
report
of
of
Retaining
on
"Definitions "
655
daily
289
forms
maps
record
245
Reinforcement,
Relief,
use
390
form
station
Reinforcing
for
396
report..
rolls
Water
service
668
expenditures
material
cost
390
profiles,
track
^
667,
records
394
signs
railway and
lease
bers tim-
'391
form.
expenditure,
department
Contract
"
of
record
Reinforced
expenditure,
form
"Authority
462
of
track
Time
"
in
used
380
authorization
Register
"
Reagents
381
construction
treatment
report
Record
"
specifications
and
construction
numbering
to
Rail
"
Railway
of
Pumper's
"
Railways,
Inspection
Proposal
"
"
record
Pile
"
test
track
Geological
Monthly
"
for
bridge
building,
service for
on
locations
for
Estimates
84
drilling
Standard
62 478
cars)
water
Monthly
"
"
(of
list
-Key
"
"
460
558 91
steel
653
water
pumping
quenched,
-
bars
High-carbon
387
form
records
and
steel
340 record
lease contract
Estimates
"
rails"
of
"Cut "
391
expenditure
and
Cross-tie
"
100-lb.
for
department
Construction
"
90-lb.
389 forms:
Contract
"
"
357 390
chart
Bridge
"
rail
384
record
Authority
individual
an
385
deeds
title
roll
Record "
of
Report
"
340
work
maps
instructions
and
of
Register
"
of
cost
struction, con-
"
381
17
-Definitions
"
General Grade
contract reduction
requirements. work
20 .
.
38
676
INDEX.
Page "
Methods
of
shovel
handling
"
work
"Slides "
"
of
Slopes
Specifications
for
Bermuda " "
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
the
Steam
the
and
sub-surface
drainage
43
Tunnel
ventilation
47
Washouts
42
Waterways
39
roadway
at
roofs
Rules
tile
shingles Organization
and
General
"
rules
employes
for of
of
for
rules
of
employes
the
of
maintenance
of
330 327
297
297
for
fencing
303
riglit-of-way
fencing fences,
fences...
information
310 304
sheds
snow
methods
and
of
snow
311 for
standard
right-
fences
298
stock-guards
311 405
signs
Wooden
316
crossing
316
signs
40
Smoke
jacks
Snow
438
.
310
Slides
way
rules
Crossings posts
wire
Trespass
"
,
322
Symbols
"
190
fences, methods
432
"Safety
.
aspects...
330
and
of-way
duct con-
woi'k
and
fence
Surface
"
423
regarding
Fences
Specifications
"
of
to
405
removal
"
maintenance
block
enginemen.
signals
recommended
government
department
way
Instructions
"
the
tion informaof
and
200
440 General
"
conveying
199
partment de-
indicators,
indicators
Snow
of
government
construction
330
switch
Symbols
Gates
"
324
manual 323
indications
General
"
423
331
signals
installation
condition
Galvanized
"
199
block
Definitions
"
200
roofing and
for
Concrete
"
200 197
Wood
"
Requisites
Signs,
197
roofings
"Slate
of
"Train-order
"
the
signals
Switch
"
of
Association...
controlled
Requisites
Signal
"
200
tile
Ready
and
conductors
21
subgrade..
shingles
Cement
Manual
on
"
Manual
manual
including
195
Asbestos
Metallic
"
"
specifications
the
Signal of
39
construction
of
"
conclusions,
and in
Location
42
work
Tunnel
Width
"
findings,
block
"Felts "
Railway
35
elevation
"Built-up "
21
21
Roofings "
contained
formation
roadway
Surface
standards
"
shovels
Track
of
40
47
for
List
36
with
sodding
grass
Specifications of
cross-section.
roadway
Page
steam
sheds
snow
of
and
removal
snow
311
"Plows
312
Softeners, of
relative
water,
different
economy 449
types
S Southern
Safety Sand, Sanitary
for
and
.iustify
will Screw
treatment
spikes,
Section
foremen,
Tool
desirable
obtain
to
of
water
better
a
yellow
Sidetrack
"
Conventional
signs
and
symbols
"
Division
of
expense
renewal of
410 319
"Definitions
joint
and
interlocking
of
tion, installa-
"
"
steel
52 65
rails oak
timbers
631
solution
546
oil
541 172
Crossings
of steam
wires
or
cables 581
railroads
Cross-ties
"
"
"
326
231
pine
Crossings
over
"
maintenance
plants...
Creosote
"
timbers,
ballast
Creosote-coal-tar
"
319
Interlocking
yellow
Construction
"
384
record and
Signals
131
231
grade
231 607
47
trestle
clay
Carbon
"
standard
pine,
and
Southern Burnt
"
195
house
Shortleaf
451
cies agen-
class..
rules
sodding
grass,
Bridge
"
129
specifications
and
specifications..
grading
and
Bermuda
"
wliich
matter
bridge
Specifications: 218
corrosive
pine
timbers,
Dressing
"
medium-
stations
Scaling
trestle
49
provisions
sized
"
438
rules definition
yellow
58
Cypress
lumber
Douglas
fir
Douglas
fir
and
shingles...
643 591
and
Western
lock hem233
INDEX.
677
Page "
"
Drop
macliine
test
Erection
of
railway
Formation
"
"
of
tlie
Fractionation
508
bridges....
21
roadway
of
oil...
creosote
"Frogs
Gravel
"
iron
on
joint
"
steel
Metal
and
"
Pile
and
frame
Plain
and
of
"
Screw
"
interlocking.
"
yellow
Steam
"
"
"
"
"
"
list
of
Steel
tie
Steel
water ballast
Stone
masom-y
Tie
"
"
"
231
specifications"
Structural, Tie
"
"
Water
"
"
Stop
Spiral
and
"
581
nutlocks,
Staking
offsets
138
functions
of
the
Spreaders
37 locations
of
borings
chemical
analyses
and
tensile
Heart
pine,
mill
inspection
pieces longleaf pine, grade,
88 and
513
defects,
unit-stresses..
244
standard
222
reinforced
concrete, 289
of
width and
roadway
sub-surface
21
at
drainage
42 158
longleaf
lines,
symbols
398
lengths
168 169
Specifications
172
indicators
Leads,
330
table
184
requisites
168
Symbols: '
shortleaf
specifications
specifications
422 of
221
Switchstands,
"
"
437
-Maintenance
Switch
for "
yellow
maintaining
and
"Plan.'! 139
Standard
Grade,
for
working
Switches,
ten-
"
"
unsafe
138
chord
test
steel,
Timbers,
Survey
by of
rules
signals,
134
by
50 275
of
reasons
Subgrade,
"
-^Table
313
specifications
Definitions
Surface
Staking
298
design 125
"
definition..
track
Structures,
tions specifica-
deflections
general 464
protection
Timber,
"
for
Spirals
tanks,
caution
obstructed
127
spring
oil
specifications
for
of
specifications
119
Masonry,
235
"
track,
513
requirements
Structural
ordinary
281
of...
305
ballast,
120
Spikes,
inspection
surface,
General Stone
Storehouse,
cables
forced rein-
specifications.
mill
Stock-guards,
127
or
481 482
and
plain
and
spikes
wires
for
contracting
specifications
Track
crossings
65
gages
123
for
89
1915
plates
Wire,
bolts
Specifications
"
bridges,
Track
plates
specifications
Reinforcement,
"
549
tie
37
bars,
concrete,
61
piles
36 37
limits
Railway
"
275
nail
work
spreaders
joint
464
tanks
handling
of
and
Rails,
"
50
Wrought-iron
36 35
Specifications
119 oil
treatment
"Timber "
"
178
dating
Tie
"
129
?,Z
Switches
"
"
482
plates
Stone
298
36
Methods
Steel
125
bridges
and
ments require-
specifications
607
pine
nutlocks
railway
187
general
cars
"Vertical
shovels
Steel
general
one
cars
Plows
"
way Rail-
Association,
spring
with
General
"
281
fences
Southern
Spiral
479
room
shovels,
-Flat
"
concrete
reinforcement
and
Passenger,
Dump
"
manship work-
spikes
Signals
sions provi-
35
252
569
trestles,
Right-of-way
217
terminal
waiting
electric
reinforced
steel
lighting
236 cement..
lines
power
of
218
Steam
trestles
Signal
"
ing heat-
sanitary
Passenger
"
wooden
Portland
and
and
"
of
method
Medium-sized,
"
238
"
method
Medium-sized,
"
89
bars....
in
crossings
light
"
479
Medium-sized,
122
used
and
Overhead
"
joint
plates
details
bridges
"
192
217
579
91
tie
Natural
"
transfer
"
51
bars
Malleable
"
Freight
coaling
steel
oil-nuenched,
High-carbon
"
steel..
and
ballast
Heat-treated,
"
locomotive
" "
542
309
Stations,
176
Galvanizing
"
Page fence
Staples,
85
231
yellow
404
"Battery "
231
Ballast
"
Boundary Bridge
421 and rivets
survey
lines
398 409
679
INDEX.
Page
Page
Spikes,
"
nary ordi-
for
specifications
127
134
Capacity
118
^Design
119
Operation,
"Spirals
tie
-Steel
"
Switch
"
joint
rail
Standard
"
.
184
table
117
Tools,
"
of
of
standard
182
^Width
"
.
.
signals
Train-order
Transfer
freight of
479
stations
451
treatment
of
water,
methods
of
and
results
tained ob-
treatment
443
therefrom
from there-
obtained
results
which
matter
corrosive
justify
of
methods
water,
scaling
of
quantity
^Quality
"
Treatment and
and will
535
resistance
Train
120 322
402
symbols
Minimum
"
464
tanks
oil
and
Lines,
"
fications speci-
plates,
tie
^Wrouglit-iron
"
452 steel
for
specifications
water
117
flangeway.
water
of
principles service
General
"
"Turnouts
445 450
priming
and
supply
436
care
and
maintenance
General
"
118
principles...
general
445 444
installation
and
Foaming
"
rails
plates,
Tie
"
444
softeners...
water
supervision
ing lay-
for
expansion
Temperature
"
specifications.
plates, leads,
443 of
Efficiency
"
292
masonry
Service
Water 125
548
creosote
Waterproofing
cations specifi-
nutlocks,
spring
Spiral
"
in
Water
"
in
Reagents
used
Relative
economy
ing soften-
water
443 "
tions, specifica-
pine,
yellow
Southern
230
inspection
timbers,
Trestle "
449
316
signs
Trespass
231
standard
30
excavation
43 47
Ventilation
"
.
.
.,
.
182
Turnouts
line,
Main
"
of
Speeds
"
444
Supply
"
Construction
"
452
39
Waterways Wells,
462
deep and
bridge
hemlock
160
through
trains
233
timbers
trestle 188
436
posts
189 U 653
Form..
Contract
General
Uniform
Wood
form
Construction
Uniform
-.
.
.
.
of
tests
structural in
expressed
"
pounds
655
"
"Structural
"
484,
578
rules
governing
261
of
use
of
osote cre-
in
followed
creosote-coal-tar 547
tar
passenger
tions sta-
"
42
"
for
creosote
for
the
of
for
coal-tar in
creosote
oil..
in
tie
541
ation fraction542
oil
creosote
Specifications
Water
creosote-coal546
Specifications
Use
"
for
solution
of
187 Washouts
mining deter-
548 be
to
"Specifications "
in
absorption
Specifications
"
438 needle
room
the
Precautions
"
W
Waiting
accurately
solution
use
Vicat
analysis
coal547
the
cars,
of
oil
V
Velocipede
540
of
Methods
291
steel
septic anti-
tar
578
pins
539 for
timbers
and
Inspection
"
244
structures and
of
Grouping
treatment
per
"Bolts
Rivets
557
inspection
reporting
requirements
General
"
578
Concrete
treated 555
for
Forms
ber tim-
inch
square
653
257
cement
for
Unit-stresses
in
zinc
.
form
Proposal
of
timbers
666
form
"Bond
539
Preservation
Determination
"
303
galvanized..
fencing,
Wire
"
of
record
Western
"Pit
"
464
steel
"Tanks,
Whistle
"
ples princi-
general
service,
186
plans
Turntable
"
458
20
definitions
Tunnels,
449
records
-Softeners
"
Tunnel
different
softeners
of
types Service
"
of
treatment
creosote
549 546
548
INDEX.
680
Page
Page Wooden
of
Inspection
"
219
Trestles
and
Bridges
trestle
and
bridge
230
Pile
driving
of
principles
"
tice prac-
"
241 Pile
" "
Piles
"
in
used
220
driving
pile
and
for
Specifications
"
245
form
record
details
metal
236
for
Specifications
"
pile
for be
built
piles..
of
railway
Steel
tie
Steel
water
bridges
119
124 128 tie
Wrought-iron
(see
for
names
tie
Y
238
467
Terminals
and
Car
of
capacity
General
requirements
trestle
and
469
bers tim-
^Hump
"
475
yards
233
yellow
pine
bridge
Structural
bridges Working
for
guard-rails
wooden
for
^Malleable "
houses.
244
Zinc
in
treated
timbers,
nation determi555
of and
crossings tie
'
switches..
173
"
126
K^ 6f
Chloride "Creosote
122
pates
Nutlocks
277k
209
Z
Workmanship: Progs,
rest
in
inch
square
railroad
A.
tural struc-
expressed
per
C.
M.
246
trestles
unit-stresses
479
lighting
Yard
Y.
timber
pounds
480
221
timber
and
vision di-
terminal
engine "
of
plans
situation
Typical
"
for
231
timbers
trestle
475
yards
delivery
Team
"
Southern
479
stations....
terminal
Passenger
"
for
specifications
Standard
yards
terminals
and
bridge
of
lock hem-
Western
and
fir
Douglas
transfer
Freiglit
479
stations
for
specifications
474 467
Deflnrtions
"
"
tracks..
freight
structural
"
"
120
plates
230
Standard
Use
under
Unit-stresses).
structural
timbers
"
120
plates
unit-stresses
Working
"
"
464
tanks
oil
and
222
Standard
and
499
.
(
spikes
-Track
"
"
.
plates
bolts
Yards
"
T
to
timber "
129
Wrouglit-iron
trestles
contract
under
Steel
235
workmanship
frame
and
defects
Standard
"
timber
for
285
concrete...
spikes
"Track
"
trestles
Specifications
"
"
"
and
bridges
wooden
"
238
trestes
reinforced
and
Screw
"
frame
and
Plain
"
timbers "
Pile
"
"
Tannin
551
treatment emulsion treatment
treatment...
553 551
View more...
Comments
